As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2013
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933
Model N, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Delaware | 7372 | 77-0528806 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
Model N, Inc. 1800 Bridge Parkway
Redwood City, California 94065
(650) 610-4600
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants principal executive offices)
Zack Rinat
Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board
Model N, Inc.
1800 Bridge Parkway
Redwood City, California 94065
(650) 610-4600
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Theodore G. Wang, Esq.
Jeffrey R. Vetter, Esq. Fenwick & West LLP Silicon Valley Center 801 California Street Mountain View, California 94041 (650) 988-8500 |
Sujan Jain, Chief Financial Officer Errol H. Hunter, Esq., Associate General Counsel Model N, Inc. 1800 Bridge Parkway Redwood City, California 94065 (650) 610-4600 |
Jeffrey D. Saper, Esq. Rezwan D. Pavri, Esq. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. 650 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, California 94304 (650) 493-9300 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. ¨
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer ¨ |
Accelerated filer ¨ | Non-accelerated filer x | Smaller reporting company ¨ | |||
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
||||
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered |
Proposed
Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (1) |
Amount of
Registration Fee |
||
Common Stock, par value $0.00005 per share |
$75,000,000 | $10,230 | ||
|
||||
|
(1) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting offers to buy these securities, in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS, SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 13, 2013
Prospectus
Shares
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of common stock of Model N, Inc. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock.
We are offering shares of common stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling an additional shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. The initial public offering price of the common stock is expected to be between $ and $ per share.
We intend to apply for listing our common stock for trading on under the symbol MODN.
Per Share | Total | |||||||
Initial public offering price |
$ | $ | ||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds to us, before expenses |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds to selling stockholders, before expenses |
$ | $ |
We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.
We are an emerging growth company as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See Risk Factors beginning on page 11.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about on , 2013.
J.P. Morgan | Deutsche Bank Securities |
Stifel |
Pacific Crest Securities | Piper Jaffray | Raymond James |
, 2013
Page | ||||
1 | ||||
11 | ||||
38 | ||||
40 | ||||
41 | ||||
41 | ||||
42 | ||||
44 | ||||
46 | ||||
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
48 | |||
78 | ||||
92 | ||||
99 | ||||
109 | ||||
111 | ||||
112 | ||||
Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders |
118 | |||
123 | ||||
126 | ||||
132 | ||||
132 | ||||
132 | ||||
F-1 |
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any related free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any related free writing prospectus. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale or our common stock.
Through and including , 2013 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
For investors outside the United States: neither we, the selling stockholders nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.
i
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary should be read together with the more detailed information and consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled Risk Factors and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus.
Company Overview
We are a provider of revenue management solutions for the life science and technology industries, and we believe that we are a pioneer in this market. Our solutions enable our customers to maximize revenues and reduce revenue compliance risk by transforming their revenue lifecycle from a series of tactical, disjointed operations into a strategic end-to-end process. Our customers use our application suites to manage mission-critical functions, such as pricing, contracting, incentives and rebates. We believe our solutions serve as the system of record for our customers revenue management processes and can provide a competitive advantage for them. Our application suites are built on a modern, web-based platform that can be deployed both on-premise or through the cloud.
Our domain expertise in revenue management for the life science and technology industries has enabled us to develop applications designed to meet the unique, strategic needs of these industries. Our applications are then further configured to meet the specific needs of our customers. Our solutions include two complementary suites of software applications, Revenue Management Enterprise and Revenue Management Intelligence. Our Revenue Management Enterprise suite serves as the system of record for, and automates the execution of, revenue management processes such as pricing, contracting and incentive and rebate management. Our Revenue Management Intelligence suite provides analytical insights to define and optimize revenue management strategies. Each of these suites consists of a number of applications, which can be purchased together or as separate stand-alone applications. Historically, a substantial majority of our total revenues has been associated with our Revenue Management Enterprise suite. For example, in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and in the three months ended December 31, 2012, revenues from this suite constituted more than 85% of our total revenues for each respective period.
We primarily target large and mid-sized organizations worldwide through our marketing team and direct sales force. We assist our customers with the configuration and implementation of our solutions. We have also established non-exclusive relationships with system integrators and consultants that promote and assist with the implementation of our solutions. A representative list of our customers based on our total revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 includes our life science customers Abbott Laboratories, Amgen Inc., Boston Scientific Corporation, Bristol-Meyers Squibb Company, Johnson & Johnson and Merck & Co., Inc., and our technology customers Dell Inc., Nokia Corporation, STMicroelectronics N.V. and VMware, Inc.
Our on-premise solutions are typically purchased as perpetual licenses and our cloud-based solutions are purchased on a subscription basis. We derive revenues primarily from license fees and related implementation services, as well as maintenance and application support, from the sale of our on-premise solutions, and from subscription fees and related implementation services from the sale of our cloud-based solutions. Our total revenues were $50.4 million, $65.2 million and $84.3 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, representing period over
1
period growth each year of approximately 29%. Our total revenues were $18.1 million and $22.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, representing period over period growth of approximately 24%. We generated net income of $0.6 million and $1.5 million and net losses of $5.7 million and $1.3 million in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $62.5 million as of December 31, 2012.
Overview of the Life Science and Technology Industries
According to Gartner, Inc., a research firm, in 2011, life science and technology companies spent a combined $17.3 billion on software, consulting services and internal information technology (IT) personnel dedicated to sales support, marketing and finance. Management of the revenue lifecycle is becoming a strategic imperative and source of competitive advantage for life science and technology companies as they address increasingly globalized markets, sophisticated buyers, complex channels and expanding volumes of data from internal and market sources. We believe these companies are seeking innovative solutions to increase revenues and reduce missed revenue opportunities, or revenue leakage, as the opportunity to capture lost revenues has a significant business impact for life science and technology companies. For example, International Data Corporation (IDC), a research firm, reported in its Health Insights 2009 report that a lack of centralized and automated solutions for managing the revenue lifecycle resulted in over $11 billion per year in lost revenue for companies in the life science industry alone.
Traditionally, many life science and technology companies have addressed revenue management through a patchwork of manual processes and inflexible and costly custom systems, which has led to a number of challenges in managing the revenue lifecycle effectively, including:
|
Incomplete and unreliable information for key strategic decisions. The legacy manual processes and systems used to manage the revenue lifecycle creates silos of data, which cause companies to make strategic marketing, pricing and resource allocation decisions that are often based on incomplete or inaccurate information. |
|
Revenue leakage due to inadequate contract management and enforcement. Legacy approaches can result in contract mismanagement due to ineffective automation and monitoring of the commercial terms of complex custom-tailored contracts frequently used in the life science and technology industries. |
|
Revenue leakage due to overpayment of incentives. Life science and technology companies process massive volumes of rebates and incentives. A lack of centralized, automated and enforceable processes can result in overpayment of incentives. |
|
Ineffective pricing across geographies and complex channels. The inability to enforce a single price for a specific sales opportunity across regions and channels can result in channel conflicts, which result in price and revenue erosion. |
|
Inaccurate financial reporting. Complex contracts and distribution channels have made it more difficult to obtain and process financial information, which can result in inaccurate financial reporting. |
|
Difficulty complying with complicated government regulations. Satisfying the regulatory requirements of numerous federal and state programs is increasingly complex for life science companies. Government audits can expose ineffective management of these regulatory requirements and can result in penalties or program ineligibility. |
2
Our Solutions
Our customers use our solutions to achieve significant returns on investment, improve gross margins and address vital business objectives by:
|
Driving optimal pricing and contracting strategies. Our solutions consolidate information across the revenue lifecycle and provide visibility into historical volume, price and contract performance trends. Our pricing analytics enable our customers to identify untapped revenue opportunities across customers or products and make better pricing and contracting decisions. |
|
Realizing greater value from contracts. Our solutions enable customers to codify and automate complex pricing, incentives and financial and fulfillment terms that previously resided mainly on paper contracts. Our customers are able to maximize the value of contracts and realize additional revenue by tracking their customers performance and enforcing contract terms. |
|
Maximizing revenue by standardizing and enforcing pricing and discounting policies. Our solutions allow customers to standardize pricing policies that can be automatically enforced across the enterprise and the channels to restrict unauthorized sales practices and discounting by sales personnel. |
|
Executing and optimizing channel incentives. Our solutions enable customers to manage the entire incentive lifecycle, from contracting to recognition and payment. Accurate management allows our customers to eliminate unearned discounts and overpayment of incentives. |
|
Achieving accurate financial reporting. With our solutions, customers can manage all aspects of the contract-to-payment process related to calculating, monitoring, processing and triggering payments to end customers and channel intermediaries. This solution enables our customers to accurately and consistently record accruals in compliance with financial accounting requirements. |
|
Automating government regulatory compliance to reduce revenue risk. Our solutions enable automation and integration of contract terms, incentives and pricing into mandated price and payment calculations, enabling our life science customers to better manage compliance with the terms of critical government programs that provide significant sources of revenue. |
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe our key competitive strengths include:
|
Comprehensive approach to revenue management. Our integrated, end-to-end application suites enable our customers to transform their revenue management processes from disjointed operations into a cohesive strategic end-to-end process for decision making and process automation. |
|
Deep domain knowledge. Our expertise in the revenue management needs of life science and technology companies enables us to develop solutions that address the unique demands of these industries. |
|
Strong installed customer base. We have established a reputation for delivering revenue management solutions to leading life science and technology customers. We believe that the use of our products by respected industry leaders also increases the value of our brand in these industries. |
3
|
Flexible delivery options. Our modern, web-based platform supports both on-premise and cloud deployments. By offering both delivery options, we are able to reach a larger group of customers, address their unique needs and deliver cost and operational benefits. |
|
Talented team focused on customer success. We employ experts from the life science and technology industries in key customer-facing and development roles, resulting in close relationships with our customers and a strong reference base for new sales opportunities. |
Our Growth Strategy
We intend to expand our leadership in the market for revenue management solutions by:
|
Increasing sales to existing customers . We plan to increase revenues from our existing customers by expanding their use of our solutions across their businesses and by cross-selling additional applications. |
|
Expanding our customer base . We intend to continue to aggressively pursue new customers by highlighting the strategic benefits of integrated revenue management. |
|
Introducing new applications and enhancing existing solutions . We intend to continue to develop innovative products and expand platform capabilities and functionality to meet the evolving needs of life science and technology companies. We have a number of new products under development as well as continued innovations to our existing solutions. |
|
Extending into the mid-market through the cloud . We intend to expand our customer base into small and medium sized businesses through continued development and deployment of our cloud-based solutions. |
|
Expanding our presence in the technology industry . Our first customer in the technology industry was in the semiconductor vertical, and we subsequently expanded into other technology verticals such as consumer electronics and software. We plan to continue to expand into these and adjacent technology verticals. |
|
Pursuing selective acquisitions . We intend to continue to pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies that expand our product offerings. |
Risks Affecting Us
We believe the key risks affecting us include:
|
we have incurred losses in the past, and we may not be profitable in the future; |
|
our operating results are likely to vary significantly from period to period and be unpredictable; |
|
our revenues are dependent on our ability to maintain and expand existing customer relationships and our ability to attract new customers; |
|
the loss of one or more of our key customers could slow our revenue growth or cause our revenues to decline; |
|
our customers often require significant configuration efforts and the failure to meet their requirements could result in customer disputes, loss of anticipated revenues and additional costs; |
|
our future growth is, in large part, dependent upon the increasing adoption of revenue management solutions; |
|
we are highly dependent upon the life science industry; |
4
|
a substantial majority of our total revenues come from our Revenue Management Enterprise suite; |
|
the timing of our revenue recognition is dependent on our ability to reasonably estimate the time and resources required for project implementation; and |
|
our efforts to expand the adoption of our solutions in the technology industry will be affected by our ability to provide solutions that adequately address trends in that industry. |
Corporate Information
We incorporated in Delaware on December 14, 1999. Our principal offices are located at 1800 Bridge Parkway, Redwood City, CA 94065, and our telephone number is (650) 610-4600. Our website address is www.modeln.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms Model N, we, us and our refer to Model N, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its subsidiaries.
Model N is our registered trademark in various international jurisdictions and is pending registration in the United States. Model N, the Model N logo and all of our product names appearing in this prospectus are our trademarks. All other trademarks, trade names or service marks appearing in this prospectus are trademarks of the respective companies that use them. We do not intend our use or display of other companies trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with these other companies, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by these other companies. Other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.
5
THE OFFERING
Common stock offered by us |
shares |
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
shares |
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
shares |
Over-allotment option |
We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase up to additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments. |
Use of Proceeds |
We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services, technologies or other assets. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders. See Use of Proceeds. |
Proposed symbol |
MODN |
The number of shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on 46,313,264 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012. This amount excludes:
|
13,340,563 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock that were outstanding as of December 31, 2012, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.44 per share; |
|
60,000 shares of common stock subject to a restricted stock unit (RSU) that was outstanding as of December 31, 2012; |
|
259,965 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012, with an exercise price of $1.15 per share; |
|
3,113,673 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2012, which shares will become available for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in connection with this offering, additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and |
|
shares of common stock subject to restricted stock units granted to employees on February , 2013. |
Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus assumes:
|
a -for- reverse stock split of our outstanding capital stock, which will occur prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; |
|
no exercise of options or a warrant outstanding as of the date of this prospectus; |
6
|
the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,750,023 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering; |
|
the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the adoption of our restated bylaws upon the completion of this offering; and |
|
no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase up to an additional shares of our common stock from us and the selling stockholders in this offering. |
7
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following summary consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, all included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data and other financial data for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data and other financial data for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments that management considers necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period.
Years Ended September 30, |
Three Months Ended
December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation (1) |
$ | 31,759 | $ | 41,499 | $ | 49,756 | $ | 11,365 | $ | 12,462 | ||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance (2) |
18,682 | 23,672 | 34,502 | 6,692 | 9,879 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenues |
50,441 | 65,171 | 84,258 | 18,057 | 22,341 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation (3) |
12,087 | 18,092 | 22,483 | 5,028 | 5,560 | |||||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance (3) |
6,328 | 8,828 | 18,053 | 2,496 | 4,523 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total cost of revenues |
18,415 | 26,920 | 40,536 | 7,524 | 10,083 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
32,026 | 38,251 | 43,722 | 10,533 | 12,258 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development (3) |
12,702 | 13,809 | 17,695 | 4,173 | 4,119 | |||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing (3) |
11,221 | 13,935 | 19,640 | 3,981 | 5,336 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative (3) |
6,945 | 7,860 | 10,584 | 2,393 | 3,877 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
30,868 | 35,604 | 47,919 | 10,547 | 13,332 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
1,158 | 2,647 | (4,197 | ) | (14 | ) | (1,074 | ) | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
353 | 677 | 655 | 184 | 126 | |||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
20 | 316 | 540 | 406 | 52 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
785 | 1,654 | (5,392 | ) | (604 | ) | (1,252 | ) | ||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
161 | 172 | 301 | 71 | 61 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 624 | $ | 1,482 | $ | (5,693 | ) | $ | (675 | ) | $ | (1,313 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other Financial Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA (4) |
$ | 3,230 | $ | 4,389 | $ | 4,957 | $ | 807 | $ | 395 |
(footnotes appear on following page)
8
(1) |
License and implementation revenues are generated from the sale of software licenses for our on-premise solutions and related implementation services. Our Revenue Management Enterprise and Revenue Management Intelligence suites can be deployed as on-premise or cloud-based solutions. |
(2) |
SaaS and maintenance revenues primarily include subscription and related implementation fees from customers accessing our cloud-based solutions and revenues associated with maintenance contracts from license customers. Also included in SaaS and maintenance revenues are other revenues, including revenues related to application support, training and customer-reimbursed expenses. Our Revenue Management Enterprise and Revenue Management Intelligence suites can be deployed as on-premise or cloud-based solutions. |
(3) |
Includes stock-based compensation as follows: |
Years Ended
September 30, |
Three Months
Ended December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 134 | $ | 92 | $ | 298 | $ | 77 | $ | 40 | ||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
41 | 29 | 561 | 24 | 74 | |||||||||||||||
Research and development |
133 | 127 | 297 | 97 | 54 | |||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
173 | 108 | 1,103 | 245 | 259 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
276 | 175 | 262 | 65 | 130 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total stock-based compensation |
$ | 757 | $ | 531 | $ | 2,521 | $ | 508 | $ | 557 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4) |
See Non-GAAP Financial Measure for more information and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. |
The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 is presented:
|
on an actual basis; |
|
on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,750,023 shares of common stock and (2) the conversion of the convertible preferred stock warrant into a warrant for 259,965 shares of common stock, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering; and |
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the pro forma adjustments set forth above, and (2) the sale by us of shares of common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
As of December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||
Actual |
Pro
Forma |
Pro
Forma
As Adjusted (1) |
||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 12,633 | $ | 12,633 | ||||||
Working capital (deficit) |
(14,501 | ) | (14,501 | ) | ||||||
Total assets |
42,158 | 42,158 | ||||||||
Loan obligations, current and long-term |
4,512 | 4,512 | ||||||||
Total liabilities |
53,281 | 52,547 | ||||||||
Convertible preferred stock |
41,776 | | ||||||||
Total stockholders (deficit) equity |
(52,899 | ) | (10,389 | ) |
(footnotes appear on following page)
9
(1) |
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital (deficit), total assets and total stockholders (deficit) equity by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. |
Non-GAAP Financial Measure
Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP). We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before LeapFrogRx compensation charges (see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations), stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, interest expense, net, other expense, net, and provision for income taxes. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides investors with consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our operating results and our competitors operating results. We also use this measure internally to establish budgets and operational goals to manage our business and evaluate our performance.
We understand that, although Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under GAAP. These limitations include:
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not include the effect of the LeapFrogRx compensation charges, which are a cash expense; |
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect stock-based compensation expense; |
|
depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, and the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future; Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these replacements; |
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for income taxes and the cash impact of other income or expense; and |
|
other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. |
The following tables provide a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):
Years Ended September 30, |
Three Months
Ended December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 624 | $ | 1,482 | $ | (5,693 | ) | $ | (675 | ) | $ | (1,313 | ) | |||||||
Adjustments: |
||||||||||||||||||||
LeapFrogRx compensation charges |
| | 4,873 | | 389 | |||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
757 | 531 | 2,521 | 508 | 557 | |||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
1,315 | 1,211 | 1,760 | 313 | 523 | |||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
353 | 677 | 655 | 184 | 126 | |||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
20 | 316 | 540 | 406 | 52 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
161 | 172 | 301 | 71 | 61 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 3,230 | $ | 4,389 | $ | 4,957 | $ | 807 | $ | 395 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose some or all of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
We have incurred losses in the past, and we may not be profitable in the future.
Although we generated net income of $0.6 million and $1.5 million during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010 and 2011, we have incurred net losses in prior periods and incurred net losses of $5.7 million and $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, we had an accumulated deficit of $62.5 million. We expect that our expenses will increase in future periods as we implement additional initiatives designed to grow our business, including, among other things, increasing sales to existing customers, expanding our customer base, introducing new applications and enhancing existing solutions, extending into the mid-market through the cloud, continuing to penetrate the technology industry and pursuing selective acquisitions. Increased operating expenses related to personnel costs such as salary, bonus, commissions, stock-based compensation, LeapFrogRx compensation charges and overhead allocation as well as third-party contractors, travel-related expenses and marketing programs, will also increase our expenses in future periods. In the near-term, we do not expect that our revenues will sufficiently increase to offset these expected increases in operating expenses, and we expect that we will incur losses. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may result in losses in future periods. You should not consider our historical growth rates in revenues as indicative of our future performance, and we cannot assure you that we will again obtain and maintain profitability in the future. Any failure to return to profitability may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our operating results are likely to vary significantly from period to period and be unpredictable, which could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.
Our operating results have historically varied from period to period, and we expect that this trend will continue as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:
|
our ability to increase sales to and renew agreements with our existing customers; |
|
the timing of new orders and revenue recognition for new and prior period orders; |
|
our ability to attract and retain new customers; |
|
the complexity of implementations and the scheduling and staffing of the related personnel, each of which can affect the timing and duration of revenue recognition; |
|
issues related to changes in customers business requirements, project scope or implementations; |
|
the mix of revenues in any particular period between license and implementation, and software-as-a-service (SaaS) and maintenance; |
|
the timing and volume of incremental customer purchases of our cloud-based solutions, which may vary from period to period based on a customers needs at a particular time; |
11
|
the timing of upfront recognition of sales commission expense relative to the deferred recognition of our revenues; |
|
the timing of recognition of payment of royalties; |
|
the timing of our annual payment and recognition of employee non-equity incentive and bonus payments; |
|
the budgeting cycles and purchasing practices of customers; |
|
changes in customer requirements or market needs; |
|
delays or difficulties encountered during customer implementations, including customer requests for changes to the implementation schedule; |
|
the timing and success of new product or service introductions by us or our competitors; |
|
the amount and timing of any customer refunds or credits; |
|
our ability to accurately estimate the costs associated with any fixed bid projects; |
|
deferral of orders from customers in anticipation of new solutions or solution enhancements announced by us or our competitors; |
|
changes in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or customers; |
|
the length of time for the sale and implementation of our solutions to be complete, and our level of upfront investments prior to the period we begin generating revenues associated with such investments; |
|
our ability to successfully expand our business domestically and internationally; |
|
the amount and timing of our operating expenses and capital expenditures; |
|
price competition; |
|
the rate of expansion and productivity of our direct sales force; |
|
disruptions in our relationships with partners; |
|
regulatory compliance costs; |
|
sales commissions expenses related to large transactions; |
|
technical difficulties or interruptions in the delivery of our cloud-based solutions; |
|
seasonality or cyclical fluctuations in our industries; |
|
future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; |
|
increases or decreases in our expenses caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, as a significant portion of our expenses are incurred and paid in currencies other than the U.S. dollar; and |
|
general economic conditions, both domestically and in our foreign markets. |
Any one of the factors above or discussed elsewhere in this prospectus or the cumulative effect of some of the factors referred to above may result in significant fluctuations in our financial and other operating results. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failure to meet expectations of investors for our revenues or other operating results for a particular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our common stock could fall.
12
A substantial majority of our total revenues have come from our Revenue Management Enterprise suite, and decreases in demand for our Revenue Management Enterprise suite could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Historically, a substantial majority of our total revenues has been associated with our Revenue Management Enterprise suite, whether deployed as individual applications or as a complete suite. For example, in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and in the three months ended December 31, 2012, revenues from our Revenue Management Enterprise suite constituted more than 85% of our total revenues for each respective period. We expect our Revenue Management Enterprise suite to continue to generate a substantial majority of our total revenues for the foreseeable future. Declines and variability in demand for our Revenue Management Enterprise suite could occur for a number of reasons, including improved products or product versions being offered by competitors, competitive pricing pressures, failure to release new or enhanced versions on a timely basis, technological changes that we are unable to address or that change the way our customers utilize our solutions, export restrictions or other regulatory or legislative actions that could limit our ability to sell those products to key customer or market segments. Our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows would be adversely affected by a decline in demand for our Revenue Management Enterprise suite.
Our revenues are dependent on our ability to maintain and expand existing customer relationships and our ability to attract new customers.
Our total revenues are largely dependent on the sale of software licenses and the related implementation services we provide. For example, our license and implementation revenues constituted approximately 63%, 64% and 59% of our total revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and approximately 63% and 56% of our total revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Customers purchasing software licenses for our solutions generally make large orders and the revenues related to these sales are recognized over the subsequent implementation period, which typically ranges from one to three years. The continued growth of our revenues is dependent in part on our ability to expand the use of our solutions by existing customers and attract new customers. Likewise, it is also important that customers using our on-premise solutions renew their maintenance agreements and that customers using our cloud-based solutions renew their subscription agreements with us. Our customers have no obligation to renew their maintenance or subscription agreements after the expiration of the initial term, and we cannot assure you that they will do so. We have had in the past and may in the future have disputes with customers regarding our solutions, which may impact such customers decisions to continue to use our solutions and pay for maintenance and support in the future.
If we are unable to expand our customers use of our solutions, sell additional solutions to our customers, maintain our renewal rates for maintenance and subscription agreements and expand our customer base, our revenues may decline or fail to increase at historical growth rates, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. In addition, if we experience customer dissatisfaction with customers in the future, we may find it more difficult to increase use of our solutions within our existing customer base and it may be more difficult to attract new customers, or we may be required to grant credits or refunds, any of which could negatively impact our operating results and materially harm our business.
The loss of one or more of our key customers could slow our revenue growth or cause our revenues to decline.
A substantial portion of our total revenues in any given period may come from a relatively small number of customers. For example, although our largest customers typically change from period to
13
period, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and for the three months ended December 31, 2012, our 15 largest customers accounted for more than 75% of our total revenues for each respective period. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012, one customer accounted for 15%, 15% and 10% of our total revenues, respectively. Another customer accounted for 14% and 15% of our total revenues during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, respectively. Three different customers also accounted for 13%, 12% and 14% of our total revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010 and 2011 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, respectively. We expect that we will continue to depend upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant portion of our total revenues for the foreseeable future. The loss of any of our significant customers or groups of customers for any reason, or a change of relationship with any of our key customers may cause a significant decrease in our total revenues.
Additionally, mergers or consolidations among our customers could reduce the number of our customers and could adversely affect our revenues and sales. In particular, if our customers are acquired by entities that are not our customers, that do not use our solutions or that have more favorable contract terms and choose to discontinue, reduce or change the terms of their use of our solutions, our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.
Our customers often require significant configuration efforts to match their complex business processes. The failure to meet their requirements could result in customer disputes, loss of anticipated revenues and additional costs, which could harm our business.
Our customers often require significant configuration services to address their unique business processes. Supporting such a diversity of configured settings and implementations could become difficult as the number of customers we serve grows. In addition, supporting our customers could require us to devote significant development services and support personnel and strain our personnel resources and infrastructure. We have had in the past and may in the future have disputes with customers regarding the performance and implementation of our solutions. For example, a significant customer recently claimed that solutions it had licensed from us and the associated implementation services we provided were inadequate. If we are unable to address the needs of our customers in a timely fashion, our customers may decide to seek to terminate their relationship, renew on less favorable terms, not renew their maintenance agreements or subscriptions, fail to purchase additional solutions or services or assert legal claims against us. If any of these were to occur, our revenues may decline or we may be required to refund amounts to customers and our operating results may be harmed.
Our future growth is, in large part, dependent upon the increasing adoption of revenue management solutions.
Revenue management is at an early stage of market development and adoption, and the extent to which revenue management solutions will become widely adopted remains uncertain. It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates, customer demand for revenue management solutions, including our solutions in particular, the future growth rate and size of this market and the timing of the introduction of additional competitive solutions. Any expansion of the revenue management market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with revenue management solutions. For example, many companies have invested substantial personnel, infrastructure and financial resources in other revenue management infrastructure and therefore may be reluctant to implement solutions such as ours. Additionally, organizations that use legacy revenue management products may believe that these products sufficiently address their revenue management needs. Because this market is relatively undeveloped, we must spend considerable time educating customers as to the benefits of our solutions. If revenue management solutions do not achieve widespread adoption, or if there is a reduction in demand for revenue management solutions caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, competing technologies and products,
14
decreases in corporate spending or otherwise, it could result in lower sales, reduced renewal and upsell rates and decreased revenues and our business could be adversely affected.
We are highly dependent upon the life science industry, and factors that adversely affect this industry could also adversely affect us.
Our future growth depends, in large part, upon continued sales to companies in the life science industry. Demand for our solutions could be affected by factors that adversely affect demand for the underlying life science products and services that are purchased and sold pursuant to contracts managed through our solutions. The life science industry is affected by certain factors, including the emergence of large group purchasing and managed care organizations and integrated healthcare delivery networks, increased customer and channel incentives and rebates, the shift of purchasing influence from physicians to economic buyers, increased spending on healthcare by governments instead of commercial entities and increased scope of government mandates, frequency of regulatory reporting and audits, and fines. In addition, the life science industry has been adversely affected by the recent economic downturn and has experienced periods of considerable consolidation. Accordingly, our future operating results could be materially and adversely affected as a result of factors that affect the life science industry generally.
Our implementation cycle is lengthy and variable, depends upon factors outside our control and could cause us to expend significant time and resources prior to earning associated revenues.
The implementation and testing of our solutions typically ranges from one to three years, and unexpected implementation delays and difficulties can occur. Implementing our solutions typically involves integration with our customers systems, as well as adding their data to our system. This can be complex, time-consuming and expensive for our customers and can result in delays in the implementation and deployment of our solutions. The lengthy and variable implementation cycle may also have a negative impact on the timing of our revenues, causing our revenues and results of operations to vary significantly from period to period.
The revenues we recognize from our software licenses and implementation services are based to a certain extent upon our ability to reasonably estimate the time and resources required to complete our implementation projects, which may be difficult to do.
We recognize a substantial portion of our revenues from the sale of software licenses for our on-premise solutions and related implementation services over the period during which such services are performed using the percentage-of-completion method. For example, revenues from sales of our software licenses and related implementation services accounted for 56% of our total revenues during the three months ended December 31, 2012. We estimate the length of this period based on a number of factors, including the number of licensed applications and the scope and complexity of the customers deployment requirements. Under the percentage-of-completion method, the revenues we recognize during a reporting period are based on the resources expended during the reporting period as compared to the estimated total resources required to implement our solutions. If we are unable to reasonably estimate the overall total personnel resources required to implement our solutions, the timing of our revenues could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, changes in customer requirements or scope of the engagement could impact the timing of our revenue recognition. Any change in the timing of revenue recognition could adversely impact our quarterly or annual operating results.
Our efforts to expand the adoption of our solutions in the technology industry will be affected by our ability to provide solutions that adequately address trends in that industry.
We are attempting to expand the use of our solutions by companies in the technology industry, and our future growth depends in part on our ability to increase sales of solutions to customers in this
15
industry and potentially other industries. The technology industry is affected by many factors, including shortening of product lifecycles, core technology products being sold into different end markets with distinct pricing, increasing complexity of multi-tiered global distribution channels, changing financial reporting requirements due to channel complexity and increasing use of off-invoice discounting. If our solutions are not perceived by existing or potential customers in the technology industry as capable of providing revenue management tools that will assist them in adequately addressing these trends, then our efforts to expand the adoption of our solutions in this industry may not be successful, which would adversely impact our business and operating results.
Most of our implementation contracts are on a time and materials basis and may be terminated by the customer.
The contracts under which we perform most of our implementation services generally have a term ranging between one to three years and are on a time and materials basis and may be terminated by the customer at any time. If an implementation project is terminated sooner than we anticipated or a portion of the implementation is delayed, we would lose the anticipated revenues that we might not be able to replace or it may take significant time to replace the lost revenues with other work or we may be unable to eliminate the associated costs. Consequently, we may recognize fewer revenues than we anticipated or incur unnecessary costs, and our results of operations in subsequent periods could be materially lower than expected.
Because we recognize a majority of our SaaS and maintenance revenues from our customers over the term of their agreements, downturns or upturns in sales of our cloud-based solutions may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.
SaaS and maintenance revenues primarily include subscription and related implementation fees from customers accessing our cloud-based solutions and revenues associated with maintenance contracts from license customers. We recognize a majority of our SaaS and maintenance revenues over the terms of our customer agreements, which are typically one year or longer in some cases. As a result, most of our quarterly SaaS and maintenance revenues result from agreements entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a shortfall in sales of our cloud-based solutions or renewal of maintenance and support agreements in any quarter may not significantly reduce our SaaS and maintenance revenues for that quarter but would negatively affect SaaS and maintenance revenues in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales of our cloud-based solutions or renewals of our maintenance and support agreements may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. We may be unable to adjust our cost structure to compensate for this potential shortfall in SaaS and maintenance revenues. Our revenue recognition model for our cloud-based solutions and maintenance and support agreements also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenues through additional sales in any period, as a significant amount of our revenues are recognized over the applicable agreement term. As a result, changes in the volume of sales of our cloud-based solutions or the renewals of our maintenance and support agreements in a particular period would not be fully reflected in our revenues until future periods.
Our sales cycles are time-consuming, and it is difficult for us to predict when or if sales will occur and when we will begin to recognize the revenues from our future sales.
Our sales efforts are targeted at larger enterprise customers, and as a result, we face greater costs, must devote greater sales support to individual customers, have longer sales cycles and have less predictability in completing some of our sales. Also, sales to large enterprises often require us to provide greater levels of education regarding the use and benefits of our solutions. We believe that our customers view the purchase of our solutions as a significant and strategic decision. As a result, customers carefully evaluate our solutions, often over long periods with a variety of internal
16
constituencies. In addition, the sales of our solutions may be subject to delays if the customer has lengthy internal budgeting, approval and evaluation processes, which are quite common in the context of introducing large enterprise-wide technology solutions. As a result it is difficult to predict the timing of our future sales.
Failure to adequately expand and train our direct sales force will impede our growth.
We rely almost exclusively on our direct sales force to sell our solutions. We believe that our future growth will depend, to a significant extent, on the continued development of our direct sales force and its ability to manage and retain our existing customer base, expand the sales of our solutions to existing customers and obtain new customers. Because our software is complex and often must interoperate with complex computing requirements, it can take longer for our sales personnel to become fully productive compared to other software companies. Our ability to achieve significant growth in revenues in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining a sufficient number of direct sales personnel. New hires require significant training and may, in some cases, take more than a year before becoming fully productive, if at all. If we are unable to hire and develop sufficient numbers of productive direct sales personnel, and if these sales personnel are unable to achieve full productivity, sales of our solutions will suffer and our growth will be impeded.
Our efforts to expand our solutions into other verticals within the life science and technology industries or other industries may not succeed and may reduce our revenue growth rate. Even if we are successful in doing so, such efforts may be costly and may impact our ability to achieve profitability.
Our solutions are currently designed primarily for customers in certain verticals of the life science and technology industries and potentially into other industries outside of the life science and technology industries. Our ability to attract new customers and increase our revenues depends in part on our ability to enter into new industries and verticals. Developing and marketing new solutions to serve other industries and verticals will require us to devote substantial additional resources in advance of consummating new sales or realizing additional revenues. Our ability to leverage the expertise we have developed in the life science and technology industries into new industries is unproven and it is likely that we will be required to hire additional personnel, partner with additional third parties and incur considerable research and development expense in order to gain such expertise.
Our efforts to expand our solutions beyond the verticals within the life science and technology industries in which we have already developed expertise may not be successful and may reduce our revenue growth rate. Any early stage interest in our solutions in areas beyond the industries we already address may not result in long term success or significant revenues for us. Even if we achieve long-term success in expanding our solutions into other industries and verticals, the costs associated with such expansion may be high, which may impact our ability to achieve profitability.
If our solutions fail to perform properly, our reputation and customer relationships could be harmed, our market share could decline and we could be subject to liability claims.
Our solutions are inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors. Any defects in solution functionality or that cause interruptions in availability could result in:
|
lost or delayed market acceptance and sales; |
|
reductions in current-period total revenues; |
|
breach of warranty or other contract breach or misrepresentation claims; |
|
sales credits or refunds to our customers; |
|
loss of customers; |
17
|
diversion of development and customer service resources; and |
|
injury to our reputation. |
The costs incurred in correcting any material defects or errors might be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. Because our customers often use our solutions as a system of record and many of our customers are subject to regulation of pricing of their products or otherwise have complex pricing commitments and revenue recognition policies, errors could result in an inability to process sales or lead to a violation of pricing requirements or misreporting of revenues by our customers that could potentially expose them to fines or other substantial claims or penalties. Accordingly, we could face increased exposure to product liability and warranty claims, litigation and other disputes and claims, resulting in potentially material losses and costs. Our limitation of liability provisions in our customer agreements may not be sufficient to protect us against any such claims.
Given the large amount of data that our solutions collect and manage, it is possible that failures or errors in our software could result in data loss or corruption, or cause the information that we collect to be incomplete or contain inaccuracies that our customers regard as significant. We may be required to issue credits or refunds or indemnify or otherwise be liable to our customers or third parties for damages they may incur resulting from certain of these events.
Our insurance may be inadequate or may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, our policy may not cover any claim against us for claims related to any product defects or errors or other indirect or consequential damages and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert managements attention.
The market in which we participate is competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.
The market for revenue management solutions is highly competitive, fragmented and subject to rapid changes in technology. We face competition from spreadsheet-assisted manual processes, internally developed solutions, large integrated systems vendors and smaller companies that offer point solutions.
Companies lacking IT resources often resort to spreadsheet-assisted manual processes or personal database applications. In addition, some potential customers, particularly large enterprises, may elect to develop their own internal solutions, including custom-built solutions that are designed to support the needs of a single organization. Companies with large investments in packaged enterprise resource planning (ERP) or customer relationship management (CRM) applications, which do not typically provide revenue management capabilities, may extend these horizontal applications with configurations or point solution applications in order to address one or a small set of revenue management sub processes or drivers. Common horizontal applications that customers attempt to configure for this purpose in the life science and technology industries include large integrated systems vendors like SAP AG and Oracle Corporation. We also encounter competition from small independent companies, which compete on the basis of price, unique product features or functions and custom developments.
Many of our competitors have greater name recognition, larger sales and marketing budgets and greater resources than we do and may have pre-existing relationships with our potential customers, including relationships with, and access to, key decision makers within these organizations, and major distribution agreements with consultants and system integrators. Moreover, many software vendors could bundle solutions or offer them at a low price as part of a larger product sale.
18
With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. We also expect enterprise software vendors that focus on enterprise resource planning or back-office applications to enter our market with competing products. In addition, we expect sales force automation vendors to acquire or develop additional solutions that may compete with our solutions. If we fail to compete effectively, our business will be harmed. In addition, pricing pressures and increased competition generally could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, losses or the failure of our solutions to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business.
If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.
We believe that maintaining and enhancing the Model N brand identity is critical to our relationships with our customers and partners and to our ability to attract new customers and partners. The successful promotion of our brand will depend largely upon our marketing efforts, our ability to continue to offer high-quality solutions and our ability to successfully differentiate our solutions from those of our competitors. Our brand promotion activities may not be successful or yield increased revenues. In addition, independent industry analysts often provide reviews of our solution, as well as those of our competitors, and perception of our solution in the marketplace may be significantly influenced by these reviews. If these reviews are negative, or less positive as compared to those of our competitors products and services, our brand may be adversely affected. We have a U.S. trademark application with respect to our corporate name currently pending. If we are unable to obtain this trademark, it may have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain our brand.
The promotion of our brand requires us to make substantial expenditures, and we anticipate that the expenditures will increase as our market becomes more competitive and as we expand into new verticals within the life science and technology industries. To the extent that these activities yield increased revenues, these revenues may not offset the increased expenses we incur. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our brand, our business may not grow, we may have reduced pricing power relative to competitors with stronger brands and we could lose customers and partners, all of which would adversely affect our business operations and financial results.
Our organization continues to grow and experience rapid changes. If we fail to manage our growth, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or adequately address competitive challenges, and our business and operating results could be adversely affected.
We have experienced and may continue to experience growth in our headcount and operations, which has placed and will continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial infrastructure. For example, our employee headcount has grown from 302 as of September 30, 2010 to 600 as of December 31, 2012. As we continue to grow, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate a significant number of new employees, while maintaining the effectiveness of our business execution and the beneficial aspects of our corporate culture. In particular, we intend to continue to make directed and substantial investments to expand our research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative organizations, as well as our international operations. Failure to effectively manage organizational changes could result in difficulties in implementing customer requests, declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs and difficulties in introducing new features or other operational difficulties, and any of these difficulties could adversely impact our business performance and results of operations.
Additionally, our growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of new solutions or enhancements to existing solutions. For example, since it may take as long as six months to hire and train a new member of our
19
implementation services staff, we make decisions regarding the size of our implementation services staff based upon our expectations with respect to customer demand for our solutions. If these expectations are incorrect, and we increase the size of our implementation services organization without experiencing an increase in sales of our solutions, we will experience reductions in our gross and operating margins and net income.
To effectively manage growth, we must continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, and our reporting systems and procedures by, among other things:
|
improving our key business applications, processes and IT infrastructure to support our business needs; |
|
enhancing information and communication systems to ensure that our employees and offices around the world are well-coordinated and can effectively communicate with each other and our growing base of customers; |
|
enhancing our internal controls to ensure timely and accurate reporting of all of our operations and financial results; and |
|
appropriately documenting our IT systems and our business processes. |
We are planning to implement a new enterprise resource planning (ERP) system for our company. We expect that, once implemented, this new ERP system will combine and streamline the management of our financial, accounting, human resources, sales and marketing and other functions, enabling us to more effectively manage operations and track performance. However, this ERP system will require us to complete numerous processes and procedures for the effective use of this system or with running our business using this system, which will result in additional costs. A delay in such implementation, problems with transitioning to our new ERP system or a failure of our new ERP system to perform as we anticipate may result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies and the loss of sales, may otherwise disrupt our operations and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and may harm our ability to accurately forecast sales demand, fulfill customer orders and report financial and management information on a timely and accurate basis. In addition, ERP systems typically contain information and features that are part of a companys internal control over financial reporting, and if we experience difficulties with our ERP system that may affect our internal control over financial reporting.
If we fail to implement this system effectively, our ability to manage our expected growth, ensure uninterrupted operation of key business systems and comply with the rules and regulations that are applicable to public reporting companies will be impaired. Additionally, if we do not effectively manage the growth of our business and operations, the quality of our solutions could suffer, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenues could decline or grow more slowly than expected and we may be unable to implement our business strategy.
The market for cloud-based solutions is at a relatively early stage of development relative to on-premise solutions, and if it does not develop or develops more slowly than we expect, our business could be harmed.
The market for cloud-based solutions is at an early stage relative to on-premise solutions, and these types of deployments may not achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. We plan to continue to expand the implementation of our cloud-based solutions by targeting additional markets in the future. Many companies have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate traditional enterprise software into their businesses, and therefore may be reluctant or unwilling to migrate to a cloud-based solution. Other factors that may affect the market acceptance of cloud-based solutions include:
|
perceived security capabilities and reliability; |
20
|
perceived concerns about ability to scale operations for large enterprise customers; |
|
concerns with entrusting a third party to store and manage critical data; and |
|
the level of configurability or customizability of the solutions. |
If organizations do not perceive the benefits of our cloud-based solutions, or if our competitors or new market entrants are able to develop cloud-based solutions that are or are perceived to be more effective than ours, this portion of our business may not grow further or may develop more slowly than we expect, either of which would adversely affect our business.
If we are unable to maintain successful relationships with system integrators, our business operations, financial results and growth prospects could be adversely affected.
Our relationships with system integrators are generally non-exclusive, which means they may recommend to their customers the solutions of several different companies, including solutions that compete with ours, and they may also assist in the implementation of software or systems that compete with ours. If our system integrators do not choose to continue to refer our solutions, assist in implementing our solutions, choose to use greater efforts to market and sell their own solutions or those of our competitors, or fail to meet the needs of our customers, our ability to grow our business and sell our solutions may be adversely affected. The loss of a substantial number of our system integrators, our possible inability to replace them or the failure to recruit additional system integrators could harm our business.
Our ability to achieve revenue growth in the future will depend in part on our success in maintaining successful relationships with our system integrators and in helping our system integrators enhance their ability to independently market and implement our solutions. Our growth in revenues, particularly in international markets, will be influenced by the development and maintenance of relationships with these companies. Although we have established relationships with some of the leading system integrators, our solutions compete directly against the solutions of other leading system integrators. We are unable to control the resources that our system integrators commit to implementing our solutions or the quality of such implementation. If they do not commit sufficient resources to these activities, or if we are unable to maintain our relationships with these system integrators or otherwise develop and expand our indirect distribution channel, our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows could be adversely affected.
Any failure to offer high-quality customer support services may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and harm our financial results.
Once our solutions are implemented, our customers use our support organization to resolve technical issues relating to our solutions. In addition, we also believe that our success in selling our solutions is highly dependent on our business reputation and on favorable recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could harm our reputation, adversely affect our ability to maintain existing customers or sell our solutions to existing and prospective customers, and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support services. Increased customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenues, could also increase costs and adversely affect our operating results.
21
If our solutions do not interoperate with our customers IT infrastructure, sales of our solutions could be negatively affected, which would harm our business.
Our solutions must interoperate with our customers existing IT infrastructure, which often have different specifications, utilize multiple protocol standards, deploy products from multiple vendors and contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time. As a result, when problems occur in a network, it may be difficult to identify the sources of these problems. If we find errors in the existing products or defects in the hardware used in our customers IT infrastructure or problematic network configurations or settings, we may have to modify our solutions or platform so that our solutions will interoperate with our customers IT infrastructure. Any delays in identifying the sources of problems or in providing necessary modifications to our solutions could have a negative impact on our reputation and our customers satisfaction with our solutions, and our ability to sell solutions could be adversely affected.
Incorrect or improper implementation or use of our solutions could result in customer dissatisfaction and negatively affect our business, operations, financial results and growth prospects.
Our customers and third-party partners may need training in the proper use of and the variety of benefits that can be derived from our solutions to maximize their potential. If our solutions are not implemented or used correctly or as intended, inadequate performance may result. Since our customers rely on our solutions and customer support to manage key areas of their businesses, the incorrect or improper implementation or use of our solutions, our failure to train customers on how to efficiently and effectively use our solutions or our failure to provide services to our customers, may result in negative publicity, failure of customers to renew their SaaS or maintenance agreements or potentially make legal claims against us. Also, as we continue to expand our customer base, any failure by us to properly provide these services will likely result in lost opportunities for follow-on sales of our solutions.
Competition for our target employees is intense, and we may not be able to attract and retain the quality employees we need to support our planned growth.
Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to recruit and retain key management, technical, sales, marketing, finance, and other critical personnel. Despite the recent economic downturn, competition for qualified management, technical and other personnel is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel. If we fail to attract and retain qualified employees, including internationally, our ability to grow our business could be harmed. Competition for people with the specific skills that we require is significant. In order to attract and retain personnel in a competitive marketplace, we believe that we must provide a competitive compensation package, including cash and equity-based compensation. Volatility in our stock price may from time to time adversely affect our ability to recruit or retain employees. If we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees, or conversely, if we fail to manage employee performance or reduce staffing levels when required by market conditions, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.
We depend on our management team, particularly our Chief Executive Officer and our key sales and development and services personnel, and the loss of one or more key employees or groups could harm our business and prevent us from implementing our business plan in a timely manner.
Our success depends on the expertise and continued services of our executive officers, particularly our Chief Executive Officer. We have in the past and may in the future continue to experience changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which may be disruptive to our business. For instance, we hired a new Chief Financial Officer in July 2012 and a new
22
Senior Vice President, Global Customer Services and Support in August 2012. We are also substantially dependent on the continued service of our existing development and services personnel because of their familiarity with the inherent complexities of our solutions.
Our personnel do not have employment arrangements that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees. The loss of one or more of our key employees or groups could seriously harm our business.
In addition, many employees, including certain key employees, have been employed by us for a number of years and may be fully vested in their equity grants. As a result, they may be less incentivized to continue to provide services to us unless they receive additional equity compensation. Our plans to grant additional equity compensation to existing employees have yet to be determined.
If we are not able to enhance existing solutions and develop new applications that achieve market acceptance or that keep pace with technological developments, our business could be harmed.
Our ability to increase revenues from existing customers and attract new customers depends in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing solutions and to develop and introduce new applications. The success of any enhancement or new application depends on several factors, including timely completion, adequate quality testing, introduction and market acceptance. Any enhancement or new application that we develop or acquire may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain defects or may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenues. If we are unable to successfully enhance our existing solutions and develop new applications to meet customer requirements, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.
Because we designed our solutions to operate on a variety of network, hardware and software platforms, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our solutions to keep pace with changes in networking, Internet-related hardware, software, communication, browser and database technologies. If we are unable to respond in a timely manner to these rapid technological developments in a cost-effective manner, our solutions may become less marketable and less competitive or obsolete and our operating results may be negatively impacted.
If our solutions experience data security breaches, and there is unauthorized access to our customers data, we may lose current or future customers and our reputation and business may be harmed.
Our solutions are used by our customers to manage and store proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data relating to their business. Although we maintain security features in our solutions, our security measures may not detect or prevent hacker interceptions, break-ins, security breaches, the introduction of viruses or malicious code and other disruptions that may jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted by our solutions. A party that is able to circumvent our security measures in our solutions could misappropriate our or our customers proprietary or confidential information, cause interruption in their operations, damage or misuse their computer systems and misuse any information that they misappropriate. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures.
If any compromise of the security of our solutions were to occur, we may lose customers and our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed and we could incur significant liability. In addition, if there is any perception that we cannot protect our customers
23
proprietary and confidential information, we may lose the ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers and our revenues could decline.
We rely on a small number of third-party service providers to host and deliver our cloud-based solutions, and any interruptions or delays in services from these third parties could impair the delivery of our cloud-based solutions and harm our business.
We currently operate our cloud-based solutions from three data centers. We do not control the operation of these facilities. These facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from natural disasters, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. They are also subject to break-ins, computer viruses, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and other misconduct. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions, which would have a serious adverse impact on our business. Additionally, our data center agreements are of limited duration and are subject to early termination rights in certain circumstances, and the providers of our data centers have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
If we continue to add data centers and add capacity in our existing data centers, we may transfer data to other locations. Despite precautions taken during this process, any unsuccessful data transfers may impair the delivery of our service. Interruptions in our service, data loss or corruption may cause customers to terminate their agreements and adversely affect our renewal rates and our ability to attract new customers. Data transfers may also subject us to regional privacy and data protection laws that apply to the transmission of customer data across international borders.
We also depend on access to the Internet through third-party bandwidth providers to operate our cloud-based solutions. If we lose the services of one or more of our bandwidth providers, or if these providers experience outages, for any reason, we could experience disruption in delivering our cloud-based solutions or we could be required to retain the services of a replacement bandwidth provider. Any Internet outages or delays could adversely affect our ability to provide our solutions to our customers.
Our data center operations also rely heavily on the availability of electricity, which also comes from third-party providers. If we or the third-party data center facilities that we use to deliver our services were to experience a major power outage or if the cost of electricity were to increase significantly, our operations and financial results could be harmed. If we or our third-party data centers were to experience a major power outage, we or they would have to rely on back-up generators, which might not work properly or might not provide an adequate supply during a major power outage. Such a power outage could result in a significant disruption of our business.
We license technology from third parties, and our inability to maintain those licenses could harm our business. Certain third-party technology that we use may be difficult to replace or could cause errors or failures of our service.
We incorporate technology that we purchase or license from third parties, including hardware and software, into our solutions. We cannot be certain that this technology will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. We cannot be certain that our licensors are not infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties or that our licensors have sufficient rights to the licensed intellectual property in all jurisdictions in which we may sell our solutions. Some of our agreements with our licensors may be terminated for convenience by them. If we are unable to continue to license any of this technology because of intellectual property infringement claims brought by third parties against our licensors or against us, or if we are unable to continue our license agreements or enter into new licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our ability to develop and sell solutions containing that technology would be severely limited and our business could be harmed. Additionally, if we are unable
24
to license or obtain the necessary technology from third parties, we may be forced to acquire or develop alternative technology of lower quality or performance standards. This would limit and delay our ability to offer new or competitive solutions and increase our costs of production. In addition, errors or defects in third-party hardware or software used in our cloud-based solutions could result in errors or a failure of our cloud-based solutions, which could harm our business.
Our significant international operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We have significant international operations, including in emerging markets such as India, and we are continuing to expand our international operations as part of our growth strategy. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 38% of our employees are located in India, where we conduct a portion of our research and development activities, implementation services and support services. Our current international operations and our plans to expand our international operations have placed, and will continue to place, a strain on our employees, management systems and other resources.
Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks and competition that are different from those in the United States. Because of our limited experience with international operations, we cannot assure that our international expansion efforts will be successful or that returns on such investments will be achieved in the future. In addition, our international operations may fail to succeed due to other risks inherent in operating businesses internationally, including:
|
our lack of familiarity with commercial and social norms and customs in international countries which may adversely affect our ability to recruit, retain and manage employees in these countries; |
|
difficulties and costs associated with staffing and managing foreign operations; |
|
the potential diversion of managements attention to oversee and direct operations that are geographically distant from our U.S. headquarters; |
|
compliance with multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations; |
|
legal systems in which our ability to enforce and protect our rights may be different or less effective than in the United States and in which the ultimate result of dispute resolution is more difficult to predict; |
|
greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles; |
|
higher employee costs and difficulty in terminating non-performing employees; |
|
differences in workplace cultures; |
|
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; |
|
the need to adapt our solutions for specific countries; |
|
our ability to comply with differing technical and certification requirements outside the United States; |
|
tariffs, export controls and other non-tariff barriers such as quotas and local content rules; |
|
more limited protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; |
|
adverse tax consequences, including as a result of transfer pricing adjustments involving our foreign operations; |
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates; |
|
anti-bribery compliance by us or our partners; |
|
restrictions on the transfer of funds; and |
25
|
new and different sources of competition. |
Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully could harm our existing and future international operations and seriously impair our overall business.
We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could negatively affect our financial condition and operating results.
Our sales contracts are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore, substantially all of our revenues are not subject to foreign currency risk. However, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar could increase the real cost of our solutions to our customers outside of the United States, which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. In addition, an increasing portion of our operating expenses are incurred in India, are denominated in Indian Rupees and are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights which could result in significant costs and harm our business.
There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends upon us not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Companies in the software and technology industries, including some of our current and potential competitors, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights. In addition, many of these companies have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. The litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenue and against whom our potential patents may provide little or no deterrence. We have received, and may in the future receive, notices that claim we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated other parties intellectual property rights. To the extent we gain greater visibility, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims, which is not uncommon with respect to software technologies in general and information security technology in particular. There may be third-party intellectual property rights, including issued or pending patents that cover significant aspects of our technologies or business methods. Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be very time consuming, could be expensive to settle or litigate and could divert our managements attention and other resources. These claims could also subject us to significant liability for damages, potentially including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or copyrights. These claims could also result in our having to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third partys rights. We might be required to seek a license for the intellectual property, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Even if a license were available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. As a result, we may be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop technology for any infringing aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of one or more of our solutions or features of our solutions and may be unable to compete effectively. Any of these results would harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
In addition, our agreements with customers and partners include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement and, in some cases, for damages caused by us to property or persons. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
26
Our use of open source and third-party technology could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our solutions.
We use open source software in our solutions and in our services engagements on behalf of customers. As we increasingly handle configured implementation of our solutions on behalf of customers, we use additional open source software that we obtain from all over the world. Although we try to monitor our use of open source software, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market our solutions. In such event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our solutions, to re-engineer our technology or to discontinue offering our solutions in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, any of which could cause us to breach contracts, harm our reputation, result in customer losses or claims, increase our costs or otherwise adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software we use. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public. This would allow our competitors to create similar solutions with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of product sales for us.
Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand, which would substantially harm our business and operating results.
The success of our business and the ability to compete depend in part upon our ability to protect and enforce our trade secrets, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights. We primarily rely on copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, customers, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate or we may be unable to secure intellectual property protection for all of our solutions. Any of our copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. Competitors may independently develop technologies or solutions that are substantially equivalent or superior to our solutions or that inappropriately incorporate our proprietary technology into their solutions. Competitors may hire our former employees who may misappropriate our proprietary technology or misuse our confidential information. Although we rely in part upon confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and other third parties to protect our trade secrets and other confidential information, those agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of misappropriation of trade secrets or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and confidential information, and in such cases we could not assert any trade secret rights against such parties.
In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Any litigation, whether or not it is resolved in our favor, could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, which may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Certain jurisdictions may not provide adequate legal infrastructure for effective protection of
27
our intellectual property rights. Changing legal interpretations of liability for unauthorized use of our solutions or lessened sensitivity by corporate, government or institutional users to refraining from intellectual property piracy or other infringements of intellectual property could also harm our business.
It is possible that innovations for which we seek patent protection may not be protectable. Additionally, the process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Given the cost, effort, risks and downside of obtaining patent protection, including the requirement to ultimately disclose the invention to the public, we may not choose to seek patent protection for certain innovations. However, such patent protection could later prove to be important to our business. Even if issued, there can be no assurance that any patents will have the coverage originally sought or adequately protect our intellectual property, as the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of patent and other intellectual property rights are uncertain. Any patents that are issued may be invalidated or otherwise limited, or may lapse or may be abandoned, enabling other companies to better develop products that compete with our solutions, which could adversely affect our competitive business position, business prospects and financial condition.
We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to protect our intellectual property will adequately protect us, and any failure to protect our intellectual property could harm our business.
We may not be able to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world, which could adversely impact our international operations and business.
The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and enforcing intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights. Proceedings to enforce our proprietary rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additional government regulations may reduce the size of market for our solutions, harm demand for our solutions, force us to update our solutions or implement changes in our services and increase our costs of doing business.
Any changes in government regulations that impact our customers or their end customers could have a harmful effect on our business by reducing the size of our addressable market, forcing us to update the solutions we offer or otherwise increasing our costs. For example, with respect to our life science customers, regulatory developments related to government-sponsored entitlement programs or U.S. Food and Drug Administration or foreign equivalent regulation of, or denial, withholding or withdrawal of approval of, our customers products could lead to a lack of demand for our solutions. Other changes in government regulations, in areas such as privacy, export compliance or anti-bribery statutes, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, could require us to implement changes in our solutions, services or operations that increase our cost of doing business and thereby adversely affecting our financial performance.
28
Failure to comply with certain certifications and standards pertaining to our solutions, as may be required by governmental authorities or other standards-setting bodies, could harm our business. Additionally, failure to comply with governmental laws and regulations could harm our business.
Customers may require our solutions to comply with certain security or other certifications and standards, which are promulgated by governmental authorities or other standards-setting bodies. The requirements necessary to comply with these certifications and standards are complex and often change significantly. If our solutions are late in achieving or fail to achieve compliance with these certifications and standards, including when they revised or otherwise change, or our competitors achieve compliance with these certifications and standards, we may be disqualified from selling our solutions to such customers, or at a competitive disadvantage, which would harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.
Because we incorporate encryption technology into our solutions, certain of our solutions are subject to U.S. export controls and may be exported outside the United States only with the required export license or through an export license exception. If we were to fail to comply with U.S. export licensing requirements, U.S. customs regulations, U.S. economic sanctions or other laws, we could be subject to substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines, incarceration for responsible employees and managers, and the possible loss of export or import privileges. Obtaining the necessary export license for a particular sale may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain products to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. Even though we take precautions to ensure that our channel partners comply with all relevant regulations, any failure by our channel partners to comply with such regulations could have negative consequences, including reputational harm, government investigations and penalties.
In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permit and license requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our solutions or could limit our customers ability to implement our solutions in those countries. Changes in our solutions or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our solutions into international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our solutions globally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solutions to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our solutions by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solutions to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our solutions or limitation on our ability to export or sell our solutions would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.
We may acquire other businesses, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our operating results.
As part of our business strategy, we have in the past and may in the future make investments in other companies, solutions or technologies. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by users or investors. In addition, if we fail to
29
integrate successfully such acquisitions, or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, into our company, the revenues and operating results of the combined company could be adversely affected. Any integration process will require significant time and resources, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully. We may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology and accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction, including accounting charges. We may have to pay cash, incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition, each of which could affect our financial condition or the value of our capital stock. The sale of equity or issuance of debt to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our stockholders. If we incur more debt it would result in increased fixed obligations and could also subject us to covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations.
If we are required to collect sales and use taxes on the solutions we sell, we may be subject to liability for past sales and our future sales may decrease.
State and local taxing jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. In particular, the applicability of sales taxes to our subscription services in various jurisdictions is unclear. Although we have historically collected and remitted sales tax in certain circumstances, it is possible that we could face sales tax audits and that our liability for these taxes could exceed our estimates as state tax authorities could still assert that we are obligated to collect additional amounts as taxes from our customers and remit those taxes to those authorities. We could also be subject to audits with respect to state and international jurisdictions for which we have not accrued tax liabilities. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales or other taxes on our services in jurisdictions where we have not historically done so and do not accrue for sales taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, discourage customers from purchasing our solutions or otherwise harm our business and operating results.
Uncertainty in global economic conditions may adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition.
Our operations and performance depend on global economic conditions. Challenging or uncertain economic conditions make it difficult for our customers and potential customers to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and may cause our customers and potential customers to slow or reduce spending on our solutions. Furthermore, during challenging or uncertain economic times, our customers may face difficulties gaining timely access to sufficient credit and experience decreasing cash flow, which could impact their willingness to make purchases and their ability to make timely payments to us. Global economic conditions have in the past and could continue to have an adverse effect on demand for our solutions, including new bookings and renewal and upsell rates, on our ability to predict future operating results and on our financial condition and operating results. If global economic conditions remain uncertain or deteriorate, it may materially impact our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, power outages, floods and other catastrophic events, and to interruption by manmade problems such as terrorism.
Our corporate headquarters and facilities are located near known earthquake fault zones and are vulnerable to significant damage from earthquakes. The corporate headquarters and facilities are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures and similar events. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism or vandalism or other misconduct or other unanticipated problems with our facilities could result in lengthy interruptions to our services. If any disaster were to occur, our ability to operate our
30
business at our facilities could be seriously or completely impaired or destroyed. The insurance we maintain may not be adequate to cover our losses resulting from disasters or other business interruptions.
Our financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP) are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change.
If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our operating results could fall below expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our stock price.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. For example, our revenue recognition policy is complex and we often must make estimates and assumptions that could prove to be inaccurate. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in the section entitled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about revenue recognition, capitalized software, the carrying values of assets, taxes, liabilities, equity, revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our stock price. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, share-based compensation and income taxes.
We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we will be required to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act) and the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, and the , our stock exchange, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Despite recent reform made possible by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act), which allows us to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, we expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements.
In particular, after we are no longer an emerging growth company as defined under the JOBS Act, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, when applicable to use. We
31
cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.
We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an emerging growth company. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, although if our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion in any fiscal year before that time, or if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of March 31 of any year before that time, or if we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt over a three-year period, we would cease to be an emerging growth company.
We intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to many public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved by our stockholders. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.
As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the applicable listing exchange. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers.
Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, weaknesses in our internal controls may be discovered
32
in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal controls also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we are required to include in our periodic reports we will file with the SEC under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.
In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs, and provide significant management oversight. Any failure to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. In the event that our internal controls are perceived as inadequate or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and our stock price could decline. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the .
We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with certain of these rules, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report.
Though we will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff.
Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future.
We may need additional capital, and we cannot be certain that additional financing will be available.
We may require additional financing in the future. Our ability to obtain financing will depend, among other things, on our development efforts, business plans, operating performance and condition of the capital markets at the time we seek financing. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to the rights of our common stock or preferred stock, and our stockholders may experience dilution.
If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not be able to, among other things:
|
develop or enhance our solutions; |
33
|
continue to expand our sales and marketing and research and development organizations; |
|
acquire complementary technologies, solutions or businesses; |
|
expand operations, in the United States or internationally; |
|
hire, train and retain employees; or |
|
respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements. |
Our failure to do any of these things could seriously harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.
In general, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), and similar state law provisions, a corporation that undergoes an ownership change is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses (NOLs) to offset future taxable income. If our existing NOLs are subject to limitations arising from ownership changes, possibly including, but not limited to, this initial public offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, also could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. There is also a risk that our NOLs could expire, or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities due to changes in the law, including regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs or other unforeseen reasons. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs, even if we attain profitability.
Risks Related to this Offering, the Securities Market and Investment in Our Common Stock
Our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
Following the completion of this offering, the market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other things, the factors described in this Risk Factors section or otherwise, and other factors beyond our control, such as fluctuations in the valuations of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us.
Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, systemic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.
In the past, many companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have become subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our managements attention, which could harm our business.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports or if they publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business and our stock, the price of our stock and the trading volume could decline.
We expect that the trading market for our common stock will be affected by research or reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. There are many large, well-
34
established publicly-traded companies active in our industry and portions of the markets in which we compete, which may mean that we receive less widespread analyst coverage than our competitors. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades their evaluations of our company or our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, our stock may lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.
An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained.
There has not been a public trading market for shares of our common stock prior to this offering and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price for the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and representatives of the underwriters. This price may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade after this offering, and our common stock could trade below the initial public offering price. Accordingly, we cannot provide any assurance regarding the liquidity of any trading market or the ability of an investor to sell shares of our common stock when desired or the prices that may be obtained for such shares.
The concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and significant stockholders upon the completion of this offering will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.
We anticipate that our executive officers, directors, current five percent or greater stockholders and entities affiliated with them together will beneficially own approximately % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with concentrated bases of stockholders. Also, these stockholders, acting together, will be able to control our management and affairs and matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of our assets. Consequently, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, including a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control, even if that change of control would benefit our other stockholders.
Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.
Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option and no exercise of options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. The remaining shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering will be available for sale, subject to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rules 144 and 701, upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus.
In addition, shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options, beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.
35
After this offering, we intend to register approximately shares of common stock that have been issued or reserved for future issuance under our stock plans.
Because our estimated initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock, new investors will incur immediate and substantial dilution.
The assumed initial public offering price of $ , which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $ per share, which is the difference between the price you pay for our common stock and its pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after completion of the offering. To the extent outstanding options and the warrant to purchase our common stock are exercised, there will be further dilution.
Our management has broad discretion in the use of the proceeds from this offering that we receive and may not use the proceeds effectively.
Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering that we receive. We cannot specify with certainty the uses to which we will apply these net proceeds. We may not be able to obtain a significant return, if any, on our investment of those proceeds, and accordingly may not yield a favorable return to our investors. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could adversely affect our ability to maintain and expand our business.
Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.
Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of us. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include:
|
providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three year terms; |
|
authorizing the board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with rights senior to those of our common stock; |
|
providing that vacancies on our board of directors be filled by appointment by the board of directors; |
|
prohibiting stockholder action by written consent; |
|
requiring that certain litigation must be brought in Delaware; |
|
limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders; and |
|
requiring advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals. |
In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning fifteen percent or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time without the consent of our board of directors.
These and other provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, as in effect upon completion of this offering, and under the Delaware General Corporation Law could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of
36
our common stock and result in the market price of our common stock being lower than it would be without these provisions. For more information regarding these and other provisions, see Description of Capital StockAnti-Takeover ProvisionsRestated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws.
We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock.
We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Further, our loan and security agreement limits our ability to pay dividends. If we do not pay cash dividends, you would receive a return on your investment in our common stock only if the market price of our common stock is greater than the initial public offering price at the time you sell your shares.
37
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our managements beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Business. Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, industry environment, potential growth opportunities and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can often be identified by terms such as anticipates, believes, continues, could, estimates, expects, intends, may, plans, potential, predicts, projects, seeks, should, will, would or other similar words and expressions and the negatives of those statements.
Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements about:
|
our expectations regarding our revenues, expenses and results of operations; |
|
our anticipated capital expenditures; |
|
our liquidity and working capital requirements; |
|
our need to obtain additional funding and our ability to obtain future funding on acceptable terms; |
|
our expected use of the net proceeds from this offering; |
|
the growth rates of the markets in which we compete; |
|
our anticipated strategies for growth; |
|
maintaining and expanding our customer base and our relationships with partners; |
|
our ability to anticipate market needs and changing regulatory requirements and develop new and enhanced solutions to meet those needs and requirements; |
|
our current and future solutions and functionality and plans to promote them; |
|
anticipated trends and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate; |
|
the evolution of technology affecting our solutions, services and markets; |
|
our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property; |
|
our ability to compete in our industry and innovation by our competitors; and |
|
the estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our consolidated financial statements and determining option exercise prices. |
Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in Risk Factors. You should read these risk factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our managements beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this
38
prospectus forms a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what is expressed by any forward-looking statements contained herein.
Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, even if new information becomes available in the future.
39
This prospectus contains estimates and other information that are based on industry publications, reports, surveys and forecasts generated by Gartner, IDC and The Datamonitor Group (Datamonitor). These industry publications, reports, surveys and forecasts generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates, as there is no assurance that any of them will be reached. Although we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports, based on our industry experience we believe that the publications and reports are reliable and that the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are reasonable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in Risk Factors. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications, reports, surveys and forecasts.
The Gartner reports described herein (Gartner Reports) represent data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Reports are subject to change without notice.
The industry publications, reports, surveys and forecasts contained in this prospectus are provided below:
(1) | Datamonitor, Global Health Care Equipment & Supplies, July 2012; Reference Code: 0199-2067. |
(2) | Datamonitor, Global Pharmaceuticals, Biotechnology & Life Sciences, May 2012; Reference Code: 0199-2357. |
(3) | IDC, Health Industry Insights 2009; Document # HI220793. |
(4) | Gartner, Forecast: Enterprise IT Spending for the Manufacturing and Natural Resources Market, Worldwide, 2010-2016, 2Q12 Update, July 2012. |
(5) | Gartner, Forecast: Desk-Based PCs, Notebooks, Ultramobiles and Tablets. Worldwide, 2010-2016, 3Q12 Update, September 2012. |
(6) | Gartner, Forecast: Enterprise Network Equipment by Market Segment, Worldwide, 2009-2016, 3Q12 Update, September 2012. |
(7) | Gartner, Semiconductor Forecast Database, Worldwide, 3Q12 Update, September 2012. |
(8) | Gartner, IT Metrics: Align IT Investment Levels With Strategy Using Run, Grow, Transform and Beyond, March 2012. |
(9) | Gartner, Market Share: All Software Markets, Worldwide, 2011, March 2012. |
(10) | Gartner, Forecast Analysis: Mobile Phones and Consumer Electronics, Worldwide, 4Q11 Update, January 2012. |
40
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $ million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that we will receive additional net proceeds of $ million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional working capital, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We anticipate using the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, which may include hiring additional personnel and investing in sales and marketing, research and development and infrastructure, although we do not currently have any specific plans to use any net proceeds with respect to these items. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services, technologies or other assets. We have not entered into any agreements or commitments with respect to any material investments or acquisitions at this time.
We currently have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering. We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering to us, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds.
Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds to us from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the invested proceeds will yield a favorable return.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. Additionally, under our loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, we are restricted from paying cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements, overall financial conditions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
41
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, total loan obligations and capitalization as of December 31, 2012:
|
on an actual basis; |
|
on a pro forma basis to reflect the (1) conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,750,023 shares of common stock and (2) the conversion of the convertible preferred stock warrant into a warrant for 259,965 shares of common stock, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering; and |
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the pro forma adjustments set forth above, (2) the sale by us of shares of common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (3) the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation to authorize shares of common stock and shares of preferred stock. |
The information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of the offering determined at the pricing of this offering. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As of December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||
Actual |
Pro
Forma |
Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1) |
||||||||||
(in thousands, except share and per
share data) |
||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 12,633 | $ | 12,633 | $ | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total loan obligations, current and long-term |
$ | 4,512 | $ | 4,512 | $ | |||||||
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability |
734 | | ||||||||||
Convertible preferred stock, $0.00005 par value; 20,571,428 shares authorized, 20,103,491 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted |
41,776 | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Stockholders (deficit) equity: |
||||||||||||
Preferred stock, $0.00005 par value; no shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, actual; shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Common stock, $0.00005 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 24,563,241 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 46,313,264 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted |
1 | 2 | ||||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
9,704 | 52,213 | ||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(102 | ) | (102 | ) | ||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(62,502 | ) | (62,502 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total stockholders (deficit) equity |
(52,899 | ) | (10,389 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total capitalization |
$ | (5,877 | ) | $ | (5,877 | ) | $ | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(footnote appears on following page)
42
(1) |
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. |
The number of shares of common stock outstanding actual and as adjusted on the table above does not reflect:
|
13,340,563 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock that were outstanding as of December 31, 2012, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.44; |
|
60,000 shares of common stock subject to a restricted stock unit that was outstanding as of December 31, 2012; |
|
259,965 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase convertible preferred stock that was outstanding as of December 31, 2012, with an exercise price of $1.15 per share; |
|
3,113,673 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2012, which shares will become available for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in connection with this offering, additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and |
|
shares of common stock subject to restricted stock units granted to employees on February , 2013. |
43
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of our outstanding shares of common stock, after giving effect to (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2012 into an aggregate of 21,750,023 shares of common stock and (2) the conversion of the convertible preferred stock warrant into a warrant for 259,965 shares of common stock, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 would have been approximately $(13.1) million, or approximately $(0.28) per share.
After giving effect to the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 would have been approximately $ million, or approximately $ per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $ per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $ per share to new investors participating in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | |||||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2012 |
$ | (0.28 | ) | |||||
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering |
||||||||
|
|
|||||||
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering |
||||||||
|
|
|||||||
Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering |
$ | |||||||
|
|
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 by approximately $ million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $ and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to new investors in this offering by approximately $ per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering would be $ per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $ per share.
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the completion of this offering, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors participating in this offering, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, at an
44
assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:
Shares purchased | Total consideration |
Average
price per share |
||||||||||||||||
Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||||
Existing stockholders |
% | $ | % | $ | ||||||||||||||
New investors |
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Total |
100.0 | % | $ | 100.0 | % | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase or decrease total consideration paid to us by investors participating in this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
The discussion and tables above assume no sale of shares by the selling stockholders and no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares or of any outstanding options or the warrant. The sale of shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to or % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering to , or % of the total shares outstanding. In addition, if the underwriters option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to , or % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be further reduced to , or % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering.
The number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2012 excludes:
|
13,340,563 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock that were outstanding as of December 31, 2012, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.44 per share; |
|
60,000 shares of common stock subject to a restricted stock unit that was outstanding as of December 31, 2012; |
|
259,965 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase convertible preferred stock that was outstanding as of December 31, 2012, with an exercise price of $1.15 per share; |
|
3,113,673 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2012, which shares will become available for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in connection with this offering, additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and |
|
shares of common stock subject to restricted stock units granted to employees on February , 2013. |
To the extent that any options or the warrant are exercised, new options, restricted stock units or shares of common stock are issued under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan or our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there may be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.
45
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and notes and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data and other financial data for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data and other financial data for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments that management considers necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period.
Years Ended
September 30, |
Three Months Ended
December 30, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share data) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 31,759 | $ | 41,499 | $ | 49,756 | $ | 11,365 | $ | 12,462 | ||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
18,682 | 23,672 | 34,502 | 6,692 | 9,879 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenues |
50,441 | 65,171 | 84,258 | 18,057 | 22,341 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation (1) |
12,087 | 18,092 | 22,483 | 5,028 | 5,560 | |||||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance (1) |
6,328 | 8,828 | 18,053 | 2,496 | 4,523 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total cost of revenues |
18,415 | 26,920 | 40,536 | 7,524 | 10,083 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
|
32,026
|
|
38,251 | 43,722 | 10,533 | 12,258 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development (1) |
12,702 | 13,809 | 17,695 | 4,173 | 4,119 | |||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing (1) |
11,221 | 13,935 | 19,640 | 3,981 | 5,336 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative (1) |
6,945 | 7,860 | 10,584 | 2,393 | 3,877 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
30,868 | 35,604 | 47,919 | 10,547 | 13,332 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
1,158 | 2,647 | (4,197 | ) | (14 | ) | (1,074 | ) | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
353 | 677 | 655 | 184 | 126 | |||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
20 | 316 | 540 | 406 | 52 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
785 | 1,654 | (5,392 | ) | (604 | ) | (1,252 | ) | ||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
161 | 172 | 301 | 71 | 61 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 624 | $ | 1,482 | $ | (5,693 | ) | $ | (675 | ) | $ | (1,313 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders: (2) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
$ | | $ | | $ | (0.24 | ) | $ | (0.03 | ) | $ | (0.05 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
(1) |
Includes stock-based compensation as follows: |
Years Ended
September 30, |
Three Months Ended
December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 |
2011 |
2012 |
2011 |
2012 |
||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 134 | $ | 92 | $ | 298 | $ | 77 | $ | 40 | ||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
41 | 29 | 561 | 24 | 74 | |||||||||||||||
Research and development |
133 | 127 | 297 | 97 | 54 | |||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
173 | 108 | 1,103 | 245 | 259 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
276 | 175 | 262 | 65 | 130 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total stock-based compensation |
$ | 757 | $ | 531 | $ | 2,521 | $ | 508 | $ | 557 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share. |
(3) |
See Prospectus SummarySummary Consolidated Financial DataNon-GAAP Financial Measure for more information and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. |
As of September 30, |
As of December
31,
2012 |
|||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | |||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 18,420 | $ | 15,768 | $ | 12,633 | ||||||
Working capital (deficit) |
1,082 | (12,584 | ) | (14,501 | ) | |||||||
Total assets |
36,954 | 40,598 | 42,158 | |||||||||
Loan obligations, current and long-term |
7,378 | 5,127 | 4,512 | |||||||||
Total liabilities |
44,881 | 51,085 | 53,281 | |||||||||
Convertible preferred stock |
41,776 | 41,776 | 41,776 | |||||||||
Total stockholders deficit |
(49,703 | ) | (52,263 | ) | (52,899 | ) |
47
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the section entitled Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a provider of revenue management solutions for the life science and technology industries, and we believe that we are a pioneer in this market. Our solutions enable our customers to maximize revenues and reduce revenue compliance risk by transforming their revenue lifecycle from a series of tactical, disjointed operations into a strategic end-to-end process. We believe our solutions serve as the system of record for our customers revenue management processes and can provide a competitive advantage for them.
We were founded in 1999 with a vision of transforming the way companies manage the strategy and execution of pricing, contracting, incentives and rebates. Since we were founded, we have achieved several significant milestones, including:
|
In 2002, we released the initial version of our first revenue management application suite, which was designed for the medical device industry. |
|
In 2004, we introduced new applications and extended the capabilities of our solutions to support the pharmaceutical industry, and we signed our first pharmaceutical client. |
|
In 2006, we acquired Azerity, Inc., a provider of revenue management solutions for the semiconductor industry as we began expanding into the technology industry more broadly. |
|
In 2006, we also started operations in India to continue scaling our development, implementation and support capabilities. |
|
We expanded the functionality of our solutions to address the consumer electronics and software verticals, and in 2009, signed our first consumer electronics customer. |
|
In 2010, we also introduced analytics capabilities and began offering our solutions through the cloud to accelerate the time-to-value of deploying our revenue management solutions. |
|
As we invested in growing our research and development, implementation and sales and marketing forces, we significantly increased the number of our employees between 2010 and 2012. |
|
In January 2012, we acquired LeapFrogRx, a provider of cloud-based analytics solutions for the pharmaceutical industry, to enhance our analytics capabilities. |
Our solutions are comprised of two complementary suites of software applications: Revenue Management Enterprise and Revenue Management Intelligence. Sales of our solutions range from individual applications to complete suites, and deployments may vary from specific divisions or territories to enterprise-wide implementations. Historically, a substantial majority of our total revenues has been associated with our Revenue Management Enterprise suite, whether deployed as individual applications or as a complete suite. For example, in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and in the three months ended December 31, 2012, revenues from our Revenue Management Enterprise suite constituted more than 85% of our total revenues for each respective period. We expect our
48
Revenue Management Enterprise suite to continue to generate the substantial majority of our total revenues for the foreseeable future.
We derive revenues primarily from the sale of our on-premise and cloud-based solutions and related implementation services, as well as maintenance and support and application support. We price our solutions based on a number of factors, including revenues under management and number of users. Our license and implementation revenues are comprised of sales of perpetual license and related implementation services, which revenues are recognized over the implementation period, which commences when implementation work begins and typically ranges from one to three years. Maintenance and support revenues are recognized ratably over the support period, which is typically one year. SaaS revenues for cloud-based solutions are derived from subscription fees from customers accessing our cloud-based solutions, as well as from associated implementation services. SaaS revenues are recognized ratably over the subscription period, which is typically one year but can be longer. Due to the manner in which our revenues are recognized, we believe we have significant visibility into a substantial portion of our future revenues, although the actual timing of revenue recognition may vary based on our customers implementation requirements and availability of our services personnel.
We market and sell our solutions to customers in the life science and technology industries. While we have historically generated the substantial majority of our revenues from companies in the life science industry, we have also grown our base of technology customers and intend to continue to focus on increasing the revenues from customers in the technology industry. A representative list of our customers based on our total revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 includes our life science customers Abbott Laboratories, Amgen Inc., Boston Scientific Corporation, Bristol-Meyers Squibb Company, Johnson & Johnson and Merck & Co., Inc., and our technology customers Dell Inc., Nokia Corporation, STMicroelectronics N.V. and VMware, Inc. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012, one customer accounted for 15%, 15% and 10% of our total revenues, respectively. Another customer accounted for 14% and 15% of our total revenues during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, respectively. Three different customers also accounted for 13%, 12% and 14% of our total revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010 and 2011 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, respectively. Our most significant customers in any given period generally vary from period to period due to the timing of implementation and related revenue recognition over those periods of larger projects.
Our sales and marketing team primarily targets large and mid-sized organizations worldwide through our direct sales force. We have historically focused our sales efforts in the United States, but we believe markets outside of the United States offer a significant opportunity for growth, and we intend to make additional investments in sales and marketing to expand in these markets.
We have experienced significant growth in our revenues in recent periods. We generated total revenues of $50.4 million, $65.2 million, $84.3 million and $22.3 million during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, respectively, and we generated net income of $0.6 million and $1.5 million and net losses of $5.7 million and $1.3 million in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, respectively.
49
Key Factors Affecting Our Financial Performance
We believe that the growth of our business and our future success are dependent upon many factors, including our ability to retain and expand business with existing customers, attract new customers, continue to innovate and enhance our solutions and successfully invest in our growth. While each of these areas presents significant opportunities for us, they also pose significant risks and challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain the growth of our business and improve our operating results.
Retain and Expand Business with Existing Customers
We have enjoyed renewal rates for maintenance and support in excess of 95% during fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012. Renewal rates for any fiscal year are calculated by identifying our maintenance and support customers existing at the beginning of the prior fiscal year (prior year customers), and dividing the dollar amount of maintenance and support revenues that we earned from those prior year customers in the current fiscal year by the dollar amount of maintenance and support revenues we earned from such customers in the prior fiscal year. Our future financial performance depends, in part, on our ability to maintain high renewal rates.
We also intend to continue to broaden adoption of existing applications across our customers organizations. We also believe that the sales cycle for selling to existing customers can be shorter than the sales cycle for new customers, and therefore our sales and marketing costs for existing customers can be lower, allowing us to focus additional sales and marketing resources on obtaining new customers. If we are unable to maintain high levels of renewals and sell additional solutions to existing customers, our future revenues would not grow as we anticipate.
Attract New Customers
We believe the global market for life science and technology revenue management solutions is large and underserved. We intend to target new customers by continuing to invest in our sales force and marketing initiatives to drive awareness and adoption of revenue management solutions. It can take new sales personnel a significant period of time to become productive, which may result in a delay in increased revenues as compared to our investments in sales and marketing. If our investments in sales and marketing activities do not result in significant additional customers or if competition begins to emerge, our business would be harmed.
Continue to Innovate and Enhance Our Solutions
To extend our leadership position in revenue management, we intend to continue to drive product innovation through significant investments in research and development. We expect these initiatives will be focused on developing new applications for the life science and technology industries, as well as for additional verticals within those industries. We will also need to continually engage in development activities to update our applications to reflect changing market and regulatory requirements.
Invest in Our Growth
In order to grow our business, we must continue to invest in our people, software and solutions, data center and infrastructure, which will likely result in higher costs of revenues, operating expenses and capital expenditures. If our business continues to grow rapidly, we may need to increase our use of third-party contractors to provide services to our customers, which could adversely affect our gross margins. In addition, we plan to continue to invest in additional data center capacity with third-party providers as well as
50
additional computing infrastructure to continue to enhance our cloud-based solutions. We expect that our cost of revenues will increase in absolute dollars, and that our gross margins will decline in the near term, as we continue to increase headcount in our implementation function in anticipation of expected growth in the sales of our on-premise solutions and as we continue to focus on building infrastructure for our cloud-based solutions. Our future revenue growth will also depend on our ability to expand our sales force domestically and internationally.
Key Business Metrics
In addition to the measures of financial performance presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use certain key metrics to evaluate and manage our business, including four-quarter revenues from current customers and Adjusted EBITDA. We use these key metrics internally to manage the business, and we believe they are useful for investors to compare key financial data from various periods.
Four-Quarter Revenues From Existing Customers
We derive a large majority of revenues from existing customers, which we define as customers from which we have generated revenues in each of the preceding four quarters, which would exclude historical customers of LeapFrogRx. We measure four-quarter revenues from our existing license and subscription customers by calculating the sum of revenues recognized during the last four quarters from any customer that has contributed revenue in each of the preceding four quarters. We believe four-quarter revenues from existing customers provides us and investors with a metric to measure the historical revenue visibility in our business. We also use this metric internally to understand the proportion of revenues being generated in any period from existing customers as compared to entirely new customers or customers with whom we have not been recently engaged. This measure helps us guide our sales activities and establish budgets and operational goals for our sales function.
Our four-quarter revenues from existing customers for the periods presented were as follows:
Four Quarters Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
September 30,
2011 |
December 31,
2011 |
March 31,
2012 |
June 30,
2012 |
September 30,
2012 |
December 31,
2012 |
|||||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Four-quarter revenues |
$ | 60,024 | $ | 66,459 | $ | 66,785 | $ | 73,157 | $ | 76,892 | $ | 77,633 |
Adjusted EBITDA
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before LeapFrogRx compensation charges, as discussed below, stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, interest expense, net, other expense, net, and provision for income taxes. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides investors with consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our operating results and our competitors operating results. We also use this measure internally to establish budgets and operational goals to manage our business and evaluate our performance.
Adjusted EBITDA was $3.2 million, $4.4 million, $5.0 million, $0.8 million and $0.4 million for fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 increased primarily due to increases in total revenues, which were partially offset by increased expenses. The increase in expenses was primarily due to increases in personnel costs arising principally from headcount increases as we continued to make investments in new products and solutions, as well as from expanding our global marketing efforts. See Prospectus SummarySummary Consolidated Financial DataNon-GAAP Financial Measure for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) and a description of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA.
51
Key Components of Results of Operations
Revenues
Revenues are comprised of license and implementation revenues and SaaS and maintenance revenues.
License and Implementation
License and implementation revenues are generated from the sale of software licenses for our on-premise solutions and related implementation services.
SaaS and Maintenance
SaaS and maintenance revenues primarily include subscription and related implementation fees from customers accessing our cloud-based solutions and revenues associated with maintenance contracts from license customers. Also included in SaaS and maintenance revenues are other revenues, including revenues related to application support, training and customer-reimbursed expenses. Prior to 2012, revenues from subscriptions for our cloud-based solutions were not material; however, following our acquisition of LeapFrogRx in January 2012, they have increased but remain less than 15% of our total revenues. Over time, we expect that SaaS revenues will increase as a percentage of total revenues.
Cost of Revenues
Our total cost of revenues is comprised of the following:
License and Implementation
Cost of license and implementation revenues includes costs related to the implementation of our on-premise solutions. Cost of license and implementation revenues primarily consists of personnel-related costs including salary, bonus, stock-based compensation and overhead allocation as well as third-party contractors, royalty fees paid to third parties for rights to their intellectual property and travel-related expenses. Cost of license and implementation revenues may vary from period to period depending on a number of factors, including the amount of implementation services required to deploy our solutions and the level of involvement of third party contractors providing implementation services.
SaaS and Maintenance
Cost of SaaS and maintenance revenues includes those costs related to the implementation of our cloud-based solutions, maintenance and support and application support for our on-premise solutions and training. Cost of SaaS and maintenance revenues primarily consists of personnel-related costs including salary, bonus, stock-based compensation, LeapFrogRx compensation charges and overhead allocation as well as reimbursable expenses, third-party contractors and data center-related expenses. We believe that cost of SaaS and maintenance revenues will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to focus on building infrastructure for our cloud-based solutions.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses.
Research and Development
Our research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs including salary, bonus, stock-based compensation and overhead allocation as well as third-party contractors
52
and travel-related expenses. Our software development costs for new software solutions and enhancements to existing software solutions are generally expensed as incurred. However, we capitalize development costs incurred in connection with the development of certain additional service offerings that will only be offered through the cloud. We expect to cease capitalization of development costs when we have completed all final testing of this product, at which time amortization charges related to such capitalized costs will be included in cost of revenues. As of December 31, 2012, we had $2.1 million of capitalized software development costs. We have not begun to amortize any of these capitalized software development costs as the development of the product is not completed. We expect our research and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to develop new applications and enhance our existing software solutions.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs including salary, bonus, commissions, stock-based compensation, LeapFrogRx compensation charges and overhead allocation as well as third-party contractors, travel-related expenses and marketing programs. We recognize sales commission expense upon contract signing, while we recognize revenue over the period the services are provided. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we increase the number of our sales and marketing employees to support the growth in our business.
General and Administrative
Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs including salary, bonus, stock-based compensation, LeapFrogRx compensation charges and overhead allocation as well as third-party contractors and travel-related expenses. We expect to incur significant accounting and legal costs related to becoming a public company, as well as additional insurance, investor relations and other costs. In addition, we expect to incur additional costs related to the implementation of a new ERP system.
LeapFrogRx Compensation Charges
In January 2012, we acquired LeapFrogRx for initial cash consideration of $3.0 million as well as potential additional payments to former LeapFrogRx stockholders totaling up to $8.3 million which are expected to be incurred through January 2015. These additional payments are, among other things, subject to future continued employment and are therefore considered compensatory in nature and are being recognized as compensation expense (LeapFrogRx compensation charges) over the term of each component. As of December 31, 2012, we had expensed an aggregate of $5.3 million of LeapFrogRx compensation charges.
53
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our total revenues for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.
Years Ended September 30, |
Three Months Ended
December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 31,759 | $ | 41,499 | $ | 49,756 | $ | 11,365 | $ | 12,462 | ||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
18,682 | 23,672 | 34,502 | 6,692 | 9,879 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenues |
50,441 | 65,171 | 84,258 | 18,057 | 22,341 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation (1) |
12,087 | 18,092 | 22,483 | 5,028 | 5,560 | |||||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance (1) |
6,328 | 8,828 | 18,053 | 2,496 | 4,523 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total cost of revenues |
18,415 | 26,920 | 40,536 | 7,524 | 10,083 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
32,026 | 38,251 | 43,722 | 10,533 | 12,258 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development (1) |
12,702 | 13,809 | 17,695 | 4,173 | 4,119 | |||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing (1) |
11,221 | 13,935 | 19,640 | 3,981 | 5,336 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative (1) |
6,945 | 7,860 | 10,584 | 2,393 | 3,877 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
30,868 | 35,604 | 47,919 | 10,547 | 13,332 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
1,158 | 2,647 | (4,197 | ) | (14 | ) | (1,074 | ) | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
353 | 677 | 655 | 184 | 126 | |||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
20 | 316 | 540 | 406 | 52 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
785 | 1,654 | (5,392 | ) | (604 | ) | (1,252 | ) | ||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
161 | 172 | 301 | 71 | 61 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 624 | $ | 1,482 | $ | (5,693 | ) | $ | (675 | ) | $ | (1,313 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Includes stock-based compensation as follows: |
Years Ended
September 30, |
Three Months
Ended December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 134 | $ | 92 | $ | 298 | $ | 77 | $ | 40 | ||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
41 | 29 | 561 | 24 | 74 | |||||||||||||||
Research and development |
133 | 127 | 297 | 97 | 54 | |||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
173 | 108 | 1,103 | 245 | 259 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
276 | 175 | 262 | 65 | 130 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total stock-based compensation |
$ | 757 | $ | 531 | $ | 2,521 | $ | 508 | $ | 557 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
Years Ended
September 30, |
Three Months
Ended December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
63 | % | 64 | % | 59 | % | 63 | % | 56 | % | ||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
37 | 36 | 41 | 37 | 44 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenues |
100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
24 | 28 | 27 | 28 | 25 | |||||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
13 | 13 | 21 | 14 | 20 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total cost of revenues |
37 | 41 | 48 | 42 | 45 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
63 | 59 | 52 | 58 | 55 | |||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development |
25 | 21 | 21 | 23 | 18 | |||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
22 | 22 | 23 | 22 | 24 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
14 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 18 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
61 | 55 | 57 | 59 | 60 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
2 | 4 | (5 | ) | (1 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
0 | 0 | 1 | 2 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
1 | 2 | (7 | ) | (4 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
1 | % | 2 | % | (7 | )% | (4 | )% | (6 | )% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comparison of the Three Months Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012
Revenues
Three Months Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
% of Total
Revenues |
Amount |
% of Total
Revenues |
($) | (%) | |||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 11,365 | 63 | % | $ | 12,462 | 56 | % | $ | 1,097 | 10 | % | ||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
6,692 | 37 | 9,879 | 44 | 3,187 | 48 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total revenues |
$ | 18,057 | 100 | % | $ | 22,341 | 100 | % | $ | 4,284 | 24 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
License and Implementation
License and implementation revenues increased $1.1 million, or 10%, to $12.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 from $11.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011. Our revenues from existing customers were $10.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 and $9.8 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in sales volume.
SaaS and Maintenance
SaaS and maintenance revenues increased $3.2 million, or 48%, to $9.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 from $6.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011.
55
The increase in SaaS and maintenance revenues was primarily due to an increase of $3.3 million in SaaS revenues, of which $2.7 million was due to the acquisition of LeapFrogRx and $0.6 million was due to sales to new customers.
Cost of Revenues
Three Months Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
% of
Revenues |
Amount |
% of
Revenues |
($) | (%) | |||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 5,028 | 44 | % | $ | 5,560 | 45 | % | $ | 532 | 11 | % | ||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
2,496 | 37 | 4,523 | 46 | 2,027 | 81 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total cost of revenues |
$ | 7,524 | 42 | $ | 10,083 | 45 | $ | 2,559 | 34 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 6,337 | 56 | % | $ | 6,902 | 55 | % | $ | 565 | 9 | % | ||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
4,196 | 63 | 5,356 | 54 | 1,160 | 28 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total gross profit |
$ | 10,533 | 58 | $ | 12,258 | 55 | $ | 1,725 | 16 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
License and Implementation
Cost of license and implementation revenues increased $0.5 million, or 11%, to $5.6 million during the three months ended December 31, 2012 from $5.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the cost of license and implementation revenues was primarily the result of increases in personnel costs due primarily to increased headcount.
SaaS and Maintenance
Cost of SaaS and maintenance revenues increased $2.0 million, or 81%, to $4.5 million during the three months ended December 31, 2012 from $2.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the cost of SaaS and maintenance revenues was primarily the result of a $1.6 million increase in personnel costs due primarily to increased headcount, including personnel from LeapFrogRx. The increase in personnel costs included $0.2 million of LeapFrogRx compensation charges.
Operating Expenses
Three Months Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | Change | ||||||||||||||
Amount | Amount | ($) | (%) | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Research and development |
$ | 4,173 | $ | 4,119 | $ | (54 | ) | (1 | )% | |||||||
Sales and marketing |
3,981 | 5,336 | 1,355 | 34 | ||||||||||||
General and administrative |
2,393 | 3,877 | 1,484 | 62 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
$ | 10,547 | $ | 13,332 | $ | 2,785 | 26 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
Research and Development
Research and development expenses during the three months ended December 31, 2012 were consistent with research and development expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2011. We believe that continued investment in our technology is important for our future growth, and as a result, we expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses increased by $1.4 million, or 34%, to $5.3 million during the three months ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $4.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily the result of a $1.1 million increase in personnel costs due primarily to increased headcount, including personnel from LeapFrogRx. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to expand our direct sales teams and increase our marketing activities.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses increased $1.5 million, or 62%, to $3.9 million during the three months ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $2.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a $0.7 million increase in personnel costs due to increased headcount, including personnel from LeapFrogRx, and a $0.4 million increase in third-party contractor expense, primarily audit fees. We expect to incur higher general and administrative expenses in absolute dollars as a result of both our growth and transition to a public company, including higher legal, insurance and accounting expenses, and the additional costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related regulations.
Interest and Other Expense, Net
Three Months Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | Change | ||||||||||||||
Amount | Amount | ($) | (%) | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
$ | 184 | $ | 126 | $ | (58 | ) | (32 | )% | |||||||
Other expense, net |
406 | 52 | (354 | ) | (87 | ) |
Interest expense, net primarily relates to financing costs related to our term loan and capital leases.
Other expense, net decreased primarily due to a reduction of $0.3 million in changes in the fair value of a convertible preferred stock warrant during the three months ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended December 31, 2011.
Provision for Income Taxes
Three Months Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | Change | ||||||||||||||
Amount | Amount | ($) | (%) | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
$ | 71 | $ | 61 | $ | (10 | ) | (14 | )% |
57
Provision for income taxes is primarily related to the state minimum tax and foreign tax on our profitable foreign operations. The change in income tax provision is primarily due to the change in income related to our foreign operations.
Comparison of the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2011 and 2012
Revenues
Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
% of Total
Revenues |
Amount |
% of Total
Revenues |
($) | (%) | |||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 41,499 | 64 | % | $ | 49,756 | 59 | % | $ | 8,257 | 20 | % | ||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
23,672 | 36 | 34,502 | 41 | 10,830 | 46 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total revenues |
$ | 65,171 | 100 | % | $ | 84,258 | 100 | % | $ | 19,087 | 29 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
License and Implementation
License and implementation revenues increased $8.3 million, or 20%, to $49.8 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 from $41.5 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. Our revenues from existing customers were $41.9 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and $34.1 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. The increase was due to an increased volume of activity.
SaaS and Maintenance
SaaS and maintenance revenues increased $10.8 million, or 46%, to $34.5 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 from $23.7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. The increase in SaaS and maintenance revenues was primarily driven by an increase of $8.2 million in SaaS revenues, of which $5.9 million was due to the acquisition of LeapFrogRx and $2.3 million was due to sales to new customers. Our maintenance and support and application support revenues increased $2.5 million primarily due to an increase in the number of service contracts.
Cost of Revenues
Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
% of
Revenues |
Amount |
% of
Revenues |
($) | (%) | |||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 18,092 | 44 | % | $ | 22,483 | 45 | % | $ | 4,391 | 24 | % | ||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
8,828 | 37 | 18,053 | 52 | 9,225 | 104 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total cost of revenues |
$ | 26,920 | 41 | $ | 40,536 | 48 | $ | 13,616 | 51 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 23,407 | 56 | % | $ | 27,273 | 55 | % | $ | 3,866 | 17 | % | ||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
14,844 | 63 | 16,449 | 48 | 1,605 | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total gross profit |
$ | 38,251 | 59 | $ | 43,722 | 52 | $ | 5,471 | 14 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
58
License and Implementation
Cost of license and implementation revenues increased $4.4 million, or 24%, to $22.5 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 from $18.1 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. The increase in the cost of license and implementation revenues was primarily the result of a $2.1 million increase in personnel costs due primarily to increased headcount and a $2.5 million increase in third-party contractors, partially offset by a reduction in royalty fees paid to third parties.
SaaS and Maintenance
Cost of SaaS and maintenance revenues increased $9.2 million, or 104%, to $18.1 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 from $8.8 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. The increase in the cost of SaaS and maintenance revenues was primarily the result of a $8.1 million increase in personnel costs due primarily to increased headcount, including personnel from LeapFrogRx and a $0.7 million increase in third-party contractors. The increase in personnel costs includes $2.9 million of LeapFrogRx compensation charges and a $0.5 million increase in stock-based compensation expense.
Operating Expenses
Years Ended
September 30, |
||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | Change | ||||||||||||||
Amount | Amount | ($) | (%) | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Research and development |
$ | 13,809 | $ | 17,695 | $ | 3,886 | 28 | % | ||||||||
Sales and marketing |
13,935 | 19,640 | 5,705 | 41 | ||||||||||||
General and administrative |
7,860 | 10,584 | 2,724 | 35 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
$ | 35,604 | $ | 47,919 | $ | 12,315 | 35 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and Development
Research and development expenses increased by $3.9 million, or 28%, to $17.7 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 as compared to $13.8 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. The increase was primarily the result of a $3.5 million increase in personnel costs due primarily to increased headcount and a $0.4 million increase in third-party contractors.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses increased by $5.7 million, or 41%, to $19.6 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 as compared to $13.9 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. The increase was primarily the result of a $5.1 million increase in personnel costs due primarily to increased headcount, including personnel from LeapFrogRx, a $0.3 million increase in expenses related to direct marketing events and a $0.3 million increase in travel-related expenses. The increase in personnel costs includes $1.1 million of LeapFrogRx compensation charges and a $1.0 million increase in stock-based compensation expense.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses increased $2.7 million, or 35%, to $10.6 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 as compared to $7.9 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs due to increased
59
headcount, including personnel from LeapFrogRx. The increase in personnel costs includes $0.7 million of LeapFrogRx compensation charges.
Interest and Other Expense, Net
Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | Change | ||||||||||||||
Amount | Amount | ($) | (%) | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
$ | 677 | $ | 655 | $ | (22) | (3) | % | ||||||||
Other expense, net |
316 | 540 | 224 | 71 |
Interest expense, net primarily relates to financing costs related to our term loan and capital leases.
Other expense, net increased primarily due to changes in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant of $0.3 million, during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011.
Provision for Income Taxes
Years Ended
September 30, |
||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | Change | ||||||||||||||
Amount | Amount | ($) | (%) | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except
percentages) |
||||||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
$ | 172 | $ | 301 | $ | 129 | 75 | % |
Provision for income taxes increased $0.1 million to $0.3 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 as compared to $0.2 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. This change was primarily the result of an increase in the income tax provision in foreign jurisdictions due to an increase in income from our foreign operations.
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012, the tax expense computed using the statutory federal tax rate would have been a benefit of $1.8 million as compared to the income tax provision of $0.3 million. The difference was primarily due to the valuation allowance, partially offset by research and development tax credits and state taxes net of federal benefit.
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, the tax expense computed using the statutory federal tax rate would have been an expense of $0.6 million as compared to the income tax provision of $0.2 million. The difference was primarily due to the valuation allowance and research and development tax credits, partially offset by permanent differences for expenses not deductible for tax purposes and a change in the state effective rate.
60
Comparison of the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2010 and 2011
Revenues
Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
% of
Total Revenues |
Amount |
% of
Total Revenues |
($) | (%) | |||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 31,759 | 63 | % | $ | 41,499 | 64 | % | $ | 9,740 | 31 | % | ||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
18,682 | 37 | 23,672 | 36 | 4,990 | 27 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total revenues |
$ | 50,441 | 100 | % | $ | 65,171 | 100 | % | $ | 14,730 | 29 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
License and Implementation
License and implementation revenues increased $9.7 million, or 31%, to $41.5 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 from $31.8 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. Our revenues from existing customers were $34.1 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and $18.3 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. The increase was due to an increased volume of activity.
SaaS and Maintenance
SaaS and maintenance revenues increased $5.0 million, or 27%, to $23.7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 from $18.7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. The increase in SaaS and maintenance revenues was primarily driven by an increase of $3.4 million in maintenance and support and application support revenues due to an increase in the number of service contracts, an increase of $0.9 million in customer-reimbursed expenses due to an increase in the volume of sales activity and an increase of $0.8 million in SaaS revenues due to an increase in the volume of sales activity.
Cost of Revenues
Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Margin% | Amount | Margin% | ($) | (%) | |||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 12,087 | 38 | % | $ | 18,092 | 44 | % | $ | 6,005 | 50 | % | ||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
6,328 | 34 | 8,828 | 37 | 2,500 | 40 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total cost of revenues |
$ | 18,415 | 37 | % | $ | 26,920 | 41 | % | $ | 8,505 | 46 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 19,672 | 62 | % | $ | 23,407 | 56 | % | $ | 3,735 | 19 | % | ||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
12,354 | 66 | 14,844 | 63 | 2,490 | 20 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total gross profit |
$ | 32,026 | 63 | % | $ | 38,251 | 59 | % | $ | 6,225 | 19 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
61
License and Implementation
Cost of license and implementation revenues increased $6.0 million, or 50%, to $18.1 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 from $12.1 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. The increase in the cost of license and implementation revenues was primarily the result of a $3.2 million increase in personnel costs due primarily to increased headcount, a $1.7 million increase in third-party contractors, and a $0.9 million increase in royalty fees paid to third parties.
SaaS and Maintenance
Cost of SaaS and maintenance revenues increased $2.5 million, or 40%, to $8.8 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 from $6.3 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. The increase in the cost of SaaS and maintenance revenues was primarily the result of a $1.5 million increase in personnel costs due primarily to increased headcount and a $0.9 million increase in customer-reimbursed expenses.
Operating Expenses
Years Ended
September 30, |
||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | Change | ||||||||||||||
Amount | Amount | ($) | (%) | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Research and development |
$ | 12,702 | $ | 13,809 | $ | 1,107 | 9 | % | ||||||||
Sales and marketing |
11,221 | 13,935 | 2,714 | 24 | ||||||||||||
General and administrative |
6,945 | 7,860 | 915 | 13 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
$ | 30,868 | $ | 35,604 | $ | 4,736 | 15 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and Development
Research and development expenses increased by $1.1 million, or 9%, to $13.8 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 as compared to $12.7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. The increase was primarily the result of a $1.5 million increase in personnel costs due primarily to increased headcount, partially offset by a $0.7 million reduction in third-party contractor expenses.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses increased by $2.7 million, or 24%, to $13.9 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 as compared to $11.2 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. The increase was primarily the result of a $2.6 million increase in personnel costs due primarily to increased headcount.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses increased $0.9 million, or 13%, to $7.9 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 as compared to $6.9 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. This increase was primarily the result of an increase in personnel costs due to increased headcount.
62
Interest and Other Expense, Net
Years Ended
September 30, |
||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | Change | ||||||||||||||
Amount | Amount | ($) | (%) | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
$ | 353 | $ | 677 | $ | 324 | 92 | % | ||||||||
Other expense, net |
20 | 316 | 296 | 1480 |
Interest expense, net increased primarily due to higher borrowing levels during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
Other expense, net increased primarily due to changes in the fair value of a convertible preferred stock warrant of $0.2 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
Provision for Income Taxes
Years Ended
September 30, |
||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | Change | ||||||||||||||
Amount | Amount | ($) | (%) | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except
percentages) |
||||||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
$ | 161 | $ | 172 | $ | 11 | 7 | % |
We recorded an income tax provision of $0.2 million for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010 and 2011. The tax provision for both years was primarily related to state taxes and foreign tax on our income from foreign operations.
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, the tax expense computed using the statutory federal tax rate would have been $0.6 million as compared to the income tax provision of $0.2 million. The difference was primarily due to the valuation allowance and research and development tax credits, partially offset by permanent differences for expenses not deductible for tax purposes and changes in the state effective rate.
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, the tax expense computed using the statutory federal tax rate would have been an expense of $0.3 million as compared to the income tax provision of $0.2 million. The difference was primarily due to the valuation allowance and research and development tax credits, partially offset by permanent differences for expenses not deductible for tax purposes and a change in the state effective rate.
63
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data and our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of total revenues for each of the nine quarters in the period ended December 31, 2012. The data below have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and reflect all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.
64
Three Months Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31,
2010 |
March 31,
2011 |
June 30,
2011 |
September 30,
2011 |
December 31,
2011 |
March 31,
2012 |
June 30,
2012 |
September 30,
2012 |
December 31,
2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
61 | % | 64 | % | 64 | % | 65 | % | 63 | % | 58 | % | 58 | % | 58 | % | 56 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
39 | 36 | 36 | 35 | 37 | 42 | 42 | 42 | 44 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total revenues |
100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
30 | 26 | 25 | 30 | 28 | 27 | 25 | 27 | 25 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
12 | 13 | 13 | 16 | 14 | 26 | 25 | 20 | 20 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total cost of revenues |
42 | 39 | 38 | 46 | 42 | 53 | 50 | 47 | 45 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
58 | 61 | 62 | 54 | 58 | 47 | 50 | 53 | 55 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development |
21 | 20 | 20 | 24 | 23 | 24 | 20 | 18 | 18 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
20 | 21 | 20 | 25 | 22 | 28 | 23 | 20 | 24 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
11 | 12 | 11 | 14 | 14 | 13 | 11 | 12 | 18 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
52 | 53 | 51 | 63 | 59 | 65 | 54 | 50 | 60 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
6 | 8 | 11 | (9 | ) | (1 | ) | (18 | ) | (4 | ) | 3 | (5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
0 | 0 | 0 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
5 | 7 | 10 | (12 | ) | (4 | ) | (20 | ) | (5 | ) | 2 | (6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
5 | % | 7 | % | 9 | % | (12 | )% | (4 | )% | (20 | )% | (5 | )% | 2 | % | (6 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Trends
Our license and implementation revenues increased sequentially in absolute dollars in all quarters presented, except for the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in revenues from existing customers. The slight decline in the quarter ended September 30, 2011 was the result of implementation service activity ramping down on projects for two large customers, partially offset by the ramp up of implementation service activity on a project for another large customer. The decline in the quarter ended December 31, 2012 was due to a lower percentage of completion of license and implementation services as a result of vacations, holidays and company shutdowns by us and our customers. We expect to experience similar seasonality in future quarters ending December 31. Our SaaS and maintenance revenues increased sequentially in absolute dollars for the quarters ended June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011, primarily due to an increase in maintenance revenues. Our SaaS and maintenance revenues increased in absolute dollars for the quarters ended March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012, primarily due to an increase in SaaS revenues due to the acquisition of LeapFrogRx. Our SaaS and maintenance revenues decreased sequentially in absolute dollars for the quarters ended March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2011, primarily due to slight decreases in maintenance revenue resulting from temporary delays in the receipt and recognition of maintenance renewals and reduced activity in customer-reimbursed expenses. From time to time we have experienced and may continue to experience delays in the renewals of our maintenance contracts with customers, which have resulted in short term fluctuations in revenues. In addition, in the near term, we expect SaaS revenues to be lower than in the quarter ended December 31, 2012 as we continue to experience fluctuations in SaaS revenues as a result of the timing and volume of incremental customer purchases of our cloud-based solutions. Customers often purchase our cloud-based solutions in response to their needs at a particular time, which leads to variability in our SaaS revenues from period to period.
Our cost of revenues increased sequentially in absolute dollars in all quarters presented, except for the quarters ended December 31, 2011, September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of an increase in personnel costs due primarily to increased headcount, including the effects of LeapFrogRx compensation charges. Our cost of revenues decreased for the quarters ended December 31, 2011, September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012, primarily due to lower royalty fees paid to third parties for intellectual property rights, a decrease in LeapFrogRx compensation charges and a decrease in third party contractor costs, respectively. Our
65
gross margin increased for the quarters ended March 31, 2011, June 30, 2011, December 31, 2011, June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012 due to increases in revenues, partially offset by increases in expenses due to increased personnel costs. Our gross margins decreased sequentially for the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and March 31, 2012 due to increases in headcount to support our growth and increases in personnel costs due to the acquisition of LeapFrogRx, respectively. We expect that our cost of revenues will increase in absolute dollars, and that our gross margins will decline in the near term, as we continue to increase headcount in our implementation function in anticipation of expected growth in the sales of our on-premise solutions and as we continue to focus on building infrastructure for our cloud-based solutions.
Our research and development expenses increased sequentially in absolute dollars for all quarters presented, except for the quarters ended June 30, 2011, June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of an increase in personnel costs due primarily to increased headcount. Our research and development expenses for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 remained relatively consistent with the prior quarter. Our research and development expenses decreased for the quarters ended June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012 due to costs being capitalized with respect to the development of certain additional service offerings that will only be offered through the cloud.
Our sales and marketing expenses increased sequentially in absolute dollars for the quarters ended March 31, 2011, September 30, 2011 and March 31, 2012, as we continued to expand our sales organization and increased our marketing efforts to support our overall business growth. Our sales and marketing expenses decreased for the quarters ended June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011 due to a decrease in commission expenses and for the quarters ended June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012 due to a decrease in LeapFrogRx compensation charges.
Our general and administrative expenses increased sequentially in absolute dollars for all quarters presented, except for the quarters ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012, due to increased headcount costs and increased audit fees. Our general and administrative expenses for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 remained relatively consistent with the prior quarter. Our general and administrative expenses for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 decreased slightly due to increased shared costs allocated to other functions.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents of $12.6 million. Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through proceeds from the issuance of capital stock and since 2006 through cash flows from operations. We generated cash flows from operating activities in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 of $4.8 million, $3.1 million and $5.7 million, respectively. We generated cash flows from operating activities in the three months ended December 31, 2011 of $4.7 million and used $1.1 million of cash in our operations in the three months ended December 31, 2012.
We believe our current cash and cash equivalents are sufficient to meet our operating cash flow needs for at least the next twelve months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, and the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts and expansion of our business and capital expenditures for the purchase of computer hardware and software. To the extent that existing cash and cash equivalents and cash from operations are insufficient to fund our future activities, we may elect to raise additional capital through the sale of additional equity or debt securities, obtain a credit facility or sell certain assets. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of debt securities, these securities could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to holders of common stock, and terms of any debt could impose restrictions on our operations. The sale
66
of additional equity or convertible debt securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders and additional financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us. We may also seek to invest in or acquire complementary businesses or technologies, any of which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.
Cash Flows
Years Ended September 30, |
Three Months Ended
December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
$ | 4,772 | $ | 3,115 | $ | 5,723 | $ | 4,684 | $ | (1,116 | ) | |||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities |
(1,250 | ) | (779 | ) | (5,905 | ) | (499 | ) | (1,118 | ) | ||||||||||
Cash flows from financing activities |
(366 | ) | 4,186 | (2,449 | ) | (428 | ) | (890 | ) |
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $1.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012, compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $4.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011. Net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended December 31, 2012 was primarily the result of our net loss after excluding non-cash items of $0.2 million and changes in assets and liabilities of $0.9 million. The significant components of the assets and liabilities capital changes included increased accounts receivable of $3.5 million and increased prepaid expenses and other assets of $1.3 million, partially offset by $1.2 million of increases in accounts payable and $2.0 million of increases in other accrued and long-term liabilities. Net cash provided by operating activities in the three months ended December 31, 2011 was primarily the result of our net income after excluding non-cash items of $0.5 million and changes in assets and liabilities of $4.2 million. The significant components of the assets and liabilities changes included increased deferred revenues of $4.5 million and reduced accounts receivable of $0.7 million, partially offset by $1.0 million of reduction in accounts payable, accrued employee compensation and other accrued and long-term liabilities.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $5.7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012, compared to $3.1 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and $4.8 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
Net cash provided by operating activities increased during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 primarily due to the growth of our business and the increase in our total revenues. Net cash of $5.7 million provided by operating activities was principally the result of changes in assets and liabilities of $6.6 million and non-cash adjustments of $4.8 million, offset by our net loss of $5.7 million. The significant components of the assets and liabilities changes included increased deferred revenues of $3.1 million, increased accrued employee compensation of $1.9 million, increased other accrued and long-term liabilities of $2.1 million, and reduced accounts receivable of $0.9 million, partially offset by $0.9 million of increases in prepaid expenses and other current assets. Our significant non-cash charges included $2.5 million of stock-based compensation and $1.8 million of depreciation and amortization expense during that period.
Net cash of $3.1 million provided by operating activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 was primarily attributable to our net income of $1.5 million, adjusted for $2.1 million of non-cash charges, and reduced by assets and liabilities changes of $0.5 million. The significant components of the assets and liabilities changes included increased accounts receivable of $7.6 million related to the timing of contractual payments, partially offset by $5.4 million increases in deferred revenues and $1.3 million increases in accrued employee compensation. Major components of non-cash charges were depreciation and amortization of $1.2 million and stock-based compensation of $0.5 million.
67
Net cash of $4.8 million provided by operating activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 was primarily attributable to our net income of $0.6 million, adjusted for $2.1 million of non-cash charges, and assets and liabilities changes of $2.1 million. The significant components of the assets and liabilities changes included $3.1 million of increases in deferred revenue and $1.7 million of increases in accrued employee compensation, partially offset by $1.4 million of decreases in accounts payable. Major components of non-cash charges were depreciation and amortization of $1.3 million and stock-based compensation of $0.8 million.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $1.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012, compared to $0.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011. Net cash used in investing activities for the three months ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to capitalized software development costs of $0.9 million. Net cash used in investing activities for the three months ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to purchases of property and equipment.
Net cash used in investing activities was $5.9 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 compared to $0.8 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
Net cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 was primarily due to the acquisition of LeapFrogRx for $3.0 million, purchases of property and equipment of $1.8 million and capitalized software development costs of $1.1 million.
Net cash used in investing activities for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was primarily due to purchases of property and equipment.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $0.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012, compared to $0.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011. Net cash used in financing activities for the three months ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to loan and capital lease payments of $0.8 million and deferred offering costs of $0.2 million. Net cash used in financing activities for the three months ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to loan and capital lease payments of $0.5 million.
Net cash used in financing activities was $2.4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $4.2 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and net cash used in financing activities of $0.4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
Net cash used in financing activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 was primarily due to loan repayment of $2.3 million and payments of capital leases of $0.5 million, partially offset by proceeds from issuance of common stock under our stock option plans of $0.6 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 was primarily due to proceeds from loan of $7.5 million and proceeds from issuance of common stock under our stock option plans of $0.4 million, partially offset by loan repayment of $3.5 million.
Net cash used in financing activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 was primarily due to loan repayments.
68
Loan and Security Agreement
In June 2006, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, which was most recently amended and restated in October 2010. As amended, the loan and security agreement includes a term loan to fund business operations and expansion. The term loan required monthly interest-only payments until October 1, 2011, followed by 36 equal monthly payments of principal and accrued interest until it matures on October 1, 2014. The principal amount outstanding bears a fixed interest rate at 8.0% per annum. As of December 31, 2012, we had $4.6 million outstanding under the term loan.
The loan and security agreement also contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. As part of the loan and security agreement, we granted the lender a security interest in our personal property, excluding intellectual property. We were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2012.
In connection with the October 2010 amendment, we issued a warrant to Silicon Valley Bank to purchase 259,965 shares of convertible preferred stock. For more information regarding the warrant, see Description of Capital StockWarrant.
Contractual Obligations
The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2012:
Contractual Payment Obligations Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
Less than
1 Year |
1 to 3
Years |
3 to 5
Years |
More than
5 years |
||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Operating lease obligations (1) |
$ | 3,988 | $ | 1,690 | $ | 1,720 | $ | 463 | $ | 115 | ||||||||||
Capital lease obligations (2) |
974 | 645 | 329 | | | |||||||||||||||
Loan obligations (3) |
5,665 | 2,829 | 2,836 | | | |||||||||||||||
LeapFrogRx compensation charges (4) |
3,323 | 1,323 | 2,000 | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 13,950 | $ | 6,487 | $ | 6,885 | $ | 463 | $ | 115 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Operating lease obligations represent our obligations to make payments under the lease agreements for our facilities leases. |
(2) |
Capital lease obligations represent financing on computer equipment and software purchases. |
(3) |
Loan obligations relate to loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank. |
(4) |
LeapFrogRx compensation charges represents additional consideration payable that is not subject to a revenue earn-out criteria. |
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2012, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.
Interest Rate Sensitivity
Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as we did not have any short-term investments as of September 30,
69
2011 and 2012 or as of December 31, 2012, and our outstanding indebtedness bears interest at a fixed interest rate. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest income and expense sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of the interest rates in the United States. However, because of the short-term nature of our interest-bearing securities, a 10% change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
Our customers typically pay us in U.S. dollars, however in foreign jurisdictions, our expenses are typically denominated in local currency. Our expenses and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Indian Rupee. The volatility of exchange rates depends on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy. However, we believe that a 10% change in foreign exchange rates would not have a material impact on our results of operations. To date, we have not entered into foreign currency hedging contracts, but may consider entering into such contracts in the future. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in currency rates.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires our management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant items subject to such estimates include revenue recognition, research and development and capitalization of software development costs, income taxes including deferred tax asset valuation allowance, valuation of intangibles, stock-based compensation and valuation of common stock. These estimates and assumptions are based on our managements best estimates and judgment. Our management regularly evaluates these estimates and assumptions using historical experience and other factors; however, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.
The critical accounting policies requiring estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues are comprised of license and implementation revenues and SaaS and maintenance revenues.
License and Implementation
License and implementation revenues include revenues from the sale of perpetual software licenses for our solutions and related implementation services. Based on the nature and scope of our implementation services, we have concluded that generally our implementation services are essential to our customers usability of our on-premise solutions, and therefore, we recognize revenues from the sale of software licenses for our on-premise solutions and related implementation services on a percentage-of-completion basis over the expected implementation period. We estimate the length of this period based on a number of factors, including the number of licensed applications and the scope and complexity of the customers deployment requirements. The percentage-of-completion is measured by the hours expended on the implementation of our software solutions during the reporting
70
period as a percentage of the total hours estimated to be necessary to complete the implementation of our software solutions.
SaaS and Maintenance
SaaS and maintenance revenues primarily include subscription and related implementation fees from customers accessing our cloud-based solutions and revenues associated with maintenance contracts from license customers. Also included in SaaS and maintenance revenues are other revenues, including revenues related to application support, training and customer-reimbursed expenses.
We recognize our SaaS revenues ratably beginning the day the customer is provided access to the subscription service through the end of the contract term. Our SaaS arrangements include multiple elements, comprised of subscription fees and related implementation services. Our implementation services are complex and do not have a stand-alone value to our customers as we do not sell our services separately, the services are not sold separately by any other vendor and our customers cannot resell the implementation services on a standalone basis. As a result, we consider the entire arrangement consideration, including subscription fees and related implementation services, as a single unit of accounting in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASU No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (ASC Topic 605)Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements .
Maintenance and support revenues include post-contract customer support and the right to unspecified software updates and enhancements on a when and if available basis. Application support revenues include post-contract customer support for our software solutions including support for any customer-specific customizations and configurations. Maintenance and support, and application support revenues are recognized ratably over the period in which the services are provided. Our revenues from training and reimbursable expenses are recognized as we deliver these services.
We commence revenue recognition when all of the following conditions are satisfied: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. However, determining whether and when some of these criteria have been satisfied often involves assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on the timing and amount of revenues we report.
For multiple software element arrangements, we allocate the sales price among each of the deliverables using the residual method, under which revenue is allocated to undelivered elements based on their vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value. VSOE is the price charged when an element is sold separately or a price set by management with the relevant authority. We are required to exercise judgment in determining whether VSOE exists for each undelivered element based on whether our pricing for these elements is sufficiently consistent. We have established VSOE of fair value for maintenance and support, application support and training. We do not offer any contractual rights of return, rebates or price protection. Our implementation projects generally have a term ranging from one to three years and may be terminated by the customer at any time. Should a loss be anticipated on a contract, the full amount of the loss is recorded when the loss is determinable. We update our estimates regarding the completion of implementations based on changes to the expected contract value and revisions to our estimates of time required to complete each implementation project. Amounts that may be payable to customers to settle customer disputes are recorded as a reduction in revenues or reclassified from deferred revenue to customer payables in other accrued liabilities.
Deferred Cost of Implementation
Deferred cost of implementation consists of costs related to implementation services that were provided to customer and the revenues for the services have not been recognized, provided however
71
that the customer is contractually required to pay for the services. These costs primarily consist of personnel costs.
Research and Development and Capitalization of Software Development Costs
We generally expense costs related to the research and development of new software solutions and enhancements to existing software solutions as incurred. However, we capitalize certain development costs incurred in connection with our internal use software. These capitalized costs are primarily related to the development of certain additional service offerings that will only be offered through the cloud. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalization ceases upon completion of all substantial testing. Maintenance and training costs are expensed as incurred. Internal use software is amortized on a straight line basis over its estimated useful life, generally three years. We capitalized software development costs of $0, $1.2 million and $0.9 million during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software development costs has not started since the development is not yet complete.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) No. 740 Accounting for Income Taxes (ASC 740). We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax credits, tax benefits and deductions and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to our tax provision in the subsequent period when such a change in estimate occurs.
We regularly assess the likelihood that our deferred income tax assets will be realized from recoverable income taxes or recovered from future taxable income based on the realization criteria set forth in ASC 740. To the extent that we believe any amounts are not more likely than not to be realized, we record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred income tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence, including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of tax planning strategies. In the event we determine that all or part of the net deferred tax assets are not realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. Similarly, if we subsequently realize deferred income tax assets that were previously determined to be unrealizable, the respective valuation allowance would be reversed, resulting in an adjustment to earnings in the period such determination is made.
As of September 30, 2011 and 2012, we had gross deferred income tax assets, related primarily to net operating loss (NOL) carry forwards, deferred revenues, accruals and reserves that are not currently deductible and depreciable and amortizable items of $24.8 million and $27.5 million, respectively, which have been fully offset by valuation allowance. Utilization of these net loss carry forwards is subject to the limitations of Internal Revenue Code Section 382. We recently concluded a study of our NOL carry forwards and have determined that as of September 30, 2012, most of our NOL carry forwards are not subject to limitations of Internal Revenue Code Section 382. However, in the future, some portion or all of these carry forwards may not be available to offset any future taxable income.
Valuation of Intangible Assets
All intangible assets have been determined to have finite lives and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining economic lives, ranging from three to five years.
72
Stock-Based Compensation
We measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted to our employees and directors, including stock options and restricted stock, based on the estimated fair value of the award on the grant date. We use the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards. The fair value is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award on a straight-line basis.
The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. In addition to the fair value of our common stock, these variables include our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:
|
Fair value of our common stock . Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in Common Stock Valuations below. |
|
Expected term . The expected term was estimated using the simplified method determined as the average of the contractual term and the vesting period. |
|
Volatility. As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the estimated volatility is derived from the historical closing prices of common shares of comparable peer companies in the public market for the expected term of the option. |
|
Risk-free rate . The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturities in effect at the time of grant for to the expected term of the option. |
|
Dividend yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero. |
We periodically estimate the portion of awards which will ultimately vest based on our historical forfeiture experience. These estimates are adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the prior estimates.
If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton model changes significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted to date.
The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented (there were no equity awards granted during the three months ended December 31, 2012):
Years Ended
September 30, |
Three Months
Ended December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
Risk-free interest rate |
2.44 | % | 2.00 | % | 0.97 | % | 1.12 | % | | |||||||||||
Dividend yield |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Volatility |
40 | % | 40 | % | 50 | % | 41 | % | | |||||||||||
Expected term (in years) |
6.02 | 6.08 | 6.01 | 5.88 | |
Common Stock Valuations
Stock option grants were intended to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our
73
common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, we exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:
|
our performance, growth rate and financial condition at the approximate time of the option grant; |
|
the value of companies that we consider peers based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, similarity to us with respect to industry and business model; |
|
changes in our company and our prospects since the last time the board approved equity awards and the determination of fair value; |
|
the rights, preferences and privileges of preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; |
|
future financial projections; and |
|
contemporaneous valuations of our common stock. |
We granted awards with the following exercise prices between October 1, 2011 and the date of this prospectus:
Date of Grant |
Number of
Shares |
Exercise
Price |
Fair Value
Per Share |
|||||||||
November 2, 2011 |
1,570,300 | $ | 2.24 | $ | 2.24 | |||||||
January 31, 2012 |
853,430 | 3.63 | 3.63 | |||||||||
April 25, 2012 |
308,100 | 4.00 | 4.00 | |||||||||
September 28, 2012 |
1,972,925 | 4.00 | 3.64 |
We granted restricted stock units to employees on February , 2013. Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate grant date fair value of these awards would be $ million, which would be recognized as stock-based compensation expense over the four-year service period.
Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of December 31, 2012 was $ million, of which $ million related to vested awards and $ million related to unvested awards.
For our valuations, we calculated the enterprise value by applying both the market approach and the income approach. The market approach uses the probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM, to derive a weighted equity value that was allocated to the common share equivalents outstanding, assuming conversion of preferred shares to common shares. PWERM involves a forward-looking analysis of possible future outcomes. This method is particularly useful when discrete future outcomes can be predicted at a high confidence level within a probability distribution. In the market approach, the valuations and outcomes of comparable peer companies in the public market were reviewed. We used the same group of peer companies as we used for purposes of estimating the expected volatility for our share-based payment awards granted during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012. We also used the same group of peer companies for all valuation periods presented, however, we removed one company that was acquired and added another that completed an initial public offering. These peer group companies may have been in different stages of development than us, and investors may also not view this group of
74
companies as similar enough to us. Therefore, had a different set of peer companies been used, a different valuation may have resulted. For all valuation periods presented, for the initial public offering scenario, we reviewed the last twelve-month revenue multiples of comparable peer companies and selected an appropriate multiple based on our assessment of our comparability to these companies. We then applied the selected multiple to our last twelve-month revenues to determine our enterprise value under the initial public offering scenario. The market approach also utilized the guideline transaction method. This method compares the operating results and market value of the equity or invested capital of acquired companies similar to our businesses.
The income approach consists of a discounted cash flow analysis. The income approach, which we utilize to assess fair value of the common stock under the assumption we remain a private company, is an estimate of the present value of the future monetary benefits generated by an investment in that asset. Specifically, debt free cash flows and the estimated terminal value are discounted at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate to estimate the total invested capital value of the entity.
An additional method, the prior sale of company stock method estimates value by considering any prior arms length sales of the subject companys equity. When considering prior sales of our equity, the valuation considers the size of the equity sale, the relationship of the parties involved in the transaction, the timing of the equity sale and our financial condition at the time of the sale. We had no primary or secondary sales of our capital stock that occurred since the beginning of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012.
In some cases, we considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation determined pursuant to one of the methods described above or a straight-line calculation between the two valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date.
Discussion of Specific Valuation Inputs
November 2, 2011
During the three months ended September 30, 2011 our total revenues were slightly lower than the revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2011. However, we saw increased demand and were forecasting revenue growth both for the subsequent quarter and for the next fiscal year. Because there were no other material changes to the business, we believe that it was appropriate to continue to rely on the contemporaneous valuation performed as of September 30, 2011. For these grants, we determined our enterprise value using the income and market approaches with a one third weighting assigned to each of the market approaches and one third assigned to the income approach. Under the guideline public company market approach, a multiple of 2.39x to last twelve-month revenue was used. Under the comparable transaction market approach, a multiple of 2.77x to last twelve-month revenue was used. For the discounted cash flow analysis, a discount rate to our projected cash flows of 30% was used. The enterprise value was adjusted by subtracting our net debt to determine the total value of our equity. To determine the allocation of value among the various equity classes, we performed two analyses reflecting the possible distributions of value upon exit. For an initial public offering exit, we modeled a distribution of equal amounts to all classes of equity. For a non-initial public offering exit, we applied the option pricing method, where the rights of the various holders of preferred and common stock are considered in allocating the total equity value. The resulting values for the common shares were weighted based on the current expectations of the different exit scenarios. For the September 30, 2011 valuation date, an equal weighting was applied to initial public offering and non-initial public offering scenarios. The resulting common share value was adjusted using a 22% lack of marketability discount to reflect the illiquid nature of the common shares. Based on all of these factors, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock was $2.24 per share.
75
January 31, 2012
In the quarter ended December 31, 2011, our total revenues grew compared to the preceding quarter and we entered into an agreement to acquire LeapFrogRx in December, which increased our forecasted revenues. Because these grants occurred early in the quarter and approximately 31 days following the December 31 valuation date and there were no other material changes to the business, we believe that it was appropriate to continue to rely on the contemporaneous valuation performed as of December 31, 2011. For these grants, we determined our enterprise value using the income and market approaches with a one third weighting assigned to each of the market approaches and one third assigned to the income approach. Under the guideline public company market approach, a multiple of 3.36x to last twelve-month revenue was used. Under the comparable transaction market approach, a multiple of 4.20x to last twelve-month revenue was used. The increase in this multiple was due to the valuations of the peer companies also increasing over this period. For the discounted cash flow analysis, a discount rate to our projected cash flows of 30% was used. The enterprise value was adjusted by subtracting our net debt to determine the total value of our equity. To determine the allocation of value among the various equity classes, we performed two analyses reflecting the possible distributions of value upon exit. For an initial public offering exit, we modeled a distribution of equal amounts to all classes of equity. For a non-initial public offering exit, we applied the option pricing method, where the rights of the various holders of preferred and common stock are considered in allocating the total equity value. The resulting values for the common shares were weighted based on the current expectations of the different exit scenarios. For the December 31, 2011 valuation date, an equal weighting was applied to initial public offering and non-initial public offering scenarios, as we had not moved closer to a specific decision as to when to commence the initial public offering process. The resulting common share value was adjusted using a 23% lack of marketability discount to reflect the illiquid nature of the common shares. Based on all of these factors, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock was $3.63 per share.
April 25, 2012
In the quarter ended March 31, 2012, our total revenues continued to grow, although we did not change our revenue forecast for the year. A contemporaneous valuation was performed as of March 31, 2012. For these grants, we determined our enterprise value using the income and market approaches with a one third weighting assigned to each of the market approaches and one third assigned to the income approach. Under the guideline public company market approach, a multiple of 3.59x to last twelve-month revenue was used. Under the comparable transaction market approach, a multiple of 4.20x to last twelve-month revenue was used. The increase in this multiple was due to the valuations of the peer companies also increasing over this period, although not to the same extent as the prior quarter. For the discounted cash flow analysis, a discount rate to our projected cash flows of 28% was used. The enterprise value was adjusted by subtracting our net debt to determine the total value of our equity. To determine the allocation of value among the various equity classes, we performed two analyses reflecting the possible distributions of value upon exit. For an initial public offering exit, we modeled a distribution of equal amounts to all classes of equity. For a non-initial public offering exit, we applied the option pricing method, where the rights of the various holders of preferred and common stock are considered in allocating the total equity value. The resulting values for the common shares were weighted based on the current expectations of the different exit scenarios. An equal weighting was applied to initial public offering and non-initial public offering scenarios, as we had not moved closer to a specific decision as to when to commence the initial public offering process. The resulting common share value was adjusted using a 22% lack of marketability discount to reflect the illiquid nature of the common shares. Based on all these factors, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock was $4.00 per share.
76
September 28, 2012
In the quarter ended June 30, 2012, our total revenues continued to grow, although we did not change our revenue forecast for the quarter ended September 30, 2012. Because there were no other material changes to the business, we believe that it was appropriate to continue to rely on the contemporaneous valuation performed as of June 30, 2012. For the valuation as of June 30, 2012, we determined our enterprise value using the income and market approaches with a one third weighting assigned to each of the market approaches and one third assigned to the income approach. Under the guideline public company market approach, a multiple of 2.60x to last twelve-month revenue was used. Under the comparable transaction market approach, a multiple of 4.20x to last twelve-month revenue was used. The decrease in this multiple was due to the valuations of the peer companies also decreasing over this period, due to overall challenging stock market conditions in the early summer of 2012. For the discounted cash flow analysis, a discount rate to our projected cash flows of 27% was used. The enterprise value was adjusted by subtracting our net debt to determine the total value of our equity. To determine the allocation of value among the various equity classes, we performed two analyses reflecting the possible distributions of value upon exit. For an initial public offering exit, we modeled a distribution of equal amounts to all classes of equity. For a non-initial public offering exit, we applied the option pricing method, where the rights of the various holders of preferred and common stock are considered in allocating the total equity value. The resulting values for the common shares were weighted based on the current expectations of the different exit scenarios. A weighting of 25% was applied to a sale and a weighting of 75% was applied to an initial public offering scenario, as we had moved closer to going forward with an initial public offering at the time the report was being prepared. The resulting common share value was adjusted using a 20% lack of marketability discount to reflect the illiquid nature of the common shares. We believe that this discount rate was appropriate given that we had not made additional progress towards an initial public offering. This analysis resulted in an indicated fair value of our common stock of $3.64 per share. However, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock was $4.00 per share, given the small difference between the value determined by the valuation report and the prior value determination.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-11 Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities requiring enhanced disclosures about certain financial instruments and derivative instruments that are offset in the consolidated balance sheets or that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements. This update will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, at which time we will include the required disclosures. We do not expect this to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02 IntangiblesGoodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment intended to simplify how an entity tests indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment by providing entities with an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. This accounting standard update is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim impairment tests performed as of a date before July 27, 2012, if a public entitys financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued or, for nonpublic entities, have not yet been made available for issuance. We do not expect this to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
77
Overview
We are a provider of revenue management solutions for the life science and technology industries, and we believe that we are a pioneer in this market. Our solutions enable our customers to maximize revenues and reduce revenue compliance risk by transforming their revenue lifecycle from a series of tactical, disjointed operations into a strategic end-to-end process. Our customers use our application suites to manage mission-critical functions, such as pricing, contracting, incentives and rebates. We believe our solutions serve as the system of record for our customers revenue management processes and can provide a competitive advantage for them. A representative list of our customers based on our total revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 includes our life science customers Abbott, Amgen, Boston Scientific, Bristol-Meyers Squibb, Johnson & Johnson and Merck, and our technology customers Dell, Nokia, ST Micro and VMware.
Many life science and technology companies face a gap between the strategic importance of revenue management and the current state of their revenue management processes. Historically, most companies have relied on a disjointed patchwork of manual processes, spreadsheets, point applications and legacy systems to manage their revenue processes. These processes and systems are labor intensive, error prone, inflexible, siloed and costly, often resulting in missed revenue opportunities and increased revenue compliance risk. Industry trends, including shortening product lifecycles, tightening compliance and regulatory controls, increasing channel complexity and growing volumes of transactional data are now causing these outdated processes and legacy systems to become increasingly ineffective.
Our domain expertise in revenue management for the life science and technology industries has enabled us to develop applications designed to meet the unique, strategic needs of these industries, such as managed care and government pricing for life science companies and channel incentives based on design wins for technology companies.
Our solutions include two complementary suites of software applications:
|
Revenue Management Enterprise suite a broad set of transactional applications that serve as a system of record for, and automate the execution of revenue management processes such as incentive and rebate management, pricing and contracting. This suite includes our Price Management, Deal Management, Contract Management, Incentive and Rebate Management and Regulatory Compliance Management applications, which can be purchased together as a suite or as separate stand-alone applications. |
|
Revenue Management Intelligence suite a broad set of intelligence applications that provide the analytical insights to define and optimize revenue management strategies. This suite includes our Price Strategy, Brand Strategy, Channel Strategy, Managed Markets Strategy and International Reference Pricing applications, which can be purchased together as a suite or as separate stand-alone applications. |
These application suites, which can be configured to meet the specific needs of our customers, address both revenue strategy and execution, and enable our customers to:
|
develop more effective pricing and contracting strategies using internal data and third party market data; |
|
execute and enforce these revenue strategies both in their direct sales force and indirect channels; |
|
respond rapidly to quote and proposal requests; |
78
|
monitor contract performance and compliance; |
|
process high volumes of rebates and incentives accurately; |
|
monitor financial terms and regulatory compliance; and |
|
determine appropriate allocation of sales and marketing resources. |
Our customer deployments range from individual applications to our complete suites. Our application suites are built on a modern, web-based platform that can be deployed both on-premise or through the cloud and can be purchased as an on-premise implementation or on a subscription basis, depending on the customers preference. Our on-premise implementations are typically purchased through perpetual licenses to our solutions and related implementation services and usually include ongoing maintenance support and application support. We recognize revenues from the sale of our perpetual licenses and related implementation services on a percentage-of-completion basis over the expected implementation period. Our cloud-based solutions are purchased through a subscription to our solutions and related implementation services. We recognize revenues from the subscription and related implementation services ratably beginning the day the customer has access to the subscription service through the end of the contract term. Historically, a substantial majority of our total revenues has been associated with our Revenue Management Enterprise suite, whether deployed as individual applications or as a complete suite. For example, in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and in the three months ended December 31, 2012, revenues from this suite constituted more than 85% of our total revenues for each respective period.
Overview of the Life Science and Technology Industries
The life science and technology industries are large and highly fragmented and market their products to a global customer base through diverse channels. Total global revenues for the life science industry, which includes pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies, were $1.4 trillion in 2011 according to Datamonitor, a research firm. Similarly, total global revenues for the technology industry, which includes semiconductors, network equipment, software and consumer electronics companies, was $1.3 trillion in 2011 according to Gartner.
Management of the revenue lifecycle is becoming a strategic imperative and source of competitive advantage for life science and technology companies as they address increasingly globalized markets, sophisticated buyers, complex channels and expanding volumes of data from internal and market sources.
Several trends specific to the life science and technology industries further complicate revenue management.
Life Science:
|
emergence of large group purchasing, managed care organizations and integrated healthcare delivery networks, which drive increased pricing pressure, contract volume and complexity; |
|
increased customer and channel incentives and rebates resulting in the increased risk of extending unearned discounts and the overpayment of rebates; |
|
shift of purchasing influence from physicians to economic buyers, which makes the price and the commercial terms key decision making factors; |
|
increased spending on healthcare by governments instead of commercial entities, which add further regulatory oversight to transactions; and |
79
|
increased scope of government mandates, frequency of regulatory reporting and audits, and fines, all of which increase administrative burden and monitoring costs. |
Technology :
|
shortened product lifecycles, which drive rapid pricing changes and require quick responses to quotes and competitive bidding; |
|
increased number of core technology products sold into different end markets with segment-specific pricing; |
|
increased complexity of multi-tiered global distribution channels, which intensify channel conflict and price erosion; |
|
changing financial reporting requirements due to channel complexity; and |
|
increased use of off-invoice discounting to offset upfront discounts and mask end-customer pricing, which results in a lack of price transparency that can erode gross margins. |
Market Opportunity for Revenue Management
According to Gartner, in 2011, life science and technology companies spent a combined $17.3 billion on software, consulting services and internal IT personnel dedicated to sales support, marketing and finance. Companies have achieved significant cost savings and operational efficiencies by implementing ERP and CRM solutions, and we believe they are now seeking innovative solutions to increase revenues and reduce missed revenue opportunities, or revenue leakage.
The opportunity to capture lost revenues has a significant business impact for life science and technology companies. For example, IDC reported in its Health Insights 2009 report that a lack of centralized and automated solutions for managing the revenue lifecycle resulted in over $11 billion per year in lost revenue for the life science industry alone.
Challenges to Effective Revenue Management
Traditionally, many life science and technology companies have addressed revenue management through a patchwork of manual processes and inflexible and costly custom systems. The current state of revenue management systems impedes the ability of companies to respond to rapidly changing market conditions, which prevents them from maximizing revenue and increases their revenue compliance risk. Critical challenges include:
|
Incomplete and unreliable information for key strategic decisions. The legacy manual processes and systems used to manage the revenue lifecycle creates silos of data, which cause companies to make strategic marketing, pricing and resource allocation decisions that are often based on incomplete or inaccurate information. As a result, revenue strategies can be suboptimal, budgets may be misallocated and sales and marketing efforts can fail to positively impact revenues. |
|
Revenue leakage due to inadequate contract management and enforcement. Customer-tailored contracts with complex pricing and commercial terms are common in both the life science and technology industries. When the commercial terms of these contracts are not automated and monitored systematically, deviations from contract pricing can occur, volume commitments can be missed, unearned discounts may be given and revenue can be lost. |
80
|
Revenue leakage due to overpayment of incentives. Life science and technology companies process massive volumes of rebates and incentives. A lack of centralized, automated and enforceable processes can result in overpayment of incentives. |
|
Ineffective pricing across geographies and complex channels. Sophisticated buyers deploy global procurement strategies to discover and exploit regional and channel differences in pricing, and contracting. The inability to enforce a single price for a specific sales opportunity across regions and channels can result in channel conflicts, which result in price and revenue erosion. |
|
Inaccurate financial reporting. Complex contracts and distribution channels have made it more difficult to obtain and process financial information, which can result in inaccurate financial reporting. For example, technology companies face significant complexity in financial reporting and revenue recognition at the point of sale in their distribution channels. Life science companies have significant challenges correctly accruing their massive rebate and incentive claim volumes. |
|
Difficulty complying with complicated government regulations. Satisfying the regulatory requirements of numerous federal and state programs is increasingly complex for life science companies. For example, government-driven programs require complex monitoring and reporting to compute and pay mandated rebates and fees under numerous federal and state programs. Government audits can expose ineffective management of these regulatory requirements and can result in penalties or program ineligibility. |
Our Solutions
Our customers use our solutions to achieve significant returns on investment, improve gross margins and address vital business objectives by:
|
Driving optimal pricing and contracting strategies . Our customers use our solutions to develop, deploy, monitor and drive optimal pricing and contracting strategies. Our solutions consolidate information across the revenue lifecycle and provide visibility into historical volume, price and contract performance trends. Our pricing analytics enable our customers to identify untapped revenue opportunities across customers or products and make better pricing and contracting decisions. |
|
Realizing greater value from contracts. Our solutions enable customers to codify and automate complex pricing, incentives and financial and fulfillment terms that previously resided mainly on paper contracts. Our customers are able to maximize the value of contracts and realize additional revenue by tracking their customers performance and enforcing contract terms. Our solutions automatically price orders in real-time and enforce contract pricing and commercial terms. Our solutions also enable customers to track and execute other revenue-enhancing financial terms, such as negotiated price increases. |
|
Maximizing revenue by standardizing and enforcing pricing and discounting policies. Our solutions allow customers to standardize pricing policies that can be automatically enforced across the enterprise and the channels to restrict unauthorized sales practices and discounting by sales personnel. By raising the visibility of, requiring authorization of, and enabling rapid resolution of, non-standard pricing, our customers can use our solutions to reduce unauthorized discounting. Through our channel solutions, our customers can gain visibility into and enforce channel pricing, and reduce price erosion caused by different price quotes for the same end customer. |
|
Executing and optimizing channel incentives. Our solutions enable customers to manage the entire incentive lifecycle, from contracting to recognition and payment. Accurate management allows our customers to eliminate unearned discounts and overpayment of incentives. Our solutions also provide our customers with greater cross channel visibility to manage the effectiveness of their channel incentive programs. With this insight, our customers can better utilize their channel incentives to positively influence channel behavior and thus increase revenue. |
81
|
Achieving accurate financial reporting. With our solutions, customers can manage all aspects of the contract-to-payment process related to calculating, monitoring, processing and triggering payments to end customers and channel intermediaries. For example, by automating all rebates, these liabilities can be accurately accrued, enabling our customers to consistently record accruals in compliance with financial accounting requirements, while ensuring customers and channels are credited on a timely basis. |
|
Automating government regulatory compliance to reduce revenue risk. Our solutions enable customers to systematically comply with government regulations, policies, procedures, and pricing and reporting requirements. Further, by automating and integrating contract terms, incentives and pricing into mandated price and payment calculations, our life science customers are better able to manage compliance with the terms of critical government programs that provide significant sources of revenue. |
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe our key competitive strengths include:
|
Comprehensive approach to revenue management. Our solutions address the end-to-end revenue management lifecycle. Our integrated, end-to-end application suites enable our customers to transform their revenue management processes from disjointed tactical operations into a cohesive, strategic, end-to-end process. Providing suites of both intelligence and transactional applications is an advantage that enables us to address both decision making and process automation. |
|
Deep domain knowledge. Our expertise in the revenue management needs of life science and technology companies enables us to develop solutions that address the unique demands of these industries. By incorporating best practices into our industry-specific solutions, implementation methodologies and support programs, our customers can experience significantly accelerated time to value. Our team possesses the deep industry expertise in life science and technology to enable our customers to maximize and accelerate the transformational benefits of our solutions. |
|
Strong installed customer base. We have established a reputation for delivering revenue management solutions to leading life science and technology customers. Our close customer relationships provide us with insight into how these companies use our solutions and help us to maintain a competitive advantage by anticipating their future requirements. We also believe that the use of our products by respected industry leaders also increases the value of our brand in these industries. |
|
Flexible delivery options. Our modern, web-based platform supports both on-premise and cloud deployments. By offering both delivery options, we are able to reach a larger group of customers, address their unique needs and deliver cost and operational benefits. |
|
Talented team focused on customer success. We employ experts from the life science and technology industries in key customer-facing and development roles. Additionally, we have established strong core values that start with a focus on customer success. Our customer focus has resulted in close relationships with our customers and a strong reference base for new sales opportunities. |
Our Growth Strategy
We intend to expand our leadership in the market for revenue management solutions by:
|
Increasing sales to existing customers . We plan to increase revenues from our existing customers by expanding their use of our solutions across their business, including selling into |
82
additional divisions and product lines, as well as international operations, and by cross-selling additional applications. |
|
Expanding our customer base . We believe the global market for life science and technology revenue management solutions is large and underserved, and we intend to continue to make investments to drive awareness and adoption of revenue management solutions in our target industries. We intend to continue to aggressively pursue new customers by targeting senior level decision-makers within leading life science and technology companies by highlighting the strategic benefits of integrated revenue management. |
|
Introducing new applications and enhancing existing solutions. We have a long history of product innovation which has driven the development of deep industry specific applications across our two product suites. We have a number of new products under development as well as continued innovations to our existing products. We intend to continue to develop innovative products and expand platform capabilities and functionality to meet the evolving needs of life science and technology companies. |
|
Extending into the mid-market through the cloud . We intend to expand our customer base into small and medium sized businesses through continued development and deployment of our cloud-based solutions. Our cloud-based solutions significantly reduce the time and cost of implementing our revenue management solutions and, when combined with our subscription sales model, provide an end-to-end revenue management suite that is well suited for small and medium sized businesses. |
|
Expanding our presence in the technology industry . Our first customer in the technology industry was in the semiconductor vertical and we subsequently expanded into other technology verticals such as consumer electronics and software. We plan to continue to expand into these and adjacent technology markets. For example, we have recently implemented our solutions in a number of leading consumer electronics companies. |
|
Pursuing selective acquisitions . We intend to continue to pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies. We intend to focus on opportunities that expand and accelerate our product offerings. As an example, our acquisition of LeapFrogRx has expanded our intelligence platform with predictive revenue analytics for the life science industry. |
Products
We provide solutions that span the organizational and operational boundaries of functions such as sales, marketing and finance, and serve as a system of record for key revenue management processes including pricing, contracts, rebates and regulatory compliance. Our application suites are purpose-built for the life science and technology industries and are designed to work with enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) applications that do not typically provide revenue management capabilities by enabling real-time pricing, managing contracts and automating channel incentives management, including rebates. Each suite is comprised of several applications, which are integrated to work together but which may be deployed individually. For example, when deployed as an interconnected suite, our applications allow prices set up in the price management process to flow into the quoting process. Similarly, closed deals are captured in contract management and can be synchronized with ERP systems and into regulatory reporting as required by government agencies. Our solutions provide critical data that is typically not available in either CRM or ERP systems, such as prices, quotes, contracts, incentives and rebate claims. Our applications also can provide customers predictive revenue insight optimization of sales and marketing investments and offers, and customer profitability intelligence. We are also developing an additional solution that will only be offered through the cloud and will extend revenue management to sophisticated sales quotes. However, this solution is in early stages of development, and its final specifications and features are subject to change.
83
The following graphic depicts the lifecycle of revenue management using our solutions:
Revenue Management Enterprise suite a suite of enterprise applications designed to automate the end-to-end revenue management processes including:
|
Price Management . Manage the entire pricing lifecycle from price strategy to execution, serving often as the pricing engine and system of record for pricing. Implement sophisticated pricing rules and guidelines to enforce pricing consistency across geographies and transactions, resulting in accurate, real-time pricing and improved margins. By using a transactional pricing engine that references various price sources, price points and business rules, this application enables customers to reduce quote turnaround time and ensures accurate pricing across overlapping contracts, quotes, agreements or other pricing documents. For example, technology companies have to manage the relationship between list price, regional pricing, volume discounts and market price programs to effectively manage margins. |
|
Deal Management . Develop and optimize deals and contracts to maximize revenues by integrating lead and opportunity tracking, offer development, pricing and contract compliance to drive more accurate pricing, contract terms and performance metrics. The application supports an iterative negotiation process by escalating special discount requests based on configurable business conditions, suggests pricing guidelines and provides tools for decision makers to analyze the deal and its margins and compare the deal to similar deals. The approved quote or activated contract creates, through standard integration, a record in the ERP system so that orders posted against the contract or quote are priced correctly. |
|
Contract Management . Improve execution of pricing and incentives strategies on contracts, capture and enforce pricing policies and manage the entire contract lifecycle from offer development to contract compliance. The application manages all the steps to create and review contracts by pulling pricing information from the pricing engine. It includes sophisticated conditional workflow capabilities that route the contract for review and approval. The application |
84
also includes industry-specific capabilities that are designed to allow our customers to maximize individual contract value, increase overall contract revenue and reduce price erosion by systematically tracking and enforcing compliance with contract terms and customer commitments. |
|
Incentive and Rebate Management . Drive more effective and accurate management of a wide range of customer and channel incentives, such as healthcare provider rebates, managed care rebates, wholesaler chargebacks and inventory management agreements by monitoring, processing, calculating and approving the payment of incentives based on contract terms, direct and indirect sales, product utilization, customer eligibility and other internal and external performance data. This application supports the process of creating and defining incentive and rebate programs and routing them through complex multi-step approval processes for final approval. Once programs are activated, the application processes direct and indirect sales lines and validates whether they are subject to and eligible for an incentive payment. The application rejects incorrect data and calculates and approves payment information that is submitted to the financial systems. This application can also be used by finance functions to calculate and track the accrual of financial liabilities and enables customers to create reports that track the effectiveness of their incentive programs. |
|
Regulatory Compliance Management . Enforce compliance with statutory and financial regulations and their revenue recognition policies by calculating and reporting mandatory government prices such as Average Manufacturer Price, Best Price and Non-Federal Average Manufacturers Price, as well as process and pay government claims for Medicaid, Tricare and other mandated federal and state healthcare programs. The application can be used in conjunction with our other applications to promote effective risk management and reduce compliance risk. |
Revenue Management Intelligence suite a suite of revenue management business intelligence applications that enable customers to analyze revenue drivers and optimize revenue outcomes by delivering industry-specific visualizations, analyses and actions including:
|
Price Strategy . Develop, analyze and optimize price strategies by combining internal revenue management data and external market data across customers, products, geographies and channels. Utilizing this data, this application measures and analyzes performance by employing industry-specific data visualizations and custom analyses to provide visibility into all elements of the pricing process, in addition to insights into profitability and revenue risks. |
|
Brand Strategy . Identify and pinpoint drivers of brand performance that influence market demand to optimize sales and marketing spend at national and regional levels from product launch to sunset with insights from internal and external syndicated data providing meaningful insights into customer behavior and competitive dynamics. Marketing and brand managers can leverage these advanced analytics capabilities to validate their sales forecasts and gain insights into how formulary status or other payor and physician dynamics affect brand performance at a regional level. Sales personnel receive actionable targeting guidance and performance against plans in order to optimize their sales efforts. |
|
Channel Strategy . Increase the effectiveness of global distribution by aggregating and tracking channel data for accurate and timely visibility into revenue and profit trends. This application aggregates and tracks a broad set of internal and external channel data, such as design registrations, point-of-sale claims, opportunity registrations, quotes, wins, contracts, contract compliance data, inventory and chargeback. Robust analytical capabilities allow channel and trade managers, sales teams and executives to gain accurate and timely visibility into revenue and profit trends by distributor, wholesaler, end customer, product, region and country and actionable intelligence on market trends through key metrics and alerts. |
85
|
Managed Markets Strategy . Analyze and optimize market strategy by determining which healthcare payers or insurance plans have the biggest impact on brand revenues, how formulary status influences market access across regions and how market share is trending against competition in key markets by using syndicated data to assess performance against market strategy. This application integrates external syndicated data sets with internal sales and promotional data, such as call plans, samples and sales alignment, to provide actionable intelligence. |
|
International Reference Pricing . Optimize pharmaceutical pricing and product launch decisions and satisfy regulatory reporting requirements across countries by analyzing internal and external pricing data in a timely manner and by fostering efficient and proactive global pricing collaboration. This application connects pricing stakeholders globally in real time and around a common global pricing repository, which includes prices and price structures, expected price events and international reference pricing rules. |
Technology
Our two applications suites, Revenue Management Enterprise and Revenue Management Intelligence, are architected in layers. The first layer is composed of end-user operational and analytics applications. The middle layer consists of supporting services and business engines, and the lowest layer consists of a unified technology platform used to construct and support all modules at the higher layers. The platform also provides access to the normalized operational database where the transactional revenue management data used by the Revenue Management Enterprise suite is stored. It also provides access and facilitates the synchronization with the de-normalized analytics database where the revenue management data used by the Revenue Management Intelligence suite is stored.
We developed our web-based platform using industry standards, such as J2EE, AJAX and HTML, which give the end-users of our applications an intuitive and familiar browsing experience. These standard technologies enable us to offer our customers a familiar technology environment that is widely understood and utilized.
Our technology platform has allowed us to quickly develop new applications, features and functionalities. We believe that the platform is configured to meet the needs of a specific vertical market and, within each instance, to meet the specific needs of each of our customers. The flexibility of the technology platform has also allowed us to add mobile device support and deploy cloud-based solutions in a rapid and efficient manner, and we believe it will enable us to continue to add new capabilities in the future.
Our technology is designed specifically to handle the complex calculations and massive data sets associated with revenue management processes typical in the life science and technology industries. With the expansion of global deployments, scalability has also been a key requirement of our customers and has been a focus for us across all of the layers of our application suites.
Our solutions have been designed to ensure high reliability, and the technology platform includes a comprehensive set of built-in features and management tools to allow optimal and continuous operation.
The Revenue Management Enterprise and Revenue Management Intelligence suites are available to customers through the cloud. We operate a multi-instance architecture that provides all customers with dedicated virtualized applications and databases. Most customers run on shared infrastructure servers while some larger customers may run on dedicated servers. This architecture is designed to reduce the risk associated with infrastructure outages, improves system scalability and security, and allows for flexibility in deployment. The environment for our cloud-based solutions is secured and is designed to provide high
86
availability with disaster recovery capabilities. Our cloud-based solutions are operated through three third-party data centers located in Missouri, Texas and Massachusetts.
We are planning to implement a new enterprise resource planning (ERP) system for our company. We expect that, once implemented, this new ERP system will combine and streamline the management of our financial, accounting, human resources, sales and marketing and other functions, enabling us to more effectively manage operations and track performance.
Services and Customer Support
Leveraging deep industry and subject matter expertise, we offer a comprehensive set of services to assist our customers through the full lifecycle of new business transformations or upgrades of existing solutions. We help our customers define, implement and then support or manage our solutions. We provide implementation services, managed services and strategic services both on and off-shore.
|
Implementation services . We assist our customers in the implementation or upgrade of our Revenue Management Enterprise and Revenue Management Intelligence solutions, including project management, design and solution blueprint, process improvement, application configuration or customization, systems integration, data cleansing and migration, testing and performance tuning, production cutover and post go-live support. |
|
Managed services. We offer managed services for customers using either our on-premise solutions or our cloud-based solutions, which include systems administration and infrastructure management, application support, and education services, including process, application and end-user training. |
|
Strategic services . We assist our customers in defining best practices and strategies in revenue management, assessing the capability of existing transaction and decision support solutions, developing business cases for change and transformation plans and answering strategic questions using our Revenue Management Intelligence suite to analyze available market data. |
|
Customer support . We deliver 24x7x365 customer support from support centers located at our corporate headquarters in Redwood City, California, as well as at our offices in Hyderabad, India. We offer a wide range of support offerings packaged into varying levels of access to our support resources. |
For project delivery, we use a standard implementation methodology incorporating lessons learned from past work to ensure the success of our current projects. This methodology enables us to predictably estimate project costs and schedule, and proactively mitigate most implementation challenges.
In addition, we have cultivated relationships to promote and assist with the implementation of our solutions with consulting firms, including global firms such as IMS Health Incorporated and industry specialists such as HighPoint Solutions, LLC and Mindlance, Inc. While we do not maintain formal contractual relationships with these firms that require them to promote our solutions to their clients, we work with them for implementation and other professional services projects. As a result, these firms have expertise in our technologies and best practices and have invested in building out their practice areas with our revenue management solutions.
We deploy our resources globally through offices located in the United States, India, United Kingdom and Switzerland.
87
Customers
We market and sell our solutions to customers in the life science and technology industries. Our customers range in size from the largest multi-national corporations to smaller companies. Our customers represent a range of sub-verticals within these industries, including biotechnology, pharmaceutical, medical device, semiconductor, electronic component, consumer electronics and software markets.
We pursue close, long-term relationships with our customers because we believe strong customer relationships are the key to our success. As of December 31, 2012, we had 73 license and subscription customers across the life science and technology industries. We sell to multiple divisions within our customers organizations, which have the ability to independently purchase solutions and services directly. For example, we sell our solutions to five different divisions of one of our large life sciences customers. However, we treat multiple divisions as a single customer to the extent they are part of a single organization. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012, one customer accounted for 15%, 15% and 10% of our total revenues, respectively. Another customer accounted for 14% and 15% of our total revenues during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, respectively. Three different customers also accounted for 13%, 12% and 14% of our total revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010 and 2011 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, respectively.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing team is focused on expanding relationships with existing customers and adding new customers. We primarily target large and mid-sized organizations worldwide through our direct sales force. Our sales and marketing programs are also organized by geographic region. We have historically focused our sales efforts in the United States, but we believe markets outside of the United States offer a significant opportunity for growth and intend to make additional investments in sales and marketing to expand in these markets. We augment our sales professionals with solutions, engineers and industry domain experts who work closely with prospective customers during the sales process. Our marketing team supports sales with demand generation, competitive analysis and sales tools, and contributes to the sales process through lead generation, brand building, industry analyst relations, press relations and industry research.
Our sales and marketing efforts are tailored to communicate effectively to senior executives in our target industries. We believe our industry expertise enables a better understanding of our customers unique needs, including the specialized business requirements of industry segments, such as pharmaceutical, biotechnology, medical device, semiconductor, consumer electronics and software. As a result, we believe we are able to engage our customers during the sales process using quantitative and qualitative benchmarks built on a combination of comparative data from our customers and from surveys of these industries.
We host an annual user conference, Rainmaker, which plays a significant role in driving sales for our solutions. Customers are invited both as attendees and participants to deliver sessions relevant to the interests and practices of the life science and technology industries. We also invite potential customers to this conference in order to leverage our strong customer references to accelerate sales cycles. In addition, Rainmaker provides a forum to build our eco-system of strategic partner relationships, offering partners the opportunity to work closely with our sales force on joint sales pursuits.
Research and Development
Our reputation benefits from our continuous commitment to research and development and our ability to make timely introductions of new products, technologies, features and functionality. Our
88
research and development organization is responsible for the definition, design, development, testing, certification and ongoing maintenance of our applications. Our research and development expenses were $12.7 million, $13.8 million and $17.7 million in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $4.2 million and $4.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. We also capitalized $1.2 million and $0.9 million of software development costs in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, respectively, related to the development of certain additional service offerings that will only be offered through the cloud. Our efforts are focused on developing new applications and core technologies and further enhancing the functionality, reliability, performance and flexibility of existing solutions. When considering improvements and enhancements to our applications, we communicate with our customers and partners who provide significant feedback for product development and innovation. We focus our efforts on anticipating customer demand by quickly bringing our new applications and new versions of existing applications to market in order to remain competitive in the marketplace. We also closely monitor the changes in business environment and regulations in our target industries, particularly in life science, where quick deliveries of updates to our applications are critical to allowing our customers to remain in compliance with government regulations.
Because our solutions often serve as a system-of-record for our customers revenue management processes, our research and development efforts reflect the extensive IT needs of our customers in both life science and technology. Our research and development efforts continue to focus on enhancing our solutions to meet the increasingly complex infrastructure requirements of our customers in these industries.
Our product development process is based on deep industry knowledge and familiarity with the specific requirements of individual customers, combined with continued innovation using state of the art software development processes and tools. We follow an agile development process, which helps us clarify requirements and receive feedback early, accommodate changes and deliver products that better match the overall needs of our customers with higher quality.
As of December 31, 2012, our research and development team consisted of 191 full-time employees globally. We started operations in India in 2006 to capitalize on a global talent pool.
Competition
The market for revenue management solutions is highly competitive, fragmented and subject to rapid changes in technology. We face competition from spreadsheet-assisted manual processes, internally developed solutions, large integrated systems vendors and smaller companies that offer point solutions.
Companies lacking IT resources often resort to spreadsheet-assisted manual processes or personal database applications. In addition, some potential customers, particularly large enterprises, may elect to develop their own internal solutions, including custom-built solutions that are designed to support the needs of a single organization. Companies with large investments in ERP or CRM applications, which do not typically provide revenue management capabilities, may extend these horizontal applications with customizations or point solution applications in order to address one or a small set of revenue management sub processes or drivers. Common horizontal applications that customers attempt to configure for this purpose in the life science and technology industries include large integrated systems vendors like SAP AG and Oracle Corporation. We also encounter competition from small independent companies, which compete on the basis of price, unique product features or functions and custom developments.
89
We believe we compete based primarily on the following factors:
|
industry expertise; |
|
comprehensiveness of solution; |
|
flexibility of delivery models, on-premise and through the cloud; |
|
reliability, scalability and performance; |
|
global system and support capabilities; and |
|
industry brand, reputation and customer base. |
While we believe that we compete favorably on the basis of each of the factors listed above, many of our competitors have greater name recognition, larger sales and marketing budgets and greater resources than we do and may have pre-existing relationships with our potential customers, including relationships with, and access to, key decision makers within these organizations, and major distribution agreements with consultants and system integrators. Moreover, many software vendors could bundle solutions or offer them at a low price as part of a larger product sale.
With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. We also expect enterprise software vendors that focus on enterprise resource planning or back-office applications to enter our market with competing products. In addition, we expect sales force automation vendors to acquire or develop additional solutions that may compete with our solutions.
Intellectual Property
We rely upon a combination of copyright, trade secret, trademark and, to a lesser extent, patent laws, and we also rely on contractual restrictions, such as confidentiality agreements and licenses, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. As of December 31, 2012, we had two U.S. patent applications and no issued patents. We have a number of registered and unregistered trademarks. We maintain a policy requiring our employees, consultants and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements and to control access to our software, documentation and other proprietary information. We also believe that factors resulting from our length of presence in the market and significant research and development investments, such as our deep expertise in life science and technology revenue management practices, the ability of our solutions to handle the complexities of revenue management processes, the technological and creative skills of our personnel, the creation of new features and functionality and frequent enhancements to our solutions are essential to establishing and maintaining our technology leadership position.
Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or obtain and use our technology to develop products with the same functionality as our solutions. Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult. The laws of other countries in which we market our application suite may offer little or no effective protection of our proprietary technology. Our competitors could also independently develop technologies equivalent to ours, and our intellectual property rights may not be broad enough for us to prevent competitors from selling products incorporating those technologies. Reverse engineering, unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our proprietary technology could enable third parties to benefit from our technology without paying us for it, which would significantly harm our business.
90
Employees
As of December 31, 2012, we employed 600 people, including 191 in research and development, 145 in services, 107 in customer support, 115 in sales and marketing and 42 in a general and administrative capacity. As of such date, we had 360 employees in the United States and 240 employees in international locations. We also engage a number of temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees are represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment with us. We have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters are located in Redwood City, California, and consist of approximately 50,500 square feet of space under a lease that expires in July 2014. We have an option to extend the lease for three years. Our cloud-based solutions are operated through third-party data centers located in Missouri, Texas and Massachusetts.
We have additional U.S. offices in California, Illinois, Massachusetts and New Jersey. We also have international locations in India, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs and for the foreseeable future; however, we will continue to seek additional space as needed to accommodate our growth.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business activities. We are not presently a party to any litigation the outcome of which, we believe, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.
91
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers as of January 10, 2013:
Name |
Age |
Position |
||||
Zack Rinat |
54 | Founder, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer | ||||
Sujan Jain |
40 | Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | ||||
Yarden Malka |
51 | Co-Founder, Senior Vice President and Chief Product Officer | ||||
Lawrence Whittle |
47 | Senior Vice President and Chief Sales and Marketing Officer | ||||
Michael LaRoche |
49 | Senior Vice President, Global Customer Services and Support | ||||
Sujay Jadhav |
41 | Senior Vice President, Global Corporate Strategy and Development | ||||
James W. Breyer |
51 | Director | ||||
Sarah Friar (1) |
40 | Director | ||||
Mark Garrett (1)(2) |
55 | Director | ||||
Charles J. Robel (1)(2) |
63 | Director |
(1) |
Member of our audit committee. |
(2) |
Member of our compensation committee. |
(3) |
Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee. |
Executive Officers
Zack Rinat is our founder and has served as the Chairman of our board of directors and as our Chief Executive Officer since our inception in December 1999. Previously, Mr. Rinat served as Vice President and General Manager of Sun Microsystems, Inc.s NetDynamics, Inc. business unit. Mr. Rinat co-founded and served as President and Chief Executive Officer of NetDynamics, Inc., an application software company, until its acquisition by Sun Microsystems in 1998. From 2005 to 2012, Mr. Rinat also served on the board of directors of Conduit Ltd., a provider of cloud-based solutions for web publishers, including as the Chairman from 2005 to 2011. Previously, he held senior management positions in operations, marketing and engineering at Silicon Graphics, Inc., and at Advanced Technology Israel. Mr. Rinat holds an MBA from the Harvard Business School and a BA in computer science from the Technion (Israel Institute of Technology). Our board of directors determined that Mr. Rinat should serve as a director based on his position as Chief Executive Officer of our company and his understanding of the software industry.
Sujan Jain has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 2012. From April 2010 to June 2012, he worked at NetSuite Inc., a provider of SaaS-based financial and ERP solutions, where he most recently served as Vice President, Finance and General Manager of the software vertical. From April 2009 to April 2010, Mr. Jain served as a CFO Partner at Tatum (a division of Randstad Holding N.V.), a national executive services firm that specializes in providing interim financial leadership. From August 2007 to January 2009, Mr. Jain worked at Transmeta Corp., a provider of advanced power management solutions, where he most recently served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. From April 2004 to August 2007, he worked at NanoAmp Solutions, Inc., a provider of low-power memory solutions for the wireless and medical markets, where he served most recently as Chief Financial Officer and Secretary. Previously, he held several investment banking and operational roles at J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., Lazard Ltd. and Schlumberger
92
N.V. Mr. Jain holds an MBA from Columbia University and a BS in engineering from Delhi Institute of Technology and is a certified public accountant.
Yarden Malka joined our company in December 1999 as one of our co-founders and has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Product Officer since January 2012 and is responsible for defining, developing and sustaining all our product lines. Prior to his current position, Mr. Malka served in various positions at our company, including Chief Technology Officer, General Manager of Model N India and Vice President, Product Development. Prior to joining us, Mr. Malka served as Software Engineering Manager and Software Architect in the Sun/Netscape Alliance infrastructure and applications divisions for Sun Microsystems, Inc. and, until its acquisition by Sun Microsystems, Inc., as Systems Architect, Engineering Manager at NetDynamics, Inc. Previously, Mr. Malka lived in Israel where he co-founded three startups after spending six years developing and designing distributed, mission critical, real-time systems for the Israeli Defense Forces. Mr. Malka holds a BS in computer science from the Technion (Israel Institute of Technology).
Lawrence Whittle has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Sales and Marketing Officer since January 2011. From June 2008 to January 2011, Mr. Whittle served as Chief Executive Officer of M-Factor, Inc., a SaaS analytics solution company focused on marketing spend planning and optimization. From November 2006 to June 2008, he served as Managing Director and Vice President, International of Nomis Solutions, Inc., a provider of advanced analytical solutions for financial services companies. Previously, Mr. Whittle served as Vice President, European Sales and Operations for ProfitLogic Inc. (acquired by Oracle Corporation). Previously, he held senior management positions in operations at Centra Software, Inc. (now Saba Software, Inc.) and Marcam Solutions, Inc. (now Infor Global Solutions). Mr. Whittle holds a Higher National Certificate in Business and Finance from the University of East London.
Michael LaRoche has served as our Senior Vice President, Global Customer Services and Support since August 2012. From March 2012 to August 2012, Mr. LaRoche served as a founding partner at Waypoint Consulting Partners LLC, a provider of business intelligence and financial performance management solutions. From September 2010 to March 2012, he served as managing partner of Lodestone Management Consultants Inc., a global consulting firm advising international companies on strategy and process optimization as well as IT transformation, in North America. From October 2002 to September 2010, Mr. LaRoche served as the global leader of the Operations & Supply Chain Strategy consulting practice for International Business Machines Corporation (IBM), a technology consulting company, after joining IBM as a partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers when IBM acquired PwCs consulting business in 2002. Mr. LaRoche holds an MBA from the Amos Tuck School at Dartmouth College and a BS in chemical engineering from North Carolina State University.
Sujay Jadhav joined our company in December 1999 as Director of Vertical Markets. He has served in various managerial positions for us, including General Manager of Life Sciences and Vice President, Corporate Development, and has served as our Senior Vice President, Global Corporate Strategy and Development since April 2012. Previously, Mr. Jadhav served in a variety of roles from Project Engineer to Director of Marketing and Business Development for Singapore Telecom Ltd., an international telecommunication service operator. Mr. Jadhav holds an MBA from Harvard Business School and a BEng in electronic engineering (Hon) from the University of South Australia.
Non-Employee Directors
James W. Breyer has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2000. Mr. Breyer is the founder and also has been the Chief Executive Officer of Breyer Capital, an investment firm, since July 2006. Mr. Breyer has been a Partner of Accel Partners, a venture capital firm, since 1987 and currently serves as President of Accel Management Co. Inc., investment advisor to Accel Partners.
93
Mr. Breyer is also a co-founder and has been co-lead on the strategic investment committee since inception of the IDG Accel China Capital LP, an investment firm. Mr. Breyer is a co-founder of Accel-KKR Company LLC and continues to serve on the Accel-KKR Company LLC advisory board. In addition to serving on our board of directors, Mr. Breyer currently serves as a member of the boards of directors of Dell, Inc., Facebook, Inc., News Corporation, and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., where he is the lead/presiding independent director. Mr. Breyer previously served as a member of the board of directors of Brightcove Inc. from January 2005 to January 2013, Marvel Entertainment Inc. from June 2006 to December 2009, Prosper Marketplace, Inc., from April 2005 to June 2012 and RealNetworks, Inc. from October 1995 to June 2008. Mr. Breyer holds a BS in interdisciplinary studies from Stanford University and an MBA from Harvard University. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Breyer should serve as a director based on his significant experience in the venture capital industry analyzing, investing in and serving on the boards of directors of other technology companies, and his relationship with Accel Partners, one of our largest stockholders.
Sarah Friar has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2012. Since July 2012, Ms. Friar has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Square Inc., a provider of payment processing and point-of-sale systems for businesses and mobile payment offerings for consumers. From April 2011 to July 2012, she served as the Senior Vice President, Finance & Strategy at Salesforce.com, Inc., an enterprise cloud computing company. From July 2000 to April 2011, she was employed by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., an investment banking company, most recently as a Managing Director in the Equity Research Division covering software and as the Business Leader for the Technology Research Business Unit. Ms. Friar holds an MBA from Stanford University Graduate School of Business and a MEng, in Metallurgy, Economics and Management from the University of Oxford. Our board of directors determined that Ms. Friar should serve as a director based on her significant experience in the technology industry and her significant financial, investment and accounting experience.
Mark Garrett has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2008. Since February 2007, Mr. Garrett has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Adobe Systems Incorporated. From June 2004 to January 2007, Mr. Garrett served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Software Group of EMC Corporation, his most recent position since EMCs acquisition of Documentum, Inc. in December 2003. Mr. Garrett first joined Documentum as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 1997, holding that position through October 1999 and then re-joining Documentum as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 2002. Mr. Garrett is also a director of Informatica Corporation. Mr. Garrett holds an MBA from Marist College and a BS in accounting and marketing from Boston University. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Garrett should serve as a director based on his significant experience serving on the boards of directors of other technology companies and his significant management and financial experience.
Charles J. (Chuck) Robel has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2007. Mr. Robel also currently serves on the board of directors of Autodesk, Inc., Informatica Corporation, Jive Software, Inc., Palo Alto Networks, Inc. and a privately held company. From September 2006 to February 2012, Mr. Robel served as a member of the board of directors of DemandTec, Inc., from June 2006 to February 2011, Mr. Robel served as the Chairman of the board of directors of McAfee, Inc. and from June 2000 to December 2005, Mr. Robel served as Managing Member and Chief Operating Officer at Hummer Winblad Venture Partners. Mr. Robel began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, from which he retired as a partner in June 2000. Mr. Robel holds a BS in accounting from Arizona State University. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Robel should serve as a director based on his significant experience investing in and serving on the boards of directors of other technology companies and his significant financial and accounting experience.
Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.
94
Board Composition
Our board of directors currently consists of five members. Our restated certificate of incorporation that will take effect upon the completion of this offering provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, as follows:
|
Class I, which will consist of , and whose term will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013; |
|
Class II, which will consist of and , and whose term will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and |
|
Class III, which will consist of and , and whose term will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015. |
At each annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or their earlier death, resignation or removal. Pursuant to our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, only our board of directors may increase or decrease the size of our board of directors and fill vacancies on our board of directors until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed between the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See Description of Capital StockAnti-Takeover ProvisionsRestated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws.
Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated December 12, 2003 that was entered into in connection with one of our prior financings, the majority of the board of directors and Meritech Capital Partners II, L.P. are entitled to elect a mutually agreed upon director to our board of directors, which seat is currently vacant. Additionally, our current certificate of incorporation provides for one director to be designated by each of the holders of our Series A convertible preferred stock and common stock (voting together as a single class), and the holders of our Series B convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to elect one director. Mr. Rinat is the designee of our Series A convertible preferred stock and common stock holders and Mr. Breyer is the designee of the holders of our Series B convertible preferred stock. Currently serving members of our board of directors will continue to serve as directors until their resignations or until their successors are duly elected by the holders of our common stock, despite the fact that the voting agreement will terminate and we will adopt a restated certificate of incorporation upon the completion of this offering.
Director Independence
We intend to apply to list our common stock on the . The listing rules of the generally require that a majority of the members of a listed companys board of directors be independent within specified periods following the completion of an initial public offering. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our board of directors other than Mr. Rinat is independent. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.
Board Committees
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each
95
committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members serving on these committees is an independent director as defined under the applicable rules of the . Our board of directors has adopted a charter for each of these committees, which it believes complies with the applicable requirements of current rules. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they are applicable to us. Following the completion of this offering, copies of the charters for each committee will be available on the investor relations portion of our website.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:
|
evaluates the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; |
|
determines the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm and reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee; |
|
discusses with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our financial statements; |
|
approves the retention of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; |
|
reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates, disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
annually reviews the audit committee charter and the committees performance. |
Our audit committee consists of Mr. Robel, who is the chair of the committee, and Mr. Garrett and Ms. Friar. Each of Mr. Robel, Ms. Friar and Mr. Garrett is an independent director as defined under the applicable regulations of the SEC. Each of these individuals also meets the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules of the , and our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Robel, Ms. Friar and Mr. Garrett is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and therefore has the requisite financial expertise required under the applicable requirements of the . The audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the .
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. Among other matters, the compensation committee:
|
reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers; |
|
evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and sets the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations; and |
|
administers the issuance of stock options and other awards under our equity incentive plans. |
Our compensation committee consists of Mr. Garrett, who is the chair of the committee, and Mr. Robel. Each of Messrs. Garrett and Robel is a non-employee director, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and is an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
96
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of , who is the chair of the committee, and . Among other matters, the nominating and corporate governance committee:
|
makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships; |
|
makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding the size and composition of the board of directors and its committees; |
|
oversees our corporate governance guidelines and reporting; and |
|
makes recommendations to the board of directors concerning governance matters. |
Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
No member of our compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. Prior to establishing the compensation committee, our full board of directors made decisions relating to the compensation of our executive officers.
Code of Business Ethics and Conduct
In connection with our initial public offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct that will apply to all of our employees and officers and a code of business conduct that will apply to our directors. The full text of our codes of business conduct will be posted on the investor relations section of our website. The reference to our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our codes of business conduct, or waivers of these provisions, on our website or in public filings.
Director Compensation
We have no formal policy relating to the granting of equity awards to our directors; however, the non-employee members of our board of directors generally receive a stock option award upon commencement of their service as a director. The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our board of directors in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012. In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012, Mr. Rinat, who is our Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Breyer received no compensation for their service as directors.
Name |
Option
Awards ($) (1) |
Total ($) | ||||||
James W. Breyer (2) |
$ | | $ | | ||||
Sarah Friar (3) |
259,470 | 259,470 | ||||||
Mark Garrett (4) |
91,090 | 91,090 | ||||||
Charles J. Robel (5) |
91,090 | 91,090 |
(1) |
The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our directors during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 as computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the |
97
amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our directors from the options. |
(2) |
As of September 30, 2012, Mr. Breyer did not hold any options to purchase shares of common stock. |
(3) |
Ms. Friar joined our board of directors in September 2012. As of September 30, 2012, Ms. Friar held an option to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share. 25% of the total number of shares subject to the option vest on September 21, 2013, and the remaining shares subject to the option vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date. |
(4) |
As of September 30, 2012, Mr. Garrett held a fully vested option to purchase 140,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.53 per share, and another option to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.24 per share, 29,167 of which shares vested as of September 11, 2012, and the remaining shares subject to the option vest in 34 equal monthly installments thereafter. |
(5) |
As of September 30, 2012, Mr. Robel held a fully vested option to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.66 per share, and another option to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.24 per share, 29,167 of which shares vested as of September 11, 2012, and the remaining shares subject to the option vest in 34 equal monthly installments thereafter. |
Following the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a policy for compensating our non-employee directors with a combination of cash and equity.
98
Our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012, which consist of our Chief Executive Officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers (other than the Chief Executive Officer) who were serving as executive officers as of September 30, 2012, are:
|
Zack Rinat, our President and Chief Executive Officer; |
|
Sujan Jain, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; and |
|
Michael LaRoche, our Senior Vice President, Global Customer Services and Support. |
Fiscal 2012 Summary Compensation Table
The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to and earned by our named executive officers for services rendered in all capacities to us during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012.
Name and Principal Position |
Salary
($) |
Bonus ($) |
Stock
Awards ($) (1) |
Option
Awards ($) (1) |
Total ($) | |||||||||||||||
Zack Rinat
|
$ | 217,292 | $ | 157,500 | $ | | $ | | $ | 374,792 | ||||||||||
Chief Executive Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||
Sujan Jain
|
55,313 | 30,738 | | 1,020,582 | 1,106,633 | |||||||||||||||
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (2) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Michael LaRoche
|
25,174 | 10,758 | 218,400 | 484,344 | 738,676 | |||||||||||||||
Senior Vice President, Global Customer Services and Support (3) |
(1) |
The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of equity awards granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 as computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes of the equity awards reported in this column are set forth in note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these equity awards, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our named executive officers from the equity awards. |
(2) |
Mr. Jain began serving as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in July 2012. |
(3) |
Mr. LaRoche began serving as our Senior Vice President of Global Customer Services and Support in August 2012. |
Messrs. Jain and LaRoche received equity awards upon commencement of employment with us, and received relatively smaller year-end bonuses, as determined by our board of directors, that reflected the fact they were not serving as executive officers for the full fiscal year. Mr. Rinat did not receive an equity award for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 in light of his substantial equity interest in our company, and he received a year-end bonus, as determined by our board of directors, reflecting his continued commitment to our company. In future periods, we intend to pay annual bonuses based on the level of achievement of financial or other targets established by our compensation committee.
99
Outstanding Equity Awards as of September 30, 2012
The following table presents, for each of our named executive officers, information regarding outstanding stock options held as of September 30, 2012. Mr. Rinat did not have any outstanding equity awards as of September 30, 2012.
Option Awards | Stock Awards | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name |
Grant
Date (1) |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable (#) |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable (#) |
Option
Exercise Price ($) |
Option
Expiration Date |
Number of
Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) |
Market Value
of Share or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) (2) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Sujan Jain |
9/28/12 | (3) | | 590,000 | $ | 4.00 | 9/27/2022 | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Michael LaRoche |
9/28/12 | (4) | | 280,000 | 4.00 | 9/27/2022 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
9/28/12 | (5) | | | | | 60,000 |
(1) |
All of the outstanding equity awards were granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. |
(2) |
The market price for our common stock is based on the assumed initial public offering price of our common stock of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus. |
(3) |
25% of the total number of shares subject to the option will vest on July 3, 2013 and the remaining shares subject to the option will vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date. |
(4) |
25% of the total number of shares subject to the option will vest on August 27, 2013 and the remaining shares subject to the option will vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date. |
(5) |
25% of the total number of shares subject to the RSU will vest annually beginning on August 27, 2013, subject to continued service through each vesting date. |
Employment, Severance and Change of Control Arrangements
We have entered into employment offer letters with each of our named executive officers in connection with his commencement of employment with us, except for Mr. Rinat, with whom we have not entered into an employment offer letter. Each of these offer letters was negotiated on our behalf by our Chief Executive Officer, with the informal oversight of our board of directors.
Typically, these arrangements provide for at-will employment and included our named executive officers initial base salary, a discretionary annual incentive bonus opportunity and standard employee benefit plan participation. These arrangements also provided for a recommended equity award grant to be submitted to our board of directors for approval, with an exercise price, in the case of stock options, equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and subject to our specified vesting requirements. These offers of employment were each subject to execution of our standard confidential information and invention assignment agreement.
Mr. Rinat
We have not entered into any employment arrangements with Mr. Rinat, our Chief Executive Officer.
Mr. Jain
We entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Jain, our Chief Financial Officer, on June 14, 2012. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Jains initial base salary was established at $225,000 per year. In addition, Mr. Jain is eligible to receive an annual target bonus of $125,000 based on the achievement of company and personal objectives. On September 28, 2012, in accordance with the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Jain was granted a stock option to purchase 590,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share. This option vests with respect to 25% of the total shares underlying the option on the first anniversary of Mr. Jains start date and the remaining 75% of the shares
100
underlying the option vest thereafter in 36 equal monthly installments. Mr. Jains employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause.
Mr. LaRoche
We entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. LaRoche, our Senior Vice President of Global Customer Services and Support, on August 21, 2012. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. LaRoches initial base salary was established at $250,000 per year. In addition, Mr. LaRoche is eligible to receive an annual target bonus of $125,000 based on the achievement of company and personal objectives. On September 28, 2012, in accordance with the terms of his offer letter, Mr. LaRoche was granted a stock option to purchase 280,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share. This option vests with respect to 25% of the total shares underlying the option on the first anniversary of Mr. LaRoches start date and the remaining 75% of the shares underlying the option vest thereafter in 36 equal monthly installments. In addition, Mr. LaRoche was granted 60,000 RSUs, which vest in four equal installments on each anniversary of Mr. LaRoches start date. Mr. LaRoches employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause.
Change of Control
Generally, our equity award agreements with each of our named executive officers provide for acceleration of vesting of 100% of the unvested shares of our common stock underlying such options in the event of an involuntary termination of employment (as such term is defined in the stock option agreement) within 12 months following a change in control in our company.
The table below reflects the value of this acceleration benefit to Messrs. Jain and LaRoche pursuant to these awards, assuming an involuntary termination of employment and change in control of our company as of September 30, 2012. Values are calculated based on the assumed initial public offering price of our common stock of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus. Mr. Rinat did not have any outstanding equity awards as of September 30, 2012.
Name |
Accelerated
Payment Value |
|||
Sujan Jain |
$ | |||
Michael LaRoche |
In addition to the amounts presented above, in the event one of our named executive officers was terminated, he would also be able to exercise any previously-vested stock options that he held. For more information about the named executive officers outstanding equity awards as of September 30, 2012, see Outstanding Equity Awards as of September 30, 2012 above.
Employee Benefit Plans
2013 Equity Incentive Plan
Background
Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (2013 Plan) will serve as the successor equity compensation plan to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (2010 Plan). Our board of directors adopted our 2013 Plan in , 2013 and our stockholders approved the 2013 Plan in , 2013. Our 2013 Plan will become effective on the date of our initial public offering and will terminate in , 2023. Our 2013 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, performance stock awards, RSUs and stock bonuses. We do not
101
expect to utilize our 2013 Plan until after the completion of this offering, at which point no further grants will be made under our 2010 Plan. No awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under our 2013 Plan.
Administration
Our 2013 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. This committee will act as the plan administrator and will determine which individuals are eligible to receive awards under our 2013 Plan, the time or times when such awards are to be made, the number of shares subject to each such award, the status of any granted option as either an incentive stock option (ISO) or a non-statutory stock option (NSO) under U.S. federal tax laws, the vesting schedule applicable to an award, the maximum term for which any award is to remain outstanding (subject to the limits set forth in our 2013 Plan), and the terms and conditions of the award agreements for use under our 2013 Plan. The committee will also determine the exercise price of options granted, the purchase price for rights to purchase restricted stock and, if applicable, RSUs, and the strike price for stock appreciation rights.
Share Reserve
We have reserved shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2013 Plan plus:
|
all shares of our common stock reserved under our 2010 Plan that are not issued or subject to outstanding grants as of the completion of this offering; |
|
any shares of our common stock issued under our 2010 Plan that are forfeited or repurchased by us at the original purchase price; and |
|
any shares issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 2010 Plan that expire without having been exercised in full. |
Additionally, our 2013 Plan provides for automatic increases in the number of shares available for issuance under it as follows:
|
on January 1, 2014, the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under our 2013 Plan will be automatically increased by an amount equal to the product of % of the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding on December 31, 2013 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days between the completion of this offering and December 31, 2013 and the denominator of which is 365; |
|
on the first day of each January from 2015 through 2022, the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under our 2013 Plan will be increased by % of the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding on the preceding December 31 st ; or |
|
a lesser number of shares of our common stock as determined by our board of directors. |
Equity Awards
Our 2013 Plan permits us to grant the following types of awards:
|
Stock options. Our 2013 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs to employees, and NSOs to employees, directors and consultants. Options may be granted with terms determined by the committee, provided that ISOs are subject to statutory limitations. The committee determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of our 2013 Plan and applicable law, provided that the exercise price of an ISO may not be less than 100% (or higher in the case of certain recipients of ISOs) of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. ISOs exercisable for no more than shares may be granted over the life |
102
of our 2013 Plan. Options granted under our 2013 Plan will vest at the rate specified by the committee and such vesting schedule will be set forth in the stock option agreement to which such stock option grant relates. Generally, the committee determines the term of stock options granted under our 2013 Plan, up to a term of ten years, except in the case of certain ISOs. |
After an optionees employment or service terminates, he or she may exercise his or her vested option for the period of time stated in the stock option agreement to which such option relates. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the vested option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the vested option will generally remain exercisable for three months. However, an option may not be exercised later than its expiration date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an optionee is terminated for cause (as defined in our 2013 Plan), then the optionees options shall expire on the optionees termination date or at such later time and on such conditions as determined by our compensation committee.
|
Restricted stock. A restricted stock award is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions that the committee may impose. These restrictions may be based on completion of a specified period of service with us or upon the completion of performance goals during a performance period. The price of a restricted stock award will be determined by the committee. Unless otherwise determined by the committee at the time of award, vesting ceases on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares are forfeited to us or subject to repurchase by us. |
|
Stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. |
|
Restricted stock units. RSUs represent the right to receive shares of our common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of such right due to termination of employment or failure to achieve specified performance conditions. If the RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the RSU whole shares of our common stock, cash or a combination of our common stock and cash. |
|
Performance shares. Performance shares are performance awards that cover a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon achievement of the pre-established performance conditions in cash or by issuance of the underlying shares. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement because of termination of employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions. |
|
Stock bonuses. Stock bonuses are granted as additional compensation for performance and therefore are not issued in exchange for cash. |
Modification of Outstanding Awards
Subject to the terms of our 2013 Plan, the administrator has the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel and re-grant any outstanding option or stock appreciation right in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.
Section 162(m) Limit
No participant may be granted stock awards covering more than shares of our common stock under our 2013 Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation
103
rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise price or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Additionally, no participant may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than shares of our common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $ under our 2013 Plan. Such limitations are designed to help assure that any deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled with respect to such awards will not be subject to the $1 million limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.
Performance Awards
Our 2013 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1 million limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To help assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based awards will so qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only following the achievement of specified pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.
Corporate Transactions
Our 2013 Plan provides that in the event of a specified corporate transaction, including without limitation a consolidation, merger, or similar transaction involving our company, the sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our company or the consolidated assets of our company and our subsidiaries, or a sale or disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding capital stock of our company, the administrator will determine how to treat each outstanding stock award. The administrator may:
|
arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation; |
|
arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation; |
|
accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction; |
|
arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us; or |
|
cancel the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, which may be reduced by the exercise price payable in connection with the stock award. |
The administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner. The administrator may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a stock award. Options granted to non-employee directors vest and become exercisable in full upon a change in control event, as defined in our 2013 Plan.
Transferability of Awards
Generally, a participant may not transfer an award other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution unless, in the case of awards other than ISOs, the committee permits the transfer of an award to certain authorized transferees, as set forth in our 2013 Plan.
Eligibility
The individuals eligible to participate in our 2013 Plan include our officers and other employees, our non-employee directors and any consultants.
104
Payment
Payment for shares of our common stock purchased pursuant to our 2013 Plan may be made by any of the following methods (provided such method is permitted in the applicable award agreement to which such shares relate): (1) cash (including by check); (2) cancellation of indebtedness; (3) surrender of shares; (4) waiver of compensation due or accrued for services rendered; (5) through a same day sale program or through a margin commitment or (6) by any other method approved by our board of directors.
Amendment and Termination
Our board of directors may amend or terminate our 2013 Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval where required. In addition, no amendment that is detrimental to a participant in our 2013 Plan may be made to an outstanding award without the consent of the affected participant. Our 2013 Plan terminates on the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2013 Plan.
2010 Equity Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2010 Plan in June 2010. The 2010 Plan has been amended from time to time. As of December 31, 2012, options to purchase 6,760,802 shares of our common stock were outstanding and 60,000 shares of our common stock were issuable upon the settlement of outstanding RSUs under our 2010 Plan. All shares of our common stock reserved but not ultimately issued or subject to awards that have expired or otherwise terminated under our 2010 Plan without having been exercised in full are reserved for issuance under our 2012 Plan. In the event of a change in control, the 2010 Plan provides that all awards shall be assumed by the successor entity or converted into or replaced with comparable awards of the successor entity and if not assumed, converted or replaced, all unexercised options or other outstanding awards terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the change in control. We intend to grant all future equity awards under our 2012 Plan. Awards granted under the 2010 Plan are subject to terms substantially similar to those described above with respect to awards granted under the 2012 Plan.
2000 Equity Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted our 2000 Equity Incentive Plan (2000 Plan) in January 2000. As of December 31, 2012, options to purchase 6,579,761 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2000 Plan. All shares of our common stock reserved but not ultimately issued or subject to awards that have expired or otherwise terminated under our 2000 Plan without having been exercised in full are reserved for issuance under our 2010 Plan. We intend to grant all future equity awards under our 2012 Plan. Awards granted under the 2000 Plan are subject to terms substantially similar to those described above with respect to awards granted under the 2012 Plan.
2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Background
Our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2013 Purchase Plan) is designed to enable eligible employees to periodically purchase shares of our common stock at a discount. Purchases are accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. Our 2013 Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. Our board of directors adopted our 2013 Purchase Plan in , 2013 and our stockholders approved the plan in , 2013.
105
Share Reserve
We have initially reserved shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2013 Purchase Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2013 Purchase Plan will increase automatically on the first day of each January, starting with January 1, 2014, by the number of shares equal to % of our total outstanding shares as of the immediately preceding December 31st (rounded to the nearest whole share; provided, however, that, for the increase on January 1, 2014, such addition shall equal the product of % of our total outstanding shares as of December 31, 2013, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days between the effective date of this registration statement and December 31, 2013 and the denominator of which is 365 (rounded to the nearest whole share)). Our board of directors or compensation committee may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. No more than shares of our common stock may be issued under our 2013 Purchase Plan and no other shares may be added to this plan without the approval of our stockholders.
Administration
Our compensation committee will administer our 2013 Purchase Plan. Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in our 2013 Purchase Plan, are ineligible to participate in our 2013 Purchase Plan. We may impose additional restrictions on eligibility as well. Under our 2013 Purchase Plan, eligible employees may acquire shares of our common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible employees may select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their cash compensation. We also have the right to amend or terminate our 2013 Purchase Plan, except that, subject to certain exceptions, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under the plan. Our 2013 Purchase Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2013 Purchase Plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors.
Purchase Rights
When an offering period commences, our employees who meet the eligibility requirements for participation in that offering period are automatically granted a non-transferable option to purchase shares in that offering period. Each offering period may run for no more than 27 months and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering. An employees participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason. The administrator, in its discretion, will determine the terms of offerings under our 2013 Purchase Plan.
No participant will have the right to purchase our shares at a rate which, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also outstanding in the same calendar year(s), have a fair market value of more than $25,000, determined as of the first day of the applicable offering period, for each calendar year in which such right is outstanding. The purchase price for shares of our common stock purchased under our 2013 Purchase Plan will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on (1) the first trading day of the applicable offering period and (2) the last trading day of each purchase period in the applicable offering period.
Change in Control
In the event of a change in control transaction, our 2013 Purchase Plan and any offering periods that commenced prior to the closing of the proposed transaction may terminate on the closing of the proposed transaction and the final purchase of shares will occur on that date, but our compensation committee may instead terminate any such offering period at a different date.
106
401(k) plan
We sponsor a retirement plan intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(k) of the Code. Eligible employees may make pre-tax contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions under the Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. Pre-tax contributions by participants to the plan and the income earned on those contributions are generally not taxable to participants until withdrawn. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. No minimum benefit is provided under the plan.
Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability
Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering includes a provision that eliminates, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the personal liability of a director or officer for monetary damages resulting from breach of his fiduciary duty as a director or officer.
Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:
|
for any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders; |
|
for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; |
|
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or |
|
for any transaction from which they derived an improper benefit. |
Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Our restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that:
|
we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions; |
|
we may indemnify our other employees and agents as provided in indemnification contracts entered into between us and our employees and agents; |
|
we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions; and |
|
the rights conferred in the restated bylaws are not exclusive. |
In addition to the indemnification required in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, we will enter into indemnity agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers before the completion of this offering. These agreements may, among other things, provide for the indemnification of our directors and executive officers for all reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were our agents or incurred in investigating or defending any such action or proceeding. We have also
107
obtained directors and officers insurance to cover our directors, executive officers and some of our employees under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director, executive officer or employee, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these individuals pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law. We believe that these indemnification provisions and agreements and this insurance are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws or in these indemnification agreements may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholders investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees regarding which indemnification by us is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.
Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
108
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table presents information as to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 10, 2013, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering, by:
|
each of our named executive officers; |
|
each of our directors; |
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group; |
|
each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock; and |
|
each selling stockholder. |
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. Shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of January 10, 2013 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or group.
Percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on 46,395,264 shares outstanding as of January 10, 2013, assuming the conversion of all shares of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,750,023 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering, as if this conversion had occurred as of January 10, 2013. Percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering assumes the foregoing and assumes the sale by us and the selling stockholders of shares of common stock in this offering.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o Model N, Inc., 1800 Bridge Parkway, Redwood City, California 94065.
Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering |
Number of
Shares Being Offered |
Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering |
||||||||||||
Number | Percent | Number | Percent | |||||||||||
Named Executive Officers and Directors: |
||||||||||||||
Zack Rinat (1) |
14,206,199 | 30.6 | % | |||||||||||
Sujan Jain |
| | ||||||||||||
Michael LaRoche |
| | ||||||||||||
James W. Breyer (2) |
5,603,215 | 12.1 | ||||||||||||
Charles J. Robel (3) |
241,666 | * | ||||||||||||
Mark Garrett (4) |
181,666 | * | ||||||||||||
Sarah Friar |
| | ||||||||||||
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons): (5) |
22,946,537 | 47.8 | ||||||||||||
5% Stockholders: |
||||||||||||||
Accel-KKR Company LLC (6) |
5,603,212 | 12.1 | ||||||||||||
Entities affiliated with Accel Partners (2) |
5,603,215 | 12.1 | ||||||||||||
Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital Partners (7) |
7,149,047 | 15.4 |
* | Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock. |
109
(1) |
Consists of 2,000,000 shares held of record by Mr. Rinat, 2,988,334 shares held of record by Mr. Rinat and Orli Rinat as community property, 2,000,000 shares held of record by Mr. Rinat, Orli Rinat and Glen Kohl, trustees of Danielle Rinat Family Heritage Trust Dated December 12, 2005, 2,000,000 shares held of record by Mr. Rinat, Orli Rinat and Glen Kohl, trustees of Gahl Rinat Family Heritage Trust Dated December 12, 2005, 108,931 shares held of record by Gahl Rinat Trust, 108,934 shares held of record by Danielle Rinat Trust and 5,000,000 shares held of record by Mr. Rinat and Orli Rinat, trustees of the Rinat Family 2006 Trust Dated December 13, 2006. Mr. Rinat is a trustee of each of the foregoing trusts. The trustees of each of the foregoing trusts share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by each respective trust. |
(2) |
Consists of 3,503,262 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock and 930,004 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held of record by Accel VIII L.P., 625,645 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock and 166,088 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held of record by Accel Internet Fund IV L.P. and 298,875 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock and 79,341 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held of record by Accel Investors 2000 L.L.C. Accel VIII Associates L.L.C. (A8A) is the general partner of Accel VIII L.P. and Accel Internet Fund IV L.P. and has the sole voting and investment power with respect to those entities. James W. Breyer, a member of our board of directors, Arthur C. Patterson, Theresia Gouw Ranzetta and James R. Swartz are the managing members of A8A and Accel Investors 2000 L.L.C. and share voting and investment power over the shares. The address for Accel Partners is 428 University Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94301. The entities affiliated with Accel Partners have no voting or dispositive power over shares held by Accel-KKR Company LLC. |
(3) |
Consists of 241,666 shares subject to options held by Mr. Robel that are exercisable within 60 days of January 10, 2013. |
(4) |
Consists of 181,666 shares subject to options held by Mr. Garrett that are exercisable within 60 days of January 10, 2013. |
(5) |
Consists of 21,410,419 shares held by our directors and executive officers as a group and 1,536,118 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of January 10, 2013 held by our directors and executive officers as a group. |
(6) |
Consists of 4,427,779 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock and 1,175,433 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held of record by Accel-KKR Company LLC. AKKR Management Company, LLC, the manager of Accel-KKR Internet Company LLC, which is the managing member of Accel-KKR Company LLC, has sole voting and investment power over the shares. The managing members of AKKR Management Company, LLC are Thomas C. Barnds and Rob Palumbo. The address of Accel-KKR is 2500 Sand Hill Road, Suite 300, Menlo Park, California 94025. Accel-KKR Company LLC has no voting or dispositive power over shares held by entities affiliated with Accel Partners. The entities affiliated with Accel Partners and Accel-KKR Company LLC are parties to a voting agreement, which will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Under this agreement, the entities affiliated with Accel Partners granted Accel-KKR Company LLC a proxy to vote shares held by the entities affiliated with Accel Partners. Due to the fact that the voting agreement will terminate in connection with this offering, the above table does not reflect shares held by entities affiliated with Accel Partners as being beneficially owned by Accel-KKR Company LLC. |
(7) |
Consists of 6,918,133 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held of record by Meritech Capital Partners II, L.P. (MCP), 178,011 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held of record by Meritech Capital Affiliates II, L.P. (MCA) and 52,903 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock held of record by MCP Entrepreneur Partners II, L.P. (MCP ENT). Meritech Management Associates II L.L.C., a managing member of Meritech Capital Associates II, L.L.C., the general partner of MCP, MCA and MCP ENT, has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by MCP, MCA and MCP ENT. The managing members of Meritech Management Associates II, L.L.C. are Paul S. Madera and Michael B. Gordon. The address of Meritech Capital Partners is 245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350, Palo Alto, California 94301. |
110
Other than the executive and director compensation arrangements, including the employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, discussed above under Executive Compensation, the indemnification arrangements with our executive officers and directors discussed above under Executive Compensation, the registration rights described below under Description of Capital Stock, and the voting rights in our Amended and Restated Voting Agreement described above under Management, we have not entered into any transactions since October 1, 2009 to which we have been or are a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties
As provided in the audit committee charter, the audit committee of our board of directors must review and approve in advance any related party transaction. We intend to adopt a related party transaction policy in the future.
It is our intention to ensure that all transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.
111
Immediately following the completion of this offering and the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of:
|
shares of common stock, $0.00005 par value per share; and |
|
shares of preferred stock, $0.00005 par value per share. |
As of December 31, 2012, and assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock, there were:
|
46,313,264 shares of our common stock outstanding held by 335 stockholders of record, of which 400,000 shares were unvested shares of restricted stock and subject to our right of repurchase; |
|
outstanding options to purchase 13,340,563 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.44 per share; |
|
259,965 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant that previously represented the right to purchase an equal number of shares of convertible preferred stock, with an exercise price of $1.15 per share; |
|
60,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the settlement of a restricted stock unit; and |
|
no shares of preferred stock outstanding. |
Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.
The following description summarizes certain important terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For complete information, please see our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.
Common Stock
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See Dividend Policy above.
Voting Rights
Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not provided for in our restated certificate of incorporation, which means that the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock can elect all of the directors then standing for election. Our restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year term.
112
No Preemptive or Similar Rights
Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders are distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Fully Paid and Nonassessable
All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.
Restricted Stock Awards
As of December 31, 2012, we had 400,000 shares of unvested restricted stock awards outstanding pursuant to our 2010 Plan.
Warrant
As of December 31, 2012, Silicon Valley Bank held a warrant to purchase 259,965 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.15 per share. After the completion of this offering, this warrant will become exercisable for the same number of shares of common stock at the same exercise price per share. This warrant contains a net exercise provision under which it may instead be exercised for a number of shares based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of exercise or conversion of the warrant. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, if the holder net exercised the warrant immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, shares of our common stock would be issuable upon such exercise. This warrant expires on October 19, 2020.
Preferred Stock
Upon the completion of this offering, each outstanding share of convertible preferred stock will be converted into common stock.
Following this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, without further action by the stockholders, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our capital stock entitled to vote, unless a vote of any other holders is required by the certificate of designation establishing the series. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of
113
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Registration Rights
Following this offering, the holders of approximately shares of our common stock issued upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act, as described below. In addition, Silicon Valley Bank has piggyback registration rights and Form S-3 registration rights as described below with respect to the shares of common stock subject to its warrant.
Demand Registration Rights
At any time, the holders of at least 30% of the then-outstanding shares having registration rights can request that we file a registration statement covering registrable securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of greater than $10 million, net of any underwriters discounts and commissions. We will only be required to file two registration statements upon exercise of these demand registration rights. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 120 days once in a 12-month period if our board of directors determines that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us or our stockholders.
Piggyback Registration Rights
If we register any of our securities in connection with a public offering, the stockholders with registration rights and the holder of our outstanding warrant will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to any of our employee benefit plans, a corporate reorganization or common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit, due to marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned pro rata among these holders, according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included by each holder, or in a manner mutually agreed upon by the holders. However, the number of shares to be registered by these holders cannot be reduced below 25% of the total shares covered by the registration statement, except for in connection with our initial public offering, in which case the underwriters may exclude these holders if no other stockholders securities are included. We have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by us whether or not any of these holders elected to include securities in the registration.
Form S-3 Registration Rights
The holders of at least 30% of the then-outstanding shares having registration rights and the holder of our outstanding warrant can request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is equal to or greater than $1,000,000, net of any underwriters discounts and commissions. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 for up to 120 days once in a 12-month period if our board of directors determines that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us or our stockholders.
Registration Expenses
We will pay all expenses incurred in connection with each of the registrations described above, except for underwriters and brokers discounts and commissions. However, we will not pay for any expenses of
114
any demand registration or Form S-3 registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by a majority of the holders requesting that we file such a registration statement, subject to limited exceptions.
Termination of Registration Rights
The registration rights described above will terminate five years after this offering is completed. In addition, the registration rights will terminate earlier with respect to a particular stockholder to the extent the shares held by and issuable to such holder may be sold without registration in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act in any three-month period. Holders of substantially all of our shares with these registration rights have signed agreements with the underwriters prohibiting the exercise of their registration rights for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below in Underwriting.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Delaware Law
Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. This section prevents some Delaware corporations from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination, which includes a merger or sale of at least 10% of the corporations assets with any interested stockholder, meaning a stockholder who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of the corporations outstanding voting stock, unless:
|
the transaction is approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder; |
|
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholders becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or |
|
subsequent to such time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. |
A Delaware corporation may opt out of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or restated bylaws resulting from a stockholders amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.
115
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws
We anticipate that our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our company, including the following:
Board of Directors Vacancies
Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors is permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.
Classified Board
Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board is classified into three classes of directors, each with staggered three year terms. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors.
Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders
Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our restated bylaws. Our restated bylaws further will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or our president, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations
Our restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our restated bylaws also will specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholders notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirers own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.
No Cumulative Voting
The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporations certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting.
116
Directors Removed Only for Cause
Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.
Amendment of Charter Provisions
Any amendment of the above provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation is expected to require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock.
Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock
Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.
Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation or our restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.
Except as described above, the approval of a majority of the shares entitled to vote shall be required to amend any of the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation or restated bylaws.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is . The transfer agents address is .
Listing
We intend to apply to list our common stock on under the trading symbol MODN.
117
CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may change at any time, possibly retroactively, or the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) might interpret the existing authorities differently, so as to result in U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences different from those set forth below. As a result, we cannot assure you that the tax consequences described in this discussion will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS.
This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and, except to the limited extent below, estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holders particular circumstances or to non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:
|
banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions; |
|
real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies; |
|
partnerships or entities or arrangements treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal tax purposes (or investors in such entities); |
|
a controlled foreign corporation or passive foreign investment company; |
|
a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; |
|
persons subject to the alternative minimum tax; |
|
tax-exempt organizations or tax-qualified retirement plans; |
|
persons who acquired our common stock as compensation for services; |
|
dealers in securities or currencies; |
|
traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings; |
|
persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below); |
|
certain former citizens or long term residents of the United States; |
|
persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, straddle, conversion transaction or other risk reduction transaction; |
|
persons whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar; |
|
persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment purposes); or |
|
persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code. |
In addition, if a partnership, or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.
118
The following discussion is for information purposes only. You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.
Non-U.S. Holder Defined
For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder (other than a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not:
|
an individual citizen or resident of the United States; |
|
a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes; |
|
an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or |
|
a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (y) which has made a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. |
If you are an individual other than a U.S. citizen, you may be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the current calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were United States citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of ownership and disposition of our common stock.
Distributions
We have not made any distributions on our common stock, and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will first constitute a non-taxable return of capital and will reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock taxed in the same manner as described in the section below titled Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.
Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the U.S. and your country of residence. You should consult your tax advisor regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. Generally, in order for us or our paying agent to withhold tax at a lower treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must certify its entitlement to treaty benefits by providing a Form W-8BEN (or any successor form) or appropriate substitute properly certifying qualification for the lower rate to us or our paying agent. If the holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holders behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holders agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. For payments made to a
119
foreign partnership or other pass-through entity, the certification requirements generally apply to the partners or other owners rather than to the partnership or other entity, and the partnership or other entity must provide the partners or other owners documentation to us or our paying agent.
If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may be able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld if you timely file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty between the U.S. and your country of residence applies, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States or, in the case of an individual under certain treaties, a fixed base maintained by you in the United States) and are includible in your gross income in the taxable year received are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are generally taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to any applicable tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition to the graduated tax described above, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the U.S. and your country of residence.
Gain On Disposition Of Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below regarding foreign account tax compliance, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
|
the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty between the U.S. and your country of residence applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States or, in the case of an individual under certain treaties, a fixed base maintained by you in the United States); |
|
you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or |
|
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (USRPHC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock. |
In general, we would be a USRPHC if interests in United States real estate comprised at least half of our assets. We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the period described in the third bullet above.
If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale (net of certain deductions or credits) under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. Corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may also
120
be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax or such reduced rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding any applicable treaties between the U.S. and your country of residence that may provide for different rules.
Federal Estate Tax
The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a United States situs. Because we are a United States corporation, our common stock is considered property with a U.S. situs, and thus any such common stock held (or treated as such) by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of his or her death will be included in such holders gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the U.S. and such holders country of residence provides otherwise.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.
Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% (scheduled to increase to 31% for payments made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012) unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or other appropriate form. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit generally may be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) imposes withholding tax at a rate of 30% on certain types of withholdable payments (including dividends and proceeds from the sale of stock in a U.S. corporation, including our common stock) made to foreign financial institutions and certain other non-financial foreign entities (all as specially defined for purposes of these rules) unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those foreign entities) have been satisfied. Under certain transition rules, withholding under FATCA on withholdable payments to foreign financial institutions and non-financial foreign entities is expected to apply after December 31, 2016 with respect to gross proceeds of a disposition of stock in a U.S. corporation, including our common stock, and after December 31, 2013 with respect to other withholdable payments, including dividends on our common stock (although these rules are subject to change when final regulations are issued). Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.
121
THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT THE PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.
122
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market, could adversely affect prevailing market prices and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012, upon the completion of this offering, shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option and no exercise of our outstanding options or warrant after December 31, 2012. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.
Except as set forth below, the remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws and will be deemed restricted securities as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, all of our security holders have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our investors rights agreement described above under Description of Capital Stock Registration Rights, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of , 2013, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
|
up to shares sold in this offering will be eligible for immediate sale in the public market; |
|
up to additional shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of lock-up agreements 181 days after the date of this offering, of which shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below; and |
|
the remainder of the restricted shares will be eligible for sale from time to time thereafter upon the lapse of our right of repurchase with respect to unvested shares, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below. |
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our
123
affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described below, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or |
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale. |
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under Underwriting and will become eligible for sale at the expiration of those agreements.
Lock-up Agreements
Our directors and executive officers, and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which, subject to certain limited exceptions, each of these persons or entities, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., (1) offer to sell, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such person or entity in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. These lock-up restrictions are subject to limited exceptions specified in the lock-up agreements.
124
Registration Rights
Upon completion of this offering, the holders of shares of our common stock have rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up arrangement described above. In addition, Silicon Valley Bank has certain registration rights with respect to up to shares of common stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of its warrant, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, subject to the lock-up arrangement described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates. Any sales of securities by these security holders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. See Description of Capital StockRegistration Rights.
Equity Incentive Plans
As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file with the SEC one or more registration statements under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock subject to outstanding options and the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2013 Employee Purchase Plan. In addition, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for the resale of shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options that were not granted under Rule 701. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to the volume limitations and the requirements of Rule 144 and the lock-up arrangement described above, if applicable.
Warrant
As of December 31, 2012, Silicon Valley Bank held a warrant to purchase 259,965 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.15. Following the completion of this offering, this warrant will become exercisable for shares of our common stock. This warrant contains exercise and conversion rights pursuant to which its holder may exercise or convert the warrant and receive a number of shares of our common stock based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of exercise or conversion of the warrant. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, if the holder exercised or converted the warrant immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, shares of our common stock would be issuable upon the completion of this offering. Because this warrant has been held for at least one year, any shares of common stock issued upon its conversion could be publicly sold under Rule 144 following the completion of this offering and the expiration of any lock-up or market standoff agreements.
125
We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders expect to enter into an underwriting agreement with the representative on behalf of the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders will agree to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter will severally agree to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
Name |
Number of Shares | |
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC |
||
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. |
||
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated |
||
Pacific Crest Securities, LLC |
||
Piper Jaffray & Co |
||
Raymond James & Associates, Inc |
||
|
||
Total |
||
|
The underwriters will be committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement will also provide that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the common stock offered in this offering.
The underwriters will have an option to buy up to additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders to cover sales of shares by the underwriters that exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters will have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
The underwriting discounts and commissions are equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the selling stockholders per share of common stock. The underwriting discounts and commissions are $ per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholders are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares.
126
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
Per Share | Total | |||||||
Without
Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares |
With
Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares |
Without
Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares |
With
Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares |
|||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us |
$ |
$ |
$ | $ | ||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling stockholders |
||||||||
Expenses payable by us |
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ .
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
For a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we will agree that we will not, subject to certain limited exceptions, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which, subject to certain limited exceptions, each of these persons or entities, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., (1) offer to sell, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such person or entity in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled
127
by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. These lock-up restrictions are subject to limited exceptions that are specified in the lock-up agreements.
We and the selling stockholders will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
We intend to list our common stock for trading on the under the symbol MODN.
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be covered shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters over-allotment option referred to above, or may be naked shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M promulgated under the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:
|
the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives; |
|
our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete; |
|
an assessment of our management; |
|
our prospects for future earnings; |
|
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering; |
128
|
the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and |
|
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us. |
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
United Kingdom
This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, which we refer to as the Order; or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (Relevant Member State), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (EU Prospectus Directive), is implemented in that Relevant Member State, which we refer to as the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
|
to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; |
|
to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; |
|
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the book-running managers for any such offer; or |
129
|
in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive. |
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer of securities to the public in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression EU Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Hong Kong
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to professional investors within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a prospectus within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional investors within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
Switzerland
This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares of our common stock, which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, does not constitute an issue prospectus
130
pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.
The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by us from time to time.
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received or will receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.
131
The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by us in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California, is representing the underwriters in this offering.
The consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2012 and 2011 and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2012 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the consolidated financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed for the complete contents of that contract or document. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and the consolidated financial statements and related notes filed as a part of the registration statement, may be inspected without charge at the SECs Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of fees prescribed by it. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the operation of the public reference facilities. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding companies that file electronically with it.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SECs public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.
132
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page | ||||
F-2 | ||||
F-3 | ||||
F-4 | ||||
F-5 | ||||
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Deficit |
F-6 | |||
F-7 | ||||
F-8 |
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Model N, Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), convertible preferred stock and stockholders deficit and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Model N, Inc. and its subsidiaries at September 30, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
December 10, 2012
F-2
MODEL N, INC.
(in thousands, except per share data)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
MODEL N, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except per share data)
Years Ended
September 30, |
Three Months
Ended December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 31,759 | $ | 41,499 | $ | 49,756 | $ | 11,365 | $ | 12,462 | ||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
18,682 | 23,672 | 34,502 | 6,692 | 9,879 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenues |
50,441 | 65,171 | 84,258 | 18,057 | 22,341 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cost of Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
12,087 | 18,092 | 22,483 | 5,028 | 5,560 | |||||||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
6,328 | 8,828 | 18,053 | 2,496 | 4,523 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total cost of revenues |
18,415 | 26,920 | 40,536 | 7,524 | 10,083 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross profit |
32,026 | 38,251 | 43,722 | 10,533 | 12,258 | |||||||||||||||
Operating Expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development |
12,702 | 13,809 | 17,695 | 4,173 | 4,119 | |||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
11,221 | 13,935 | 19,640 | 3,981 | 5,336 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
6,945 | 7,860 | 10,584 | 2,393 | 3,877 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
30,868 | 35,604 | 47,919 | 10,547 | 13,332 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
1,158 | 2,647 | (4,197 | ) | (14 | ) | (1,074 | ) | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
353 | 677 | 655 | 184 | 126 | |||||||||||||||
Other expenses, net |
20 | 316 | 540 | 406 | 52 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
785 | 1,654 | (5,392 | ) | (604 | ) | (1,252 | ) | ||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
161 | 172 | 301 | 71 | 61 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 624 | $ | 1,482 | $ | (5,693 | ) | $ | (675 | ) | $ | (1,313 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
$ | | $ | | $ | (0.24 | ) | $ | (0.03 | ) | $ | (0.05 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Weighted average number of shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
21,083 | 21,971 | 23,446 | 22,869 | 24,085 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
$ | (0.13 | ) | $ | (0.03 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share (unaudited): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
45,196 | 45,835 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
MODEL N, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in thousands)
Years Ended
September 30, |
Three Months Ended
December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 624 | $ | 1,482 | $ | (5,693 | ) | $ | (675 | ) | $ | (1,313 | ) | |||||||
Foreign currency translation gain (loss), net of taxes |
(28 | ) | (72 | ) | | (12 | ) | 18 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | 596 | $ | 1,410 | $ | (5,693 | ) | $ | (687 | ) | $ | (1,295 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
MODEL N, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Deficit
(in thousands)
Convertible
Preferred Stock |
Common Stock |
Additional
Paid-In Capital |
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Accumulated
Deficit |
Total
Stockholders Deficit |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2009 |
20,103 | $ | 41,776 | 20,997 | $ | 1 | $ | 4,128 | $ | (20 | ) | $ | (57,591 | ) | $ | (53,482 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Adoption of new authoritative guidance relating to uncertain tax positions |
| | | | | | (11 | ) | (11 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options |
| | 182 | | 62 | | | 62 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | 757 | | | 757 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive loss |
| | | | | (28 | ) | | (28 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | 624 | 624 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2010 |
20,103 | 41,776 | 21,179 | 1 | 4,947 | (48 | ) | (56,978 | ) | (52,078 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options |
| | 1,571 | | 434 | | | 434 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | 531 | | | 531 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive loss |
| | | | | (72 | ) | | (72 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | 1,482 | 1,482 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2011 |
20,103 | 41,776 | 22,750 | 1 | 5,912 | (120 | ) | (55,496 | ) | (49,703 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options |
| | 1,044 | | 600 | | | 600 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of restricted stock awards |
| | 600 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | 2,533 | | | 2,533 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | | | | (5,693 | ) | (5,693 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2012 |
20,103 | 41,776 | 24,394 | 1 | 9,045 | (120 | ) | (61,189 | ) | (52,263 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited) |
| | 169 | | 90 | | | 90 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation (unaudited) |
| | | | 569 | | | 569 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (unaudited) |
| | | | | 18 | | 18 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss (unaudited) |
| | | | | | (1,313 | ) | (1,313 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2012 (unaudited) |
20,103 | $ | 41,776 | 24,563 | $ | 1 | $ | 9,704 | $ | (102 | ) | $ | (62,502 | ) | $ | (52,899 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
MODEL N, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
Years Ended September 30, |
Three Months
Ended December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash Flows From Operating Activities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 624 | $ | 1,482 | $ | (5,693 | ) | $ | (675 | ) | $ | (1,313 | ) | |||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
737 | 1,044 | 1,526 | 313 | 442 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
578 | 167 | 234 | | 81 | |||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
757 | 531 | 2,521 | 508 | 557 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization of debt discount |
| 38 | 41 | 10 | 10 | |||||||||||||||
Changes in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability |
| 243 | 345 | 316 | (14 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Provision for doubtful accounts |
3 | 1 | 45 | (10 | ) | 8 | ||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
15 | 61 | 135 | 31 | 25 | |||||||||||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
358 | (7,647 | ) | 936 | 666 | (3,480 | ) | |||||||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
(415 | ) | (518 | ) | (852 | ) | 143 | (1,340 | ) | |||||||||||
Deferred cost of implementation services |
(833 | ) | 782 | (314 | ) | (81 | ) | 17 | ||||||||||||
Accounts payable |
(1,360 | ) | 49 | (284 | ) | 309 | 1,169 | |||||||||||||
Accrued employee compensation |
1,691 | 1,291 | 1,871 | (1,576 | ) | (25 | ) | |||||||||||||
Other accrued and long-term liabilities |
(526 | ) | 228 | 2,103 | 238 | 2,036 | ||||||||||||||
Deferred revenue |
3,143 | 5,363 | 3,109 | 4,492 | 711 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
4,772 | 3,115 | 5,723 | 4,684 | (1,116 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash Flows From Investing Activities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Purchase of property and equipment |
(1,250 | ) | (779 | ) | (1,760 | ) | (499 | ) | (164 | ) | ||||||||||
Capitalization of software development costs |
| | (1,145 | ) | | (891 | ) | |||||||||||||
Purchase of short-term investments |
| | | | (63 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Acquisition of a business |
| | (3,000 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(1,250 | ) | (779 | ) | (5,905 | ) | (499 | ) | (1,118 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash Flows From Financing Activities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
55 | 434 | 600 | 86 | 90 | |||||||||||||||
Payments for deferred offering costs |
| | (220 | ) | | (215 | ) | |||||||||||||
Principal payments on capital lease obligations |
(120 | ) | (232 | ) | (537 | ) | (97 | ) | (140 | ) | ||||||||||
Proceeds from loan |
| 7,500 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Principal payments on loan |
(301 | ) | (3,516 | ) | (2,292 | ) | (417 | ) | (625 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
(366 | ) | 4,186 | (2,449 | ) | (428 | ) | (890 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
(28 | ) | (46 | ) | (21 | ) | (37 | ) | (11 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
3,128 | 6,476 | (2,652 | ) | 3,720 | (3,135 | ) | |||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
||||||||||||||||||||
Beginning of the year |
8,816 | 11,944 | 18,420 | 18,420 | 15,768 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
End of the year |
$ | 11,944 | $ | 18,420 | $ | 15,768 | $ | 22,140 | $ | 12,633 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash paid for income taxes |
$ | 158 | $ | 256 | $ | 273 | $ | 49 | $ | 72 | ||||||||||
Cash paid for interest |
241 | 570 | 634 | 174 | 119 | |||||||||||||||
Noncash Investing and Financing Activities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition of property and equipment under capital leases |
$ | 257 | $ | 1,040 | $ | 95 | $ | 95 | $ | | ||||||||||
Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrant in connection with loan financing |
| 160 | | 160 | | |||||||||||||||
Deferred offering costs not yet paid |
| | 473 | | 1,918 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. The Company
Model N, Inc. (Company) was incorporated in Delaware on December 14, 1999. The Company is a provider of revenue management solutions for the life science and technology industries. The Companys solutions enable its customers to maximize revenues and reduce revenue compliance risk by transforming their revenue life cycle from a series of tactical, disjointed operations into a strategic end-to-end process, which enables them to manage the strategy and execution of pricing, contracting, incentives and rebates. The Companys corporate headquarters are located in Redwood City, California, with additional offices in the United States, India, the United Kingdom and Switzerland.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates
Basis for Presentation
The Companys consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012, the consolidated statements of operations, the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) and consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, the consolidated statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders deficit for the three months ended December 31, 2012 and the related interim information contained within the notes to the consolidated financial statements are unaudited. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods. The results of the interim period presented herein are not necessarily indicative of any other future annual or interim period.
Unaudited Pro Forma Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Deficit
Upon the completion of the Companys initial public offering, all shares of outstanding convertible preferred stock are expected to convert into common stock of the Company. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet gives effect to (a) the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Companys convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,750,023 shares of the Companys common stock as of December 31, 2012 and (b) the conversion of the convertible preferred stock warrant into a warrant for 259,965 shares of common stock. The shares of common stock issuable and the proceeds expected to be received by the Company in the initial public offering are excluded from such pro forma information. See Note 7 for more details.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant items subject to such
F-8
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
estimates include revenue recognition, legal contingencies, income taxes including deferred tax asset valuation allowance, stock-based compensation, valuation of intangibles, valuation of common stock and valuation of the convertible preferred stock warrant. These estimates and assumptions are based on managements best estimates and judgment. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions using historical experience and other factors; however, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues are comprised of license and implementation revenues and SaaS and maintenance revenues.
License and Implementation
License and implementation revenues include revenues from the sale of perpetual software licenses for the Companys solutions and related implementation services. Based on the nature and scope of the implementation services, the Company has concluded that generally the implementation services are essential to its customers usability of its on-premise solutions, and therefore, the Company recognizes revenues from the sale of software licenses for its on-premise solutions and related implementation services on a percentage-of-completion basis over the expected implementation period. The Company estimates the length of this period based on a number of factors, including the number of licensed applications and the scope and complexity of the customers deployment requirements. The percentage-of-completion computation is measured by the hours expended on the implementation of the Companys software solutions during the reporting period as a percentage of the total hours estimated to be necessary to complete the implementation of the Companys software solutions.
SaaS and Maintenance
SaaS and maintenance revenues primarily include subscription and related implementation fees from customers accessing the Companys cloud-based solutions and revenues associated with maintenance and support contracts from customers using on-premise solutions. Also included in SaaS and maintenance revenues are other revenues, including revenues related to application support, training and customer-reimbursed expenses.
The Company recognizes SaaS revenues ratably beginning the day the customer is provided access to the subscription service through the end of the contract term. SaaS arrangements include multiple elements, comprised of subscription fees and related implementation services. Implementation services are complex and do not have a stand-alone value to the customers as the Company does not sell its services separately, the services are not sold separately by any other vendor and the customers cannot resell the implementation services on a standalone basis. As a result, the Company considers the entire arrangement consideration, including subscription fees and related implementation services, as a single unit of accounting in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASU No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (ASC Topic 605)Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements .
Maintenance and support revenues include post-contract customer support and the right to unspecified software updates and enhancements on a when and if available basis. Application support revenues include post-contract customer support for our software solutions including support for any
F-9
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
customer-specific configurations. Maintenance and support revenues, and application support revenues are recognized ratably over the period in which the services are provided. The revenues from training and customer-reimbursed expenses are recognized as the Company delivers these services.
Revenue Recognition
The Company commences revenue recognition when all of the following conditions are satisfied: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. However, determining whether and when some of these criteria have been satisfied often involves assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on the timing and amount of revenues the Company reports.
For multiple software element arrangements, the Company allocates the sales price among each of the deliverables using the residual method, under which revenue is allocated to undelivered elements based on their vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value. VSOE is the price charged when an element is sold separately or a price set by management with the relevant authority. The Company has established VSOE for maintenance and support, application support and training.
The Company does not offer any contractual rights of return, rebates or price protection. The Companys implementation projects generally have a term ranging from one to three years and may be terminated by the customer at any time. Should a loss be anticipated on a contract the full amount of the loss is recorded when the loss is determinable. The Company updates its estimates regarding the completion of implementations based on changes to the expected contract value and revisions to its estimates of time required to complete each implementation project. Amounts that may be payable to customers to settle customer disputes are recorded as a reduction in revenues or reclassified from deferred revenue to customer payables in other accrued liabilities.
Costs of Revenues
Cost of license and implementation revenues consists primarily of personnel-related costs including salary, bonus, stock-based compensation and overhead allocation as well as third-party contractors, royalty fees paid to third parties for the right to intellectual property and travel-related expenses. Cost of SaaS and maintenance revenues consists primarily of personnel-related costs including salary, bonus, stock-based compensation and overhead allocation as well as reimbursable expenses, third-party contractors and data center-related expenses.
Deferred cost of implementation services consists of costs related to implementation services that were provided to the customer but the revenues for the services have not yet been recognized, provided however that the customer is contractually required to pay for the services. These costs primarily consist of personnel costs. As of September 30, 2011 and 2012 and December 31, 2012, the deferred cost of implementation services totaled $0.8 million, $1.1 million and $1.3 million (unaudited), respectively.
Warranty
The Company provides limited warranties on all sales and provides for the estimated cost of warranties at the date of sale. The estimated cost of warranties has not been material to date.
F-10
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Foreign Currency Translation
The functional currency of the Companys foreign subsidiaries is their respective local currency. The Company translates all assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries to U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate as of the applicable consolidated balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate prevailing during the period. The effects of foreign currency translations are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a separate component of stockholders deficit in the accompanying consolidated statements of stockholders deficit. Realized gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in other income (expenses), net in the consolidated statements of operations and have not been material for all periods presented.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months at date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Companys cash equivalents are comprised of money market funds and are maintained with financial institutions with high credit ratings. The deposits in money market funds are not federally insured.
Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers
Credit risk is the risk of loss from amounts owed by financial counterparties. Credit risk can occur at multiple levels; as a result of broad economic conditions, challenges within specific sectors of the economy, or from issues affecting individual companies. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable.
The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments with major financial institutions. The Companys cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments consist of bank deposits held with banks and money market funds that, at times, exceed federally insured limits. The Company limits its credit risk by dealing with counterparties that are considered to be of high credit quality and by performing periodic evaluations of its investments and of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions.
In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to credit risk from its customers. To reduce credit risk, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers.
F-11
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following customers comprised 10% or more of the Companys accounts receivable at September 30, 2011 and 2012 and December 31, 2012 and of the Companys total revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively:
As of September 30 | As of December 31 | |||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | 2012 | ||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||
Accounts Receivable |
||||||||||||
Company A |
12 | % | * | % | * | % | ||||||
Company B |
11 | 14 | 12 | |||||||||
Company C |
10 | 14 | 12 | |||||||||
Company D |
* | * | * | |||||||||
Company E |
* | 11 | 17 | |||||||||
Company F |
* | * | * | |||||||||
Company G |
* | * | 12 |
Years Ended September 30, | Three Months Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
||||||||||||||||||||
Company A |
* | % | * | % | * | % | * | % | * | % | ||||||||||
Company B |
15 | 15 | 10 | 11 | * | |||||||||||||||
Company C |
* | * | 14 | 12 | 15 | |||||||||||||||
Company D |
* | 12 | * | * | * | |||||||||||||||
Company E |
* | * | * | * | 14 | |||||||||||||||
Company F |
13 | * | * | * | * | |||||||||||||||
Company G |
* | * | * | * | * |
* | Less than 10% |
F-12
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on our assessment of the collectability of accounts. The Company regularly reviews the adequacy of this allowance for doubtful accounts by considering historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the credit quality of the customers, current economic conditions, and other factors that may affect customers ability to pay to determine whether a specific allowance is appropriate. Accounts receivable deemed uncollectable are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts when identified. The table below presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012.
Years Ended
September 30, |
Three Months
Ended December 31, |
|||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | 2012 | ||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Opening balance |
$ | 9 | $ | 10 | $ | 55 | ||||||
Provision for doubtful accounts, net of reversals and recoveries |
10 | 55 | 8 | |||||||||
Write offs |
(9 | ) | (10 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Closing balance |
$ | 10 | $ | 55 | $ | 56 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue that has been recognized, but for which the Company has not invoiced the customer, amounting to $0.8 million, $2.3 million and $1.8 million (unaudited) is recorded as unbilled receivables and is included in accounts receivables in the consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2011 and 2012 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Invoices that have been issued before revenue has been recognized are recorded as deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets.
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of lease term or estimated useful lives of the assets.
The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are as follows:
Computer software and equipment |
2-5 years | |
Furniture and fixtures |
2-5 years | |
Leasehold improvements |
Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life |
Costs of maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or sale of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in statement of operations.
Capital Leases
Computer equipment leases are capitalized when the Company assumes substantially all risks and benefits of ownership of the computer equipment. Accordingly, the Company records the asset
F-13
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
and obligation at an amount equal to the lesser of the fair market value of the computer equipment or the net present value of the minimum lease payments at the beginning of the lease. Leased computer equipment is amortized using the straight-line basis over the shorter of its estimated useful life or the lease term.
Long-lived Assets
The Company continually monitors events and changes in circumstances that could indicate that carrying amounts of its long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets may not be recoverable. When such events or changes in circumstances occur, the Company assesses the recoverability of long-lived assets by determining whether the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through their undiscounted expected future cash flow. If the future undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of these assets, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. The Company did not recognize any impairment charges on its long-lived assets during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 (unaudited).
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The Company records goodwill when consideration paid in a purchase acquisition exceeds the fair value of the net tangible assets and the identified intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if facts and circumstances warrant a review. The Company has determined that there is a single reporting unit for the purpose of goodwill impairment tests. For purposes of assessing the impairment of goodwill, the Company annually estimates the fair value of the reporting unit and compares this amount to the carrying value of the reporting unit. If the Company determines that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge would be required. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company completed its annual impairment test of goodwill. Based upon that evaluation the Company determined that its goodwill was not impaired as of September 30, 2012.
Other intangible assets, consisting of developed technology, backlog, non-competition agreements and customer relationships, are stated at fair value less accumulated amortization. All intangible assets have been determined to have finite lives and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining economic lives, ranging from three to five years. Amortization expense related to developed technology is included in cost of SaaS and maintenance revenue while amortization expense related to backlog, non-competition agreements and customer relationships is included in sales and marketing expense.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The financial instruments of the Company consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, certain accrued liabilities and a stock warrant for convertible preferred stock of the Company. The Company regularly reviews its financial instruments portfolio to identify and evaluate such instruments that have indications of possible impairment. When there is no readily available market data, fair value estimates are made by the Company, which involves some level of management estimation and judgement and may not necessarily represent the amounts that could be realized in a current or future sale of these assets.
Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for financing obligations with similar terms and considering the Companys credit risks, the carrying value of the financing obligation approximates fair value.
F-14
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The current accounting guidance for fair value instruments defines a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures as follows:
Level 1Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2Input other than quoted prices included in Level I that are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs for similar assets and liabilities that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data; and
Level 3Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, which requires the Company to develop its own models and involves some level of management estimation and judgement.
The Companys Level 1 assets consist of money market fund securities and certificates of deposit. These instruments are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on quoted market prices in active markets.
The Companys Level 3 liabilities consist of a convertible preferred stock warrant and contingent consideration payable in connection with a business acquisition and are valued using a probability-weighted expected payout model to determine the expected payout to calculate the fair value. The key assumptions in applying the approach are the internal forecasted sales and contributions for the acquired business, the probability of achieving the milestone and an appropriate discount rate.
Research and Development and Capitalization of Software Development Costs
The Company generally expenses costs related to research and development, including those activities related to software solutions to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed. As such development work is essentially completed concurrently with the establishment of technological feasibility the Company has not capitalized any such development costs. The Company capitalizes certain software development costs incurred in connection with its cloud-based software platform for internal use. The Company capitalizes software development costs when application development begins, it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. When development becomes substantially complete and ready for its intended use, such capitalized costs will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, which is generally three years. Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred. The Company capitalized software development costs of $0, $1.2 million, $0 (unaudited) and $0.9 million (unaudited) during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 (unaudited), respectively.
Sales Commissions
Sales commissions are recognized as an expense upon contract signing. Substantially all of the compensation due to the sales force is earned at the time of the contract signing, with limited ability to recover any commissions paid if a contract is terminated.
F-15
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Advertising and Promotion Costs
Advertising and promotion costs are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred no advertising and promotion costs during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2011 (unaudited). The Company incurred $1,000 (unaudited) of advertising and promotion costs during the three months ended December 31, 2012.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted to our employees and directors including stock options and restricted stock is measured and recognized based on the estimated fair value of the award on the grant date. The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards. The fair value is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures on a straight-line basis, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. The Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model requires the use of subjective assumptions to determine the fair value of stock option awards, including the expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends. The Company periodically estimates the portion of awards which will ultimately vest based on its historical forfeiture experience. These estimates are adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the prior estimates.
Employee Benefit Plan
The Company has a savings plan that qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. There were no matching or discretionary employer contributions made to this plan during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 (unaudited).
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) No. 740 Accounting for Income Taxes (ASC 740). The Company makes certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax credits, tax benefits and deductions and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to our tax provision in the subsequent period when such a change in estimate occurs.
The Company regularly assesses the likelihood that its deferred income tax assets will be realized from future taxable income based on the realization criteria set forth in ASC 740. To the extent that the Company believes any amounts are not more likely than not to be realized, the Company records a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred income tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all available evidence, including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of tax planning strategies. In the event the Company determines that all or part of the net deferred tax assets are not realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. Similarly, if the Company subsequently realizes deferred income tax assets that were previously determined to be unrealizable, the respective valuation allowance would be reversed, resulting in an adjustment to earnings in the period such determination is made.
F-16
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2011 and 2012, the Company had gross deferred income tax assets, related primarily to net operating loss (NOL) carry forwards, deferred revenues, accruals and reserves that are not currently deductible and depreciable and amortizable items of $24.8 million and $27.5 million, respectively, which have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. Utilization of these net loss carry forwards is subject to the limitations of Internal Revenue Code Section 382. The Company recently concluded a study of NOL carry forwards and has determined that as of September 30, 2012, most of our NOL carry forwards are not subject to the limitations of Internal Revenue Code Section 382. However, in the future, some portion or all of these carry forwards may not be available to offset any future taxable income.
Segment
The Company has one operating segment with one business activity, developing and monetizing revenue management solutions. The Companys Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) is its Chief Executive Officer, who manages operations on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources. When evaluating performance and allocating resources, the CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by disaggregated information for the business operations of revenue management solutions.
Net Income (Loss) per Share
The Companys basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, which excludes unvested restricted stock awards. The diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, convertible preferred stock, the warrant, options to purchase common stock, unvested restricted stock awards and unvested restricted stock units are considered to be common stock equivalents.
Because the Company has issued securities other than common stock that participate in dividends with the common stock, or participating securities, it is required to apply the two-class method to compute the net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders. The Company determined that it has participating securities in the form of noncumulative convertible preferred stock that share in dividends with common stock. The two-class method requires that the Company calculate the net income per share using net income attributable to the common stockholders which will differ from the Companys net income. Net income attributable to the common stockholders is generally equal to the net income less assumed periodic preferred stock dividends with any remaining earnings, after deducting assumed dividends, to be allocated on a pro rata basis between the outstanding common and preferred stock as of the end of each period.
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited) were computed to give effect to the conversion of the convertible preferred stock and a preferred stock warrant using the as-if converted method into common stock as though the conversion had occurred as of October 1, 2011.
Deferred Offering Costs
Deferred offering costs consisted primarily of accounting and legal fees related to the Companys proposed initial public offering of its common stock. Approximately $0.7 million and $2.4 million (unaudited) of deferred offering costs are included in other assets on the Companys consolidated
F-17
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
balance sheet as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012. These costs were previously included in prepaid expenses. During the quarter ended December 31, 2012, the Company determined that such costs should be classified as non-current. Accordingly, the September 30, 2012 balance sheet has been revised to reclassify deferred offering costs from prepaid expenses (current) to other assets. Upon completion of the initial public offering contemplated herein, these amounts will be offset against the proceeds of the offering. If the offering is terminated, the deferred offering costs will be expensed.
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes foreign currency translation adjustments. In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-05 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income to provide guidance on increasing the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. This accounting standard update requires that the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, and is to be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has decided to adopt this guidance in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Out-of-Period Adjustments
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, the Company recorded revenues of $0.1 million, which were related to the prior year. The Company has determined that the impact of these adjustments recorded in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 were immaterial to its consolidated financial statements in the period in which the adjustments were recorded, as well as prior periods.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11 Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities requiring enhanced disclosures about certain financial instruments and derivative instruments that are offset in the consolidated balance sheets or that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements. This update will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, at which time the Company will include the required disclosures. The Company does not expect this to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02 IntangiblesGoodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment intended to simplify how an entity tests indefinite lived intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment by providing entities with an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. This accounting standard update will be effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim impairment tests performed as of a date before July 27, 2012, if a public entitys financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued or, for nonpublic entities, have not yet been made available for issuance. The Company does not expect this to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
F-18
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
3. Consolidated Balance Sheet Components
Components of prepaid expenses, property and equipment, goodwill and intangibles, other assets, accrued employee compensation and accrued liabilities consisted of the following:
Prepaid Expenses
As of
September 30, |
As of
December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | |||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Prepaid royalties |
$ | 198 | $ | 533 | $ | 465 | ||||||
Prepaid taxes |
173 | 260 | 307 | |||||||||
Other prepaid expenses |
809 | 1,453 | 588 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total prepaid expenses |
$ | 1,180 | $ | 2,246 | $ | 1,360 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and Equipment
As of
September 30, |
As of
December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | |||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Computer software and equipment |
$ | 5,309 | $ | 6,919 | $ | 7,161 | ||||||
Furniture and fixtures |
1,015 | 1,157 | 1,156 | |||||||||
Leasehold improvements |
606 | 792 | 773 | |||||||||
Software development costs |
| 1,158 | 2,060 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total property and equipment |
6,930 | 10,026 | 11,150 | |||||||||
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
(4,545 | ) | (5,713 | ) | (5,967 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Property and equipment, net |
2,385 | 4,313 | $ | 5,183 | ||||||||
Add: Construction in progress |
| 277 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total property and equipment, net |
$ | 2,385 | $ | 4,590 | $ | 5,183 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Computer equipment acquired under the capital leases is included in property and equipment and consisted of the following:
As of
September 30, |
As of
December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | |||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Computer software and equipment |
$ | 1,297 | $ | 1,470 | $ | 1,470 | ||||||
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
(347 | ) | (691 | ) | (818 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total computer software and equipment, net |
$ | 950 | $ | 779 | $ | 652 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense including amortization of assets under capital leases totaled $0.7 million, $1.0 million, $1.5 million, $0.3 million (unaudited) and $0.4 million (unaudited) for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.
F-19
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Estimated
Useful Life (in Years) |
As of
September 30, |
As of
December 31, 2012 |
||||||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | |||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Goodwill: |
||||||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of period |
$ | 319 | $ | 319 | $ | 1,509 | ||||||||||
Acquired during the period (1) |
| 1,190 | | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance at end of period |
$ | 319 | $ | 1,509 | $ | 1,509 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Intangible Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Developed technology (1) |
5 | $ | 1,636 | $ | 2,760 | $ | 2,760 | |||||||||
Backlog (1) |
5 | | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
Non-competition agreements (1) |
3 | | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
Customer relationships (1) |
3 | 860 | 1,018 | 1,018 | ||||||||||||
Less: Accumulated amortization |
(2,496 | ) | (2,730 | ) | (2,812 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | | $ | 1,248 | $ | 1,166 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Additions in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 are due to LeapFrogRx acquisitionsee Note 4 |
The Company recorded amortization expense related to the acquired intangible assets of $0.6 million, $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0 (unaudited) and $0.1 million (unaudited) during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.
Estimated future amortization expense for the intangible assets as of September 30, 2012 is as follows.
Years Ending
September 30, |
||||
(in thousands) | ||||
2013 |
$ | 331 | ||
2014 |
331 | |||
2015 |
270 | |||
2016 |
244 | |||
2017 |
72 | |||
|
|
|||
Total future amortization |
$ | 1,248 | ||
|
|
Other Assets
As of
September 30, |
As of
December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | |||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Deferred offering costs |
$ | | $ | 693 | $ | 2,353 | ||||||
Deferred cost of implementation services, net of current portion |
| | 282 | |||||||||
Other |
280 | 447 | 435 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total other assets |
$ | 280 | $ | 1,140 | $ | 3,070 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Accrued Employee Compensation
As of
September 30, |
As of
December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | |||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Consideration in connection with acquisition (Note 4) |
$ | | $ | 1,649 | $ | 1,958 | ||||||
Accrued employee benefits |
5,658 | 6,001 | 5,641 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total accrued employee compensation |
$ | 5,658 | $ | 7,650 | $ | 7,599 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued Liabilities
As of
September 30, |
As of
December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | |||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Taxes payable |
$ | 114 | $ | 37 | $ | 12 | ||||||
Other customer payables |
| 1,648 | 1,198 | |||||||||
Other accrued liabilities |
1,447 | 2,747 | 3,887 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total accrued liabilities |
$ | 1,561 | $ | 4,432 | $ | 5,097 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Acquisition
On January 18, 2012, the Company acquired certain assets of LeapFrogRx, Inc. (LeapFrogRx), a privately held cloud-based analytics solution provider for the pharmaceutical industry. The Company paid total purchase consideration of $3.0 million in cash.
The purchase price was allocated to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. The purchase accounting allocation resulted in intangible assets of $1.5 million and goodwill of $1.2 million. Intangible assets acquired included developed technology, backlog, non-competition agreements and customer relationships, and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 3 to 5 years. The key factors attributable to the creation of goodwill by the transaction are synergies in skill-sets, operations, customer base and organizational cultures.
F-21
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The allocation of the purchase price was as follows:
Amount | ||||
(in thousands) | ||||
Tangible assets |
$ | 685 | ||
Intangible assets: |
||||
Developed technology |
1,124 | |||
Backlog |
100 | |||
Non-competition agreements |
100 | |||
Customer relationships |
158 | |||
Liabilities assumed |
(1,024 | ) | ||
Payments due from seller |
667 | |||
Goodwill |
1,190 | |||
|
|
|||
Total purchase price |
$ | 3,000 | ||
|
|
Retention-Related Payments
In addition to the total purchase consideration of $3.0 million, the Company is contingently obligated to make additional payments, as described below, which are expected to be incurred through January 2015. These cash payments are subject to future employment and are considered compensatory in nature and are being recognized as compensation expense.
The Company made a payment of $3.0 million in July 2012. Additionally, payments of $1.0 million are due on each of January 2013, 2014 and 2015. Due to the employment service criteria associated with these payments, expenses are being recognized ratably over the term of each payment beginning from the date of the acquisition. The Company recognized compensation expenses of $4.3 million and $0.5 million (unaudited) during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012.
In addition, up to $1.0 million of earn-out consideration is payable each year based on revenue recognized during the twelve-month period ending January 2013 and the twelve-month period ending January 2014. Due to the employment service criteria associated with these payments, expenses are being recognized ratably over the term of each payment beginning from the date of acquisition. The Company recognized expenses of $0.4 million and credits of $0.1 million (unaudited) during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012.
The Company offered one-time retention bonus amounts to the former employees of LeapFrogRx, totaling $0.3 million payable in January 2013 and guaranteed bonus payments totaling $0.4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012, subject to continuous employment. In addition, the Company issued 600,000 shares of restricted stock to certain employees of LeapFrogRx (see Note 8).
Included in the Companys consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012, were revenues of approximately $6.0 million from LeapFrogRx since its acquisition in January 2012.
F-22
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Pro Forma Results (Unaudited)
Pro forma results assuming that the acquisition had occurred as of October 1, 2010 would have resulted in total revenues and net income of $74.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, total revenues and a net loss of $87.5 million and $5.8 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and total revenues and a net loss of $20.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively, for the three months ended December 31, 2011.
5. Financial Instruments
The table below sets forth the Companys cash equivalents, short-term investments and liabilities as of September 30, 2011 and 2012 and December 31, 2012, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy. The assets are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
As of September 30, 2011: |
||||||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents: |
||||||||||||||||
Money market funds |
$ | 17,870 | $ | | $ | | $ | 17,870 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Convertible preferred stock warrant (Note 7) |
$ | | $ | | $ | 403 | $ | 403 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
As of September 30, 2012: |
||||||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents: |
||||||||||||||||
Money market funds |
$ | 14,387 | $ | | $ | | $ | 14,387 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Contingent consideration in connection with a business acquisition (Note 4) |
$ | | $ | | $ | 354 | $ | 354 | ||||||||
Convertible preferred stock warrant (Note 7) |
$ | | $ | | $ | 748 | $ | 748 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
As of December 31, 2012 (unaudited): |
||||||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents: |
||||||||||||||||
Money market funds |
$ | 8,390 | $ | | $ | | $ | 8,390 | ||||||||
Short-term investments: |
||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit |
$ | 62 | $ | | $ | | $ | 62 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Contingent consideration in connection with a business acquisition (Note 4) |
$ | | $ | | $ | 204 | $ | 204 | ||||||||
Preferred stock warrants (Note 7) |
$ | | $ | | $ | 734 | $ | 734 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash equivalents in the above table exclude $0.6 million, $1.4 million and $4.2 million (unaudited) held in cash by the Company in its bank accounts as of September 30, 2011 and 2012 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
There were no transfers of assets and liabilities measured at fair value between Level 1 and Level 2, or between Level 2 and Level 3, during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012 (unaudited).
F-23
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
6. Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
The Company leases facilities under noncancelable operating leases, and leases certain computer equipment under capital leases and acquired certain equipment under an equipment loan. The operating lease for the Companys facilities in Redwood City, California was renewed for an additional 36 months beginning in July 2011. Rent expense under noncancelable operating leases for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $0.9 million, $1.1 million, $1.5 million, $0.3 million (unaudited) and $0.4 million (unaudited), respectively.
Multiple capital leases in the total amount of $1.3 million and $0 for computer equipment were executed during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, with two to three year terms. The leases contain an option to purchase at fair market value at the end of the term.
Loan Financing Arrangements
In October 2010, the Company entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement with a lender and refinanced its revolving credit facility with a term loan of $7.5 million. The principal amount outstanding bears a fixed interest rate at 8.0% per annum. This amended and restated loan and security agreement required interest only payments until October 1, 2011 and thirtysix (36) equal monthly installments of principal with accrued interest thereafter until maturity on October 1, 2014. In connection with the amended and restated loan and security agreement, a warrant to purchase 259,965 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $1.154 per share was issued to the lender (see Note 7). The Company pledged all assets excluding any intellectual property to the lender as collateral.
As of September 30, 2011 and 2012 and December 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $7.5 million, $5.2 million and $4.6 million (unaudited), respectively. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company recorded interest expense of $0.2 million, $0.5 million, $0.5 million, $0.2 million (unaudited) and $0.1 million (unaudited), respectively.
As of September 30, 2012, future minimum payments under operating leases, capital leases and loan obligations were as follows:
Operating
Leases |
Capital
Lease |
Loan
Obligations |
Total | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||
2013 |
$ | 1,690 | $ | 645 | $ | 2,829 | $ | 5,164 | ||||||||||
2014 |
1,322 | 329 | 2,626 | 4,277 | ||||||||||||||
2015 |
398 | | 210 | 608 | ||||||||||||||
2016 |
295 | | | 295 | ||||||||||||||
2017 |
168 | 168 | ||||||||||||||||
Thereafter |
115 | | | 115 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total future minimum payments |
$ | 3,988 | $ | 974 | $ | 5,665 | $ | 10,627 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Less: Amounts representing interest payments |
(70 | ) | (457 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Obligations excluding interest |
904 | 5,208 | ||||||||||||||||
Less: |
Current portion |
(555 | ) | (2,500 | ) | |||||||||||||
Discount |
| (81 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Noncurrent portion |
$ | 349 | $ | 2,627 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
F-24
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Indemnification Obligations
Each of the Companys software licenses contains the terms of the contractual arrangement with the customer and generally includes certain provisions for defending the customer against any claims that the Companys software infringes upon a patent, copyright, trademark, or other proprietary right of a third party. The software license also provides for indemnification by the Company of the customer against losses, expenses, and liabilities from damages that may be assessed against the customer in the event the Companys software is found to infringe upon such third party rights.
The Company has not had to reimburse any of its customers for losses related to indemnification provisions, and there were no material claims against the Company outstanding as of September 30, 2011 and 2012 and December 31, 2012 (unaudited). For several reasons, including the lack of prior indemnification claims and the lack of a monetary liability limit for certain infringement cases under the software license, the Company cannot estimate the amount of potential future payments, if any, related to indemnification provisions.
As permitted under Delaware law, the Company has indemnification arrangements with respect to its officers and directors, indemnifying them for certain events or occurrences while they serve as officers or directors of the Company.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of its business activities. The Company is not presently a party to any litigation the outcome of which, it believes, if determined adversely to the Company, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
7. Convertible Preferred Stock and Common Stock
Convertible Preferred Stock
As of September 30, 2011 and 2012 and December 31, 2012 (unaudited), convertible preferred stock was comprised of the following:
Shares | Aggregate | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Year | Issuance | Shares | Issued and |
Carrying |
Liquidation | |||||||||||||||||||
Issued | Price | Authorized | Outstanding | Value | Value | |||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share price) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Series A Preferred Stock |
2000 | $ | 0.500 | 2,000 | 2,000 | $ | 1,000 | $ | 1,000 | |||||||||||||||
Series B Preferred Stock |
2000 | $ | 3.500 | 8,571 | 8,571 | 29,800 | 30,000 | |||||||||||||||||
Series C Preferred Stock |
2004 | $ | 1.154 | 10,000 | 9,532 | 10,976 | 11,000 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total Convertible Preferred Stock | 20,571 | 20,103 | $ | 41,776 | $ | 42,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voting
The holders of our convertible preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such preferred stock is convertible.
Dividends
The holders of our convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, when and if declared by our Board of Directors (the Board), non-cumulative dividends equal to $0.04, $0.28 and $0.09 per share
F-25
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
per annum for Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, subject to adjustments, respectively. No dividends have been declared on Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock.
Redemption
Shares of convertible preferred stock are not mandatorily redeemable by the Company or at the option of the preferred stockholders, other than the liquidation preferences on the shares of the Companys convertible preferred stock.
Conversion
Each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock is, at the option of the holder, convertible into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis and is subject to adjustments for dilutive issuances. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is, at the option of the holder, convertible into 1.192095 shares of common stock, subject to adjustments for dilutive issuances.
The outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock automatically convert into common stock on the completion of an underwritten public offering of common stock under the Securities Act of 1933 in which the Company receives at least $25.0 million in aggregate cash proceeds and the offering price per share is at least $7.00. The outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock automatically convert into common stock on the completion of an underwritten public offering of common stock under the Securities Act of 1933 in which the Company receives at least $40.0 million in aggregate cash proceeds and the offering price per share is at least $3.46.
Liquidation
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, holders of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to, prior and in preference to the holders of common stock and Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, a liquidation preference of $1.154 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends. Also, upon the occurrence of such event, holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to, prior and in preference to holders of common stock, a liquidation preference of $0.50 and $3.50 per share, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. Any remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed pro-rata among the holders of the Companys common stock. These liquidity features cause the Companys convertible preferred stock to be classified as mezzanine equity, rather than a component of stockholders deficit.
Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant
On October 19, 2010, in connection with the loan agreement described in Note 6, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 259,965 shares of Companys Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $1.154 per share. The warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time on or before the expiration date of the 10-year anniversary from the issuance date. After the completion of this offering, this warrant will become exercisable for the same number of shares of common stock at the same exercise price per share.
The fair value of the outstanding warrant is classified within non-current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, and any changes in fair value are recognized as a component of other
F-26
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
income (expenses), net in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the warrant at issuance was $0.2 million (recorded as debt discount and amortized to interest expense over the loan term). Using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, the Company determined the fair value of each share issuable pursuant to the warrant to be $1.55, $2.88 and $2.83 (unaudited) as of September 30, 2011 and 2012 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The fair value of the warrant was estimated using the following assumptions.
Years Ended
September 30, |
Three Months
Ended December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | |||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||
Risk-free interest rate |
2.35 | % | 0.83 | % | 1.25 | % | ||||||
Dividend yield |
| | | |||||||||
Volatility |
40 | % | 53 | % | 48 | % | ||||||
Expected term (in years) |
9.05 | 8.05 | 7.80 |
The change in the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability is summarized below:
Years Ended
September 30, |
Three Months
Ended December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Opening balance |
$ | | $ | | $ | 403 | $ | 748 | ||||||||
Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrant |
| 160 | | | ||||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in fair value |
| 243 | 345 | (14 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Closing balance |
$ | | $ | 403 | $ | 748 | $ | 734 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
Common stock reserved for future issuance is as follows:
As of
September 30, |
As of
December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | |||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Convertible preferred stock |
21,750 | 21,750 | 21,750 | |||||||||
Convertible preferred stock warrant |
260 | 260 | 260 | |||||||||
Stock option plans |
||||||||||||
Outstanding |
11,360 | 13,737 | 13,401 | |||||||||
Available for grant |
2,968 | 2,947 | 3,114 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total common stock reserved for stock options |
14,328 | 16,684 | 16,515 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total common stock reserved for future issuance |
36,338 | 38,694 | 38,525 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
No dividends have been declared on the Companys common stock.
F-27
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
8. Stock-Based Compensation
The Board adopted the 2000 Stock Plan (2000 Plan) under which employees, directors and other eligible participants may be granted incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of the Companys common stock. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the 2000 Plan. The exercise price of the stock options shall not be less than the estimated fair value of the underlying shares of the common stock on the grant date. The fair value per share of the common stock is determined based on the factors such as the valuation studies, market conditions, industry trends, the companys plans and projections. Options that expire are canceled and returned to the 2000 Plan. Shares of restricted common stock that are unvested may be repurchased by the Company and returned to the 2000 Plan. Options generally vest over four years and expire ten years from the date of grant.
On June 15, 2010, the Companys Board adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (2010 Plan) under which employees, directors, and other eligible participants of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company may be granted incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options and all other types of awards to purchase shares of the Companys common stock. The total number of shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this 2010 Plan consists of (a) any authorized shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the 2000 Plan on the adoption date, (b) shares that are subject to issuance upon exercise of options granted under the Plan but cease to exist for any reason other than exercise of such options; and (c) shares that were issued under the Plan which are repurchased by the Company at the original issue price or forfeited. The exercise price of the options shall not be less than the estimated fair value of the underlying shares of the common stock on the grant date. The fair value per share of the common stock is determined based on the factors such as the valuation studies, market conditions, industry trends, the Companys plans and projections. Options that expire are canceled and returned to the 2010 Plan. Shares of restricted common stock that are unvested may be repurchased by the Company and returned to the 2010 Plan. Options generally vest over four years and expire ten years from the date of grant.
Stock-based compensation included in expenses above is as follows:
Years Ended
September 30 |
Three Months
Ended December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues: |
||||||||||||||||||||
License and implementation |
$ | 134 | $ | 92 | $ | 298 | $ | 77 | $ | 40 | ||||||||||
SaaS and maintenance |
41 | 29 | 561 | 24 | 74 | |||||||||||||||
Research and development |
133 | 127 | 297 | 97 | 54 | |||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing |
173 | 108 | 1,103 | 245 | 259 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
276 | 175 | 262 | 65 | 130 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total stock-based compensation |
$ | 757 | $ | 531 | $ | 2,521 | $ | 508 | $ | 557 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Stock Options
The following table summarizes activities under the Plan:
Outstanding Awards | ||||||||||||||||||||
Shares
Available for Grant |
Number of
Options |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price |
Number of
Restricted Stock Units |
Number of
Restricted Stock Awards |
||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except exercise price) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2009 |
1,834 | 11,449 | $ | 0.51 | | | ||||||||||||||
Granted |
(1,717 | ) | 1,717 | 0.58 | | | ||||||||||||||
Exercised/released |
| (182 | ) | 0.30 | | | ||||||||||||||
Forfeited |
523 | (523 | ) | 0.70 | | | ||||||||||||||
Expired |
251 | (251 | ) | 0.51 | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2010 |
891 | 12,210 | 0.51 | | | |||||||||||||||
Increase in shares reserved |
2,798 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Granted |
(2,036 | ) | 2,036 | 0.62 | | | ||||||||||||||
Exercised/released |
| (1,571 | ) | 0.27 | | | ||||||||||||||
Forfeited |
319 | (319 | ) | 0.60 | | | ||||||||||||||
Expired |
996 | (996 | ) | 0.78 | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2011 |
2,968 | 11,360 | 0.54 | | | |||||||||||||||
Increase in shares reserved |
4,000 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Granted |
(5,365 | ) | 4,705 | 3.35 | 60 | 600 | ||||||||||||||
Exercised/released |
| (1,044 | ) | 0.58 | | (600 | ) | |||||||||||||
Forfeited |
846 | (846 | ) | 1.48 | | | ||||||||||||||
Expired |
498 | (498 | ) | 0.53 | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance at September 30, 2012 |
2,947 | 13,677 | 1.45 | 60 | | |||||||||||||||
Granted (unaudited) |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Exercised/released (unaudited) |
| (169 | ) | 0.53 | | | ||||||||||||||
Forfeited (unaudited) |
158 | (158 | ) | 2.91 | | | ||||||||||||||
Expired (unaudited) |
9 | (9 | ) | 1.86 | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2012 (unaudited) |
3,114 | 13,341 | $ | 1.44 | 60 | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following table summarizes the significant range of the outstanding and exercisable options as of September 30, 2012:
Options Outstanding | Options Vested and Exercisable | |||||||||||||||||||
Range of Exercise Prices |
Number of
Shares Subject to Outstanding Options |
Weighted
Average Contractual Term (in Years) |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price |
Number of
Shares Subject to Exercisable Shares |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price |
|||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except contractual term and exercise price) | ||||||||||||||||||||
$0.10 - $0.26 |
3,049 | 2.79 | $ | 0.17 | 3,048 | $ | 0.17 | |||||||||||||
0.41 - 0.58 |
2,975 | 6.98 | 0.56 | 2,062 | 0.55 | |||||||||||||||
0.66 - 1.51 |
3,272 | 5.12 | 0.85 | 3,168 | 0.85 | |||||||||||||||
2.24 - 3.63 |
2,163 | 9.08 | 2.74 | 640 | 2.25 | |||||||||||||||
$4.00 |
2,218 | 9.94 | 4.00 | 2 | 4.00 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
13,677 | 6.41 | 1.45 | 8,920 | 0.65 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
The Company has recorded an expense of $0.8 million, $0.5 million, $1.3 million, $0.5 million (unaudited) and $0.4 million (unaudited) for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The Company has capitalized $0, $12,000 and $12,000 (unaudited) for stock options as part of the software development cost included in property and equipment on the consolidated balance sheets for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, respectively.
As of September 30, 2012, the Company had 12,325,229 shares subject to options that were fully vested and expected to vest, after estimated forfeitures, with a weighted average remaining contractual life of 6.08 years, weighted average exercise price of $1.25 and aggregate intrinsic value of $30.0 million. As of September 30, 2012, total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options was $4.0 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.12 years.
The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $0.25, $0.26 and $1.50 per share, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $35,000, $0.6 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:
Years Ended
September 30, |
Three Months Ended
December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock valuation |
$ | 0.58 | $ | 0.62 | $ | 3.19 | $ | 2.24 | * | |||||||||||
Risk-free interest rate |
2.44 | % | 2.00 | % | 0.97 | % | 1.12 | % | * | |||||||||||
Dividend yield |
| | | | * | |||||||||||||||
Volatility |
40 | % | 40 | % | 50 | % | 41 | % | * | |||||||||||
Expected term (in years) |
6.02 | 6.08 | 6.01 | 5.88 | * |
* | No grants in this period |
F-30
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The expected terms of options granted were calculated using the simplified method, determined as the average of the contractual term and the vesting period. Estimated volatility is derived from the historical closing prices of common shares of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available for the expected term of the option. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturities in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the option. We use historical data to estimate the number of future stock option forfeitures.
Restricted Stock Awards Issued to Certain Employees in Connection with the LeapFrogRx Acquisition
In January 2012, the Company issued 600,000 shares of common stock to certain employees of LeapFrogRx in connection with the acquisition of LeapFrogRx. Of these shares, 400,000 shares were subject to repurchase as of September 30, 2012. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012, total stock-based compensation expense recognized was $1.2 million and $0.2 million (unaudited), respectively. As of September 30, 2012, there was $0.9 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock. The expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.52 years. The total fair value on their respective vesting dates of restricted stock vested during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 was $0.7 million.
9. Income Taxes
The components of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows:
Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Domestic |
$ | 805 | $ | 1,098 | $ | (6,114 | ) | |||||
Foreign |
(20 | ) | 556 | 722 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income (loss) before taxes |
$ | 785 | $ | 1,654 | $ | (5,392 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company provides reserves for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries, unless the subsidiaries earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested outside the United States. As of September 30, 2012, U.S. income taxes were not provided for on the cumulative total of $1.0 million undistributed earnings from its foreign subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2012, the unrecognized deferred tax liability for these earnings was not material to the Companys consolidated financial statements.
F-31
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:
Years Ended
September 30, |
||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Current |
||||||||||||
Federal |
$ | (8 | ) | $ | | $ | | |||||
State |
106 | 31 | 8 | |||||||||
Foreign |
63 | 141 | 267 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
161 | 172 | 275 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Deferred |
||||||||||||
Federal |
| | 23 | |||||||||
State |
| | 3 | |||||||||
Foreign |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| | 26 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total provision for income taxes |
$ | 161 | $ | 172 | $ | 301 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax to the Companys effective tax:
Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Tax at statutory federal rate |
$ | 282 | $ | 563 | $ | (1,833 | ) | |||||
State tax, net of federal benefit |
54 | 81 | (214 | ) | ||||||||
Permanent differences |
273 | 308 | 87 | |||||||||
Foreign tax rate differential |
70 | (48 | ) | 22 | ||||||||
Change in valuation allowance |
(2,234 | ) | (435 | ) | 2,670 | |||||||
Research and development tax credits |
(472 | ) | (511 | ) | (393 | ) | ||||||
Change in state effective rate |
2,189 | 266 | | |||||||||
Other |
(1 | ) | (52 | ) | (38 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total provision for income taxes |
$ | 161 | $ | 172 | $ | 301 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recorded an income tax provision of $71,000 (unaudited) and $61,000 (unaudited) for the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, representing effective income tax rates of (12)% and (5)%, respectively. The Companys effective income tax rate during the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 differs from the Companys federal statutory rate of 34% primarily due to permanent differences for stock-based compensation and the impact of state income taxes, foreign tax rate differences and the change of valuation allowance.
F-32
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Deferred tax assets and liability consisted of the following:
As of
September 30, |
||||||||
2011 | 2012 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
$ | 772 | $ | 388 | ||||
Accruals and other |
1,106 | 2,097 | ||||||
Deferred revenue |
442 | 1,829 | ||||||
Net operating loss carryforward |
18,204 | 18,479 | ||||||
Research and development tax credits |
4,321 | 4,722 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deferred tax assets |
24,845 | 27,515 | ||||||
Valuation allowance |
(24,845 | ) | (27,515 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net deferred tax assets |
$ | | $ | | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax liability, noncurrent Intangible assets |
$ | | $ | 26 |
A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company has established a valuation allowance to offset net deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2011 and 2012 due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from its NOL carry forwards and other deferred tax assets. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 was an increase of approximately $2.7 million.
As of September 30, 2012, the Company had federal and state NOL carry forwards of approximately $47.2 million and $35.0 million, respectively, expiring beginning in 2021 for federal and 2013 for state. As of September 30, 2012, the Company had federal and state research credit carry forwards of approximately $3.1 million and $4.2 million, respectively, expiring beginning in 2020 for federal and indefinitely for state.
Internal Revenue Code Section 382 places a limitation (Section 382 Limitation) on the amount of taxable income that can be offset by NOL carry forwards after a change in control over a specified period of a loss corporation. The State of California has similar rules. Generally, after a control change, a loss corporation cannot deduct NOL carry forwards in excess of the Section 382 Limitation. An IRC Section 382 analysis has been performed as of September 30, 2012 and the Company determined there would be no effect on the NOL deferred tax asset.
As of September 30, 2012, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $1.7 million. It is unlikely that the amount of liability for unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change over the next twelve months. The Companys policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. As of September 30, 2012, there is a liability of $0.2 million related to uncertain tax positions recorded on the financial statements.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
Years Ended
September 30, |
||||||||
2011 | 2012 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the period |
$ | 1,230 | $ | 1,438 | ||||
Gross increase based on tax positions during the current period |
208 | 245 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the period |
$ | 1,438 | $ | 1,683 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-33
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
10. Net Income (Loss) Per Share
The following table sets forth the computation of the Companys basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders under the two-class method during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:
Years Ended September 30, |
Three Months Ended
December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except share and per share data) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Stockholders: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Numerator: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 624 | $ | 1,482 | $ | (5,693 | ) | $ | (675 | ) | $ | (1,313 | ) | |||||||
Assumed non-cumulative dividends to preferred stockholders |
(624 | ) | (1,482 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||
Undistributed earnings allocated to preferred stockholders |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic |
$ | | $ | | $ | (5,693 | ) | $ | (675 | ) | $ | (1,313 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Diluted: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Adjustments to net loss for dilutive options and restricted stock |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net loss attributable to common stockholders, diluted |
$ | | $ | | $ | (5,693 | ) | $ | (675 | ) | $ | (1,313 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Denominator: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted Average Shares Used in Computing Net (Loss) per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
21,082,810 | 21,971,388 | 23,445,775 | 22,868,891 | 24,085,125 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
$ | | $ | | $ | (0.24 | ) | $ | (0.03 | ) | $ | (0.05 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-34
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:
Years Ended September 30, |
Three Months Ended
December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2011 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares not used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders as considered anti-dilutive: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Stock options |
11,568,317 | 12,117,790 | 12,268,961 | 12,019,499 | 13,508,072 | |||||||||||||||
Restricted stock awards |
| | 281,420 | | 459,999 | |||||||||||||||
Preferred stock warrant |
| 246,433 | 259,965 | 259,965 | 259,965 |
The following table sets forth the computation of the Companys unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012:
Year Ended
September 30, 2012 |
Three Months Ended
December 31, 2012 |
|||||||
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share
|
||||||||
Numerator: |
||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (5,693 | ) | $ | (1,313 | ) | ||
Denominator: |
||||||||
Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share, basic |
23,445,775 | 24,085,125 | ||||||
Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock |
21,750,023 | 21,750,023 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share, basic |
45,195,798 | 45,835,148 | ||||||
Weighted average effect of dilutive stock options |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share, diluted |
45,195,798 | 45,835,148 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Pro forma net loss per share: |
||||||||
Basic and diluted |
$ | (0.13 | ) | $ | (0.03 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
11. Geographic Information
Revenues from External Customers
Revenues from customers outside the United States were 11%, 12% and 12% (unaudited) of total revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 and the three months ended December 30, 2011, respectively, and less than 10% of total revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 and the three months ended December 31, 2012 (unaudited).
F-35
MODEL N, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Long-Lived Assets
The following table sets forth the Companys property and equipment, net by geographic region:
As of
September 30, |
As of
December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||||
2011 | 2012 | |||||||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
United States |
$ | 1,373 | $ | 3,335 | $ | 4,069 | ||||||
Other |
1,012 | 1,255 | 1,114 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total property and equipment, net |
$ | 2,385 | $ | 4,590 | $ | 5,183 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. Subsequent Event
For the consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Company evaluated subsequent events through December 10, 2012, the date on which those consolidated financial statements were originally issued and through February 5, 2013, the date on which those consolidated financial statements were reissued. For its interim consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and for the three months then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through February 5, 2013, the date on which those consolidated financial statements were originally issued.
F-36
Shares
Common Stock
Prospectus
J.P. Morgan | Deutsche Bank Securities |
Stifel |
Pacific Crest Securities | Piper Jaffray | Raymond James |
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. Other | Expenses of Issuance and Distribution. |
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock being registered hereby. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the filing fee.
Amount Paid or
to be Paid |
||||
SEC registration fee |
$ | 10,230 | ||
FINRA filing fee |
11,750 | |||
initial filing fee |
* | |||
Printing and engraving |
* | |||
Legal fees and expenses |
* | |||
Accounting fees and expenses |
* | |||
Blue sky fees and expenses |
* | |||
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses |
* | |||
Miscellaneous |
* | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | * | ||
|
|
* | To be updated by amendment. |
ITEM 14. Indemnification | of Directors and Officers. |
We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporations board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrants restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal liability of a director for monetary damages resulting from breach of his fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:
|
for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders; |
|
for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
|
under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (regarding unlawful dividends, stock purchases or redemptions); or |
|
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. |
II-1
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrants restated bylaws provide that:
|
the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to certain very limited exceptions; |
|
the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law; |
|
the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to certain very limited exceptions; and |
|
the rights conferred in the restated bylaws are not exclusive. |
In addition, the Registrant will enter into indemnity agreements with each of its current directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide for the indemnification of directors and executive officers for all reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were agents of the Registrant.
The Registrant currently carries liability insurance for its directors and executive officers for securities matters.
The Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.01 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its directors, executive officers and controlling persons for certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or otherwise.
The indemnification provisions in the Registrants restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers is sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrants directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
ITEM 15. | Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. |
Since October 1, 2009, the Registrant has issued and sold the following unregistered securities:
(1) From October 1, 2009 to January 31, 2013, the Registrant granted options to purchase 9,118,399 shares of its common stock to its employees, directors, consultants and other service providers under its equity incentive plans, with exercise prices ranging from $0.00005 to $4.00 per share. These securities were issued in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act and/or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
(2) From October 1, 2009 to January 31, 2013, the Registrant issued 3,599,857 shares of its common stock to its employees, directors, consultants and other service providers upon exercise of options granted by the Registrant under its equity incentive plans, with exercise prices ranging from $0.00005 to $2.24 per share. These securities were issued in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act and/or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
(3) On October 19, 2010, the Registrant issued a Warrant to Purchase Stock exercisable for 259,965 shares of its Series C preferred stock to Silicon Valley Bank, with an exercise price of $1.154 per share. These securities were issued in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and/or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
II-2
(4) On January 18, 2012, the Registrant issued 600,000 shares of restricted stock to certain employees under its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. These securities were issued in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act and/or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
(5) On September 24, 2012, the Registrant granted a RSU to purchase 60,000 shares of common stock to an employee under its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. This security was issued in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act and/or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. With respect to the issuances of the securities described above deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, the recipients of securities in each such transaction represented that they were accredited investors and as to their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and option agreements issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant. With respect to the issuances exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, all sales of common stock made pursuant to the Registrants equity incentive plans or any non-plan stock option, including pursuant to exercise of stock options, were made in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act and/or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
ITEM 16. | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules. |
(a) Exhibits.
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Title |
|||
1.01 | * |
Form of Underwriting Agreement. |
||
3.01 |
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, in effect before the completion of this offering. |
|||
3.02 | * |
Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State upon the completion of this offering. |
||
3.03 |
Bylaws of the Registrant, in effect before the completion of this offering. |
|||
3.04 | * |
Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of this offering. |
||
4.01 | * |
Form of Registrants Common Stock certificate. |
||
4.02 |
Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated December 12, 2003 by and among Registrant and certain of its stockholders. |
|||
4.03 |
Warrant to purchase shares of Series C preferred stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated October 19, 2010. |
|||
5.01 | * |
Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding the legality of the securities being registered. |
||
10.01 | * |
Form of Indemnity Agreement to be entered into between Registrant and each of its officers and directors. |
||
10.02 |
2000 Stock Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement. |
|||
10.03 |
2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement. |
II-3
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Title |
|||
10.04 | * |
2013 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement. |
||
10.05 | * |
2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. |
||
10.06 |
Lease Agreement by and between Westport Office Park, LLC and Registrant dated March 24, 2006. |
|||
10.07 |
First Amendment to Lease by and between Westport Office Park, LLC and Registrant dated September 22, 2007. |
|||
10.08 |
Second Amendment to Lease by and between Westport Office Park, LLC and Registrant dated April 28, 2011. |
|||
10.09 |
Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated October 19, 2010 by and between Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank. |
|||
10.10 |
Employment offer letter dated June 14, 2012 by and between Registrant and Sujan Jain. |
|||
10.11 |
Employment offer letter dated August 21, 2012 by and between Registrant and Michael LaRoche. |
|||
21.01 |
Subsidiaries of Registrant. |
|||
23.01 |
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. |
|||
23.02 | * |
Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.01). |
||
24.01 |
Power of Attorney (see signature page hereto). |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are either inapplicable or the required information has been given in the Registrants consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
ITEM 17. | Undertakings. |
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-4
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Redwood City, State of California, on the 13th day of February 2013.
MODEL N, INC. | ||
B Y : | / S / Z ACK R INAT | |
Zack Rinat | ||
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Zack Rinat and Sujan Jain, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
Name |
Title |
Date |
||
/ S / Z ACK R INAT Zack Rinat |
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer ( Principal Executive Officer ) |
February 13, 2013 | ||
/ S / S UJAN J AIN Sujan Jain |
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer ( Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer ) |
February 13, 2013 | ||
Additional Directors: |
||||
/ S / J AMES W. B REYER James W. Breyer |
Director | February 13, 2013 | ||
/ S / S ARAH F RIAR Sarah Friar |
Director | February 13, 2013 | ||
*/ S / M ARK G ARRETT Mark Garrett |
Director | February 13, 2013 | ||
/ S / C HARLES J. R OBEL Charles J. Robel |
Director | February 13, 2013 |
II-6
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Title |
|||
1.01 | * |
Form of Underwriting Agreement. |
||
3.01 |
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, in effect before the completion of this offering. |
|||
3.02 | * |
Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State upon the completion of this offering. |
||
3.03 |
Bylaws of the Registrant, in effect before the completion of this offering. |
|||
3.04 | * |
Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of this offering. |
||
4.01 | * |
Form of Registrants Common Stock certificate. |
||
4.02 |
Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated December 12, 2003 by and among Registrant and certain of its stockholders. |
|||
4.03 |
Warrant to purchase shares of Series C preferred stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated October 19, 2010. |
|||
5.01 | * |
Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding the legality of the securities being registered. |
||
10.01 | * |
Form of Indemnity Agreement to be entered into between Registrant and each of its officers and directors. |
||
10.02 |
2000 Stock Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement. |
|||
10.03 |
2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement. |
|||
10.04 | * |
2013 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement. |
||
10.05 | * |
2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. |
||
10.06 |
Lease Agreement by and between Westport Office Park, LLC and Registrant dated March 24, 2006. |
|||
10.07 |
First Amendment to Lease by and between Westport Office Park, LLC and Registrant dated September 22, 2007. |
|||
10.08 |
Second Amendment to Lease by and between Westport Office Park, LLC and Registrant dated April 28, 2011. |
|||
10.09 |
Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated October 19, 2010 by and between Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank. |
|||
10.10 |
Employment offer letter dated June 14, 2012 by and between Registrant and Sujan Jain. |
|||
10.11 |
Employment offer letter dated August 21, 2012 by and between Registrant and Michael LaRoche. |
|||
21.01 |
Subsidiaries of Registrant. |
|||
23.01 |
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. |
|||
23.02 | * |
Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.01). |
||
24.01 |
Power of Attorney (see signature page hereto). |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
Exhibit 3.01
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
MODEL N, INC.
Model N, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the General Corporation Law),
DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
FIRST: That the name of this corporation is Model N, Inc. and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on December 14, 1999 under the name Model T1, Inc.
SECOND: That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:
RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
The name of this corporation is Model N, Inc.
ARTICLE II
The address of the registered office of this corporation in the State of Delaware is 15 East North Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.
ARTICLE III
The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
ARTICLE IV
A. Classes of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The total number
1
of shares that this corporation is authorized to issue is one hundred twenty million, five hundred seventy-one thousand, four hundred and twenty-eight (120,571,428) shares. One hundred million (100,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock with a par value of $.00005 per share and twenty million five hundred seventy-one thousand, four hundred and twenty-eight (20,571,428) shares shall be Preferred Stock, each with a par value of $.00005 per share.
B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock authorized by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, which series shall consist of 2,000,000 shares (the Series A Preferred Stock), the Series B Preferred Stock, which shall consist of 8,571,428 shares (the Series B Preferred Stock), and the Series C Preferred Stock, which shall consist of 10,000,000 shares (the Series C Preferred Stock and together with the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, the Preferred Stock), are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).
1. Dividend Provisions .
(a) The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of this corporation) on the Common Stock of this corporation, at the rate of $0.04 per share per annum for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.28 per share per annum for the Series B Preferred Stock and $0.09 per share per annum for the Series C Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like occurring after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) or, if greater (as determined on a per annum basis and on an as-converted basis for the Preferred Stock), an amount equal to that paid on any other outstanding shares of this corporation, payable when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. The holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis).
2. Liquidation Preference .
(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of this corporation to the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to $1,154 for each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock (the Original Series C Issue Price) plus declared but unpaid dividends on such share (subject to adjustment of such fixed dollar amounts for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock occurring after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation). If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of this corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock.
2
(b) Upon completion of the distribution required by subsection (a) of this Section 2, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of this corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to (i) $0.50 for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock (the Original Series A Issue Price) plus declared but unpaid dividends on such share (subject to adjustment of such fixed dollar amounts for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock occurring after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) and (ii) $3.50 for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock (the Original Series B Issue Price) plus declared but unpaid dividends on such share (subject to adjustment of such fixed dollar amounts for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock occurring after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation). If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds remaining after the distribution required by subsection (a) of this Section 2 are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire remaining assets and funds of this corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this subsection (b).
(c) Upon completion of the distribution required by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 2, all of the remaining assets of this corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.
(d)
(i) For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include (unless the holders of at least a majority of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall determine otherwise), (A) the acquisition of this corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) that results in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of this corporation; or (B) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of this corporation.
(ii) In any of such events, if the consideration received by this corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:
(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (B) below:
(1) If traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;
(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and
3
(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by this corporation and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock
(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholders status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by this corporation and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock.
(iii) In the event the requirements of this subsection 2(d) are not complied with, this corporation shall forthwith either:
(A) cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with; or
(B) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in subsection 2(d)(iv) hereof.
(iv) This corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than twenty (20) days prior to the stockholders meeting called to approve such transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and this corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after this corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after this corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock.
3. [Intentionally Omitted]
4. Conversion . The holders of Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the Conversion Rights):
(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of this corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined (i) for the Series A Preferred Stock by dividing the Original Series A Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion, (ii) for the Series B Preferred Stock by dividing the Original Series B Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion and (iii) for the Series C Preferred Stock by dividing the
4
Original Series C Issue Price by the Series C Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share for shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series A Issue Price; provided, however, that the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 4(d). The initial Conversion Price per share for shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be $2.9360076; provided, however, that the Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 4(d). The initial Conversion Price per share for shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series C Issue Price; provided, however, that the Conversion Price for the Series C Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 4(d).
(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such Series C Preferred Stock upon the earlier of (x) this corporations sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form SB-2 (or any successor to such forms) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the public offering price of which was not less than $3.46 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations of the like occurring after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) and which results in aggregate gross cash proceeds to this corporation of not less than $40,000,000 (before deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions) or (y) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable immediately upon the earlier of (x) this corporations sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form SB-2 (or any successor to such forms) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the public offering price of which was not less than $7.00 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations of the like occurring after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to this corporation of not less than $25,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) or (y) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis.
(c) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he or she shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of this corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to this corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. This corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the
5
conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.
(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations . The Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:
(i) (A) If this corporation shall issue, after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the Filing Date), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (including shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(i)(E)(l) or (2)) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by this corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (including shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(i)(E)(1) or (2)) plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the Filing Date there shall be no adjustment pursuant to this subsection 4(d)(i) to the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Stock for Additional Stock issued at a price per share (calculated on an as-converted to common stock basis) equal to or greater than the Original Series C Issue Price.
(B) No adjustment of the Conversion Prices for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments that are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward. Except to the limited extent provided for in subsections 4(d)(i)(E)(3) and 4(d)(i)(E)(4), no adjustment of such Conversion Price pursuant to this subsection 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.
(C) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by this corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.
(D) In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.
6
(E) In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the Filing Date) of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this subsection 4(d)(i) and subsection 4(d)(ii):
(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C) and (d)(i)(D)), if any, received by this corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.
(2) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of, or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by this corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by this corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C) and (d)(i)(D)).
(3) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to this corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof (unless such options or rights or convertible or exchangeable securities were merely deemed to be included in the numerator and denominator for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding for purposes of subsection 4(d)(i)(A)), the Conversion Prices of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.
(4) Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Prices of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities (unless such options or rights were merely deemed to be included in the numerator and denominator for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock
7
outstanding for purposes of subsection 4(d)(i)(A)), shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities that remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.
(5) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to subsections 4(d)(i)(E)(l) and (2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either subsection 4(d)(i)(E)(3) or (4).
(ii) Additional Stock shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(i)(E)) by this corporation after the Filing Date other than:
(A) Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in subsection 4(d)(iii) hereof;
(B) Common Stock issuable or issued to employees, consultants, directors or vendors (if in transactions with primarily non-financing purposes) of this corporation directly or pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan approved by the Board of Directors of this corporation;
(C) Common Stock, warrants or other securities or rights to persons or entities with which the Company has business relationships provided such issuances are for other than primarily equity financing purposes;
(D) securities issued in connection with an underwritten public offering of the Companys securities in which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are converted to Common Stock;
(E) securities issued in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by this corporation, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise; or
(F) Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.
(iii) In the event this corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as Common Stock Equivalents) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect
8
to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in subsection 4(d)(i)(E).
(iv) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Filing Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of each such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.
(e) Other Distributions . In the event this corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by this corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in subsection 4(d)(iii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this subsection 4(e), the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of this corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of this corporation entitled to receive such distribution.
(f) Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or Section 2) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable.
(g) No Impairment . This corporation will not, without the appropriate vote of the stockholders under the General Corporation Law or Section 6 of this Article IV(B), by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by this corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment.
(h) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .
(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole share. Whether or not fractional shares are issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion.
9
(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, this corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. This corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Preferred Stock.
(i) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by this corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, this corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least twenty (20) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.
(j) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . This corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, this corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
(k) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of this corporation.
5. Voting Rights .
(a) General Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders meeting in accordance with the bylaws of this corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights
10
available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).
(b) Voting for the Election of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of nine (9) members. As long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock originally issued remain outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of this corporation at each meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board of Directors are to be elected or whenever members of the Board of Directors are to be elected by written consent of the stockholders. As long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock originally issued remain outstanding, the holders of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of this corporation at each meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board of Directors are to be elected or whenever members of the Board of Directors are to be elected by written consent of the stockholders. The holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to elect any remaining directors of this corporation.
In the case of any vacancy (other than a vacancy caused by removal) in the office of a director occurring among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock pursuant to this Section 5(b), the remaining directors so elected by that class or series may by affirmative vote of a majority thereof (or the remaining director so elected if there be but one, or if there are no such directors remaining, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of that class or series), elect a successor or successors to hold office for the unexpired term of the director or directors whose place or places shall be vacant. Any director who shall have been elected by the holders of a class or series of stock or by any directors so elected as provided in the immediately preceding sentence hereof may be removed during the aforesaid term of office, either with or without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to unanimous written consent.
6. Protective Provisions .
(a) So long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as one class and on an as-converted basis):
(i) sell, convey, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business or merge into or consolidate with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary corporation) or effect any transaction or series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of this corporation is disposed of;
(ii) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares of such class;
(iii) increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;
11
(iv) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having a preference over, or being on a parity with, the Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, liquidation, redemption or voting other than the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of Series C Preferred Stock;
(v) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for this corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which this corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost or at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment;
(vi) pay any dividend on the Common Stock; or
(vii) change the number of authorized directors of this corporation.
(b) In addition to the foregoing, so long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (voting together as one class and on an as-converted basis):
(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares of such Series in a manner that is different from or disadvantageous relative to any other Series of Preferred Stock;
(ii) amend or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Companys Bylaws so as to affect adversely the shares of such Series in a manner that is different from or disadvantageous relative to any other Series of Preferred Stock; or
(iii) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, or create by reclassification any other equity security, including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having a preference over, or being on a parity with, the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, liquidation, redemption or voting, including the issuance of, or any obligation to issue, authorized but unissued shares of Series C Preferred Stock other than 9,532,063 shares issued pursuant to that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 12, 2003.
7. Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this corporation. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in this corporations authorized capital stock.
C. Common Stock . The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Common Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(C).
12
1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of this corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.
2. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, the assets of this corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Division (B) of Article IV hereof.
3. Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote for each such share, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders meeting in accordance with the bylaws of this corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.
ARTICLE V
Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of this corporation.
ARTICLE VI
The number of directors of this corporation shall be fixed from time to time by a bylaw or amendment thereof duly adopted by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, unless such number is otherwise set forth herein.
ARTICLE VII
Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of this corporation shall so provide.
ARTICLE VIII
Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of this corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of this corporation.
ARTICLE IX
A director of this corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as it now exists or as it may hereafter be amended, not be personally liable to this corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to this corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law is amended, after approval by the stockholders of this Article, to authorize corporation action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then
13
the liability of a director of this corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as so amended.
Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article IX, or the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article IX, by the stockholders of this corporation shall not apply to or adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption.
ARTICLE X
This corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
ARTICLE XI
To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents of this corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits this corporation to provide indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable General Corporation Law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to this corporation, its stockholders, and others.
Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article XI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, agent, or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any such person with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer, agent or other person occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.
* * *
THIRD: That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.
FOURTH: That said amendment and restatement was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by the President of this corporation on this 11 th day of December, 2009.
/s/ Zack Rinat |
Zack Rinat, President |
14
Exhibit 3.03
BYLAWS OF
MODEL T1, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
ARTICLE I. |
OFFICES |
1 | ||||
ARTICLE II. |
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS |
1 | ||||
ARTICLE III. |
DIRECTORS |
3 | ||||
ARTICLE IV. |
NOTICES |
5 | ||||
ARTICLE V. |
OFFICERS |
5 | ||||
ARTICLE VI. |
CERTIFICATE OF STOCK |
8 | ||||
ARTICLE VII. |
GENERAL PROVISIONS |
9 | ||||
ARTICLE VIII. |
AMENDMENTS |
11 | ||||
ARTICLE IX. |
LOANS TO OFFICERS |
12 |
BYLAWS
OF
MODEL T1, INC.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
1.1 The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.
1.2 The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
2.1 All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Menlo Park, State of California, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.
2.2 Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 1999, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
2.3 Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.
2.4 The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
2.5 Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning at least fifty percent (50%) in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.
2.6 Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.
2.7 Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
2.8 The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
2.9 When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
2.10 Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
2.11 Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting
2
at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
3.1 The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.
3.2 Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.
3.3 The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
3.4 The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.
3.5 The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.
3
3.6 Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.
3.7 Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the president on two (2) days notice to each director by mail or forty-eight (48) hours notice to each director either personally or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two (2) directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.
3.8 At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
3.9 Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
3.10 Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
3.11 The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.
In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the
4
corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporation Law of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these bylaws.
3.12 Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
3.13 Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
3.14 Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.
ARTICLE IV
NOTICES
4.1 Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.
4.2 Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
5.1 The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a president, treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors may elect from among
5
its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.
5.2 The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a treasurer, and a secretary and may choose vice-presidents.
5.3 The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
5.4 The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
5.5 The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
5.6 The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall be present. He shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.
5.7 In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall be present. He shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.
THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS
5.8 The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation; and in the absence of the Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; he shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.
5.9 He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.
6
5.10 In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, if any, (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY
5.11 The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.
5.12 The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS
5.13 The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.
5.14 He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.
5.15 If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.
7
5.16 The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATE OF STOCK
6.1 Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.
Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.
If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
6.2 Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
LOST CERTIFICATES
6.3 The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to
8
have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
TRANSFER OF STOCK
6.4 Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.
FIXING RECORD DATE
6.5 In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholder or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
6.6 The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
DIVIDENDS
7.1 Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at
9
any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.
7.2 Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
CHECKS
7.3 All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
FISCAL YEAR
7.4 The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
SEAL
7.5 The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words Corporate Seal, Delaware. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
INDEMNIFICATION
7.6 The corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of being a director of the corporation or a predecessor corporation or, at the corporations request, a director or officer of another corporation; provided, however, that the corporation shall indemnify any such agent in connection with a proceeding initiated by such agent only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. The indemnification provided for in this Section 7.6 shall: (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The corporations obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 7.6 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation or any other person.
10
Expenses incurred by a director of the corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director of the corporation (or was serving at the corporations request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to an agent who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation that alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such agent, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agents fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such agents duty to the corporation or its stockholders.
The foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.
The Board of Directors in its discretion shall have power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director, made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was an officer or employee of the corporation.
To assure indemnification under this Section 7.6 of all directors, officers and employees who are determined by the corporation or otherwise to be or to have been fiduciaries of any employee benefit plan of the corporation that may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware shall, for the purposes of this Section 7.6, be interpreted as follows: an other enterprise shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of the corporation that is governed by the Act of Congress entitled Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time; the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed fines.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
8.1 These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders
11
or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate or incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.
ARTICLE IX
LOANS TO OFFICERS
10.1 The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.
12
Exhibit 4.02
AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
December 12, 2003
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||
1. Registration Rights |
1 | |||
1.1 Definitions |
1 | |||
1.2 Request for Registration |
2 | |||
1.3 Company Registration |
4 | |||
1.4 Form S-3 Registration |
5 | |||
1.5 Obligations of the Company |
6 | |||
1.6 Information from Holder |
7 | |||
1.7 Expenses of Registration |
7 | |||
1.8 Delay of Registration |
7 | |||
1.9 Indemnification |
7 | |||
1.10 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934 |
9 | |||
1.11 Assignment of Registration Rights |
10 | |||
1.12 Market Stand-Off Agreement |
10 | |||
1.13 Termination of Registration Rights |
11 | |||
2. Covenants of the Company |
11 | |||
2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements |
11 | |||
2.2 Inspection |
12 | |||
2.3 Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants |
12 | |||
2.4 Right of First Offer |
12 | |||
2.5 Qualified Small Business Stock Status |
13 | |||
2.6 Observer Rights |
14 | |||
2.7 Termination of Certain Covenants |
14 | |||
3. Miscellaneous |
14 | |||
3.1 Successors and Assigns |
14 | |||
3.2 Governing Law |
14 | |||
3.3 Counterparts |
14 | |||
3.4 Titles and Subtitles |
14 | |||
3.5 Notices |
15 | |||
3.6 Expenses |
15 | |||
3.7 Entire Agreement: Amendments and Waivers |
15 | |||
3.8 Severability |
15 | |||
3.9 Aggregation of Stock |
15 |
i
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT is made as of the 12 th day of December, 2003, by and among Model N, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is herein referred to as an Investor.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the Existing Investors) hold shares of the Companys Series B Preferred Stock and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof (the Series B Preferred Stock) and possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer, and other rights pursuant to an Investors Rights Agreement dated as of June 14, 2000 among the Company, and such Existing Investors (the Prior Agreement); and
WHEREAS, the Existing Investors are holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities of the Company (as defined in the Prior Agreement), and desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement; and
WHEREAS, certain Investors are parties to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith among the Company and certain of the Investors (the Series C Agreement), which provides that as a condition to the closing of the sale of the Series C Preferred Stock of the Company (the Series C Preferred Stock and together with the Series B Preferred Stock, the Preferred Stock), this Agreement must be executed and delivered by such Investors, Existing Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities of the Company (as defined in the Prior Agreement) and the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the Company and the Existing Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:
1. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:
1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:
(a) The term Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(b) The term Form S-3 means such form under the Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.
(c) The term Holder means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.11 hereof
(d) The term Initial Offering means the Companys first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Act.
(e) The term 1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(f) The term register, registered, and registration refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.
(g) The term Registrable Securities means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, and (ii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in (i) above, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his rights under this Section 1 are not assigned.
(h) The number of shares of Registrable Securities outstanding shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding that are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities that are, Registrable Securities.
(i) The term SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
1.2 Request for Registration .
(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 1.2, if the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) three (3) months after the effective date of the Initial Offering, a written request from the Holders of thirty percent (30%) or more of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the Initiating Holders) that the Company file a registration statement under the Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $10,000,000, then the Company shall, within twenty (20) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 1.2, use all reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Act of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days of the mailing of the Companys notice pursuant to this Section 1.2(a).
(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the
2
Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.2(a). In such event the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holders participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holders Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities underwritten (including Registrable Securities), then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders). Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.
(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:
(i) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Act; or
(ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective; or
(iii) during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Companys good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration subject to Section 1.3 below, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or
(iv) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of Registrable Securities that may be registered on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 1.4 hereof; or
(v) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2, a certificate signed by the Companys Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period.
3
1.3 Company Registration .
(a) If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Act in connection with the public offering of such securities (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company, in accordance with Section 3.5, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.3(c), use all reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.
(b) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 1.7 hereof.
(c) Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Companys capital stock, the Company shall not be required under this Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters) and enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with an underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling Holders), but in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the Companys Initial Offering, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholders securities are included, or (ii) notwithstanding (i) above, any shares being sold by a stockholder exercising a demand registration right similar to that granted in Section 1.2 be excluded from such offering. For purposes of the preceding
4
parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a Holder of Registrable Securities and that is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single selling Holder, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such selling Holder shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all such related entities and individuals.
1.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from the Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company shall:
(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and
(b) use all reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holders Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this section 1.4:
(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;
(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters discounts or commissions) of less than $1,000,000;
(iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4; provided, however, that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve month period;
(iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registration on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4; or
5
(v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.
(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as requests for registration effected pursuant to Sections 1.2.
1.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:
(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed;
(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;
(c) furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;
(d) use all reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;
(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering;
(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act or the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;
6
(g) cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and
(h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.
1.6 Information from Holder . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holders Registrable Securities.
1.7 Expenses of Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be requested in the withdrawn registration) unless in the case of a registration requested under Section 1.2, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2, provided however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 1.2 or 1.4.
1.8 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.
1.9 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:
(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners or officers, directors and stockholders of each Holder, legal counsel and accountants for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities
7
laws, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a Violation): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person; provided further, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or underwriter, or any person controlling such Holder or underwriter, from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased shares in the offering, if a copy of the prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Holder or underwriter to such person, if required by law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the shares to such person, and if the prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability.
(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.9(b), for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.9(b) exceed the gross proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.
8
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.9, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.9.
(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.
(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.
1.10 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934 . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the
9
Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:
(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the Initial Offering;
(b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and
(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.
1.11 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities that (i) is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner or stockholder of a Holder, (ii) is a Holders family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (iii) after such assignment or transfer, holds at least 400,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations), provided: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Section 1.13 below; and (c) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Act.
1.12 Market Stand-Off Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Companys Initial Offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any
10
such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 1.12 shall apply only to the Companys Initial Offering, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers, directors and greater than one percent (1%) stockholders of the Company enter into similar agreements. The underwriters in connection with the Companys public offerings are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 1.13 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.
In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.
1.13 Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after five (5) years following the consummation of the Initial Offering or, as to any Holder, such earlier time at which all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (and any affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can be sold in any three (3)-month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 of the Act.
2. Covenants of the Company .
2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Investor that holds 400,000 shares of Preferred Stock (and/or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations ) (a Major Investor),
(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholders equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;
(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter; and
(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows for such months and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company.
11
2.2 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor at such Investors expense, to visit and inspect the Companys properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Companys affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.
2.3 Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants . The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate as to Investors and be of no further force or effect when the sale of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Act in connection with the firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public is consummated or when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, whichever event shall first occur.
2.4 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this paragraph 2.4, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a Major Investor includes any general partners and affiliates of a Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its partners and affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.
Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (Shares), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions.
(a) The Company shall deliver a notice in accordance with Section 3.5 (Notice) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.
(b) By written notification received by the Company, within twenty (20) calendar days after receipt of the Notice, the Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares that equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion of all convertible securities). The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (a Fully-Exercising Investor) of any other Major Investors failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after such information is given, each Fully-Exercising Investor may elect to purchase that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held,
12
or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held, by all Fully-Exercising Investors who wish to purchase some of the unsubscribed shares.
(c) If all Shares that Investors are entitled to obtain pursuant to subsection 2.4(b) are not elected to be obtained as provided in subsection 2.4(b) hereof, the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.4(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within ninety (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.
(d) The right of first offer in this paragraph 2.4 shall not be applicable to (i) the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock (or options therefor) to employees, directors and consultants for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services; (ii) the issuance of securities pursuant to a bona fide, firmly underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock, registered under the Act resulting in proceeds to the Company of at least $25,000,000 in the aggregate, (iii) the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities, (iv) the issuance of securities in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, (v) the issuance of stock, warrants or other securities or rights to persons or entities with which the Company has business relationships provided such issuances are for other than primarily equity financing purposes or (vi) the issuance and sale of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series C Agreement.
2.5 Qualified Small Business Stock Status . In the event that the Company proposes to take an action or engage in a transaction that would reasonably be expected to result in the Shares no longer being qualified small business stock within the meaning of Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), the Company shall notify the Investors and consult in good faith to attempt to devise a mutually agreeable and reasonable alternative course of action or transaction structure that would preserve such status; provided, however, that after such consultation, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine whether to engage in such a transaction. The Company shall submit to the Investors and to the Internal Revenue Service any reports that may be required under Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Code and any related Treasury Regulations. In addition, within ten (10) days after any Investor has delivered to the Company a written request therefor, the Company shall deliver to such Investor a written statement informing the Investor whether, in the Companys good-faith judgment after a reasonable investigation, such Investors interest in the Company constitutes qualified small business stock as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code, or would constitute qualified small business stock, if determination of whether stock constitutes qualified small business stock were made by taking into account the modifications set forth in Section 1045(b)(4) of the Code. The Companys obligation to furnish a written statement pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall continue notwithstanding the fact that a class of the Companys stock may be traded on an established securities market.
13
2.6 Observer Rights . As long as Meritech Capital Partners II, L.P. (Meritech) owns not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock it is purchasing under the Series C Agreement (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of Meritech to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and, provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or would result in disclosure of trade secrets to such representative or if such Investor or its representative is a direct competitor of the Company.
2.7 Termination of Certain Covenants . The covenants set forth in Sections 2.4 and 2.6, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of the Companys Initial Offering the price of which is not less than (A) $2.31 per share if the Initial Offering is consummated within the eighteen months after the date of this Agreement or (B) $3.46 per share if the Initial Offering is consummated thereafter (each such fixed dollar amount as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations of the like) and which in the case of both clause (A) and clause (B) results in gross aggregate cash proceeds to this corporation of not less than $40,000,000 (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions).
3. Miscellaneous .
3.1 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
3.2 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.
3.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
3.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
14
3.5 Notices . Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery to the party to be notified or upon delivery by confirmed facsimile transmission, nationally recognized overnight courier service, or five (5) days after deposit with the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and addressed to the party to be notified at the address indicated for such party on the signature page hereof, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties.
3.6 Expenses . If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.
3.7 Entire Agreement: Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety and shall be of no further force or effect. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of the Agreement by the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Series C Agreement.
3.8 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
3.9 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.
15
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
MODEL N, INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ Zack Rinat |
|
Zack Rinat | ||
Its: | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO MODEL N, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
INVESTORS: |
||||
ACCEL VIII L.P. | ||||
By: | Accel VIII Associates L.L.C. | |||
Its General Partner | ||||
By: |
/s/ illegible |
|||
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT | ||||
ACCEL INTERNET FUND IV L.P. | ||||
By: | Accel VIII Associates L.L.C. | |||
Its General Partner | ||||
By: |
/s/ illegible |
|||
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT | ||||
ACCEL INVESTORS 2000 L.L.C. | ||||
By: |
/s/ illegible |
|||
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT | ||||
c/o ACCEL PARTNERS 428 UNIVERSITY AVENUE PALO ALTO, CA 94301 |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO MODEL N, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
INVESTORS: | ||||
Accel-KKR Company L.L.C. | ||||
By: |
/s/ illegible |
|||
Its: |
|
|||
Address: | ||||
2500 Sandhill Rd. | ||||
Menlo Park, CA 94025 |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO MODEL N, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
INVESTORS | ||
MERITECH CAPITAL PARTNERS II L.P. | ||
By: | Meritech Capital Associates II L.L.C | |
its General Partner | ||
By: | Meritech Management Associates II L.L.C. | |
a managing member | ||
By: |
/s/ Paul Madera |
|
Paul Madera, a managing member | ||
MERITECH CAPITAL AFFILIATES II L.P. | ||
By: | Meritech Capital Associates II L.L.C. | |
its General Partner | ||
By: | Meritech Management Associates II L.L.C. | |
a managing member | ||
By: |
/s/ Paul Madera |
|
Paul Madera, a managing member | ||
MCP ENTREPRENEUR PARTNERS II L.P. | ||
By: | Meritech Capital Associates II L.L.C. | |
its General Partner | ||
By: | Meritech Management Associates II L.L.C | |
a managing member | ||
By: |
/s/ Paul Madera |
|
Paul Madera, a managing member |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO MODEL N, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
INVESTORS | ||
LESLIE FAMILY TRUST U/A 2/7/96 | ||
By: |
/s/ Mark Leslie |
|
Mark Leslie, Trustee |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO MODEL N, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE A
LIST OF INVESTORS
Zack Rinat
Accel-KKR Company L.L.C.
Accel VIII L.P.
Accel Internet Fund IV L.P
Accel Investors 2000 L.L.C.
Meritech Capital Partners II L.P
Meritech Capital Affiliates II L.P.
MCP Entrepreneur Partners II L.P.
Leslie Family Trust U/A 2/7/96
Andrew J. Harman Revocable Trust
G. Kirk Raab
Elk Partners
Robert and Susan Green, Life Tenants
Andreessen 1996 Living Trust Marc L Andreessen and Michael Mohr trustees
International Capital Holdings LLC
Maltan Holdings
Achidim Investments 2 Ltd
Isabella Trust, Petri Vainio, trustee
Schmidt Family Living Trust
AJ and Tony Bamert
Cary Berman and Roy Hamm
Mark Berman
Martin and Jacqueline Berman
David S. Koz, Trustee of the Edler Trust Dated as of 7/29/99
Michael Kretchmar
George Pastor
Paul Goldstein
Mark Tebbe
David Hayden
Lighthouse Capital Partners IV, L.P.
Reflection Advances Sciences Ltd
Gahl Rinat Trust
Danielle Rinat Trust
SIGNATURE PAGE TO MODEL N, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Exhibit 4.03
THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK
Company: | MODEL N, INC., a Delaware corporation | |
Number of Shares: | That number of shares equal to $300,000 divided by the Warrant Price | |
Class of Stock: | Series C Preferred | |
Warrant Price: | $1.154 per share | |
Issue Date: | October 19, 2010 | |
Expiration Date: | The 10 th anniversary after the Issue Date | |
Credit Facility: | This Warrant is issued in connection with the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated October 19, 2010. |
THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, Holder) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the Shares) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.
ARTICLE 1
EXERCISE
1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.
1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the number of Shares being converted (or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.
1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Companys common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised
immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Companys initial public offering, the price to public per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Companys common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Companys common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Companys initial public offering, the initial price to public per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Companys common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Companys common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.
1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.
1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation or surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.
1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .
1.6.1 Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Companys securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.
1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .
(A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.
(B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an arms length sale of all or substantially all of the Companys assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a True Asset Sale), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this
2
Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.
(C) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer, the Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.
(D) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A), (B) and (C) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.
As used herein Affiliate shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such persons or entitys officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.
ARTICLE 2
ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES
2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increases the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.
2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Companys Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation upon the closing
3
of a registered public offering of the Companys common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.
2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Companys Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Companys Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.
2.4 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holders rights under this Article against impairment.
2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.
2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Companys expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.
ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:
4
(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold.
(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.
(c) The Companys capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.
3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Companys capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Companys stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Companys securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holders accounting or reporting requirements.
3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain piggyback and S-3 registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Companys investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement. The provisions set forth in the Companys Investors Right Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.
3.4 No Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.
5
ARTICLE 4
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER
Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holders account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act, Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.
4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.
4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holders investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.
4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.
4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holders investment intent as expressed herein, Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.
ARTICLE 5
MISCELLANEOUS
5.1 Term . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.
5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
6
THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company) and unless transferee makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of this Warrant and agrees to be bound by all other provisions of this Warrant. The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (Bank) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Banks parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holders notice of proposed sale.
5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.
5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:
SVB Financial Group
Attn: Treasury Department
3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200
Santa Clara, California 95054
Telephone: 408-654-7400
Facsimile: 408-496-2405
7
Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:
Model N, Inc. | ||||
1800 Bridge Parkway | ||||
Redwood Shores, California 94065 | ||||
Attn: |
|
|||
Telephone: |
|
|||
Facsimile: |
|
5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
5.7 Attorneys Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys fees.
5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to ail Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.
5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
5.10 Market Stand-Off Provision . Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the Market Stand-Off provision (the Market Stand Off Provision) in Section 1.12 of Companys Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated December 12, 2003 (the Rights Agreement). The Market Stand-Off Provision set forth in the Rights Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.
5.11 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.
[Signature page follows.]
8
COMPANY | ||
MODEL N, INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ Marianne Zhen |
|
Name: |
Marianne Zhen |
|
Title: |
Corporate Controller |
|
HOLDER | ||
SILICON VALLEY BANK | ||
By: |
/s/ Mike Meier |
|
Name: |
Mike Meier |
|
Title: |
Relationship Manager |
SCHEDULE 1
CAPITALIZATION TABLE
Model N, Inc.
Summary Capitalization Table
Authorized
(as of 12/11/09) |
Shares
as Issued |
Conversion
Ratio |
Shares
as Converted |
% As Issued | % As Converted | |||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock (par value $0.00005): |
100,000,000 | 21,178,681 | 1.000000 | 21,178,681 | 38.76 | % | 37.62 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Preferred Stock (par value $0.00005): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Series A |
2,000,000 | 2,000,000 | 1.000000 | 2,000,000 | 3.66 | % | 3.55 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Series B |
8,571,428 | 8,571,428 | 1.192095 | 10,217,960 | 15.69 | % | 18.15 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Series C |
10,000,000 | 9,532,063 | 1.000000 | 9,532,063 | 17.44 | % | 16.93 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Warrant: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Series C |
259,965 | 1.000000 | 259,965 | 0.48 | % | 0.46 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2000 Stock Plan: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Outstanding |
10,537,143 | 1.000000 | 10,537,143 | 19.28 | % | 18.72 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2010 Equity Incentive Plan: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Outstanding |
2,469,532 | 1.000000 | 2,469,532 | 4.52 | % | 4.39 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Available for Grant |
94,529 | 1.000000 | 94,529 | 0.17 | % | 0.17 | % | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Totals: |
54,643,341 | 56,289,873 | 100.00 | % | 100.00 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
APPENDIX 1
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
1. Holder elects to purchase shares of the Common/Series Preferred [strike one] Stock of Model N, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.
[or]
1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for of the Shares covered by the Warrant.
[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]
2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:
|
Holders Name |
|
|
(Address) |
3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof and agrees to be bound by all other provisions of this Warrant.
HOLDER: | ||
|
||
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
(Date): |
|
APPENDIX 2
ASSIGNMENT
For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
Name: | SVB Financial Group | |
Address: | 3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200) | |
Santa Clara, CA 95054 | ||
Tax ID: | 91-1962278 |
that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by Model N, Inc. (the Company), on October 15, 2010 (the Warrant) together with all rights, title and interest therein.
SILICON VALLEY BANK | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
Date: |
|
By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.
SVB FINANCIAL GROUP | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
Exhibit 10.02
M ODEL N, I NC .
2000 S TOCK P LAN
A DOPTED ON J ANUARY 19, 2000
(A MENDED AND R ESTATED ON N OVEMBER 29, 2000)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No. | ||||
SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE |
1 | |||
SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION |
1 | |||
(a) Committees of the Board of Directors |
1 | |||
(b) Authority of the Board of Directors |
1 | |||
SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY |
1 | |||
(a) General Rule |
1 | |||
(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders |
1 | |||
SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN |
2 | |||
(a) Basic Limitation |
2 | |||
(b) Additional Shares |
2 | |||
SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES |
2 | |||
(a) Stock Purchase Agreement |
2 | |||
(b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights |
2 | |||
(c) Purchase Price |
2 | |||
(d) Withholding Taxes |
2 | |||
(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting |
3 | |||
(f) Accelerated Vesting |
3 | |||
SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS |
3 | |||
(a) Stock Option Agreement |
3 | |||
(b) Number of Shares |
3 | |||
(c) Exercise Price |
3 | |||
(d) Withholding Taxes |
3 | |||
(e) Exercisability |
4 | |||
(f) Accelerated Exercisability |
4 | |||
(g) Basic Term |
4 | |||
(h) Nontransferability |
4 | |||
(i) Termination of Service (Except by Death) |
4 | |||
(j) Leaves of Absence |
5 | |||
(k) Death of Optionee |
5 | |||
(l) No Rights as a Stockholder |
5 | |||
(m) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options |
5 | |||
(n) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting |
5 | |||
(o) Accelerated Vesting |
6 |
i
SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES |
6 | |||
(a) General Rule |
6 | |||
(b) Surrender of Stock |
6 | |||
(c) Services Rendered |
6 | |||
(d) Promissory Note |
6 | |||
(e) Exercise/Sale |
7 | |||
(f) Exercise/Pledge |
7 | |||
SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES |
7 | |||
(a) General |
7 | |||
(b) Mergers and Consolidations |
7 | |||
(c) Reservation of Rights |
8 | |||
SECTION 9. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS |
8 | |||
(a) General |
8 | |||
(b) Financial Reports |
8 | |||
SECTION 10. NO RETENTION RIGHTS |
8 | |||
SECTION 11. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS |
8 | |||
(a) Term of the Plan |
8 | |||
(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan |
9 | |||
(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination |
9 | |||
SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS |
9 |
ii
M ODEL N, I NC . 2000 S TOCK P LAN
SECTION 1. | ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE. |
The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected individuals an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by purchasing Shares of the Companys Stock. The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares. Options granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options as well as ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.
Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.
SECTION 2. | ADMINISTRATION. |
(a) Committees of the Board of Directors . The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.
(b) Authority of the Board of Directors . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee.
SECTION 3. | ELIGIBILITY. |
(a) General Rule . Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Options or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.
(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders . An individual who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for designation as an Optionee or Purchaser unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, (ii) the Purchase Price (if any) is at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share and (iii) in the case of an ISO, such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.
SECTION 4. | STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN. |
(a) Basic Limitation . Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (upon exercise of Options or other rights to acquire Shares) shall not exceed 7,598,5721 Shares, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
(b) Additional Shares . In the event that any outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled or otherwise terminated, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan. In the event that Shares issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to any forfeiture provision, right of repurchase or right of first refusal, such Shares shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan, except that the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs shall in no event exceed 7,598,572 Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8).
SECTION 5. | TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES. |
(a) Stock Purchase Agreement . Each award or sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.
(b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights . Any right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company. Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.
(c) Purchase Price . The Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Purchase Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.
(d) Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the purchase of Shares, the Purchaser shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the
1 |
Reflects a 2-for-1 stock split and a 2,928,572-share increase approved by the Board of Directors on November 29, 2000. |
2
satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such purchase.
(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting . Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. In the case of a Purchaser who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant, any right to repurchase the Purchasers Shares at the original Purchase Price (if any) upon termination of the Purchasers Service shall lapse at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of the award or sale of the Shares. Any such right may be exercised only within 90 days after the termination of the Purchasers Service for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares.
(f) Accelerated Vesting . Unless the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement provides otherwise, any right to repurchase a Purchasers Shares at the original Purchase Price (if any) upon termination of the Purchasers Service shall lapse and all of such Shares shall become vested if (i) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Purchasers Service terminates and (ii) the repurchase right is not assigned to the entity that employs the Purchaser immediately after the Change in Control or to its parent or subsidiary.
SECTION 6. | TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS. |
(a) Stock Option Agreement . Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.
(b) Number of Shares . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.
(c) Exercise Price . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). The Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Option shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding two sentences, the Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.
(d) Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction
3
of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise. The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.
(e) Exercisability . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. In the case of an Optionee who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant, an Option shall become exercisable at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of grant. Subject to the preceding sentence, the exercisability provisions of any Stock Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion.
(f) Accelerated Exercisability . Unless the applicable Stock Option Agreement provides otherwise, all of an Optionees Options shall become exercisable in full if (i) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionees Service terminates, (ii) such Options do not remain outstanding, (iii) such Options are not assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent and (iv) the surviving corporation or its parent does not substitute options with substantially the same terms for such Options.
(g) Basic Term . The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant, and a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.
(h) Nontransferability . No Option shall be transferable by the Optionee other than by beneficiary designation, will or the laws of descent and distribution. An Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionees guardian or legal representative. No Option or interest therein may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated by the Optionee during the Optionees lifetime, whether by operation of law or otherwise, or be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.
(i) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If an Optionees Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionees death, then the Optionees Options shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:
(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (g) above;
(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionees Service for any reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or
(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionees Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.
The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionees Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionees Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result
4
of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionees Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionees Service terminates. In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionees Service but before the expiration of the Optionees Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionees estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionees Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionees Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).
(j) Leaves of Absence . For purposes of Subsection (i) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).
(k) Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionees Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:
(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (g) above; or
(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionees death.
All or part of the Optionees Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionees estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionees death or became exercisable as a result of the death. The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.
(l) No Rights as a Stockholder . An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionees Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.
(m) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionees rights or increase the Optionees obligations under such Option.
(n) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting . Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may
5
determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. In the case of an Optionee who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant:
(i) Any right to repurchase the Optionees Shares at the original Exercise Price upon termination of the Optionees Service shall lapse at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of the option grant;
(ii) Any such right may be exercised only for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares; and
(iii) Any such right may be exercised only within 90 days after the later of (A) the termination of the Optionees Service or (B) the date of the option exercise.
(o) Accelerated Vesting . Unless the applicable Stock Option Agreement provides otherwise, any right to repurchase an Optionees Shares at the original Exercise Price upon termination of the Optionees Service shall lapse and all of such Shares shall become vested if (i) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionees Service terminates and (ii) the repurchase right is not assigned to the entity that employs the Optionee immediately after the Change in Control or to its parent or subsidiary.
SECTION 7. | PAYMENT FOR SHARES. |
(a) General Rule . The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.
(b) Surrender of Stock . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the Option is exercised. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.
(c) Services Rendered . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.
(d) Promissory Note . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement so provides, all or a portion of the Exercise Price or Purchase Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note. However, the par value of the Shares, if newly issued, shall be paid in cash or cash equivalents. The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory
6
note and interest thereon. The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.
(e) Exercise/Sale . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.
(f) Exercise/Pledge . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.
SECTION 8. | ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES. |
(a) General . In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off, a reclassification or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option.
(b) Mergers and Consolidations . In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, outstanding Options shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation. Such agreement, without the Optionees consent, may provide for:
(i) The continuation of such outstanding Options by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation);
(ii) The assumption of the Plan and such outstanding Options by the surviving corporation or its parent;
(iii) The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of options with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Options; or
(iv) The cancellation of such outstanding Options without payment of any consideration.
7
(c) Reservation of Rights . Except as provided in this Section 8, an Optionee or Purchaser shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
SECTION 9. | SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS. |
(a) General . Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Companys securities may then be traded.
(b) Financial Reports . The Company each year shall furnish to Optionees, Purchasers and stockholders who have received Stock under the Plan its balance sheet and income statement, unless such Optionees, Purchasers or stockholders are key Employees whose duties with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. Such balance sheet and income statement need not be audited.
SECTION 10. | NO RETENTION RIGHTS. |
Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Purchaser or Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser or Optionee) or of the Purchaser or Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.
SECTION 11. | DURATION AND AMENDMENTS. |
(a) Term of the Plan . The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Companys stockholders. In the event that the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, any grants of Options or sales or awards of Shares that have already occurred shall be rescinded, and no additional grants, sales or awards shall be made thereafter under the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after its adoption by the Board of Directors and may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.
8
(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan . The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan which increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8), or which materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs, shall be subject to the approval of the Companys stockholders. Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan.
(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option granted prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.
SECTION 12. | DEFINITIONS. |
(a) Board of Directors shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.
(b) Change in Control shall mean:
(i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or
(ii) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Companys assets.
A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Companys incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Companys securities immediately before such transaction.
(c) Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(d) Committee shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).
(e) Company shall mean Model N, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
(f) Consultant shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.
9
(g) Disability shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.
(h) Employee shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.
(i) Exercise Price shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.
(j) Fair Market Value shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
(k) ISO shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.
(l) Nonstatutory Option shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.
(m) Option shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.
(n) Optionee shall mean an individual who holds an Option.
(o) Outside Director shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.
(p) Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.
(q) Plan shall mean this Model N, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan.
(r) Purchase Price shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.
(s) Purchaser shall mean an individual to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).
(t) Service shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.
10
(u) Share shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).
(v) Stock shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, with a par value of $0.0001 per Share.
(w) Stock Option Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionees Option.
(x) Stock Purchase Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who acquires Shares under the Plan which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the acquisition of such Shares.
(y) Subsidiary means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.
11
THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
M ODEL T1, I NC . 2000 S TOCK P LAN :
S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT
SECTION 1. | GRANT OF OPTION. |
(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.
(b) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.
SECTION 2. | RIGHT TO EXERCISE. |
(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsections (b) and (c) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Shares purchased by exercising this option may be subject to the Right of Repurchase under Section 7.
(b) $100,000 Limitation . If this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, then the Optionees right to exercise this option shall be deferred to the extent (and only to the extent) that this option otherwise would not be treated as an ISO by reason of the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code, except that:
(i) The Optionees right to exercise this option shall in any event become exercisable at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the Date of Grant, unless the Optionee is an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant; and
(ii) The Optionees right to exercise this option shall no longer be deferred if (A) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the
Optionees Service terminates, (B) this option does not remain outstanding, (C) this option is not assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent and (D) the surviving corporation or its parent does not substitute an option with substantially the same terms for this option.
(c) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Companys stockholders.
SECTION 3. | NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION. |
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.
SECTION 4. | EXERCISE PROCEDURES. |
(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionees representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 13(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The notice shall be signed by the person exercising this option. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representatives right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionees representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.
(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued a certificate or certificates for the Shares as to which this option has been exercised, registered in the name of the person exercising this option (or in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with right of survivorship). The Company shall cause such certificate or certificates to be deposited in escrow or delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.
(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the vesting or disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.
SECTION 5. | PAYMENT FOR STOCK. |
(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.
2
(b) Surrender of Stock . All or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when this option is exercised. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Purchase Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this option for financial reporting purposes.
(c) Exercise/Sale . If Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.
(d) Exercise/Pledge . If Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company.
SECTION 6. | TERM AND EXPIRATION. |
(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).
(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionees Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:
(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;
(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionees Service for any reason other than Disability; or
(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionees Service by reason of Disability.
The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable for vested shares before the Optionees Service terminated. When the Optionees Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionees estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionees Service terminated.
3
(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:
(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or
(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionees death.
All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionees estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionees death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares.
(d) Leaves of Absence . For any purpose under this Agreement, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).
(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . If this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent it is exercised (i) more than three months after the date the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), (ii) more than 12 months after the date the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of such permanent and total disability or (iii) after the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for more than 90 days, unless the Optionees reemployment rights are guaranteed by statute or by contract.
SECTION 7. | RIGHT OF REPURCHASE. |
(a) Scope of Repurchase Right . Unless they have become vested in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Subsection (c) below, the Shares acquired under this Agreement initially shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to a right (but not an obligation) of repurchase by the Company. The Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares, except as provided in the following sentence. The Optionee may transfer Restricted Shares (i) by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) to the Optionees spouse, children or grandchildren or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee or the Optionees spouse, children or grandchildren, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Section 7 shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.
(b) Condition Precedent to Exercise . The Right of Repurchase shall be exercisable with respect to any Restricted Shares only during the 60-day period next following the later of:
4
(i) The date when the Optionees Service terminates for any reason, with or without cause, including (without limitation) death or disability; or
(ii) The date when such Restricted Shares were purchased by the Optionee, the executors or administrators of the Optionees estate or any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by bequest, inheritance or beneficiary designation.
(c) Lapse of Repurchase Right . The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the Shares subject to this option in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. In addition, the Right of Repurchase shall lapse and all of the remaining Restricted Shares shall become vested if (i) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionees Service terminates and (ii) the Right of Repurchase is not assigned to the entity that employs the Optionee immediately after the Change in Control or to its parent or subsidiary.
(d) Repurchase Cost . If the Company exercises the Right of Repurchase, it shall pay the Optionee an amount equal to the Exercise Price for each of the Restricted Shares being repurchased.
(e) Exercise of Repurchase Right . The Right of Repurchase shall be exercisable only by written notice delivered to the Optionee prior to the expiration of the 60-day period specified in Subsection (b) above. The notice shall set forth the date on which the repurchase is to be effected. Such date shall not be more than 30 days after the date of the notice. The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares to be repurchased shall, prior to the close of business on the date specified for the repurchase, be delivered to the Company properly endorsed for transfer. The Company shall, concurrently with the receipt of such certificate(s), pay to the Optionee the purchase price determined according to Subsection (d) above. Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Optionee in the purchase of the Restricted Shares. The Right of Repurchase shall terminate with respect to any Restricted Shares for which it has not been timely exercised pursuant to this Subsection (e).
(f) Additional Shares or Substituted Securities . In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Companys outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as an ordinary cash dividend) which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Restricted Shares or into which such Restricted Shares thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to the Right of Repurchase. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares. Appropriate adjustments shall also, after each such transaction, be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase in order to reflect any change in the Companys outstanding securities effected without receipt of consideration therefor; provided, however, that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same.
5
(g) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Restricted Shares to be repurchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Restricted Shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.
(h) Escrow . Upon issuance, the certificates for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property described in Subsection (f) above shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time Restricted Shares. All regular cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or other securities at the time held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Optionee and shall not be held in escrow. Restricted Shares, together with any other assets or securities held in escrow hereunder, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase and cancellation upon the Companys exercise of its Right of Repurchase or Right of First Refusal or (ii) released to the Optionee upon the Optionees request to the extent the Shares are no longer Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Shares which have vested (and any other vested assets and securities attributable thereto) shall be released within 60 days after the earlier of (i) the Optionees cessation of Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.
SECTION 8. | RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. |
(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal or state securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company. The Companys rights under this Subsection (a) shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.
(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal and state
6
securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.
(c) Additional Shares or Substituted Securities . In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Companys outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as an ordinary cash dividend) which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to this Section 8 or into which such Shares thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to this Section 8. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 8.
(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 8 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.
(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 8 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to the Optionees spouse, children or grandchildren or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee or the Optionees spouse, children or grandchildren, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Section 8 shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.
(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 8, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.
7
SECTION 9. | LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE. |
No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:
(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;
(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and
(c) Any other applicable provision of state or federal law has been satisfied.
SECTION 10. | NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS. |
The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.
SECTION 11. | RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. |
(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.
(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Companys initial public offering, the Optionee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the Market Stand-Off) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Companys initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Companys outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares
8
acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Companys underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act, and the Optionee shall be subject to this Subsection (b) only if the directors and officers of the Company are subject to similar arrangements.
(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.
(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available which requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.
(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:
THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.
All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):
THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer
9
required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.
(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 11 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.
SECTION 12. | ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES. |
In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.
SECTION 13. | MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. |
(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionees representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionees representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.
(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.
(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.
(d) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof.
(e) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.
SECTION 14. | DEFINITIONS. |
(a) Agreement shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.
10
(b) Board of Directors shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.
(c) Change in Control shall mean:
(i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or
(ii) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Companys assets.
A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Companys incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Companys securities immediately before such transaction.
(d) Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(e) Committee shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.
(f) Company shall mean Model T1, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
(g) Consultant shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.
(h) Date of Grant shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionees Service.
(i) Disability shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.
(j) Employee shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.
(k) Exercise Price shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.
11
(l) Fair Market Value shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
(m) ISO shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.
(n) Nonstatutory Option shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.
(o) Notice of Stock Option Grant shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.
(p) Optionee shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.
(q) Outside Director shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.
(r) Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
(s) Plan shall mean the Model T1, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.
(t) Purchase Price shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.
(u) Restricted Share shall mean a Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase.
(v) Right of First Refusal shall mean the Companys right of first refusal described in Section 8.
(w) Right of Repurchase shall mean the Companys right of repurchase described in Section 7.
(x) Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(y) Service shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.
(z) Share shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).
12
(aa) Stock shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, with a par value of $0.0001 per Share.
(bb) Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
(cc) Transferee shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.
(dd) Transfer Notice shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 8.
13
M ODEL N, I NC . 2000 S TOCK P LAN
N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION E XERCISE
O PTIONEE I NFORMATION : | ||
Name: |
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
Social Security Number: |
|
- |
|
- |
|
|||||
Employee Number: |
|
|||||||||
O PTION I NFORMATION :
Date of Grant: , 200 |
Exercise Price per share: $ |
Total number of shares of Common Stock of Model N, Inc. (the Company) covered by option: |
Type of Option: | ¨ | Nonstatutory (NSO) or | ||||||
¨ | Incentive (ISO) | |||||||
shares |
E XERCISE I NFORMATION :
Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which option is being exercised now: . (These shares are referred to below as the Purchased Shares.)
Total Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares: $
Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply] :
Names in which the Purchased Shares should be registered [you must check one]:
¨ | In my name only | |||||
¨ | In the names of my spouse and myself as community property | My spouses name (if applicable): | ||||
¨ | In the names of my spouse and myself as joint tenants with the right of survivorship |
|
The certificate for the Purchased |
|
|||
Shares should be sent to the |
|
|||
following address: |
|
You must sign this Notice on the second page before submitting it to the Company.
R EPRESENTATIONS AND A CKNOWLEDGMENTS OF THE O PTIONEE :
1. | I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). |
2. | I understand that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required. |
3. | I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares. |
4. | I am aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. These conditions include (without limitation) that certain current public information about the issuer is available, that the resale occurs only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, that the sale occurs through an unsolicited brokers transaction and that the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period does not exceed specified limitations. I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future. |
5. | I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act. |
6. | I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares. |
7. | I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment which has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares. |
8. | I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Companys right of first refusal and may remain subject to the Companys right of repurchase at the exercise price, all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement. |
9. | I acknowledge that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares subject to all other terms of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement. |
10. | I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Companys memorandum regarding the federal income tax consequences of an option exercise and the tax election under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event that I choose to make a section 83(b) election, I acknowledge that it is my responsibilityand not the Companys responsibilityto file the election in a timely manner, even if I ask the Company or its agents to make the filing on my behalf. I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time. |
11. | I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing. |
S IGNATURE : | D ATE : | |||
|
|
2
Exhibit 10.03
MODEL N, INC.
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
As Adopted on June 15, 2010, and amended on January 31, 2012 and September 28, 2012
1. PURPOSE . The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries by offering eligible persons an opportunity to participate in the Companys future performance through the grant of Awards covering Shares. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 14 hereof. Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701, grants may be made pursuant to this Plan that do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o). Any requirement of this Plan that is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply if the Committee so provides.
2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN .
2.1 Number of Shares Available . Subject to Sections 2.2 and 11 hereof, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will consist of (a) any authorized shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the Companys 2000 Stock Plan (the Prior Plan ) on the Effective Date (as defined in Section 13.2); (b) shares that are subject to issuance upon exercise of an option granted under the Prior Plan but cease to be subject to such option for any reason other than exercise of such option; and (c) shares that were issued under the Prior Plan which are repurchased by the Company at the original issue price or forfeited. Subject to Sections 2.2, 4.10 and 11 hereof, Shares subject to Awards that are cancelled, forfeited, settled in cash or that expire by their terms will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with other Awards. At all times the Company will reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as will be required to satisfy the requirements of all Awards granted and outstanding under this Plan.
2.2 Adjustment of Shares . In the event that the number of outstanding shares of the Companys Common Stock is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan, (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and SARS, and (c) the Purchase Prices of and/or number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws; provide d , however , that fractions of a Share will not be issued but will either be paid in cash at the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share or will be rounded down to the nearest whole Share, as determined by the Committee; and provided , further , that the Exercise Price of any Option or SAR may not be decreased to below the par value of the Shares.
3. PLAN FOR BENEFIT OF SERVICE PROVIDERS
3.1 Eligibility . The Committee will have the authority to select persons to receive Awards. ISOs (as defined in Section 4 hereof) may be granted only to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. NQSOs (as defined in Section 4 hereof) and all other types of Awards may be granted to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; provided such consultants render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-
1
raising transaction when Rule 701 is to apply to the Award granted for such services. A person may be granted more than one Award under this Plan.
3.2 No Obligation to Employ . Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate Participants employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.
4. OPTIONS . The Committee may grant Options to eligible persons described in Section 3 hereof and will determine whether such Options will be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code ( ISOs ) or Nonqualified Stock Options ( NQSOs ), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following.
4.1 Form of Option Grant . Each Option granted under this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement which will expressly identify the Option as an ISO or an NQSO ( Stock Option Agreement ), and will be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee may from time to time approve, and which will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.
4.2 Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless a later date is otherwise specified by the Committee. The Stock Option Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.
4.3 Exercise Period . Options may be exercisable immediately but subject to repurchase pursuant to Section 10 hereof or may be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement governing such Option; provided , however , that (a) no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and (b) no ISO granted to a person who directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary ( Ten Percent Shareholder ) will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.
4.4 Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value per Share unless expressly determined in writing by the Committee on the Options date of grant; provided that the Exercise Price of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder will not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. Payment for the Shares purchased must be made in accordance with Section 8 hereof.
4.5 Method of Exercise . Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the Exercise Agreement ) in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same for each Participant). The Exercise Agreement will state (a) the number of Shares being purchased, (b) the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased under such Exercise Agreement, if any, and (c) such representations and agreements regarding Participants investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. Each Participants Exercise Agreement may be modified by (i) agreement of Participant and the Company or (ii) substitution by the Company, upon becoming a
2
public company, in order to add the payment terms set forth in Section 8.1 that apply to a public company and such other terms as shall be necessary or advisable in order to exercise a public company option. Upon exercise of an Option, Participant shall execute and deliver to the Company the Exercise Agreement then in effect, together with payment in full of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased and payment of any applicable taxes.
4.6 Termination . Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Sections 11 and 13.1 hereof and notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, exercise of an Option will always be subject to the following terms and conditions.
4.6.1 Other than Death or Disability or for Cause . If the Participant is Terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or for Cause, then the Participant may exercise such Participants Options only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such Options must be exercised by the Participant, if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within three (3) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than thirty (30) days, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond three (3) months after the Termination Date deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options.
4.6.2 Death or Disability . If the Participant is Terminated because of Participants death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause), then Participants Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares by Participant on the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such options must be exercised by Participant (or Participants legal representative or authorized assignee), if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than six (6) months, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond (a) three (3) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for any reason other than the Participants death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or (b) twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for Participants disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.
4.6.3 For Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participants Options, but not to an extent greater than such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participants Options shall expire on such Participants Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.
4.7 Limitations on Exercise . The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.
4.8 Limitations on ISOs . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under this Plan or under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) will not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). If the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of grant with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000),
3
then the Options for the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) worth of Shares to become exercisable in such calendar year will be ISOs and the Options for the amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) that become exercisable in that calendar year will be NQSOs. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date (as defined in Section 13.1 hereof) to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, then such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.
4.9 Modification, Extension or Renewal . The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participants rights under any Option previously granted. Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code. Subject to Section 4.10 hereof, the Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants by a written notice to them; provided , however , that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be permitted under Section 4.4 hereof for Options granted on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price; provided , further , that the Exercise Price will not be reduced below the par value of the Shares, if any.
4.10 No Disqualification . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant, to disqualify any Participants ISO under Section 422 of the Code. In no event shall the total number of Shares issued (counting each reissuance of a Share that was previously issued and then forfeited or repurchased by the Company as a separate issuance) under the Plan upon exercise of ISOs exceed 50,000,000 Shares (adjusted in proportion to any adjustments under Section 2.2 hereof) over the term of the Plan.
4.11 Information to Optionees . If the Company is relying on the exemption from registration under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) promulgated under the Exchange Act, then the Company shall provide the Required Information (as defined below) in the manner required by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) to all optionees every six months until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1); provided , that , prior to receiving access to the Required Information the optionee must agree to keep the Required Information confidential pursuant to a written agreement in the form provided by the Company. For purposes of this Section 4.11, Required Information means the information described in Rules 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) under the Securities Act, with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old.
5. RESTRICTED STOCK . A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to an eligible person Shares that are subject to certain specified restrictions. The Committee will determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the person may purchase, the Purchase Price, the restrictions to which the Shares will be subject, and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the following terms and conditions.
5.1 Form of Restricted Stock Award . All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement ( Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ) that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. The Restricted Stock Award will be accepted by the Participants execution and deliv-
4
ery of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty (30) days from the date the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is delivered to the person. If such person does not execute and deliver the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement along with full payment for the Shares to the Company within such thirty (30) days, then the offer will terminate, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.
5.2 Purchase Price . The Purchase Price of Shares sold pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award will be determined by the Committee on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted or at the time the purchase is consummated. Payment of the Purchase Price must be made in accordance with Section 8 hereof.
5.3 Restrictions . Restricted Stock Awards may be subject to the restrictions set forth in Sections 9 and 10 hereof or, with respect to a Restricted Stock Award to which Section 25102(o) is to apply, such other restrictions not inconsistent with Section 25102(o).
6. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS .
6.1 Awards of Restricted Stock Units . A Restricted Stock Unit ( RSU ) is an Award covering a number of Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those Shares at a date in the future. No Purchase Price shall apply to an RSU settled in Shares other than the payment of the aggregate par value of all Shares issuable upon such settlement. All grants of Restricted Stock Units will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.
6.2 Form and Timing of Settlement . To the extent permissible under applicable law, the Committee may permit a Participant to defer payment under a RSU to a date or dates after the RSU is earned, provided that the terms of the RSU and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (or any successor) and any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder. Payment may be made in the form of cash or whole Shares or a combination thereof, all as the Committee determines.
7. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS .
7.1 Awards of SARs . Stock Appreciation Rights ( SARs ) may be settled in cash, or Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock or RSUs), having a value equal to the value determined by multiplying the difference between the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price and the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is being settled. All grants of SARs made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.
7.2 Exercise Period and Expiration Date . A SAR will be exercisable within the times or upon the occurrence of events determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement governing such SAR. The Award Agreement shall set forth the Expiration Date; provided that no SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date the SAR is granted.
7.3 Exercise Price . The Committee will determine the Exercise Price of the SAR when the SAR is granted, and which may not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and may be settled in cash or in Shares.
5
7.4 Termination . Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Sections 11 and 13.1 hereof and notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Award Agreement, exercise of SARs will always be subject to the following terms and conditions.
7.4.1 Other than Death or Disability or for Cause . If the Participant is Terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or for Cause, then the Participant may exercise such Participants SARs only to the extent that such SARs are exercisable as to vested Shares upon the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. SARs must be exercised by the Participant, if at all, as to all or some of the vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within three (3) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than thirty (30) days, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee) but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the SARs.
7.4.2 Death or Disability . If the Participant is Terminated because of Participants death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause), then Participants SARs may be exercised only to the extent that such SARs are exercisable as to vested Shares by Participant on the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such SARs must be exercised by Participant (or Participants legal representative or authorized assignee), if at all, as to all or some of the vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than six (6) months, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee) but in any event no later than the expiration date of the SARs.
7.4.3 For Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participants SARs, but not to an extent greater than such SARs are exercisable as to vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participants SARs shall expire on such Participants Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.
8. PAYMENT FOR PURCHASES AND EXERCISES .
8.1 Payment in General . Payment for Shares acquired pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:
(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to the Participant;
(b) by surrender of shares of the Company that are clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests and: (i) for which the Company has received full payment of the purchase price within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares) or (ii) that were obtained by Participant in the public market;
(c) by tender of a full recourse promissory note having such terms as may be approved by the Committee and bearing interest at a rate sufficient to avoid imputation of income under Sections 483 and 1274 of the Code; provided , however , that Participants who are not employees or directors of the Company will not be entitled to purchase Shares with a promissory note unless the note is adequately secured by collateral other than the Shares; provided , further , that the portion of the Exercise Price or Purchase Price, as the case may be, equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by the laws under which the Company is then incorporated or organized;
6
(d) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant from the Company for services rendered;
(e) by participating in a formal cashless exercise program implemented by the Committee in connection with the Plan;
(f) subject to compliance with applicable law and solely in the discretion of the Committee, by exercising as set forth below, provided that a public market for the Companys Common Stock exists:
(i) through a same day sale commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Award and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price directly to the Company; or
(ii) through a margin commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Award and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the broker-dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the broker-dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price directly to the Company; or
(g) by any combination of the foregoing or any other method of payment approved by the Committee.
8.2 Withholding Taxes .
8.2.1 Withholding Generally . Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable tax withholding requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under this Plan, payments in satisfaction of Awards are to be made in cash by the Company, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable tax withholding requirements.
8.2.2 Stock Withholding . When, under applicable tax laws, a Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise or vesting of any Award that is subject to tax withholding and the Participant is obligated to pay the Company the amount required to be withheld, the Committee may in its sole discretion allow the Participant to satisfy the minimum tax withholding obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued up to the minimum number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined that is not more than the minimum amount to be withheld; but in no event will the Company withhold Shares if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. Any elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose will be made in accordance with the requirements established by the Committee for such elections and be in writing in a form acceptable to the Committee.
9. RESTRICTIONS ON AWARDS .
9.1 Transferability . Except as permitted by the Committee, Awards granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by Participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to an inter vivos or
7
testamentary trust in which the NQSOs are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to family member as that term is defined in Rule 701, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process. During the lifetime of the Participant an Award will be exercisable only by the Participant or Participants legal representative and any elections with respect to an Award may be made only by the Participant or Participants legal representative. The terms of an Option shall be binding upon the executor, administrator, successors and assigns of the Participant who is a party thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, the prohibition against assignment and transfer applies to an Option and the shares to be issued on exercise of an Option, and shall be understood to include, without limitation, a prohibition against any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any put equivalent position or any call equivalent position (in each case, as defined in Rule 16a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act). During the lifetime of the Participant an Award will be exercisable only by the Participant or Participants legal representative and any elections with respect to an Award may be made only by the Participant or Participants legal representative. The terms of an Option shall be binding upon the executor, administrator, successors and assigns of the Participant who is a party thereto.
9.2 Securities Law and Other Regulatory Compliance . Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, grants may be made pursuant to this Plan that do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o). Any requirement of this Plan which is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply with respect to a particular Award to which Section 25102(o) will not apply. An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable, and/or (b) compliance with any exemption, completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the exemption, registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure so do.
9.3 Exchange and Buyout of Awards . The Committee may, at any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards. The Committee may at any time buy from a Participant an Award previously granted with payment in cash, Shares (including Restricted Stock) or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant may agree.
10. RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES .
10.1 Privileges of Stock Ownership . No Participant will have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until such Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided , that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock. The Participant will have no right to
8
retain such stock dividends or stock distributions with respect to Unvested Shares that are repurchased as described in this Section 10.
10.2 Rights of First Refusal and Repurchase . At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Award Agreement (a) a right of first refusal to purchase all Shares that a Participant (or a subsequent transferee) may propose to transfer to a third party, provided that such right of first refusal terminates upon the Companys initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act and (b) a right to repurchase Unvested Shares held by a Participant for cash and/or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness owed to the Company by the Participant following such Participants Termination at any time.
10.3 Escrow; Pledge of Shares To enforce any restrictions on a Participants Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated. The Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificate. Any Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of Participants obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided , however , that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participants Shares or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Shares, Participant will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve. The Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.
10.4 Securities Law Restrictions . All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.
11. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS .
11.1 Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor or Acquiring Entity . If an Acquisition or Other Combination shall occur, then any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed, converted or replaced by the successor or acquiring entity (if any) of such Acquisition or Other Combination (or by any of its Parents, if any), which assumption, conversion or replacement will be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, any successor or acquiring entity in such Acquisition or Other Combination (or any of its Parents, if any) may substitute equivalent awards for outstanding Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants in respect of their outstanding Awards as was provided to stockholders of the Company in such Acquisition or Other Combination after taking into account the existing provisions of the outstanding Awards (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). Any successor or acquiring entity in such Acquisition or Other Combination (or any of its Parents, if any) may also substitute by issuing, in place of any Award of outstanding Shares of the Company held by a Participant, substantially similar shares of stock or other property subject to repurchase restrictions and other provisions no less favorable to such Participant than those that applied to such outstanding Shares immediately prior to such Acquisition or Other Combination.
9
11.2 Awards Not Assumed or Replaced in an Acquisition . If, in the event of an Acquisition, neither the successor or acquiring entity (if any) nor any Parent (if any) of such successor or acquiring entity assumes, converts, replaces or substitutes outstanding Awards as provided above in Section 11.1, then notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, and unless otherwise approved by the Committee or otherwise required by the terms of any Award Agreement or any separate written agreement governing such Award that has been approved by the Board, each such Award that has not already terminated in accordance with the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement shall terminate, without accelerating vesting, immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition (or if such Acquisition is an Acquisition by Sale of Assets, immediately prior to the Companys distribution of any funds or assets to the Companys stockholders following such Acquisition by Sale of Assets) at such times and upon such conditions as the Committee may determine.
11.3 Assumption of Awards by the Company . The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another entity, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other entity or otherwise, by either (a) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other entitys award or (b) assuming and/or converting such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other entity had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another entity, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option or SAR rather than assuming an existing option or stock appreciation right, such new Option or SAR may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.
12. ADMINISTRATION .
12.1 Committee Authority . This Plan will be administered by the Committee or the Board if no Committee is created by the Board. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan. Without limitation, the Committee will have the authority to:
(a) construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;
(b) prescribe, amend, expand, modify and rescind or terminate rules and regulations relating to this Plan;
(c) approve persons to receive Awards;
(d) determine the form and terms of Awards;
(e) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards granted under this Plan;
(f) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or awards under any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;
(g) grant waivers of any conditions of this Plan or any Award;
(h) determine the terms of vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards to be granted pursuant to this Plan;
10
(i) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award, any Award Agreement, any Exercise Agreement or any Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement;
(j) determine whether an Award has been earned;
(k) extend the vesting period beyond a Participants Termination Date; and
(l) make all other determinations necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of this Plan.
12.2 Committee Composition and Discretion . The Board may delegate full administrative authority over the Plan and Awards to a Committee consisting of at least one member of the Board (or such greater number as may then be required by applicable law). Unless in contravention of any express terms of this Plan or Award, any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award will be made in its sole discretion either (a) at the time of grant of the Award, or (b) subject to Section 4.9 hereof, at any later time. Any such determination will be final and binding on the Company and on all persons having an interest in any Award under this Plan. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Award under this Plan, provided that each such officer is a member of the Board.
12.3 Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and other equity awards otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.
12.4 Governing Law . This Plan and all agreements hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.
13. EFFECTIVENESS, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN .
13.1 Adoption and Stockholder Approval . This Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board (the Effective Date ). This Plan will be approved by the stockholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to this Plan), consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, the Board may grant Awards pursuant to this Plan; provided , however , that: (a) no Option or SAR may be exercised prior to initial stockholder approval of this Plan; (b) no Option or SAR granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board shall be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the stockholders of the Company; (c) in the event that initial stockholder approval is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards for which only the exemption from Californias securities qualification requirements provided by Section 25102(o) can apply shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Award shall be canceled and any purchase of such Shares issued hereunder shall be rescinded; and (d) Awards (to which only the exemption from Californias securities qualification requirements provided by Section 25102(o) can apply) granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board which increase is not approved by stockholders within the time then required under Section 25102(o) shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Awards shall be canceled, and any purchase of Shares subject to any such Award shall be rescinded.
11
13.2 Term of Plan . Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the Effective Date or, if earlier, ten (10) years from the date of stockholder approval.
13.3 Amendment or Termination of Plan. Subject to Section 4.9 hereof, the Board may at any time (a) terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan and (b) terminate any and all outstanding Options or SARs upon a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, followed by the payment of creditors and the distribution of any remaining funds to the Companys stockholders; provided , however , that the Board will not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any manner that requires such stockholder approval pursuant to Section 25102(o) or pursuant to the Code or the regulations promulgated under the Code as such provisions apply to ISO plans.
14. DEFINITIONS . For all purposes of this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings.
Acquisition , for purposes of Section 11, means:
(a) any consolidation or merger in which the Company is a constituent entity or is a party in which the voting stock and other voting securities of the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such consolidation or merger represent, or are converted into, securities of the surviving entity of such consolidation or merger (or of any Parent of such surviving entity) that, immediately after the consummation of such consolidation or merger, together possess less than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all voting securities of such surviving entity (or of any of its Parents, if any) that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of such consolidation or merger;
(b) a sale or other transfer by the holders thereof of outstanding voting stock and/or other voting securities of the Company possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company, whether in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, pursuant to an agreement or agreements to which the Company is a party and that has been approved by the Board, and pursuant to which such outstanding voting securities are sold or transferred to a single person or entity, to one or more persons or entities who are Affiliates of each other, or to one or more persons or entities acting in concert; or
(c) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company and/or any Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (or, if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by one or more Subsidiaries, the sale or disposition (whether by consolidation, merger, conversion or otherwise) of such Subsidiaries of the Company), except where such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition is made to the Company or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Company (an Acquisition by Sale of Assets ).
Affiliate of a specified person means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified (where, for purposes of this definition, the term control (including the terms controlling , controlled by and under common control with ) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
Award means any award pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Plan, including any Option, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Appreciation Right or Restricted Stock Award.
12
Award Agreement means, with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award as approved by the Committee.
Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
Cause means Termination because of (a) any willful, material violation by the Participant of any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the Participants conviction for, or guilty plea to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, or any willful perpetration by the Participant of a common law fraud, (b) the Participants commission of an act of personal dishonesty which involves personal profit in connection with the Company or any other entity having a business relationship with the Company, (c) any material breach by the Participant of any provision of any agreement or understanding between the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and the Participant regarding the terms of the Participants service as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, including without limitation, the willful and continued failure or refusal of the Participant to perform the material duties required of such Participant as an employee, officer, director or consultant of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, other than as a result of having a Disability, or a breach of any applicable invention assignment and confidentiality agreement or similar agreement between the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and the Participant, (d) Participants disregard of the policies of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company so as to cause loss, damage or injury to the property, reputation or employees of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (e) any other misconduct by the Participant which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Committee means the committee created and appointed by the Board to administer this Plan, or if no committee is created and appointed, the Board.
Company means Model N, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation.
Disability means a disability, whether temporary or permanent, partial or total, as determined by the Committee.
Exercise Price means the price per Share at which a holder of an Option may purchase Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.
Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Companys Common Stock determined as follows:
(a) if such Common Stock is then publicly traded on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal ;
(b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is not listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported by The Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by any newspaper or other source as the Committee may determine); or
(c) if none of the foregoing is applicable to the valuation in question, by the Committee in good faith.
Option means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan.
13
Other Combination for purposes of Section 11 means any (a) consolidation or merger in which the Company is a constituent entity and is not the surviving entity of such consolidation or merger or (b) any conversion of the Company into another form of entity; provided that such consolidation, merger or conversion does not constitute an Acquisition.
Parent of a specified entity means, any entity that, either directly or indirectly, owns or controls such specified entity, where for this purpose, control means the ownership of stock, securities or other interests that possess at least a majority of the voting power of such specified entity (including indirect ownership or control of such stock, securities or other interests).
Participant means a person who receives an Award under this Plan.
Plan means this 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
Purchase Price means the price at which a Participant may purchase Restricted Stock pursuant to this Plan.
Restricted Stock means Shares purchased pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award under this Plan.
Restricted Stock Award means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 5 hereof.
Restricted Stock Unit or RSU means an award made pursuant to Section 6 hereof.
Rule 701 means Rule 701 et seq promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act.
SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Section 25102(o) means Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Shares means shares of the Companys Common Stock, $0.00005 par value per share, reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 11 hereof, and any successor security.
Stock Appreciation Right or SAR means an award granted pursuant to Section 7 hereof.
Subsidiary means any entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain owns stock or other equity securities representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity securities in one of the other entities in such chain.
Termination or Terminated means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Participant will not be deemed to have ceased to provide services in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Committee; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days (a) unless reinstatement (or, in the case of an employee with an ISO, reemployment) upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or (b) unless provided otherwise pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Companys Board and issued and promulgated in writing. In the case of any Participant on sick leave, military leave or an approved leave of absence, the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension of vesting of the Award while on leave from the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company as it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. The Committee will have
14
sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the Termination Date ).
Unvested Shares means Unvested Shares as defined in the Award Agreement for an Award.
Vested Shares means Vested Shares as defined in the Award Agreement.
* * * * * * * * * * *
15
MODEL N, INC. | NO. |
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Option Vests)
This Stock Option Agreement (the Agreement ) is made and entered into as of the date of grant set forth below (the Date of Grant ) by and between Model N, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), and the participant named below (the Participant ). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Companys 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan ).
Participants Name |
Option Shares |
Exercise Price
|
Date of
|
First
|
Expiration Date |
|||||
|
Classification of Participant ¨ Exempt Employee OR ¨ Nonexempt Employee OR ¨ Non-employee
Type of Stock Option: ¨ Incentive Stock Option OR ¨ Nonqualified Stock Option
1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Company hereby grants to Participant an option (this Option ) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock, $0.00005 par value per share, of the Company set forth above as Total Option Shares (the Shares ) at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the Exercise Price ), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan. If designated as an Incentive Stock Option above, the Option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, except that if on the Date of Grant the Participant is not subject to U.S. income tax, then this Option shall be a NQSO. This Option is not transferable.
[ ALTERNATIVE #1 : ONE YEAR CLIFF THEN MONTHLY VESTING SCHEDULE]
2. EXERCISE PERIOD . Only Vested Shares may be purchased pursuant to this Exercise Agreement. Shares that are vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in this Section 2 are Vested Shares . Shares that are not vested pursuant to such schedule are Unvested Shares . On the Date of Grant of the Shares will be Unvested Shares (the Initial Unvested Shares ). Provided Participant continues to provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Company at all times from the Date of Grant until the First Vesting Date set forth above, then on the First Vesting Date [one-fourth (1/4 th )] of the Initial Unvested Shares will become Vested Shares, and on the same day of each succeeding calendar month thereafter (or if there is no such day in any month, then the last day of such calendar month), an additional [one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) ] of the Initial Unvested Shares shall vest and become exercisable until (a) all of the Shares are vested, (b) the Termination Date or (c) vesting otherwise terminates pursuant to this Agreement or the Plan. No fractional shares shall be issued pursuant to this Exercise Agreement. The Option shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth above or earlier as provided in Section 4 below in accordance with Section 4.6 of the Plan.
[ ALTERNATIVE #2 : MONTHLY VESTING SCHEDULE 1 ]
2. EXERCISE PERIOD. Only Vested Shares may be purchased pursuant to this Exercise Agreement. Shares that are vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in this Section 2 are Vested Shares. Shares that are not vested pursuant to such schedule are Unvested Shares . On the Date of
1 |
[Note to Model N: Do not use this alternative for a non-exempt employee. Non-exempt employees must not be able to exercise options for 6 months after grant or the value of the option must be included in base pay when calculating overtime.] |
1
Grant of the Shares will be Unvested Shares (the Initial Unvested Shares ). Provided Participant continues to provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Company at all times from the Date of Grant until the First Vesting Date set forth above, then on the First Vesting Date [one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) ] of the Initial Unvested Shares will become Vested Shares, and on the same day of each succeeding calendar month thereafter (or if there is no such day in any month, then the last day of such calendar month), an additional [one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) ] of the Initial Unvested Shares shall vest and become exercisable until (a) all of the Shares are vested, (b) the Termination Date or (c) vesting otherwise terminates pursuant to this Agreement or the Plan. No fractional shares shall be issued pursuant to this Exercise Agreement. The Option shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth above or earlier as provided in Section 4 below in accordance with Section 4.6 of the Plan.
3. MANNER OF EXERCISE . To exercise this Option, Participant (or in the case of exercise after Participants death or incapacity, Participants executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company an executed stock option exercise agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , or in such other form as may be approved by the Committee from time to time (the Exercise Agreement ). If someone other than Participant exercises the Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company verifying that such person has the legal right to exercise the Option and such person shall be subject to all of the restrictions contained herein as if such person were the Participant. The Option may not be exercised unless such exercise is in compliance with all applicable securities laws, as they are in effect on the date of exercise. The Option may not be exercised as to fewer than one hundred (100) Shares unless it is exercised as to all Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.
4. TERMINATION .
4.1 Termination for Any Reason Except Death, Disability or Cause . If Participant is Terminated for any reason, except death, Disability or for Cause, the Option, to the extent (and only to the extent) that it would have been exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date.
4.2 Termination Because of Death or Disability . If Participant is Terminated because of Participants death or Disability (or Participant dies within three (3) months after Termination when Termination is for any reason other than Participants Disability or for Cause), the Option, to the extent that it is exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant (or Participants legal representative) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date. Any exercise beyond (a) three (3) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for any reason other than the Participants death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; or (b) twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the termination is for Participants disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, will be deemed to be the exercise of an NQSO.
4.3 Termination for Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, Participants Options shall expire on the Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.
5. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS . Although the Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, grants may be made pursuant to the Plan that do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 and Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. The Plan, this Agreement and the Exercise Agreement are intended to comply with Section 25102(o) and any regulations relating thereto. Any provision of this Agreement or the Exercise Agreement that is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) or any regulations relating thereto shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Board, be reformed to comply therewith.
2
6. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Exercise Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.
7. ACCEPTANCE . Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, this Agreement and the Exercise Agreement. Participant has read and understands the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts the Option subject to all the terms and conditions of therein. The Exercise Price has been determined by the Committee based upon the best evidence available to the Committee and is intended to equal the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of grant, or in some cases 110% of Fair Market Value, as required by the Code. However, the tax treatment of this Option is not guaranteed. Neither the Company, the Committee nor any of their designees shall be liable for any taxes, penalties or other monetary amounts owed by any Participant, employee, beneficiary or other person as a result of the grant, amendment, modification, exercise and/or payment of, or under, any Award, notwithstanding any challenge made to the determination of Fair Market Value by any taxing authority. By accepting this Option, Participant acknowledges and agrees to the foregoing. Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Participant should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.
8. EXECUTION . This Agreement and the Exercise Agreement may be entered into in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement and the Exercise Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and, upon such delivery, the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Stock Option Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative and Participant has executed this Stock Option Agreement, effective as of the Date of Grant.
MODEL N, INC. | PARTICIPANT | |||
By: |
|
|
||
(Signature) | ||||
(Please print name and title) |
(Please print name) |
3
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT
1
MODEL N, INC. | NO. |
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT
This Stock Option Exercise Agreement (the Exercise Agreement ) is made and entered into as of , by and between Model N, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), and the purchaser named below (the Purchaser ). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Companys 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan ).
|
Social Security
|
Total Number of Shares |
Exercise Price Per Share |
Option No. or
|
NQSO |
|||||
$ | ||||||||||
1. EXERCISE OF OPTION .
1.1 Agreement to Exercise . Pursuant to exercise of that certain option (the Option ) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company, and the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, the Total Number of Shares set forth above (the Shares ) of the Companys Common Stock, $0.00005 par value per share,] at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the Exercise Price ). As used in this Exercise Agreement, the term Shares refers to the Shares purchased under this Exercise Agreement and includes all securities received (a) in replacement of the Shares, (b) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (c) all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.
1.2 Payment . Purchaser hereby delivers payment of the Exercise Price in the manner permitted in the Plan as follows (check and complete as appropriate):
¨ | in cash (by check) in the amount of $ , receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company. |
¨ | by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company currently owed to Purchaser in the amount of $ . |
¨ | by the waiver hereby of compensation due or accrued for services previously rendered to the Company in the amount of $ . |
¨ | by a cashless exercise under the Companys formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Committee in connection with the Plan. |
¨ |
provided that a public market for the Companys stock exists and subject to compliance with applicable law and solely in the discretion of the Committee: (a) through a same day sale commitment from Purchaser and broker-dealer whereby Purchaser irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay for the total Exercise Price and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company, or (b) through a margin commitment from Purchaser and a broker-dealer whereby Purchaser irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the |
2
broker-dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company. |
2. DELIVERY .
2.1 Documents and Payment to be Delivered . Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company at its principal executive offices, Attn: President: (a) this completed and signed Exercise Agreement, (b) two (2) copies of a blank Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto (the Stock Powers ), both executed by Purchaser and Purchasers spouse, if any, (c) if Purchaser is married, a Consent of Spouse in the form of Exhibit 2 attached hereto (the Spouse Consent ) executed by Purchasers spouse, and (d) the Exercise Price and payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations (if paid by check, a copy of such check shall be attached hereto as Exhibit 3 ). Upon its receipt of the Exercise Price, payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations and all the documents to be executed and delivered by Purchaser to the Company, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser, or, if applicable, Purchasers estate.
2.2 Tax Withholding . Prior to the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Option, Purchaser must pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company. If the Committee permits, Purchaser may provide for payment of withholding taxes upon exercise of the Option by requesting that the Company retain the minimum number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of taxes required to be withheld; but in no event will the Company withhold Shares if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. In such case, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to the Purchaser by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise.
3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER . Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows.
3.1 Agrees to Terms of the Plan . Purchaser has received a copy of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, has read and understands the terms of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their terms and conditions. Purchaser acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares, and that Purchaser should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.
3.2 Shares Not Registered or Qualified . Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered with the SEC under the Securities Act, or with any securities regulatory agency administering any state securities laws, and that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Stock Option Agreement to the contrary, the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws. Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.
3.3 No Transfer Unless Registered or Exempt . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available. Purchaser understands that only the Company may file a registration statement with the SEC and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares. Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser.
3
3.4 SEC Rule 701 . The Shares are issued pursuant to SEC Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and may become freely tradable by non-affiliates (under limited conditions regarding the method of sale) ninety (90) days after the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC, subject to the lengthier market standoff agreement contained in Section 4 of this Exercise Agreement or any other agreement entered into by Purchaser. Affiliates must comply with the provisions (other than the holding period requirements) of Rule 144 which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities. Rule 144 is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144). Purchaser understands that use of a promissory note as payment for the Shares may not be deemed to be full payment of the purchase price within the meaning of Rule 144 unless certain conditions are met and that, accordingly, the Rule 144 holding period of such Shares may not begin to run until such Shares are fully paid for within the meaning of Rule 144. Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an affiliate of the Company or if current public information about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available.
4. MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT . Purchaser agrees in connection with any registration of the Companys securities under the Securities Act or other public offering that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any registered public offering of the Companys securities, Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such managing underwriters, as the case may be, for a period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, but subject to extension as provided below) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the managing underwriters may specify for employee-stockholders generally. If during the last seventeen (17) days of the restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or prior to the expiration of the restricted period the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, and if the Companys securities are listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market and Rule 2711 thereof (or any other successor rule) applies, then the restrictions imposed by this Section 4 shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. In no event will the restricted period extend beyond two hundred fifteen (215) days after the effective date of the registration statement. For purposes of this Section 4, the term Company shall include any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company into which the Company merges or consolidates. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the shares subject to this Section and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of such period. Purchaser further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing and that such underwriters are express third party beneficiaries of this Section 4.
5. COMPANYS REFUSAL RIGHT . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of such Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the Holder ) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares to be sold or transferred (the Offered Shares ) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the Refusal Right ).
5.1 Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the Notice ) stating: (a) the Holders bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (b) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the Proposed Transferee ); (c) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (d) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the
4
Offered Shares (the Offered Price ); and (e) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Companys Refusal Right at the Offered Price as provided for in this Exercise Agreement.
5.2 Exercise of Refusal Right . At any time within thirty (30) days after the date the Notice is effective pursuant to Section 8.2, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.
5.3 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Companys Board of Directors. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Companys Board of Directors, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.
5.4 Payment . The purchase price for the Offered Shares will be paid, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Companys receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.
5.5 Holders Right to Transfer . If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (a) such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, (b) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (c) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such one hundred twenty (120) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the right of first refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
5.6 Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following transfers of Shares will be exempt from the Refusal Right: (a) the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchasers lifetime by gift or on Purchasers death by will or intestacy to Purchasers Immediate Family (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchasers Immediate Family, provided that each transferee agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section 5 will continue to apply to the transferred Shares in the hands of such transferee; (b) any transfer of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or entities (except that, subject to Section 5.7, unless the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides, the Refusal Right will continue to apply thereafter to such Shares, in which case the surviving entity of such merger or consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section 5); or (c) any transfer of Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company. As used herein, the term Immediate Family will mean Purchasers spouse, the lineal descendant or
5
antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of the Purchaser or the Purchasers spouse, or the spouse of any of the above.
5.7 Termination of Refusal Right . The Refusal Right will terminate as to all Shares (a) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan) or (b) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or entities if the common stock of the surviving entity or any direct or indirect parent entity thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
6 ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS UPON SHARE OWNERSHIP OR TRANSFER .
6.1 Rights as a Stockholder . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Purchaser until such time as Purchaser disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Refusal Right. Upon an exercise of the Refusal Right, Purchaser will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Agreement, and Purchaser will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.
6.2 Escrow . As security for Purchasers faithful performance of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with the Stock Powers executed by Purchaser and by Purchasers spouse, if any (with the date, name of transferee, stock certificate number and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the Escrow Holder ), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Powers in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Exercise Agreement. Purchaser and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Exercise Agreement (or to any other person or entity) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Exercise Agreement. Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Exercise Agreement. The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of the Refusal Right.
6.3 Encumbrances on Shares . Purchaser may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that: (a) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not apply to such Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (b) the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to such Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party. Purchaser may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares.
6.4 Restrictions on Transfers . Purchaser hereby agrees that Purchaser shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Exercise Agreement) unless and until:
6
(a) Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;
(b) Purchaser shall have complied with all requirements of this Exercise Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares, including but not limited to the Refusal Right and the Market Standoff; and
(c) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or under any state securities laws, and (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration and qualification requirements of the Securities Act and any state securities laws, or of any exemption from registration or qualification, available thereunder (including Rule 144) have been taken.
Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Exercise Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Exercise Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to the Companys Refusal Right granted in Section 5 and the market stand-off provisions of Section 4, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by the Purchaser.
6.5 Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders . Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by applicable laws, the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or any agreement between Purchaser and any third party:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE REFUSAL RIGHT HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AND A MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT, AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH PUBLIC SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS INCLUDING THE REFUSAL RIGHT AND THE MARKET STANDOFF ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
Purchaser agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Exercise Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records. The Company will not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or
7
otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.
7. TAX CONSEQUENCES . PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES AS A RESULT OF PURCHASERS PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. PURCHASER REPRESENTS THAT: (a) PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH ANY TAX ADVISER WHO PURCHASER DEEMS ADVISABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (b) PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE. Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date the Plan was adopted by the Board of some of the U.S. Federal and California tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.
7.1 Exercise of Incentive Stock Option . If the Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular U.S. Federal income tax liability or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for U.S. Federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject Purchaser to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.
7.2 Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option . If the Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular U.S. Federal income tax liability and a California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Purchaser will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Purchaser is a current or former employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Purchasers compensation or collect from Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.
7.3 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.
7.3.1 Incentive Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of the transfer of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an ISO and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain for U.S. Federal and California income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within the applicable one (1) year or two (2) year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates in the year of the disposition) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.
7.3.2 Nonqualified Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of the transfer of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an NQSO, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain.
7.3.3 Withholding . The Company may be required to withhold from the Purchasers compensation or collect from the Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.
7.4 Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or
8
before the later of (a) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, and (b) the date one (1) year after transfer of such Shares to Participant upon exercise of the Option, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current wages or other compensation payable to Participant.
8. GENERAL PROVSIONS .
8.1 Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Agreement, including its rights to purchase Shares under the Refusal Right. Neither Purchaser, nor any of Purchasers successors and assigns, may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Exercise Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Exercise Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Agreement will be binding upon Purchaser and Purchasers heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.
8.2 Notices . Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Exercise Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Exercise Agreement on the earliest of the following: (a) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (b) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (c) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by express courier. All notices not delivered personally will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address set forth below the signature lines of this Exercise Agreement, or at such other address as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto. Notices to the Company will be marked Attention: President.
8.3 Further Assurances . The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Exercise Agreement.
8.4 Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, together with all Exhibits thereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Exercise Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.
8.5 Severability . If any provision of this Exercise Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Exercise Agreement and the remainder of this Exercise Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Exercise Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Exercise Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.
9
THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT, IF NOT YET QUALIFIED WITH THE CALIFORNIA COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS AND NOT EXEMPT FROM SUCH QUALIFICATION, IS SUBJECT TO SUCH QUALIFICATION, AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES, AND THE RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE IS EXEMPT. THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES TO THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED OR AN EXEMPTION BEING AVAILABLE.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Stock Option Exercise Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative, and Purchaser has executed this Stock Option Exercise Agreement, as of the date first set forth above.
MODEL N, INC. | PURCHASER | |||||||
By: |
|
|||||||
(Signature) | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||
(Please print name and title) | (Please print name) | |||||||
Address: |
|
Address: |
|
|||||
|
|
List of Exhibits
Exhibit 1: | Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate | |
Exhibit 2: | Spouse Consent | |
Exhibit 3: | Copy of Purchasers Check |
10
EXHIBIT 1
STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT
SEPARATE FROM STOCK CERTIFICATE
11
STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT
SEPARATE FROM STOCK CERTIFICATE
FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Stock Option Exercise Agreement No. dated as of , , (the Agreement ), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto , shares of the Common Stock $0.00005 par value per share, of Model N, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), standing in the undersigneds name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s). delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company as the undersigneds attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY EXHIBITS THERETO.
Dated: , | ||
PURCHASER | ||
(Signature) |
||
(Please Print Name) |
||
(Spouses Signature, if any) |
||
(Please Print Spouses Name) |
Instructions to Purchaser : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment is to enable the Company to acquire the shares to exercise its Refusal Right set forth in the Exercise Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser or Purchasers Spouse, if any.
12
EXHIBIT 2
SPOUSE CONSENT
1
SPOUSE CONSENT
The undersigned spouse of (the Purchaser ) has read, understands, and hereby approves the Stock Option Exercise Agreement (the Agreement ) between Purchaser and Model N, Inc. (the Company ). In consideration of the Company granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agrees that any community property interest I may have in the Shares shall similarly be bound by the Agreement. The undersigned hereby appoints Purchaser as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.
Date: | ||||
Print Name of Purchasers Spouse |
||||
Signature of Purchasers Spouse |
||||
Address: |
|
|||
|
||||
|
r |
Check this box, if Purchaser is not married. | |||
Signature of Purchaser |
1
EXHIBIT 3
COPY OF PURCHASERS CHECK
1
Exhibit 10.06
LEASE AGREEMENT
By and Between
WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC,
a California limited liability company
(Landlord)
and
MODEL N, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
(Tenant)
March 24, 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||
ARTICLE 1. PREMISES |
1 | |||
ARTICLE 2. TERM AND CONDITION OF PREMISES |
1 | |||
ARTICLE 3. USE, NUISANCE, OR HAZARD |
3 | |||
ARTICLE 4. RENT |
4 | |||
ARTICLE 5. RENT ADJUSTMENT |
7 | |||
ARTICLE 6. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD |
16 | |||
ARTICLE 7. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE BY LANDLORD |
17 | |||
ARTICLE 8. REPAIRS AND CARE OF PROJECT BY TENANT |
19 | |||
ARTICLE 9. TENANTS EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATIONS |
20 | |||
ARTICLE 10. FORCE MAJEURE |
20 | |||
ARTICLE 11. CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICS AND MATERIALMANS LIENS |
21 | |||
ARTICLE 12. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED] |
21 | |||
ARTICLE 13. INSURANCE |
21 | |||
ARTICLE 14. QUIET ENJOYMENT |
23 | |||
ARTICLE 15. ALTERATIONS |
23 | |||
ARTICLE 16. FURNITURE, FIXTURES, AND PERSONAL PROPERTY |
25 | |||
ARTICLE 17. PERSONAL PROPERTY AND OTHER TAXES |
26 | |||
ARTICLE 18. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING |
26 | |||
ARTICLE 19. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION |
30 | |||
ARTICLE 20. CONDEMNATION |
33 | |||
ARTICLE 21. HOLD HARMLESS |
34 | |||
ARTICLE 22. DEFAULT BY TENANT |
34 | |||
ARTICLE 23. GOOD FAITH |
39 | |||
ARTICLE 24. RIGHT TO RELOCATE |
40 | |||
ARTICLE 25. ATTORNEYS FEES |
40 | |||
ARTICLE 26. NON-WAIVER |
41 | |||
ARTICLE 27. RULES AND REGULATIONS |
41 | |||
ARTICLE 28. ASSIGNMENT BY LANDLORD |
42 | |||
ARTICLE 29. LIABILITY OF LANDLORD |
42 |
-i-
ARTICLE 30. SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT |
42 | |||
ARTICLE 31. HOLDING OVER |
43 | |||
ARTICLE 32. SIGNS |
44 | |||
ARTICLE 33. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES |
44 | |||
ARTICLE 34. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND OTHER REGULATIONS |
47 | |||
ARTICLE 35. SEVERABILITY |
48 | |||
ARTICLE 36. NOTICES |
49 | |||
ARTICLE 37. OBLIGATIONS OF, SUCCESSORS, PLURALITY, GENDER |
49 | |||
ARTICLE 38. ENTIRE AGREEMENT |
50 | |||
ARTICLE 39. CAPTIONS |
50 | |||
ARTICLE 40. CHANGES |
50 | |||
ARTICLE 41. AUTHORITY |
50 | |||
ARTICLE 42. BROKERAGE |
51 | |||
ARTICLE 43. EXHIBITS |
51 | |||
ARTICLE 44. APPURTENANCES |
51 | |||
ARTICLE 45. PREJUDGMENT REMEDY, REDEMPTION, COUNTERCLAIM, AND JURY |
52 | |||
ARTICLE 46. RECORDING |
52 | |||
ARTICLE 47. MORTGAGEE PROTECTION |
52 | |||
ARTICLE 48. SHORING |
52 | |||
ARTICLE 49. PARKING |
53 | |||
ARTICLE 50. ELECTRICAL CAPACITY |
53 | |||
ARTICLE 51. OPTIONS TO EXTEND LEASE |
53 | |||
ARTICLE 52. TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINES AND EQUIPMENT |
57 | |||
ARTICLE 53. TENANTS 2200 BRIDGE EXPANSION OPTION |
59 | |||
ARTICLE 54. TENANTS RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL WITH RESPECT TO 2200 BRIDGE |
61 | |||
ARTICLE 55. TENANTS EXPANSION OPTION |
62 | |||
ARTICLE 56. TENANTS RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL |
64 | |||
ARTICLE 57. CERTAIN LANDLORD IMPROVEMENTS |
65 | |||
ARTICLE 58. ERISA |
65 |
-ii-
LEASE AGREEMENT
WITNESSETH:
THIS LEASE AGREEMENT, (this Lease) is made and entered into as of March 24, 2006 by and between WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC, a California limited liability company (Landlord), and MODEL N, INC., a Delaware corporation (Tenant).
ARTICLE 1.
PREMISES
1.0 Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises (the Premises), outlined on Exhibit B to this Lease, comprised of the entire second floor and a portion of the first floor containing approximately 37,942 rentable square feet of the building commonly known as 1800 Bridge Parkway, Redwood City, California (the Building). The property shown on Exhibit A to this Lease and all improvements thereon and appurtenances on that land thereto, including, but not limited to, the Building, other office buildings, access roadways, and all other related areas, shall be collectively hereinafter referred to as the Project. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may elect to sell one or more of the buildings within the Project and that upon any such sale Tenants pro-rata share of those Operating Expenses and Taxes (each as defined below) allocated to the areas of the Project other than buildings may be adjusted by Landlord such that Tenant pays its pro rata share of those items allocable to the remaining area of the Project owned by Landlord.
2.0 Upon the approval of the Space Plan for the Premises pursuant to Exhibit C , Landlords architect shall calculate and certify in writing to Landlord and Tenant the rentable area of the Premises. If Landlords architect determines that the rentable area of the Premises or the Building is different from that stated in this Lease, rent that is based on rentable area (including Tenants Share and the Tenant Improvement Allowance) shall be recalculated in accordance with that determination. On the recalculation of rent as provided in this Section 1.2, the parties shall execute an amendment to this Lease stating the recalculated rent. Execution of that amendment shall not be a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the recalculated rent. For purposes of this Lease, (1) rentable area and usable area shall be calculated pursuant to the Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings (ANSI/BOMA Z65.1, 1996); (2) rentable square feet and rentable footage shall have the same meaning as the term rentable area; and (3) usable square feet and usable square footage shall have the same meaning as the term usable area.
ARTICLE 2.
TERM AND CONDITION OF PREMISES
1.0 The term of this Lease (the Term) shall commence on the date (the Commencement Date) that is the later of (i) July 1, 2006, or (ii) the date upon which substantial completion of Landlords Work (as defined below) occurs and end on the date (the Expiration Date) that is the day prior to the date that is five (5) years after the Commencement Date unless sooner terminated (the Termination Date) as hereinafter provided. Landlords
-1-
Work shall be deemed substantially completed upon the earlier of (a) issuance of a certificate of substantial completion by Landlords architect as to construction of Landlords Work or (b) the issuance of a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy by the local building authority (or a reasonably substantial equivalent such as a sign-off from a building inspector), notwithstanding that minor or unsubstantial details or construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration remains to be performed. The Commencement Date of this Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other charges hereunder shall not be delayed or postponed by reason of any delay by Tenant in performing changes or alteration in the Premises not required to be performed by Landlord. In the event the Term shall commence on a day other than the first day of a month, then the Base Rent shall be immediately paid for such partial month prorated on the basis of a thirty (30) day month. As soon as the Commencement Date is determined, Tenant shall execute a Commencement Date memorandum in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F acknowledging, among other things, the (a) Commencement Date, (b) scheduled Expiration Date of this Lease and (c) Tenants acceptance of the Premises. The Tenants failure to execute the Commencement Date Memorandum shall not affect Tenants liability hereunder.
2.0 Landlord shall perform the construction work as provided in Exhibit C hereto (Landlords Work). Except for Landlords Work and Landlords obligations under Section 2.4, below, Landlord has no obligation to construct improvements in the Premises.
3.0 Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of any incomplete work, unsatisfactory conditions or defects (the Punch List Items ) which were part of Landlords Work in the Premises within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date and Landlord shall, at its sole expense, complete said work and/or remedy such unsatisfactory conditions or defects as soon as possible. The existence of any incomplete work, unsatisfactory conditions or defects as aforesaid shall not affect the Commencement Date or the obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other charges hereunder.
4.0 In the event, as of the date of execution of this Lease, the Base Building (as defined in Exhibit C) in its condition existing as of such date without regard to any of the Tenant Improvements, Alterations or other improvements to be constructed or installed pursuant to Exhibit C or Tenants use of the Premises, does not comply with applicable laws in effect as of the date hereof, then Landlord shall be responsible for correcting any such non-compliance to the extent and as and when required by applicable laws; provided that Landlord shall not be responsible for the cost of correcting such noncompliance of any element of the improvements existing in the Premises on the date of this Lease to the extent that the construction of Tenant Improvements to be constructed pursuant to Exhibit C would necessitate the demolition or material modification of such compliance work. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in Exhibit C, Landlord shall have the right to contest any alleged violation in good faith, including without limitation the right to apply for and obtain a waiver or deferment of compliance, the right to assert any and all defenses allowed by applicable law and the right to appeal any decisions, judgments or rulings to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
5.0 In the event the applicable governmental authority authorizes occupancy of the Premises for the conduct of business prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be allowed to occupy the Premises for the conduct of its business prior to the Commencement Date without the payment of Base Rent; provided that (a) Tenant shall not interfere with Landlords
-2-
construction of Landlords Work, (b) Tenant first provides with Landlord with all insurance required by the terms of this Lease, and (c) Tenant has coordinated its schedule of early entry with Landlord to Landlords reasonable satisfaction.
ARTICLE 3.
USE, NUISANCE, OR HAZARD
1.0 The Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant solely for general office purposes and for no other purposes without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall have access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, subject to Landlords reasonable and customary access and security rules and regulations and to legally-required shutdowns or other matters outside the reasonable control of Landlord.
2.0 Tenant shall not use, occupy, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises for any purpose which Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, deems to be illegal, immoral, or dangerous; permit any public or private nuisance; do or permit any act or thing which may disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant of the Project; keep any substance or carry on or permit any operation which might introduce offensive odors or conditions into other portions of the Project, use any apparatus which might make undue noise or set up vibrations in or about the Project; permit anything to be done which would increase the premiums paid by Landlord for fire and extended coverage insurance on the Project or its contents or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering the Project or any part thereof or any of its contents; or permit anything to be done which is prohibited by or which shall in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance, or governmental rule, regulation or covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project, including without limitation the CC&Rs (as defined below) now or hereinafter in force. Should Tenant do any of the foregoing without the prior written consent of Landlord, and the same is not cured within five (5) business days after notice from Landlord (which five (5) business day period shall be subject to extension if the nature of the breach is such that it is not possible to cure the same within such five (5) business day period so long as the Tenant commences the cure of such breach within such five (5) day period and diligently prosecutes the same to completion) it shall constitute an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) and shall enable Landlord to resort to any of its remedies hereunder.
3.0 The ownership, operation, maintenance and use of the Project shall be subject to any conditions and restrictions contained in an instrument (CC&Rs) to be recorded against title to the Project. Tenant agrees that regardless of when those CC&Rs are so recorded, this Lease and all provisions hereof shall be subject and subordinate thereto. Accordingly, as a consequence of that subordination, during any period in which the entire Project is not owned by Landlord, (a) the portion of Operating Expenses and Taxes (each as defined below) for the Common Areas shall be allocated among the owners of the Project as provided in the CC&Rs, and (b) the CC&Rs shall govern the maintenance and insuring of the portions of the Project not owned by Landlord. Tenant shall, promptly upon request of Landlord, sign all documents reasonably required to carry out the foregoing into effect. Landlord agrees that nothing in the CC&Rs shall materially and adversely affect Tenants use of the Premises.
4.0 Tenant shall have the right to place a reception desk and lobby furniture (for example, sofa, chairs and table) in the common areas on the 1 st Floor in the Building at
-3-
Tenants sole cost and expense. If another tenant occupies any portion of the Building, then all lobby furniture other than the reception desk shall be available for the common use of all tenants of the Building; provided Tenant shall retain ownership of the furniture in the lobby area. In the event Tenant does not exercise its right to lease the entire Building within the first twenty-four (24) months of the initial Lease Term and Landlord at any time leases space in the Building to another Tenant, then beginning on the second anniversary of the Commencement Date, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to remove the reception desk and any or all of the furniture from the common areas of the Building. At no time shall any other tenant of the Building have the right to occupy the common area lobby if Tenant is denied a similar right to occupy the common area lobby. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the maintenance, repair and replacement of any furniture placed by Tenant in the common areas of the Building and shall insure all of that furniture as part of its property as required pursuant to this Lease.
ARTICLE 0.
RENT
0.0 Tenant hereby agrees to pay Landlord a base annual rental (the Base Rent) as follows subject to recalculation as provided in Section 1.2:
Period |
Annual Base
Rent |
Monthly Base
Rent |
||||||
Months 1-6 |
$
|
360,000.00
(ABATED |
) |
$
|
30,000.00
(ABATED |
) |
||
Months 7-12 |
$ | 360,000.00 | $ | 30,000.00 | ||||
Months 13-18 |
$ | 453,600.00 | $ | 37,800.00 | ||||
Months 19-30 |
$ | 601,001.28 | $ | 50,083.44 | ||||
Months 31-42 |
$ | 637,425.60 | $ | 53,118.80 | ||||
Months 43-54 |
$ | 660,190.80 | $ | 55,015.90 | ||||
Months 55-60 |
$ | 682,956.00 | $ | 56,913.00 |
For purposes of rent adjustment under the Lease, the number of months is measured from the first day of the calendar month in which the Commencement Date falls. Each monthly installment (the Monthly Rent) shall be payable by check or by money order on or before the first day of each calendar month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in consideration of Tenant entering into this Lease, the monthly Base Rent shall be abated for the first six (6) months after the Commencement Date and Tenant shall have no obligation to make payment of Base Rent during such six (6) month period. Landlord and Tenant agree for tax reporting purposes that none of the Base Rent due in periods in which Base Rent is not being abated shall be allocated to any other period. In addition to the Base Rent, Tenant also agrees to pay Tenants Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes (each as hereinafter defined), and any and all other sums of
-4-
money as shall become due and payable by Tenant as hereinafter set forth, all of which shall constitute additional rent under this Lease (the Additional Rent). Landlord expressly reserves the right to apply any payment received to Base Rent or any other items of Rent that are not paid by Tenant. The Monthly Rent and the Additional Rent are sometimes hereinafter collectively called Rent and shall be paid when due in lawful money of the United States without demand, deduction, abatement, or offset as follows or as Landlord may designate from time to time:
2.0 In the event any Monthly or Additional Rent or other amount payable by Tenant hereunder is not paid within five (5) days after its due date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge (the Late Charge), as Additional Rent, in an amount of five percent (5%) of the amount of such late payment. Failure to pay any Late Charge shall be deemed a Monetary Default (as hereinafter defined). Provision for the Late Charge shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Landlord hereunder, at law or in equity, and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or limiting Landlords remedies in any manner. Failure to charge or collect such Late Charge in connection with any one (1) or more such late payments shall not constitute a waiver of Landlords right to charge and collect such Late Charges in connection with any other similar or like late payments.
3.0 Simultaneously with the execution hereof, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) the sum of $30,000.00 as payment of the first installment of Monthly Rent due hereunder and (ii) an amount equal to $136,590.00 to be held by Landlord as security for Tenants faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, and obligations required to be performed by Tenant hereunder (the Security Deposit). The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance by Tenant of all of the covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest thereon. The Security Deposit is not an advance rent deposit, an advance payment of any other kind, or a measure of
-5-
Landlords damages in any case of Tenants default. If Tenant fails to perform any of the covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, including without limitation the provisions relating to payment of rent, the removal of property at the end of the term, the repair of damage to the Premises caused by Tenant, and the cleaning of the Premises upon termination of the tenancy created hereby, then Landlord shall have the right, but no obligation, to apply the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as may be necessary, for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default and/or to cure any other such failure by Tenant. If Landlord applies the Security Deposit or any part thereof for payment of such amounts or to cure any such other failure by Tenant, then Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord the sum necessary to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount then required by this Section 4.3 Landlords obligations with respect to the Security Deposit are those of a debtor and not a trustee. Landlord shall not be required to maintain the Security Deposit separate and apart from Landlords general or other funds and Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with any of Landlords general or other funds. Upon termination of the original Landlords or any successor owners interest in the Premises or the Building, the original Landlord or such successor owner shall be released from further liability with respect to the Security Deposit upon the original Landlords or such successor owners complying with California Civil Code Section 1950.7. Subject to the foregoing, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which (a) establish a time frame within which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (b) provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage caused by the default of Tenant under this Lease, including without limitation all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. If Tenant performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the unused portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant or the last assignee of Tenants interest under this Lease within 30 days following expiration or termination of the term of this Lease.
4.0 If the Term commences on a date other than the first day of a calendar month or expires or terminates on a date other than the last day of a calendar month, the Rent for any such partial month shall be prorated to the actual number of days Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises for such partial month.
5.0 All Rents and any other amount payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, if not paid when due, shall bear interest from the date due until paid at a rate equal to the prime commercial rate established from time to time by Bank of America (the Reference Rate), plus four percent (4%) per annum; but not in excess of the maximum legal rate permitted by law. Failure to charge or collect such interest in connection with any one (1) or more delinquent payments shall not constitute a waiver of Landlords right to charge and collect such interest in connection with any other or similar or like delinquent payments.
6.0 If Tenant fails to make when due two (2) consecutive payments of Monthly Rent or makes two (2) consecutive payments of Monthly Rent which are returned to Landlord by Tenants financial institution for insufficient funds, Landlord may require, by giving written notice to Tenant, that all future payments of Rent shall be made in cashiers check or by
-6-
money order. The foregoing is in addition to any other remedy of Landlord hereunder, at law or in equity.
ARTICLE 5.
RENT ADJUSTMENT
1.0 Definitions.
( ) Operating Expenses, as said term is used herein, shall mean all expenses, costs, and disbursements of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, operation, or maintenance of the Project. Operating Expenses shall include, but not be limited to, the items as listed below:
( ) Wages, salaries, and any and all taxes, insurance and benefits of the Project manager and any clerical, maintenance, or other management employees directly associated with the operation of the Building;
( ) All expenses for the Project management office including rent, office supplies, and materials therefor;
( ) All supplies, materials, and tools;
( ) All costs incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance, and repair of the Project including, but not limited to, the following: elevators; heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems; security; cleaning and janitorial; parking lot and landscape; window washing; building painting; and license, permit and inspection fees;
( ) Costs of water, pure water, sewer, electric, and any other utility charges;
( ) Costs of casualty, rental interruption, and liability insurance, and any deductibles payable thereunder; including, without limitation, Landlords cost of any self insurance deductible or retention;
( ) Capital improvements made to or capital assets acquired for the Project after the Commencement Date that (1) are intended to reduce Operating Expenses or (2) are reasonably necessary for the health and safety of the occupants of the Project or (3) are required under any and all applicable laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, conditions of approval and requirements of all federal, state, county, municipal and governmental authorities and all administrative or judicial orders or decrees and all permits, licenses, approvals and other entitlements issued by governmental entities, and rules of common law, relating to or affecting the Project, the Premises or the Building or the use or operation thereof, whether now existing or hereafter enacted, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 USC 12111 et seq. (the ADA) as the same may be amended from time to time, all
-7-
Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), and any CC&Rs, or any corporation, committee or association formed in connection therewith, or any supplement thereto recorded in any official or public records with respect to the Project or any portion thereof (collectively, Applicable Laws), which capital costs, or an allocable portion thereof, shall be amortized over the useful life of the item as reasonably determined by Landlord, together with interest on the unamortized balance at an annual interest rate equal to the sum of the Reference Rate plus two percent (2%);
( ) legal, accounting, inspection, and consultation fees incurred in connection with the operation of the Project.
( ) any other costs incurred by Landlord related to the Project as a whole.
Expressly excluded from Operating Expenses are the following items:
( ) Advertising and leasing commissions;
( ) Repairs and restoration paid for by the proceeds of any insurance policies or amounts otherwise reimbursed to Landlord or paid by any other source (other than by tenants paying their share of Operating Expenses);
( ) Principal, interest, and other costs directly related to financing the Project or ground lease rental or depreciation;
( ) The cost of special services to tenants (including Tenant) for which a special charge is made;
( ) The costs for restoration following condemnation to the extent covered by condemnation awards;
( ) The costs of any capital expenditures except as expressly permitted to be included in Operating Expenses as provided under clauses (vi), and (vii) above;
( ) The costs, including permit, license and inspection costs and supervision fees, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements within the Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space within the Project or promotional or other costs in order to market space to potential tenants;
( ) The legal fees and related expenses and legal costs incurred by Landlord (together with any damages awarded against Landlord) due to the bad faith violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project;
-8-
( ) The costs arising from the presence of any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) which (a) existed on the Property as of the Commencement Date, and/or (b) were placed within, upon or beneath the Project by Landlord;
( ) The attorneys fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Project;
( ) The expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not available to Tenant;
( ) The overhead and profit paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by qualified, unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;
( ) The costs arising from Landlords charitable or political contributions;
( ) The costs (other than ordinary maintenance and insurance) for sculpture, paintings and other objects of art;
( ) The interest and penalties resulting from Landlords failure to pay any items of Operating Expense when due;
( ) The Landlords general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses, costs of entertainment, dining, automobiles or travel for Landlords employees, and costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of the operation of the Project, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlords interest in the Project, costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees (if any) not engaged in the operation of the Project, disputes of Landlord with management, or outside fees paid in connection with disputes with other Project tenants or occupants (except to the extent such dispute is based on Landlords good faith efforts to benefit Tenant or meet Landlords obligations under this Lease);
( ) The costs arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord;
( ) The Project management office rental to the extent such rental exceeds the fair market rental for such space;
-9-
( ) The costs of correction of latent defects in the Project to the extent covered by warranties;
( ) Any costs in connection with the maintenance, repair or replacement of any building in the Project other than the Building;
( ) The cost of any utilities exclusively serving any building in the Project other than the Building;
( ) Any personal property taxes imposed on any building in the Project other than the personal property in the Building;
( ) The costs of Landlords membership in professional organizations (such as, by way of example and without limitation, BOMA) in excess of $2,500.00 per year; and
( ) Costs of any items (including, but not limited to, costs incurred by Landlord for the repair of damage to the Project) to the extent the cost of the repairs (1) is reimbursed by tenants or occupants of the Project (other than through the payment of Operating Expenses), by insurance, or by other sources or (2) would have been reimbursed if Landlord obtained the insurance required under this Lease and/or had used commercially reasonable efforts to collect such amounts from any such tenants or occupants of the Project, insurance carrier or otherwise. In the case of repairs or replacements to the Project due to casualty which are not covered by insurance (but not as a result of Landlords failure to obtain insurance as required under this Lease) or which fall within a deductible, if such repairs and replacements, according to generally accepted accounting principles and management practices, must be amortized, then such amortization shall be over the useful life of the applicable repair or replacement item, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and management practices; provided that (i) if the repairs or replacements result from earthquake, the cumulative sum of any such annual amortization amounts plus the other costs of repairs or replacements due to casualty not covered by insurance or which fall within a deductible shall be excluded from Operating Expenses to the extent the sum of such annual amortization and other costs of repairs and replacements due to casualty exceeds Two Dollars ($2.00) per square foot of rentable area for any calendar year; and (ii) the cumulative sum of any other such annual amortization amounts and other costs of repairs or replacements resulting from casualty other than earthquake shall be excluded from Operating Expenses to the extent the sum of such annual amortization amounts plus such other costs of repairs and replacements due to casualty not covered by insurance or which fall within a deductible exceeds One Dollar ($1.00) per square foot of rentable area for any calendar year. Nothing in this Section 5.1(a)(xxxiii) shall limit the effect of Section 5.11.
( ) Taxes shall mean all ad valorem taxes, personal property taxes, and all other taxes, assessments, embellishments, use and occupancy taxes, transit taxes,
-10-
water, sewer and pure water charges not included in Section 5.1.(a)(v) above, excises, levies, license fees or taxes, and all other similar charges, levies, penalties, or taxes, if any, which are levied, assessed, or imposed, by any Federal, State, county, or municipal authority, whether by taxing districts or authorities presently in existence or by others subsequently created, upon, or due and payable in connection with, or a lien upon, all or any portion of the tax parcel on which the Building is located, or facilities used in connection therewith, and rentals or receipts therefrom and all taxes of whatsoever nature that are imposed in substitution for or in lieu of any of the taxes, assessments, or other charges included in its definition of Taxes, and any costs and expenses of contesting the validity of same. Taxes shall exclude all excess profit taxes, franchise taxes, including taxes on gross receipts due the State of California from Landlord because Landlord is a limited liability company (except to the extent, if any, such gross receipts taxes are imposed in substitution for or in lieu of the taxes, assessments or other charges otherwise included in the definition of Taxes), gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state net income taxes, and all other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlords net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project).
( ) Lease Year shall mean the twelve (12) month period commencing January 1st and ending December 31st.
( ) Tenants Building Percentage shall mean Tenants percentage of the entire Building as determined by dividing the Rentable Area of the Premises by the total Rentable Area of the Building, which is 50,470 square feet. For purposes of calculating Tenants Building Percentage, Tenant shall be deemed to be leasing 25,000 square feet of rentable area during Months 1 through 12, 30,000 square feet of rentable area during Months 13 through 18 and the actual rentable area of the Premises thereafter through the balance of the term. Accordingly, Tenants Building Percentage during Months 1 through 12 shall be 49.53%, Tenants Building Percentage during Months 13 through 18 shall be 59.44%, and commencing in Month 19, Tenants Building Percentage shall be 75.18% (based on the initial Premises square footage of 37,942). Tenants Building Percentage shall be adjusted for any additional space leased by Tenant beyond the Premises initially described in this Lease. If there is a change in the total Building Rentable Area as a result of an addition to the Building, partial destruction, modification or similar cause, which event causes a reduction or increase on a permanent basis, Landlord shall cause adjustments in the computations as shall be necessary to provide for any such changes. Landlord shall segregate Operating Expenses into two (2) separate categories, one (1) such category, to be applicable only to Operating Expenses incurred for the Building and the other category applicable to Operating Expenses incurred for the Common Areas and/or the Project as a whole. Accordingly, two (2) Tenants Building Percentages shall apply, one (1) such Tenants Building Percentage shall be calculated by dividing the number of rentable square feet of the Premises by the total number of rentable square feet in the Building (Tenants Building Only Percentage), and the other Tenants Building Percentage to be calculated by dividing the number of rentable square feet of the Premises by the total number of rentable square feet of all buildings in the Project (Tenants Common Area Building Percentage). Consequently, any reference in this Lease to Tenants Building Percentage shall mean
-11-
and refer to both Tenants Building Only Percentage and Tenants Common Area Building Percentage of Operating Expenses. Tenants Common Area Building Percentage and not Tenants Building Only Percentage shall be applied to costs that by their nature relate generally to the entire Project and, as provided above, Operating Expenses shall exclude cost of the repair, maintenance and replacement of buildings in the Project other than the Building.
( ) Tenants Tax Percentage shall mean the percentage determined by dividing the Rentable Area of the Premises by the total Rentable Area of all buildings on the same tax parcel on which the Building is located.
( ) Common Areas shall mean those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project, whether or not those areas are open to the general public, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas to be shared by Landlord and all tenants, and may include, without limitation, any parking facilities, fixtures, systems, signs, facilities, lakes, gardens, parks or other landscaping used in connection with the Project, and may include any city sidewalks adjacent to the Project, pedestrian walkway system, whether above or below grade, park or other facilities open to the general public and roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways, and landscape areas appurtenant to the Project.
( ) Market Area shall mean the Redwood Shores submarket of Redwood City, California.
( ) Comparable Buildings shall mean comparable Class A office/R&D use buildings owned by institutions in the Market Area.
2.0 Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenants Share (as hereinafter defined) of the Operating Expenses. Tenants Share shall be determined by multiplying Operating Expenses for any Lease Year or pro rata portion thereof, by Tenants Building Percentage. Landlord shall, in advance of each Lease Year, estimate what Tenants Share will be for such Lease Year based, in part, on Landlords operating budget for such Lease Year, and Tenant shall pay Tenants Share as so estimated each month (the Monthly Escalation Payments). The Monthly Escalation Payments shall be due and payable at the same time and in the same manner as the Monthly Rent.
3.0 Landlord shall, within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each Lease Year, or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible, provide Tenant with a written statement of the actual Operating Expenses incurred during such Lease Year for the Project and such statement shall set forth Tenants Share of such Operating Expenses. Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, the difference between Tenants Share of Operating Expenses and the amount of Monthly Escalation Payments made by Tenant attributable to said Lease Year, such payment to be made within thirty (30) days of the date of Tenants receipt of said statement (except as provided in Section 5.4 below); similarly, Tenant shall receive a credit if Tenants Share is less than the amount of Monthly Escalation Payments collected by Landlord during said Lease Year, such credit to be applied to future Monthly Escalation Payments to become due
-12-
hereunder; provided that if the amount of such credit exceeds the next two estimated Monthly Escalation Payments, the amount of such excess shall be credited against the next installment of Monthly Rent; and provided further that if the Term has expired or been terminated, Landlord shall refund such overpayment to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of the statement. If utilities, janitorial services or any other components of Operating Expenses increase during any Lease Year, Landlord may revise Monthly Escalation Payments due during such Lease Year by giving Tenant written notice to that effect; and thereafter, Tenant shall pay, in each of the remaining months of such Lease Year, a sum equal to the amount of the revised difference in Operating Expenses multiplied by Tenants Building Percentage divided by the number of months remaining in such Lease Year.
4.0 If, within sixty (60) days following Tenants receipt of the Operating Expense statement, neither party hereto delivers to the other party a notice referring in reasonable detail to one (1) or more errors in such statement, it shall be deemed conclusively that the information set forth in such statement is correct. Within sixty (60) days following Tenants receipt of a statement, Tenant may have an accounting employee of Tenant review Landlords supporting material for the Operating Expense statement at a time reasonably convenient to Landlord in order to assist Tenant in determining whether to audit the Operating Expense statement. Tenant shall, however, be entitled to conduct or require an audit to be conducted, provided that (a) not more than one (1) such audit may be conducted during any Lease Year of the Term, (b) the records for each Lease Year may be audited only once, (c) such audit is commenced within sixty (60) days following Tenants receipt of the applicable statement, and (d) such audit is completed within 180 days following Tenants receipt of the applicable statement. In no event shall payment of Rent ever be contingent upon the performance of such audit. For purposes of any audit, Tenant or Tenants duly authorized representative, at Tenants sole cost and expense, shall have the right, upon fifteen (15) days written notice to Landlord, to inspect Landlords books and records pertaining to Operating Expenses at the offices of Landlord or Landlords managing agent during ordinary business hours, provided that such audit must be conducted so as not to interfere with Landlords business operations and must be reasonable as to scope and time. The accountant conducting the audit on behalf of Tenant must be a certified public accountant and must not charge a fee based on the amount of that the accountant is able to save Tenant by the inspection. Tenant shall be entitled to no more than one (1) audit per calendar year. No subtenant has any right to conduct an inspection and no assignee shall conduct an inspection for any period during which such assignee was not in possession of the Premises. As a condition precedent to any inspection by Tenants accountant, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of Tenants written agreement with such accountant, which agreement shall include provisions which state that (i) Landlord is an intended third party beneficiary of such agreement, (ii) such accountant will not in any manner solicit or agree to represent any other tenant of the Project with respect to an audit or other review of Landlords accounting records at the Project, and (iii) such accountant shall maintain in strict confidence any and all information obtained in connection with the review and shall not disclose such information to any person or entity other than to the management personnel of Tenant, attorneys, and any governmental agencies, or as otherwise required by law. An overcharge of Operating Expenses by Landlord shall not entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease. If Tenants auditor finds errors or over or under charges in Landlords statement, said findings must be immediately and simultaneously reported to both Landlord and Tenant, with full written support for such findings and specific reference to the relevant Lease provisions disqualifying such expenses, if applicable. If Landlord agrees with
-13-
said findings, appropriate rebates or charges shall be made to Tenant in accordance therewith. If Landlord does not agree, Landlord shall engage its own auditor to review the findings of Tenants auditor and Landlords books and records. The two auditors shall then meet to resolve any difference between the audits. If agreement cannot be reached within two (2) weeks after the auditors initial meeting, then the auditors shall together select a third auditor (who shall be a member of a nationally recognized accounting firm) to which they shall each promptly submit their findings in a final report, with copies submitted simultaneously to the first two auditors, Tenant and Landlord. The third auditor shall leave the submitted findings unopened for a period of two (2) weeks, during which time Landlord and Tenant may attempt to reach a negotiated settlement. If no settlement is reached, then within fifteen (15) days following the completion of such two-week period, the third auditor shall determine which of the two reports best meets the terms of this Lease, which report shall become the Final Finding. The third auditor shall not have the option of selecting a compromise between the first two auditors findings, nor to make any other finding. If the Final Finding determines that Landlord has overcharged Tenant, Landlord shall credit Tenant toward the payment of the Operating Expenses next due and payable under this Lease the amount of such overcharge. If the Final Finding determines that Tenant was undercharged, then within thirty (30) days after the Final Finding, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord the amount of such undercharge. If the Final Finding results in a credit to Tenant in excess of seven percent (7%) of Tenants Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall pay its own audit costs and the cost of the third auditor and reimburse Tenant for its costs associated with said audits, not to exceed $5,000.00. If the Final Finding results in a credit to Tenant of less than one percent (1%) of Tenants share of total Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay its own costs and the cost of the third auditor and reimburse Landlord for its costs associated with said audits. In all other events, each party shall pay its own audit costs, including one half (1/2) of the cost of the third auditor.
5.0 If the occupancy of the Building during any part of any Lease Year is less than ninety-five percent (95%), Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment of the variable components of Operating Expenses for that Lease Year, as reasonably determined by Landlord using sound accounting and management principles, to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Building been 95% occupied. This amount shall be considered to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for that Lease Year. For purposes of this Section 5.6, variable components include only those component expenses that are affected by variations in occupancy levels.
6.0 Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenants Tax Share (as hereinafter defined) of the Taxes. Tenants Tax Share shall be determined by multiplying Taxes for any Lease Year or pro rata portion thereof, by Tenants Tax Percentage. Landlord shall, in advance of each Lease Year, estimate what Tenants Tax Share will be for such Lease Year and Tenant shall pay Tenants Tax Share as so estimated each month (the Monthly Tax Payments). The Monthly Tax Payments shall be due and payable at the same time and in the same manner as the Monthly Rent.
7.0 Landlord shall, within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each Lease Year, or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible, provide Tenant with a written statement of the actual Taxes incurred during such Lease Year for the Project and such statement shall set forth Tenants Tax Share of such Taxes. Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, the
-14-
difference between Tenants Tax Share of any increases in Taxes and the amount of Monthly Tax Payments made by Tenant attributable to said Lease Year, such payment to be made within thirty (30) days of the date of Tenants receipt of said statement; similarly, Tenant shall receive a credit if Tenants Tax Share is less than the amount of Monthly Tax Payments collected by Landlord during said Lease Year, such credit to be applied to future Monthly Tax Payments to become due hereunder; provided that the amount of such credit exceeds the next two (2) estimated Monthly Tax Payments, the amount of such excess shall be credited against the next installment of Monthly Rent; and provided further that if the Term has expired or been terminated, Landlord shall refund such overpayment to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the delivery of such statement. If Taxes increase during any Lease Year, Landlord may revise Monthly Tax Payments due during such Lease Year by giving Tenant written notice to that effect; and, thereafter, Tenant shall pay, in each of the remaining months of such Lease Year, a sum equal to the amount of revised difference in Taxes multiplied by Tenants Tax Percentage divided by the number of months remaining in such Lease Year.
8.0 If, within sixty (60) days following receipt of the Taxes statement, neither party hereto delivers to the other party a notice referring in reasonable detail to one (1) or more errors in such statement, it shall be deemed conclusively that the information set forth in such statement is correct. Tenant may elect to conduct an audit of Taxes as part of and subject to the same terms and conditions as provided for audits of Operating Expenses in Section 5.4. If Tenant so elects to conduct such an audit, the term Operating Expenses appearing in Section 5.4 shall be deemed to mean Operating Expenses and Taxes. Despite any other provision of this Article 5, Landlord may adjust Operating Expenses and/or Taxes and submit a corrected statement to account for Taxes or other government public-sector charges (including utility charges) that are for that given year but that were first billed to Landlord after the date that is ten (10) business days before the date on which the statement was furnished.
9.0 If the Taxes for any Lease Year are changed as a result of protest, appeal or other action taken by a taxing authority, the Taxes as so changed shall be deemed the Taxes for such Lease Year. Any expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Taxes shall be included in Taxes in the Lease Year in which those expenses are paid. Landlord shall have the exclusive right to conduct such contests, protests and appeals of the Taxes as Landlord shall determine is appropriate in Landlords sole discretion.
10.0 Tenants obligation with respect to Additional Rent and the payment of Tenants Share of Operating Expenses and Tenants Tax Share of Taxes shall survive the Expiration Date or Termination Date of this Lease and Landlord shall have the right to retain the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as it deems necessary, to secure payment of Tenants Share of Operating Expenses and Tenants Tax Share of Taxes for the final year of the Lease, or part thereof, during which Tenant was obligated to pay such expenses.
11.0 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 5, Tenants Share of Operating Expenses (exclusive of janitorial service in the Premises) and Taxes shall be subject to the following limits:
1.0.0 During the first twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, Tenants Share of Operating Expenses (exclusive of janitorial service in the Premises) and Taxes
-15-
determined on an annual basis shall not exceed an amount equal to (a) $9.84 multiplied by (b) the number of square feet of rentable area in the Premises.
2.0.0 During the portion of 2007 after the expiration of the first twelve (12) months of the Lease Term (the 2007 Partial Year Period), Tenants Share of Operating Expenses (exclusive of janitorial service in the Premises) and Taxes shall not exceed (a) the sum of (i) the 2006 Partial Year Annualized Amount (as defined below) plus (ii) $1.20 multiplied by (b) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the 2007 Partial Year Period and the denominator of which is 365, and multiplied again by (c) the number of square feet of rentable area in the Premises. As used herein, the term 2006 Partial Year Annualized Amount means actual Tenants Share of Operating Expenses (exclusive of janitorial service in the Premises) and Taxes per square foot of rentable area in the Premises for the portion of the Term in calendar year 2006 (with any Operating Expenses or Taxes that are payable on a periodic basis appropriately accrued to apply over the entire period covered by the particular payment and adjusted by Section 5.5) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is 365 and the denominator of which is the number of days in the portion of the term in calendar year 2006.
3.0.0 Commencing in calendar year 2008 and in each calendar year thereafter during the initial term of this Lease, Tenants Share of Operating Expenses (exclusive of janitorial service in the Premises) and Taxes on an annual basis shall not exceed an amount equal to (a) the sum of (i) the per square foot amount of Operating Expenses (exclusive of janitorial services in the Premises) and Taxes in the prior calendar year (adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5), plus (ii) $1.20, multiplied by (b) the number of square feet of rentable area in the Premises. (If the rentable area of the Premises changes during the period for which the amounts in this Section 5.11 are being determined, then the calculations under this Section 5.11 shall take into account that change in rentable area by using the weighted average of the rentable area for the applicable period.)
12.0 As additional consideration for this Lease, Landlord agrees that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Tenants Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes during the month of May, 2006, regardless of the date upon which the Commencement Date occurs.
ARTICLE 6.
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD
1.0 Subject to Articles 5 and 10 herein, and provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises the utilities and services described in the Standards for Utilities and Services, attached hereto as Exhibit G , subject to the conditions and in accordance with the standards set forth herein.
2.0 Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage arising or alleged to arise in connection with the failure, stoppage, or interruption of any such services; nor shall the same be construed as an eviction of Tenant, work an abatement of Rent, entitle Tenant to any reduction in Rent, or relieve Tenant from the operation of any covenant or condition herein contained; it being further agreed that Landlord reserves the right to discontinue temporarily such services or any of them at such times as may be necessary by reason of repair or capital improvements performed within the Project, accident, unavailability of employees, repairs,
-16-
alterations or improvements, or whenever by reason of strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of God, or any other happening or occurrence beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. In the event of any such failure, stoppage or interruption of services, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to have the same restored. Neither diminution nor shutting off of light or air or both, nor any other effect on the Project by any structure erected or condition now or hereafter existing on lands adjacent to the Project, shall affect this Lease, abate Rent, or otherwise impose any liability on Landlord.
0.0 Landlord shall have the right to reduce heating, cooling, or lighting within the Premises and in the public area in the Building as required by any mandatory fuel or energy-saving program.
0.0 Unless otherwise provided by Landlord, Tenant shall separately arrange with the applicable local public authorities or utilities, as the case may be, for the furnishing of and payment of all telecommunication services as may be required by Tenant in the use of the Premises. Tenant shall directly pay for such telecommunication services as may be required by Tenant in the use of the Premises. Tenant shall directly pay for such telephone and facsimile services, including the establishment and connection thereof, at the rates charged for such services by said authority or utility; and the failure of Tenant to obtain or to continue to receive such services for any reason whatsoever shall not relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease.
0.0 Tenant shall be solely responsible for providing janitorial services to the Premises at Tenants sole cost and expense. Any vendor providing janitorial services shall be qualified and reputable and shall be required to provide such insurance as Landlord requires of other janitorial service providers in the Project. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs, expenses and causes of action arising out or relating to any contract entered into by Tenant or any services provided to the Building pursuant to its contract with its janitorial vendor. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide janitorial services to the Premises. Landlord, however, shall provide janitorial services to the common areas of the Building, including without limitation, the lobby area and the restrooms on the 1 st Floor; provided, however, so long as Tenant is the sole occupant of the Building, Tenant shall provide janitorial service for the common areas of the Building and the cost of such common area janitorial service shall be excluded from Operating Expenses.
ARTICLE 0.
REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE BY LANDLORD
0.0 Landlord shall provide for the cleaning and maintenance of the public portions of the Project in keeping with the ordinary standard for Comparable Buildings as part of Operating Expenses. Unless otherwise expressly stipulated herein, Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements or repairs of any kind or character to the Premises during the Term, except such repairs as may be required to the exterior walls, corridors, windows, roof, integrated Building utility and mechanical systems and other Base Building elements and other structural elements and equipment of the Project, and subject to Section 13.4, below, such additional maintenance as may be necessary because of the damage caused by persons other than Tenant, its agents, employees, licensees, or invitees.
-17-
2.0 Landlord or Landlords officers, agents, and representatives (subject to any security regulations imposed by any governmental authority) shall have the right to enter all parts of the Premises at all reasonable hours upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant (other than in an emergency) to Tenant to inspect, clean, make repairs, alterations, and additions to the Project or the Premises which it may deem necessary or desirable, to make repairs to adjoining spaces, to cure any defaults of Tenant hereunder that Landlord elects to cure pursuant to Section 22.5, below, to show the Premises to prospective tenants (during the final nine (9) months of the Term or at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default that remains uncured), mortgagees or purchasers of the Building, or to provide any service which it is obligated or elects to furnish to Tenant; and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent by reason thereof. Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time and by any means in the case of an emergency.
3.0 Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant hereby waives all rights it would otherwise have under California Civil Code Sections 1932(1) and 1942(a) or any successor statutes to deduct repair costs from Rent and/or terminate this Lease as the result of any failure by Landlord to maintain or repair.
4.0 If (a) Tenant provides written notice to Landlord of an event or circumstance which requires the action of Landlord with respect to repair and/or maintenance of the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease, and (b) such event or circumstance materially and adversely affects the conduct of Tenants business from the Premises (as determined by Tenant in its commercially reasonable judgment, it being understood that the required notice and cure period will be inapplicable in the event of a true emergency), then if Landlord fails to take the necessary corrective action to perform the work or take the action Landlord is required to perform under the Lease within a reasonable period of time, given the circumstances, after the receipt of such notice, but in any event not later than ten (10) days after receipt of such notice (unless such repair is reasonably expected to take longer than ten (10) days and Landlord has commenced such work within said ten (10) day period and diligently prosecutes such work to completion), then Tenant may proceed to take the required action upon delivery of an additional ten (10) days notice (Self Help Notice) to Landlord specifying that Tenant is taking such required action. If such action was required under the terms of this Lease to be taken by Landlord and was not taken by Landlord within said ten (10) day period, then Tenant shall be entitled to take such action and to receive reimbursement from Landlord for all reasonable and actual out-of-pocket costs and expense incurred by Tenant in connection with such action, but only to the extent that such out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Tenant exceed the costs and expenses that would have been payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Lease had Landlord performed its obligations hereunder and charged Tenant for the cost thereof as an Operating Cost or otherwise (such excess to be referred to herein as the Reimbursement Amount). In the event Tenant takes such action, and such work will affect the systems or structural integrity of the Building, Tenant shall use only those contractors used by Landlord in the Building for work on such systems or structure unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform, or timely perform, such work, in which event Tenant may utilize the services of any other qualified contractor which normally and regularly performs similar work in Class A office buildings in the Market Area. Promptly following completion of any work completed by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Section 7.4, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a detailed statement of the work completed (including a detailed
-18-
schedule of Tenants costs of taking such action which Tenant claims should have been taken by Landlord), the materials used, and all invoices evidencing the cost of work, together with proof of payment by Tenant.
If Landlord does not deliver a detailed written objection to Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such detailed information from Tenant regarding the work and the Reimbursement Amount, then Tenant shall be entitled to deduct from Basic Rental payable by Tenant under this Lease, the amount set forth in such invoice as the Reimbursement Amount. If, however, Landlord delivers to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenants invoice, a written objection to the payment of such invoice, setting forth with reasonable particularity Landlords reasons for its claim that such action did not have to be taken by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease or that the charges claimed as a Reimbursement Amount are excessive (in which case Landlord shall pay the amount it contends would not have been excessive), and if Landlord and Tenant are unable to resolve such dispute within thirty (30) days after Tenants receipt of such written objection from Landlord, then, as Tenants sole remedy, Tenant may proceed to seek a final judicial determination of its right to reimbursement. If such judicial determination results in a judgment in Tenants favor, and Landlord does not pay that judgment within 30 days after it becomes final, Tenant may offset such amounts as so determined from Rent until fully paid to Tenant.
ARTICLE 8.
REPAIRS AND CARE OF PROJECT BY TENANT
1.0 If the Building, the Project, or any portion thereof, including but not limited to, the elevators, boilers, engines, pipes, and other apparatus, or members of elements of the Building (or any of them) used for the purpose of climate control of the Building or operating of the elevators, or of the water pipes, drainage pipes, electric lighting, or other equipment of the Building or the roof or outside walls of the Building and also the Premises improvements, including but not limited to, the carpet, wall coverings, doors, and woodwork, become damaged or are destroyed through the negligence, carelessness, or misuse of Tenant, its servants, agents, employees, or anyone permitted by Tenant to be in the Building, or through it or them, then the reasonable cost of the necessary repairs, replacements, or alterations shall be borne by Tenant who shall pay the same to Landlord as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after demand, subject to Section 13.4 below. Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable evidence of the amounts expended for which payment is demanded by Landlord under this Section 8.1. Landlord shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to make any repairs necessitated by such damage.
2.0 Subject to Section 13.4 below, Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to repair or replace any damage or injury done to the Project, or any part thereof, caused by Tenant, Tenants agents, employees, licensees, or invitees which Landlord elects not to repair. Tenant shall not injure the Project or the Premises and shall maintain the elements of the Premises not to be maintained by Landlord pursuant to this Lease in good order, condition and repair. If Tenant fails to keep such elements of the Premises in such good order, condition, and repair as required hereunder and such failure is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice to Tenant (unless in an emergency, in which event no notice shall be required), Landlord may restore the Premises to such good order and condition and make such repairs without liability to
-19-
Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenants property or business by reason thereof, and within ten (10) days after completion thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, upon demand, the cost of restoring the Premises to such good order and condition and of the making of such repairs, plus an additional charge of ten percent (10%) thereof. Upon the Expiration Date or the Termination Date, Tenant shall surrender and deliver up the Premises to Landlord in the same condition in which it existed at the Commencement Date, excepting only ordinary wear and tear and damage arising from any cause not required to be repaired by Tenant. Upon the Expiration Date or the Termination Date, Landlord shall have the right to re-enter and take possession of the Premises.
ARTICLE 9.
TENANTS EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATIONS
1.0 If heat-generating machines or equipment, including telephone equipment, cause the temperature in the Premises, or any part thereof, to exceed the temperatures the Buildings air conditioning system would be able to maintain in such Premises were it not for such heat-generating equipment, then Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and the cost of operation and maintenance thereof, including water, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after demand by Landlord.
2.0 Except for desk or table-mounted typewriters, office calculators, personal computers, scanners, fax machines, printers, servers (provided that the area occupied by servers shall not exceed 5,000 square feet), and other similar office equipment consistent with first-class general office use in Comparable Buildings, Tenant shall not install within the Premises any fixtures, equipment, facilities, or other improvements without the specific written consent of Landlord, subject to Article 15, below. Tenant shall not, without the specific written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), install or maintain any apparatus or device within the Premises which shall increase the usage of electrical power or water for the Premises to an amount greater than would be normally required for general office use for space of comparable size in the Market Area; and if any such apparatus or device is so installed, Tenant agrees to furnish Landlord a written agreement to pay for any additional costs of utilities as the result of said installation.
ARTICLE 10.
FORCE MAJEURE
1.0 It is understood and agreed that with respect to any service or other obligation to be furnished or obligations to be performed by either party that in no event shall either party be liable for failure to furnish or perform the same when prevented from doing so by strike, lockout, breakdown, accident, supply, or inability by the exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain supplies, parts, or employees necessary to furnish such service or meet such obligation; or because of war or other emergency; or for any cause beyond the reasonable control with the party obligated for such performance; or for any cause due to any act or omission of the other party or its agents, employees, licensees, invitees, or any persons claiming by, through, or under the other party; or because of the failure of any public utility to furnish services; or because of order or regulation of any federal, state, county or municipal authority (collectively, Force
-20-
Majeure Events). Nothing in this Section 10.1 shall limit or otherwise modify or waive Tenants obligation to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent as and when due pursuant to the terms of this Lease.
ARTICLE 11.
CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICS AND MATERIALMANS LIENS
1.0 Tenant shall not suffer or permit any construction, mechanics or materialmans lien to be filed against the Premises or any portion of the Project by reason of work, labor services, or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed in any way as constituting the consent or request of Landlord, expressed or implied, by inference or otherwise, for any contractor, subcontractor, laborer, or materialman to perform any labor or to furnish any materials or to make any specific improvement, alteration, or repair of or to the Premises or any portion of the Project; nor of giving Tenant any right, power, or authority to contract for, or permit the rendering of, any services or the furnishing of any materials that could give rise to the filing of any construction, mechanics or materialmans lien against the Premises or any portion of the Project.
2.0 If any such construction, mechanics or materialmans lien shall at any time be filed against the Premises or any portion of the Project as the result of any act or omission of Tenant, Tenant covenants that it shall, within twenty (20) days after Tenant has notice of the claim for lien, procure the discharge thereof by payment or by giving security or in such other manner as is or may be required or permitted by law or which shall otherwise satisfy Landlord. If Tenant fails to take such action, Landlord, in addition to any other right or remedy it may have, may take such action as may be reasonably necessary to protect its interests. Any amounts paid by Landlord in connection with such action, all other expenses of Landlord incurred in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys fees, court costs, and other necessary disbursements shall be repaid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after demand.
ARTICLE 12.
[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
ARTICLE 13.
INSURANCE
1.0 Landlord shall maintain, as a part of Operating Expenses, fire and extended coverage insurance on the Project in an amount equal to the full replacement cost of the Project, subject to such deductibles as Landlord may determine. Landlord shall not be obligated to insure, and shall not assume any liability of risk of loss for, any of Tenants furniture, equipment, machinery, goods, supplies, improvements or alterations upon the Premises. Such insurance shall be maintained with an insurance company selected, and in amounts desired, by Landlord or Landlords mortgagee, and payment for losses thereunder shall be made solely to Landlord subject to the rights of the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust which may now or hereafter encumber the Project. Landlord shall also maintain, as a part of Operating Expenses, commercial general liability insurance in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and $3,000,000.00 general aggregate, with an insurance company selected by Landlord.
-21-
Additionally Landlord may maintain such additional insurance, including, without limitation, earthquake insurance, flood insurance, liability insurance and/or rent insurance, as Landlord may in its sole discretion elect. The cost of all such additional insurance shall also be part of the Operating Expenses. Any or all of Landlords insurance may be provided by blanket coverage maintained by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord under its insurance program for its portfolio of properties or by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlords program of self insurance, and in such event Operating Expenses shall include the portion of the reasonable cost of blanket insurance or self-insurance that is allocated to the Project. Within 30 days after Tenants written request, but not more often than once in any calendar year, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a description of the then current deductibles under the policies of insurance carried by Landlord with respect to the Project.
0.0 Tenant, at its own expense, shall maintain with licensed insurers authorized to do business in the State of California and which are rated A- and have a financial size category of at least VIII in the most recent Bests Key Rating Guide, or any successor thereto (or if there is none, an organization having a national reputation), (a) commercial general liability insurance, including Broad Form Property Damage and Contractual Liability with the following minimum limits: General Aggregate $3,000,000.00; Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000.00; Each Occurrence $2,000,000.00; Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000.00; Medical Payments $5,000.00 per person, (b) Umbrella/Excess Liability on a following form basis with the following minimum limits: General Aggregate $5,000,000.00; Each Occurrence $5,000,000.00; (c) Workers Compensation with statutory limits; (d) Employers Liability insurance with the following limits: Bodily injury by disease per person $1,000,000.00; Bodily injury by accident policy limit $1,000,000.00; Bodily injury by disease policy limit $1,000,000.00; (e) property insurance on special causes of loss insurance form covering any and all personal property of Tenant including but not limited to alterations, improvements (exclusive of the initial improvements (if any) constructed pursuant to Exhibit C ), betterments, furniture, fixtures and equipment in an amount not less than their full replacement cost, with a deductible not to exceed $25,000.00; and (f) comprehensive automobile liability insurance having a combined single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and insuring Tenant against liability for claims arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of any owned, hired or non-owned automobiles. At all times during the Term, such insurance shall be maintained, and Tenant shall cause a current and valid certificate of such policies to be deposited with Landlord. If Tenant fails to have a current and valid certificate of such policies on deposit with Landlord at all times during the Term and such failure is not cured within three (3) business days following Tenants receipt of notice thereof from Landlord, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to obtain such an insurance policy, and Tenant shall be obligated to pay Landlord the amount of the premiums applicable to such insurance within ten (10) days after Tenants receipt of Landlords request for payment thereof. Said policy of liability insurance shall name Landlord, Landlords managing agent and Tenant as the insureds and shall be noncancellable with respect to Landlord except after thirty (30) days written notice from the insurer to Landlord.
0.0 Tenant shall adjust annually the amount of coverage established in Article 13.2 hereof to such amount as in Landlords reasonable opinion, adequately protects Landlords interest; provided the same is consistent with the amount of coverage customarily required of comparable tenants in Comparable Buildings.
-22-
4.0 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives any and all rights of recovery, claim, action, or cause of action against the other, its agents, employees, licensees, or invitees for any loss or damage to or at the Premises or the Project or any personal property of such party therein or thereon by reason of fire, the elements, or any other cause which would be insured against under the terms of (i) fire and extended coverage insurance or (ii) the liability insurance referred to in Article 13.2, to the extent of such insurance, regardless of cause or origin, including omission of the other party hereto, its agents, employees, licensees, or invitees. Landlord and Tenant covenant that no insurer shall hold any right of subrogation against either of such parties with respect thereto. This waiver shall be ineffective against any insurer of Landlord or Tenant to the extent that such waiver is prohibited by the laws and insurance regulations of the State of California. The parties hereto agree that any and all such insurance policies required to be carried by either shall be endorsed with a subrogation clause, substantially as follows: This insurance shall not be invalidated should the insured waive, in writing prior to a loss, any and all right of recovery against any party for loss occurring to the property described therein, and shall provide that such partys insurer waives any right of recovery against the other party in connection with any such loss or damage.
In the event Tenants occupancy or conduct of business in or on the Premises, whether or not Landlord has consented to the same, results in any increase in premiums for the insurance carried from time to time by Landlord with respect to the Building, Tenant shall pay any such increase in premiums as Rent within ten (10) days after bills for such additional premiums shall be rendered by Landlord. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of Tenants use or occupancy of the Premises, a schedule issued by the organization computing the insurance rate on the Building showing the various components of such rate, shall be conclusive evidence of the several items and charges which make up such rate. Tenant shall promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or of any insurer now or hereafter in effect relating to the Premises.
ARTICLE 14.
QUIET ENJOYMENT
1.0 Provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease after the expiration of any period for cure in the performance of all its obligations under this Lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of Rent and all other sums due hereunder, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term, without hindrance by Landlord, subject to the provisions and conditions set forth in this Lease.
ARTICLE 15.
ALTERATIONS
1.0 Tenant agrees that it shall not make or allow to be made any alterations, physical additions, or improvements in or to the Premises without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord in each instance. As used herein, the term Minor Alteration refers to an alteration that (a) does not affect the outside appearance of the Building and is not visible from the Common Areas, (b) is non-structural and does not impair the strength or structural integrity of the Building, and (c) does not affect the mechanical, electrical, HVAC or other systems of the
-23-
Building. Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold its consent to any Minor Alteration. Landlords consent to any other alteration may be conditioned, given, or withheld in Landlords sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord consents to any repainting, recarpeting, or other purely cosmetic changes or upgrades to the Premises, so long as (i) the aggregate cost of such work is less than $2,500.00 in any twelve-month period, (ii) such work constitutes a Minor Alteration (iii) no building permit is required in connection therewith, and (iv) such work conforms the then existing Specifications (as defined in Exhibit C ). At the time of said request, Tenant shall submit to Landlord plans and specifications of the proposed alterations, additions, or improvements; and Landlord shall have a period of not less than thirty (30) days therefrom in which to review and approve or disapprove said plans; provided that if Landlord determines in good faith that Landlord requires a third party to assist in reviewing such plans and specifications, Landlord shall instead have a period of not less than sixty (60) days in which to review and approve or disapprove said plans. Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the cost and expense of Landlord in (A) reviewing said plans and specifications, and (B) inspecting the alterations, additions, or improvements to determine whether the same are being performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and all laws and requirements of public authorities, including, without limitation, the fees of any architect or engineer employed by Landlord for such purpose. In any instance where Landlord grants such consent, and permits Tenant to use its own contractors, laborers, materialmen, and others furnishing labor or materials for Tenants construction (collectively, Tenants Contractors), Landlords consent shall be deemed conditioned upon each of Tenants Contractors (1) working in harmony and not interfering with any laborer utilized by Landlord, Landlords contractors, laborers, or materialmen; (2) furnishing Landlord with evidence of acceptable liability insurance, workers compensation coverage and if required by Landlord, completion bonding, and if at any time such entry by one or more persons furnishing labor or materials for Tenants work shall cause such disharmony or interference, the consent granted by Landlord to Tenant may be withdrawn immediately upon written notice from Landlord to Tenant. Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain all necessary governmental permits and certificates for the commencement and prosecution of alterations, additions, or improvements and for final approval thereof upon completion, and all cause any alterations, additions, or improvements to be performed in compliance therewith and with all applicable laws and requirements of public authorities and with all applicable requirements of insurance bodies. All alterations, additions, or improvements shall be diligently performed in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials and equipment at least equal in quality and class to be better than (a) the original installations of the Building, or (b) the then standards for the Comparable Building. Upon the completion of work and upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord copies of all waivers or releases of lien from each of Tenants Contractors. No alterations, modifications, or additions to the Project or the Premises shall be removed by Tenant either during the Term or upon the Expiration Date or the Termination Date without the express written approval of Landlord. Tenant shall not be entitled to any reimbursement or compensation resulting from its payment of the cost of constructing all or any portion of said improvements or modifications thereto unless otherwise expressly agreed by Landlord in writing.
2.0 Landlords approval of Tenants plans for work shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules, and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities, including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act. Landlord may, at its option, at
-24-
Tenants expense, require that Landlords contractors be engaged for any work upon the integrated Building mechanical or electrical systems or other Building or leasehold improvements. Tenant may use contractors approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, with respect to contractors providing work on Tenants telecommunications system. The contractors specifically approved in Exhibit C for such work shall be deemed approved by Landlord for purposes of this Section 15.2.
3.0 At least five (5) days prior to the commencement of any work permitted to be done by persons requested by Tenant on the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the proposed work and the names and addresses of Tenants Contractors. During any such work on the Premises, Landlord, or its representatives, shall have the right to go upon and inspect the Premises at all reasonable times, and shall have the right to post and keep posted thereon building permits or to take any further action which Landlord may deem to be proper for the protection of Landlords interest in the Premises.
ARTICLE 16.
FURNITURE, FIXTURES, AND PERSONAL PROPERTY
1.0 Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may remove its trade fixtures, office supplies and moveable office furniture and equipment not attached to the Project or Premises provided:
( ) Such removal is made prior to the Expiration Date or the Termination Date;
( ) No Event of Default exists under this Lease at the time of such removal; and
( ) Tenant promptly repairs all damage caused by such removal.
2.0 If Tenant does not remove its trade fixtures, office supplies, and moveable furniture and equipment as herein above provided prior to the Expiration Date or the Termination Date (unless prior arrangements have been made with Landlord and Landlord has agreed in writing to permit Tenant to leave such items in the Premises for an agreed period), then, in addition to its other remedies, at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the right to have such items removed and stored at Tenants sole cost and expense and all damage to the Project or the Premises resulting from said removal shall be repaired at the cost of Tenant; Landlord may elect that such items automatically become the property of Landlord upon the Expiration Date or the Termination Date, and Tenant shall not have any further rights with respect thereto or reimbursement therefor subject to the provisions of applicable law. All other property in the Premises, any alterations, or additions to the Premises (including wall-to-wall carpeting, paneling, wall covering, specially constructed or built-in cabinetry or bookcases), and any other article attached or affixed to the floor, wall, or ceiling of the Premises shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof at the Expiration or Termination Date regardless of who paid therefor; and Tenant hereby waives all rights to any payment or compensation therefor. If, however, Landlord so requests, in writing, Tenant shall remove, prior to the Expiration Date or the Termination Date, any and all
-25-
alterations, additions, fixtures, equipment, and property placed or installed in the Premises and shall repair any damage caused by such removal. Prior to commencing any Alteration, Tenant may request that Landlord notify Tenant whether or not the proposed Alteration will be required by Landlord to be removed at the end of the term.
3.0 All the furnishings, fixtures, equipment, effects, and property of every kind, nature, and description of Tenant and of all persons claiming by, through, or under Tenant which, during the continuance of this Lease or any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant, may be on the Premises or elsewhere in the Project shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant, and if the whole or any part thereof shall be destroyed or damaged by fire, water, or otherwise, or by the leakage or bursting of water pipes, steam pipes, or other pipes, by theft, or from any other cause, no part of said loss or damage is to be charged to or be borne by Landlord unless due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors.
ARTICLE 17.
PERSONAL PROPERTY AND OTHER TAXES
1.0 During the Term hereof, Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, all business and other taxes, charges, notes, duties, and assessments levied, and rates or fees imposed, charged, or assessed against or in respect of Tenants occupancy of the Premises or in respect of the personal property, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and all other personal and other property of Tenant contained in the Project, and shall hold Landlord harmless from and against all payment of such taxes, charges, notes, duties, assessments, rates, and fees, and against all loss, costs, charges, notes, duties, assessments, rates, and fees, and any and all such taxes. Tenant shall cause said fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real and personal property of Landlord. In the event any or all of Tenants fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and other personal property shall be assessed and taxed with Landlords real property, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenants share of such taxes within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant by Landlord of a statement in writing setting forth the amount of such taxes applicable to Tenants property.
2.0 The demised property herein may be subject to a special assessment levied by the City of Redwood City as part of an Improvement District.
ARTICLE 18.
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
1.0 Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (except that Landlord shall in no event be obligated to consent to an encumbrance of this Lease or any transfer by operation of law): (a) assign, convey, mortgage or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest hereunder, or sublease the Premises, or any part thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law; or (b) permit the use of the Premises or any part thereof by any person other than Tenant and its employees. Any such transfer, sublease or use described in the preceding sentence (a Transfer) occurring without the prior written consent of Landlord shall, at Landlords option, be void and of no effect. Landlords consent to any Transfer shall not constitute a waiver of Landlords right to withhold its consent to
-26-
any future Transfer. Landlord may require as a condition to its consent to any assignment of this Lease that the assignee execute an instrument in which such assignee assumes the remaining obligations of Tenant hereunder; provided that the acceptance of any assignment of this Lease by the applicable assignee shall automatically constitute the assumption by such assignee of all of the remaining obligations of Tenant that accrue following such assignment. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual cancellation hereof shall not work a merger and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing sublease or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of Tenants interest in any or all such subleases.
2.0 A sale, transfer, pledge, or hypothecation by Tenant of all or substantially all of its assets or all or substantially all of its stock, or if Tenant is a publicly traded corporation, a merger of Tenant with another corporation or a sale of fifty percent (50%) or more of its stock or a sale of substantially all its assets; or the sale, transfer, pledge, or hypothecation of fifty percent (50%) or more of the stock of Tenant if Tenants stock is not publicly traded; or the sale, transfer, pledge, or hypothecation of fifty percent (50%) or more of the beneficial ownership interest in Tenant if Tenant is a partnership or other business association, without the prior written consent of Landlord, shall, in any of the foregoing cases and whether or not accomplished by one or more related or unrelated transactions, constitute a Transfer for purposes of this Article 18, subject to the following provisions of this Section 18.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 18, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises without the need for Landlords prior consent if such assignment or sublease is to a Permitted Tenant Affiliate and may engage in Approved Reorganizations, without the express consent of Landlord; provided that (i) at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of the assignment or sublease, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with the name of the transferee and a written certification from an officer of Tenant certifying that the assignment or sublease qualifies as a transfer to a Permitted Tenant Affiliate or as an Approved Reorganization; (ii) if the transfer is an assignment, the assignee assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease (or if a sublease, the sublessee of a portion of the Premises or term assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant with respect to such portion); (iii) if the transfer is an assignment, the net worth of the assignee as of the time of the proposed transfer is equal to or greater than the financial audited net worth of the Tenant at September 30, 2005; (iv) if the transfer is a sublease, the tangible net worth of the sublessee as of the time of the proposed transfer is reasonably adequate to meet the obligations of the sublessee under the sublease; (v) Tenant remains fully liable under this Lease; and (vi) the use of the Premises by the transferee complies with this Lease. If audited financial statements are not available to establish tangible net worth for purposes of this Section 18.2, Tenant may provide financial statements certified by the president or chief financial officer of the applicable transferee. To the extent that legal requirements or confidentiality requirements do not permit Tenant to give Landlord prior notice of an assignment or sublease permitted under this Section 18.2, then Tenant may in lieu of the prior notice required under this Section 18.2 give Landlord notice within ten (10) days after the effective date of the assignment or sublease, together with the name of the transferee and a written certification from an officer of Tenant certifying that the assignment or sublease qualifies as a transfer to a Permitted Tenant Affiliate or as an Approved Reorganization. As used herein, the term Permitted Tenant Affiliate means an entity that, prior to the transaction, was controlling, under common control with, or controlled by, Tenant, but excluding any entity formed to avoid the restrictions on transfer by Tenant hereunder. For purposes of this definition, the word control, as used above, means the
-27-
possession, directly or indirectly, of the right or power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled person. As used herein, the term Approved Reorganizations means any merger, reorganization or consolidation of Tenant (whether or not Tenant is the surviving entity), or the sale of 50% or more of the assets or stock of Tenant, in each case as a going concern. The word person means an individual, partnership, trust, corporation, firm or other entity. Such right to assign or sublease to a Permitted Tenant Affiliate shall be effective only for so long as such assignee or subtenant remains a Permitted Tenant Affiliate. Any change of control that results in the assignee or subtenant no longer being a Permitted Tenant Affiliate shall be deemed an assignment or subletting hereunder and subject to all of the terms and provisions of Section 18.2. In addition, Landlords consent shall not be required with respect to the infusion of additional equity capital in Tenant or an initial public offering of equity securities of Tenant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which results in Tenants stock being traded on a national securities exchange, including, but not limited to, the NYSE, the NASDAQ Stock Market or the NASDAQ Small Cap Market System.
3.0 If Tenant desires the consent of Landlord to a Transfer, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, at least thirty (30) business days prior to the proposed effective date of the Transfer, a written notice (the Transfer Notice) which includes (a) the name of the proposed sublessee or assignee, (b) the nature of the proposed sublessees or assignees business, (c) the terms and provisions of the proposed sublease or assignment, and (d) current financial statements and information on the proposed sublessee or assignee. Upon receipt of the Transfer Notice, Landlord may request additional information concerning the Transfer or the proposed sublessee or assignee (the Additional Information). Subject to Landlords rights under Section 18.6, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease (excluding an encumbrance or transfer by operation of law), which consent or lack thereof shall be provided within the later of (i) ten (10) days after Landlords receipt of the Additional Information, or (ii) thirty (30) business days of receipt of Tenants Transfer Notice; provided, however, Tenant hereby agrees that it shall be a reasonable basis for Landlord to withhold its consent if Landlord has not received the Additional Information requested by Landlord. Landlord shall not be deemed to have unreasonably withheld its consent if, in the judgment of Landlord: (i) the transferee is of a character or engaged in a business which is not in keeping with the standards or criteria used by Landlord in leasing the Building, or the general character or quality of the Building; (ii) the financial condition of the transferee is such that it may not be able to perform its obligations in connection with this Lease; (iii) the transferee is a tenant of or negotiating for space in the Building; provided that there is or will be sufficient space in the Building for such tenant, (iv) the transferee is a governmental unit; (v) an Event of Default by Tenant then exists; (vi) in the judgment of Landlord, such a Transfer would violate any term, condition, covenant, or agreement of Landlord involving the Project or any other tenants lease within it; or (vii) any other basis which Landlord reasonably deems appropriate. Tenant hereby waives any right to terminate the Lease as a remedy for Landlord wrongfully withholding its consent to any Transfer.
4.0 Landlord and Tenant agree that, in the event of any approved assignment or subletting, the rights of any such assignee or sublessee of Tenant herein shall be subject to all of the terms, conditions, and provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, restriction on use, assignment, and subletting and the covenant to pay Rent. Landlord may collect Rent directly from such assignee or sublessee and apply the amount so collected to the Rent herein
-28-
reserved. No such consent to or recognition of any such assignment or subletting shall constitute a release of Tenant or any guarantor of Tenants performance hereunder from further performance by Tenant or such guarantor of covenants undertaken to be performed by Tenant herein. Tenant and any such guarantor shall remain liable and responsible for all Rent and other obligations herein imposed upon Tenant, and Landlord may condition its consent to any Transfer upon the receipt of a written reaffirmation from each such guarantor in a form acceptable to Landlord (which shall not be construed to imply that the occurrence of a Transfer without such a reaffirmation would operate to release any guarantor). Consent by Landlord to a particular assignment, sublease, or other transaction shall not be deemed a consent to any other or subsequent transaction. In any case where Tenant desires to assign, sublease or enter into any related or similar transaction, whether or not Landlord consents to such assignment, sublease, or other transaction, Tenant shall pay any reasonable attorneys fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such assignment, sublease or other transaction, including, without limitation, fees incurred in reviewing documents relating to, or evidencing, said assignment, sublease, or other transaction, not to exceed $2,000.00 per proposed Transfer. All documents utilized by Tenant to evidence any subletting or assignment for which Landlords consent has been requested and is required hereunder, shall be subject to prior approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) by Landlord or its attorney.
5.0 Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord a portion of any sums or economic consideration payable to Tenant by any sublessee, assignee, licensee, or other transferee, within ten (10) days following receipt thereof by Tenant from such sublessee, assignee, licensee, or other transferee, as the case might be, as follows:
( ) In the case of an assignment, 50% of any sums or other economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of such assignment shall be paid to Landlord after first deducting the unamortized cost of reasonable leasehold improvements paid for by Tenant in connection with such assignment and reasonable cost of any real estate commissions and attorneys fees incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment.
( ) In the case of a subletting, 50% of any sums or economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of such subletting shall be paid to Landlord after first deducting (i) the Rent due hereunder prorated to reflect only Rent allocable to the sublet portion of the Premises, (ii) the unamortized cost of reasonable tenant improvements made to the sublet portion of the Premises at Tenants cost in connection with such sublease, (iii) the reasonable cost of tenant improvements made by Tenant for the specific benefit of the sublessee, which shall be amortized over the term of the sublease, and (iv) the reasonable cost of any real estate commissions and attorneys fees incurred by Tenant in connection with such subletting, which shall be amortized over the term of the sublease.
6.0 If this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq. or any successor or substitute therefor (the Bankruptcy Code), any and all monies or other consideration payable or otherwise to be delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord, and shall not constitute property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. Any such monies or other
-29-
consideration not paid or delivered to Landlord shall be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord and shall be promptly paid or delivered to Landlord. Any person or entity to whom this Lease is so assigned shall be deemed, without farther act or deed, to have assumed all of the remaining obligations arising under this Lease as of the date of such assignment. Any such assignee shall, upon demand therefor, execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument confirming such assumption.
0.0 Landlord shall have the following option with respect to any assignment or subletting proposed by Tenant:
( ) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, Landlord has the option, by written notice to Tenant (the Recapture Notice) within thirty (30) days after receiving any Transfer Notice to recapture the Space covered by the proposed sublease or the entire Premises in the case of an assignment (the Subject Space) by terminating this Lease for the Subject Space or taking an assignment or a sublease of the Subject Space from Tenant. A timely Recapture Notice terminates this Lease or creates an assignment or a sublease for the Subject Space for the same term as the proposed Transfer, effective as of the date specified in the Transfer Notice. After such termination, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) enter into a lease with the party to the sublease or assignment proposed by Tenant.
( ) To determine the new Base Rent under this Lease in the event Landlord recaptures the Subject Space without terminating this Lease, the original Base Rent under the Lease shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable square feet of the Premises retained by Tenant after Landlords recapture and the denominator of which is the total rentable square feet in the Premises before Landlords recapture. The Additional Rent, to the extent that it is calculated on the basis of the rentable square feet within the Premises, shall be reduced to reflect Tenants proportionate share based on the rentable square feet of the Premises retained by Tenant after Landlords recapture. This Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and affect. Either party may require a written confirmation of the amendments to this Lease necessitated by Landlords recapture of the Subject Space. If Landlord recaptures the Subject Space, Landlord shall, at Landlords sole expense, construct any partitions required to segregate the Subject Space from the remaining Premises retained by Tenant. Tenant shall, however, pay for painting, covering or otherwise decorating the surfaces of the partitions facing the remaining Premises retained by Tenant.
ARTICLE 0.
DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
0.0 Casualty . If the Premises or Building should be damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall give immediate written notice to Landlord. Within thirty (30) days after receipt from Tenant of such written notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether the necessary repairs can reasonably be made: (a) within ninety (90) days; (b) in more than ninety (90) days but in less than one hundred eighty (180) days; or (c) in more than one hundred eighty (180) days, in each case after the date (the Knowledge Date) upon which Landlord first has actual knowledge of damage or destruction.
-30-
1.0.0 Less Than 90 Days . If the Premises or Building should be damaged only to such extent that rebuilding or repairs can reasonably be completed within ninety (90) days after the Knowledge Date, this Lease shall not terminate and, provided that insurance proceeds are available (or would have been available had Landlord carried the insurance it is obligated to carry under this Lease) to pay for the full repair of all damage, Landlord shall repair the Premises or Building, except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace Tenants furniture, fixtures, furnishings, or equipment (collectively, Tenants Property) which may have been placed in, on or about the Premises by or for the benefit of Tenant. If Tenant is required to vacate all or a portion of the Premises during Landlords repair thereof, the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately on the basis of the size of the area of the Premises that is damaged (i.e., the number of square feet of floor area of the Premises that is damaged compared to the total square footage of the floor area of the Premises) from the date Tenant vacates all or a portion of the Premises that was damaged only during the period the Premises are unfit for occupancy.
2.0.0 Greater Than 90 Days . If the Premises or Building should be damaged only to such extent that rebuilding or repairs can reasonably be completed in more than ninety (90) days but in less than one hundred eighty (180) days after the Knowledge Date, then Landlord shall have the option, in Landlords sole and absolute discretion, of: (a) terminating the Lease effective upon the occurrence of such damage, in which event the Base Rent shall be abated from the date Tenant vacates the Premises; or (b) electing to repair the Premises, provided insurance proceeds are available (or would have been available had Landlord carried the insurance it is obligated to carry under this Lease) to pay for the full repair of all damage (except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace Tenants Property). If Tenant is required to vacate all or a portion of the Premises during Landlords repair thereof, the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately on the basis of the size of the area at the Premises that is damaged (i.e., the number of square feet of floor area of the Premises that is damaged compared to the total square footage of the floor area of the Premises) from the date Tenant vacates all or a portion of the Premises that was damaged only during the period the Premises are unfit for occupancy. In the event that Landlord should fail to substantially complete such repairs within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Knowledge Date (such period to be extended for delays caused by Tenant or because of any Force Majeure Events, as hereinafter defined), and Tenant has not reoccupied the Premises, Tenant shall have the right, as Tenants exclusive remedy, within ten (10) days after the expiration of such one hundred eighty (180) day period, and provided that such repairs have not been substantially completed within such ten (10) day period, to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord as Tenants exclusive remedy, whereupon all rights of Tenant hereunder shall cease and terminate thirty (30) days after Landlords receipt of such notice.
3.0.0 Greater Than 180 Days . If the Premises or Building should be so damaged that rebuilding or repairs cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Knowledge Date, either Landlord or Tenant, in their respective sole and absolute discretion, may terminate this Lease by giving written notice within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord specifying such time period of repair, and this Lease shall terminate and the Rent shall be abated from the date Tenant vacates the Premises. In the event that neither party elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall commence and prosecute to completion the repairs to the Premises or Building, provided insurance proceeds are available (or would have been available
-31-
had Landlord carried the insurance it is obligated to carry under this Lese) to pay for the repair of all damage (except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace Tenants Property). If Tenant is required to vacate all or a portion of the Premises during Landlords repair thereof, the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately on the basis of the size of the area of the Premises that is damaged (i.e., the number of square feet of floor area of the Premises that is damaged compared to the total square footage of the floor area of the Premises), from the date Tenant vacates all or a portion of the Premises that was damaged only during the period that the Premises are unfit for occupancy.
4.0.0 Casualty During the Last Year of the Lease Term . Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, if the Premises or Building shall be damaged within the last year of the Lease Term, and if the cost to repair or reconstruct the portion of the Premises or Building which was damaged or destroyed shall exceed $50,000, then, irrespective of the time necessary to complete such repair or reconstruction, Landlord shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate the Lease effective upon the occurrence of such damage, in which event the Rent shall be abated from the date Tenant vacates the Premises. The foregoing right shall be in addition to any other right and option of Landlord under this Article 19. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 31.1, for the first sixty (60) days of any holding over after a termination of the Lease pursuant to this Section 19.1.4, the Holdover Percentage shall be 100% rather than the 125% stated in Section 31.1.
2.0 Uninsured Casualty . In the event that the Premises or any portion of the Building is damaged to the extent Tenant is unable to use the Premises and such damage is not covered by insurance proceeds received (or that would have been received had Landlord carried the insurance it is obligated to carry under this Lease) by Landlord or in the event that the holder of any indebtedness secured by the Premises requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right at Landlords option, in Landlords sole and absolute discretion, either (i) to repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Landlords expense, or (ii) to give written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of the occurrence of such damage of Landlords intention to terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage. In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall have the right within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice to give written notice to Landlord of Tenants commitment to pay the cost of repair of such damage, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Landlord shall make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible subject to the following conditions: Tenant shall deposit with Landlord Landlords estimated cost of such repairs not later than five (5) business days prior to Landlords commencement of the repair work. If the cost of such repairs exceeds the amount deposited, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such excess cost within ten (10) business days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord. Any amount deposited by Tenant in excess of the cost of such repairs shall be refunded within thirty (30) days of Landlords final payment to Landlords contractor. If Tenant does not give such notice within the ten (10) day period, or fails to make such deposit as required, Landlord shall have the right, in Landlords sole and absolute discretion, to immediately terminate this Lease to be effective as of the date of the occurrence of the damage. In the event Landlord elects not to terminate the Lease under this Section 19.2, and if Tenant is required to vacate all or a portion of the Premises during Landlords repair thereof, the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately on the basis of the size of the area of the Premises that is damaged ( i.e. , the number of square feet of floor area of the Premises
-32-
that is damaged compared to the total square footage of the floor area of the Premises) from the date Tenant vacates all or a portion of the Premises that was damaged but only during the period the Premises are unfit for occupancy. In the event Landlord has elected to terminate the Lease under this Section 19.2, but Tenant has avoided that termination by committing to pay the cost of the repair, there shall be no abatement of Rent.
3.0 Waiver . Without affecting the express rights of Landlord and Tenant in Sections 19.1 and 19.2, with respect to any damage or destruction which Landlord is obligated to repair or may elect to repair, Tenant waives all rights to terminate this Lease pursuant to rights otherwise presently or hereafter accorded by law, including without limitation any rights granted under Section 1932, subdivision 2, and Section 1933, of the California Civil Code.
ARTICLE 20.
CONDEMNATION
1.0 Total Condemnation . If all of the Premises is condemned by eminent domain, inversely condemned or sold under threat of condemnation for any public or quasi-public use or purpose (Condemned), this Lease shall terminate as of the earlier of the date the condemning authority takes title to or possession of the Premises, and Rent shall be adjusted to the date of termination.
2.0 Partial Condemnation . If any portion of the Premises or Building is condemned and such partial condemnation materially impairs Tenants ability to use the Premises for Tenants business, Landlord shall have the option in Landlords sole and absolute discretion of either (i) relocating Tenant to comparable space within the Project or (ii) terminate this Lease as of the earlier of the date title vests in the condemning authority or as of the date an order of immediate possession is issued and Rent shall be adjusted to the date of termination. If Landlord relocates Tenant pursuant to this Section 20.2, that relocation shall be at Landlords sole cost and expense; provided that Tenant will pay to Landlord any relocation assistance or award Tenant receives from the condemning authority as and when received. If such partial condemnation does not materially impair Tenants ability to use the Premises for the business of Tenant, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises to the extent of any condemnation proceeds recovered by Landlord, excluding the portion thereof lost in such condemnation, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect except that after the date of such title vesting or order of immediate possession Rent shall be adjusted as reasonably determined by Landlord.
3.0 Award . If the Premises are wholly or partially condemned, Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award paid for such condemnation, and Tenant waives any claim to any part of the award from Landlord or the condemning authority; provided, however, Tenant shall have the right to recover from the condemning authority such compensation as may be separately awarded to Tenant in connection with costs in removing Tenants merchandise, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements and equipment to a new location. No condemnation of any kind shall be construed to constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant or a breach of any express or implied covenant of quiet enjoyment. Tenant hereby waives the effect of Sections 1265.120 and 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.
-33-
4.0 Temporary Condemnation . In the event of a temporary condemnation not extending beyond the Term, this Lease shall remain in effect, Tenant shall continue to pay Rent and Tenant shall receive any award made for such condemnation except damages to any of Landlords property. If a temporary condemnation is for a period which extends beyond the Term, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of initial occupancy by the condemning authority and any such award shall be distributed in accordance with the preceding section. If a temporary condemnation remains in effect at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord the reasonable cost of performing any obligations required of Tenant with respect )to the surrender of the Premises.
ARTICLE 0.
HOLD HARMLESS
0.0 Tenant agrees to defend, with counsel approved by Landlord, all actions against Landlord, any partner, trustee, stockholder, officer, director, employee, or beneficiary of Landlord, holders of mortgages secured by the Premises or the Project and any other party having an interest therein (the Indemnified Parties) with respect to, and to pay, protect, indemnify, and save harmless, to the extent permitted by law, all Indemnified Parties from and against, any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), causes of action, suits, claims, demands, or judgments of any nature to which any Indemnified Party is subject because of its estate or interest in the Premises or the Project arising from (a) injury to or death of any person, or damage to or loss of property on the Premises, the Project, on adjoining sidewalks, streets or ways, or, in any of the foregoing cases, connected with the use, condition, or occupancy of the Premises, the Project sidewalks streets, or ways, except to the extent, if any, caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, contractors or agents, (b) any violation of this Lease by or attributable to Tenant, or (c) subject to Section 13.4, any act, fault, omission, or other misconduct of Tenant or its agents, contractors, licenses, sublessees, or invitees. Tenant agrees to use and occupy the Premises and other facilities of the Project at its own risk, and hereby, releases the Indemnified Parties from any and all claims for any damage or injury to the fullest extent permitted by law.
0.0 Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to Tenant, its agents, employees, or invitees for fatal or non-fatal bodily injury or property damage occasioned by the acts or omissions of any other tenant, or such other tenants agents, employees, licensees, or invitees, of the Project. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for losses due to theft, burglary, or damages done by persons on the Project.
ARTICLE 0.
DEFAULT BY TENANT
0.0 The term Event of Default refers to the occurrence of any one (1) or more of the following:
( ) Failure of Tenant to pay when due any sum required to be paid hereunder which is not received by Landlord within seven (7) days after the date due (the Monetary Default);
-34-
( ) Failure of Tenant, after fifteen (15) days written notice thereof, to perform any of Tenants obligations, covenants, or agreements except a Monetary Default, provided that if the cure of any such failure is not reasonably susceptible of performance within such fifteen (15) day period, then an Event of Default of Tenant shall not be deemed to have occurred so long as Tenant has promptly commenced and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion and completes that cure within 30 days;
( ) Tenant, or any guarantor of Tenants obligations under this Lease (the Guarantor), admits in writing that it cannot meet its obligations as they become due; or is declared insolvent according to any law; or assignment of Tenants or Guarantors property is made for the benefit of creditors; or a receiver or trustee is appointed for Tenant or Guarantor or its property; or the interest of Tenant or Guarantor under this Lease is levied on under execution or other legal process; or any petition is filed by or against Tenant or Guarantor to declare Tenant bankrupt or to delay, reduce, or modify Tenants debts or obligations; or any petition filed or other action taken to reorganize or modify Tenants or Guarantors capital structure if Tenant is a corporation or other entity. Any such levy, execution, legal process, or petition filed against Tenant or Guarantor shall not constitute a breach of this Lease provided Tenant or Guarantor shall vigorously contest the same by appropriate proceedings and shall remove or vacate the same within ninety (90) days from the date of its creation, service, or filing;
( ) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant, which shall mean that Tenant has vacated the Premises for ten (10) consecutive days, whether or not Tenant is in Monetary Default and such abandonment has impaired Landlords insurance coverage for the Premises or the Building;
( ) The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement given by Tenant or any of its assignees, subtenants, successors-in-interest, or Guarantors was materially false; or
( ) If Tenant or any Guarantor shall die, cease to exist as a corporation or partnership, or be otherwise dissolved or liquidated or become insolvent, or shall make a transfer in fraud of creditors.
2.0 In the event of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord, at its option, may pursue one or more of the following remedies without notice or demand in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for at law or in equity:
( ) Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Landlord does not terminate Tenants right to possession, and Landlord shall have the right to collect Rent when due. Landlord may enter the Premises and relet it, or any part of it, to third parties for Tenants account, provided that any Rent in excess of the Rent due hereunder shall be payable to Landlord. Tenant shall be liable immediately to Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises, including, without limitation, brokers commissions, expenses of cleaning and redecorating the Premises required by the reletting and like costs. Reletting
-35-
may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term of this Lease. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Rent and other sums due under this Lease on the dates the Rent is due, less the Rent and other sums Landlord receives from any reletting. No act by Landlord allowed by this Section 22.2(a) shall terminate this Lease unless Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that Landlord elects to terminate this Lease.
The lessor has the remedy described in Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue the lease in effect after lessees breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign subject only to reasonable limitations).
( ) Landlord may terminate Tenants right to possession of the Premises at any time by giving written notice to that effect. No act by Landlord other than giving written notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver on Landlords initiative to protect Landlords interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenants right to possession. On termination, Landlord shall have the right to remove all personal property of Tenant and store it at Tenants cost and to recover from Tenant as damages: (i) the worth at the time of award of unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which had been earned at the time of termination; plus (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which would have been payable after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of the Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of the Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenants failure to perform Tenants obligations under this Lease, or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord: (A) in retaking possession of the Premises, including reasonable attorneys fees and costs therefor; (B) maintaining or preserving the Premises for reletting to a new tenant, including repairs or alterations to the Premises for the reletting; (C) leasing commissions; (D) any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; and (E) at Landlords election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by the laws of the State of California.
The worth at the time of award of the amounts referred to in Sections 22.2(b)(i) and 22.2(b)(ii) shall be calculated by allowing interest at the lesser of twelve percent (12%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law, on the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable from the termination date through the date of award. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in Section 22,2(b)(iii) shall be calculated by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award, plus one percent (1%). Tenant waives redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179, or under any other present or future law, if Tenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any Event of Default by Tenant.
-36-
3.0 If Landlord shall exercise any one or more remedies hereunder granted or otherwise available, it shall not be deemed to be an acceptance or surrender of the Premises by Tenant whether by agreement or by operation of law; it is understood that such surrender can be effected only by the written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. No alteration of security devices and no removal or other exercise of dominion by Landlord over the property of Tenant or others in the Premises shall be deemed unauthorized or constitute a conversion, Tenant hereby consenting to the aforesaid exercise of dominion over Tenants property within the Premises after any Event of Default.
4.0 Each right and remedy provided for in this Lease shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right or remedy provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, including, but not limited to, suits for injunctive relief and specific performance. The exercise or beginning of the exercise by Landlord of any one or more of the rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, or by statute or otherwise shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Landlord for any or all other rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at or in equity or by statute or otherwise. All such rights and remedies shall be considered cumulative and non-exclusive. All costs incurred by Landlord in connection with collecting any Rent or other amounts and damages owing by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, or to enforce any provision of this Lease, including reasonable attorneys fees from the date such matter is turned over to an attorney, whether or not one or more actions are commenced by Landlord, shall also be recoverable by Landlord from Tenant. If any notice and grace period required under subparagraphs 22.1(a) or (b) was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit, as the case may be, given to Tenant under any statute authorizing the forfeiture of leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for grace period purposes required by subparagraphs 22.1(a) or (b) . In such case, the applicable grace period under subparagraphs 22.1 (a) or (b) and under the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently after the one such statutory notice, and the failure of Tenant to cure the default within the greater of the two (2) such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and an Event of Default entitling Landlord to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.
5.0 If Tenant should fail to make any payment or cure any default hereunder within the time herein permitted and such failure constitutes an Event of Default (except in the case where if Landlord in good faith believes that action prior to the expiration of any cure period under Section 22.1 is necessary to prevent damage to persons or property, in which case Landlord may act without waiting for such cure period to expire), Landlord, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may make such payment and/or remedy such default for the account of Tenant (and enter the Premises for such purpose), and thereupon, Tenant shall be obligated and hereby agrees to pay Landlord, upon demand, all reasonable costs, expenses, and disbursements, plus ten percent (10%) overhead cost incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.
6.0 In addition to Landlords rights set forth above, if Tenant fails to pay its Rent or any other amounts owing hereunder on the due date thereof more than two (2) times during any calendar year during the Term, then upon the occurrence of the third or any subsequent default in the payment of monies during said calendar year, Landlord, at its sole
-37-
option, shall have the right to require that Tenant, as a condition precedent to curing such default, pay to Landlord, in check or money order, in advance, the Rent and Landlords estimate of all other amounts which will become due and owing hereunder by Tenant for a period of two (2) months following said cure. All such amounts shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord demanding the same. All monies so paid shall be retained by Landlord, without interest, for the balance of the Term and any extension thereof, and shall be applied by Landlord to the last due amounts owing hereunder by Tenant. If, however, Landlords estimate of the Rent and other amounts for which Tenant is responsible hereunder are inaccurate, when such error is discovered, Landlord shall pay to Tenant, or Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof, the excess or deficiency, as the case may be, which is required to reconcile the amount on deposit with Landlord with the actual amounts for which Tenant is responsible.
7.0 Nothing contained in this Section shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove and obtain as damages in any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, or dissolution proceeding, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law governing such a proceeding and in effect at the time when such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal, or less than the amounts recoverable, either as damages or Rent, referred to in any of the preceding provisions of this Article. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, any such proceeding or action involving bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, assignment for the benefit of creditors, or appointment of a receiver or trustee, as set forth above, shall be considered to be an Event of Default only when such proceeding, action, or remedy shall be taken or brought by or against the then holder of the leasehold estate under this Lease.
8.0 Landlord is entitled to accept, receive, in check or money order, and deposit any payment made by Tenant for any reason or purpose or in any amount whatsoever, and apply them at Landlords option to any obligation of Tenant, and such amounts shall not constitute payment of any amount owed, except that to which Landlord has applied them. No endorsement or statement on any check or letter of Tenant shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction or recognized for any purpose whatsoever. The acceptance of any such check or payment shall be without prejudice to Landlords rights to recover any and all amounts owed by Tenant hereunder and shall not be deemed to cure any other default nor prejudice Landlords rights to pursue any other available remedy, Landlords acceptance of partial payment of rent does not constitute a waiver of any rights, including without limitation any right Landlord may have to recover possession of the Premises.
9.0 In the event that Tenants right of possession of the Premises is terminated prior to the end of the initial term by reason of default, then immediately upon such termination, an amount shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord equal to the unamortized portion as of that date (which amortization shall be based on an interest rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum and the number of months of unexpired Lease term) of the sum of (a) the cost of Landlords Work (if any), (b) the Allowance (if any), (c) the value of any free Base Rent (i.e. , the Base Rent stated in this Lease to be abated as an inducement to Tenants entering into this Lease) enjoyed as of that date by Tenant, and (d) the amount of all commissions paid by Landlord in order to procure this Lease (collectively, the Inducements). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be entitled to recover such unamortized portions of the Inducements as
-38-
provided in this Section 22.9 if, following an uncured default under this Lease by Tenant, Landlord elects to pursue its remedy against Tenant pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.4, or if Landlord recovers the discounted present value of all rent payable for the entire term of the Lease pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.2. To the extent Landlord recovers the discounted present value of some, but not all, of the rent payable following the termination of this Lease resulting from Tenants default, the number of months of such rent so recovered by Landlord shall be subtracted from the number of months of unexpired lease term in the formula set forth above.
0.0 Tenant waives the right to terminate this Lease on Landlords default under this Lease. Tenants sole remedy on Landlords default is an action for damages or injunctive or declaratory relief. Landlords failure to perform any of its obligations under this Lease shall constitute a default by Landlord under this Lease if the failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice of the failure from Tenant to Landlord. If the required performance cannot be completed within thirty (30) days, Landlords failure to perform shall constitute a default under the Lease unless Landlord undertakes to cure the failure within thirty (30) days and diligently and continuously attempts to complete this cure as soon as reasonably possible. All obligations of each party hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions.
ARTICLE 0.
GOOD FAITH
0.0 Whenever this Lease grants Landlord or Tenant a right to take action, exercise discretion, or make an allocation, judgment or other determination (collectively, an Act), Landlord or Tenant shall act reasonably and in good faith (meaning that no action shall be taken which would materially contravene the reasonable expectations of a sophisticated landlord operating a first-class office building and a sophisticated tenant in a first-class office building concerning the benefits and rights granted under this Lease but not contravening the plain and clear intent of the specific language of this Lease governing the specific issue in question), and shall not take any action which might result in the frustration of the reasonable expectations of a sophisticated landlord and a sophisticated tenant concerning the benefits to be enjoyed under this Lease, provided, however, that:
( ) Wherever this Lease elsewhere provides another standard which specifically defines or limits Landlords or Tenants discretion with respect to any Act, such other standard and not this Article 23 shall then control as to such Act;
( ) Nothing in this Article 23 shall require Landlord to consent to (i) any use of the Premises for purposes other than those permitted in Article 3 . (ii) any alterations (which would adversely affect the Building systems, any other Building occupant, or exterior of the Building, or (iii) any proposed assignment of or subletting under this Lease to which Landlord is not otherwise required to consent under Article 18 ;
( ) Except for an obligation to act in good faith, this Article 23 shall not apply to an election by Landlord or Tenant to terminate the Lease under Article 19 or Article 20 (but only if Landlord or Tenant (as applicable) strictly complies with the parameters for termination set forth in those Articles); and
-39-
( ) Nothing contained in this Article 23 shall be deemed to limit the discretion of Landlord or Tenant with respect to any matter (including, without limitation, a proposal to amend or otherwise modify the Lease) which is not otherwise within the contemplation of the Lease.
ARTICLE 24.
RIGHT TO RELOCATE
1.0 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall, in all cases, retain the right and power to relocate Tenant upon thirty (30) days written notice to other space in the Project in such space which is the same or larger in size, has a comparable location, has comparable improvements and is suited to Tenants use, such right and power to be exercised reasonably. Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for any claims, damages, or liabilities in connection with, or occasioned by such relocation, except to the extent expressly provided in this Section 24.1. Landlords reasonable exercise of such right and power shall include, but not be limited to, a relocation to consolidate the rentable area occupied in order to provide Landlords services more efficiently or a relocation to provide contiguous vacant space for a prospective tenant. If Landlord shall exercise said option, the substituted premises shall thereafter be deemed for the purposes hereof the Premises hereunder, and a new amended Exhibits A and B showing the new Premises and Project will be substituted for the original Exhibits A and B attached hereto and there shall be no increase in Rent resulting from such relocation. Landlord agrees to pay a relocation fee of $1,000 per full time equivalent employee relocated and all Tenants reasonable expenses incurred as a result of the relocation, including without limitation all costs incurred in changing addresses on stationery, business cards, and other such items and all costs to move Tenants furniture, fixtures and equipment to such substituted Premises. For purposes of this Section 24.1, reasonable expenses shall include use of overtime to enable Tenant to complete its move in a single weekend. Landlord further agrees that it will not exercise its relocation right more than once during any five-year period and that in connection with any relocation, Landlord shall coordinate the relocation so that Tenant is permitted to move over a weekend. Landlord agrees that if it relocates Tenant, and Tenant then has space in the Building commonly known as 2200 Bridge, Landlord shall relocate Tenant such that its total space is in contiguous buildings.
ARTICLE 25.
ATTORNEYS FEES
1.0 If either party hereto shall file any action or bring any proceeding against the other party arising out of this Lease or for the declaration of any rights hereunder, the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees incurred by the prevailing party, as determined by the trier of fact in such legal proceeding. For purposes of this provision, the terms attorneys fees or attorneys fees and costs, or costs and expenses shall mean the fees and expenses of legal counsel (including external counsel and in-house counsel) of the parties hereto, which include printing, photocopying, duplicating, mail, overnight mail, messenger, court filing fees, costs of discovery, and fees billed for law clerks, paralegals, investigators and other persons not admitted to the bar for performing services under the supervision and direction of an attorney. For purposes of determining in-house counsel fees, the same shall be considered as those fees
-40-
normally applicable to a partner in a law firm with like experience in such field. In addition, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys fees and costs incurred in enforcing any judgment arising from a suit or proceeding under this Lease, including without limitation post-judgment motions, contempt proceedings, garnishment, levy and debtor and third party examinations, discovery and bankruptcy litigation, without regard to schedule or rule of court purporting to restrict such award. This post-judgment award of attorneys fees and costs provision shall be severable from any other provision of this Lease and shall survive any judgment/award on such suit or arbitration and is not to be deemed merged into the judgment/award or terminated with the Lease.
ARTICLE 26.
NON-WAIVER
1.0 Neither acceptance of any payment by Landlord from Tenant nor, failure by Landlord to complain of any action, non-action, or default of Tenant shall constitute a waiver of any of Landlords rights hereunder. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every obligation of each party under this Lease in which time of performance is a factor. Waiver by either party of any right or remedy arising in connection with any default of the other party shall not constitute a waiver of such right or remedy or any other right or remedy arising in connection with either a subsequent default of the same obligation or any other default. No right or remedy of either party hereunder or covenant, duty, or obligation of any party hereunder shall be deemed waived by the other party unless such waiver is in writing, signed by the other party or the other partys duly authorized agent.
ARTICLE 27.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1.0 Such reasonable rules and regulations applying to all lessees in the Project for the safety, care, and cleanliness of the Project and the preservation of good order thereon are hereby made a part hereof as Exhibit D , and Tenant agrees to comply with all such rules and regulations. Landlord shall have the right at all times to change such rules and regulations or to amend them in any reasonable and non-discriminatory manner as may be deemed advisable by Landlord, so long as it does not materially impair Tenants ability to continue to operate its business on the Premises as permitted by this Lease, all of which changes and amendments shall be sent by Landlord to Tenant in writing and shall be thereafter carried out and observed by Tenant. Landlord shall not have any liability to Tenant for any failure of any other lessees of the Project to comply with such rules and regulations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the rules and regulations, officers and employees of Tenant may park their vehicles overnight for up to five consecutive nights so long as they have provided Landlord with prior written notice of that overnight parking. Tenant acknowledges that any such overnight parking is at the sole risk of the officer or employee and Landlord has no obligation with respect to the security or safety of any vehicle parked in the Project.
-41-
ARTICLE 28.
ASSIGNMENT BY LANDLORD
1.0 Landlord shall have the right to transfer or assign, in whole or in part, all its rights and obligations hereunder and in the Premises and the Project. In such event, no liability or obligation shall accrue or be charged to Landlord with respect to the period from and after such transfer or assignment and assumption of Landlords obligations by the transferee or assignee.
ARTICLE 29.
LIABILITY OF LANDLORD
1.0 It is expressly understood and agreed that the obligations of Landlord under this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors and assigns and any future owner of the Project only with respect to events occurring during its and their respective ownership of the Project. In addition, Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlords interest in the Project and the proceeds therefrom for recovery of any judgment against Landlord arising in connection with this Lease, it being agreed that neither Landlord nor any successor or assign of Landlord nor any future owner of the Project, nor any partner, shareholder, or officer of any of the foregoing shall ever be personally liable for any such judgment.
ARTICLE 30.
SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT
1.0 This Lease, at Landlords option, shall be subordinate to any present or future: mortgage, ground lease or declaration of covenants regarding maintenance and use of any areas contained in any portion of the Building, and to any and all advances made under any present or future mortgage and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, and extensions of any or all of same. Tenant agrees, with respect to any of the foregoing documents, that no documentation other than this Lease shall be required to evidence such subordination. If any holder of a mortgage shall elect for this Lease to be superior to the lien of its mortgage and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, then this Lease shall automatically be deemed prior to such mortgage whether this Lease is dated earlier or later than the date of said mortgage or the date of recording thereof. Tenant agrees to execute such documents as may be further required to evidence such subordination or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust, as the case may be, and by failing to do so within five (5) days after written demand, Tenant does hereby make, constitute, and irrevocably appoint Landlord as Tenants attorney-in-fact and in Tenants name, place, and stead, to do so. This power of attorney is coupled with an interest. Tenant hereby attorns to all successor owners of the Building, whether or not such ownership is acquired as a result of a sale through foreclosure or otherwise. As of the date of this Lease, there is no (a) deed of trust or mortgage encumbering the Project or (b) ground lease affecting the Building.
2.0 Each party shall, at such time or times as the other party may request, upon not less than ten (10) days prior written request by the requesting party, sign and deliver to the requesting party a certificate stating whether this Lease is in full force and effect; whether any amendments or modifications exist; whether any Monthly Rent has been prepaid and, if so,
-42-
how much; whether to the knowledge of the certifying party there are any defaults hereunder; and in the circumstance where Landlord is the requesting party, such other information and agreements as may be reasonably requested, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant to this Article may be relied upon by the requesting party and by any prospective purchaser of all or any portion of the requesting partys interest herein, or a holder or prospective holder of any mortgage encumbering the Building. Tenants failure to deliver such statement within five (5) days after Landlords second written request therefor shall constitute an Event of Default (as that term is defined elsewhere in this Lease) and shall conclusively be deemed to be an admission by Tenant of the matters set forth in the request for an estoppel certificate.
3.0 Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to the execution of this Lease and thereafter at any time upon Landlords request, Tenants current audited financial statements, including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the most recent prior year (collectively, the Statements), which Statements shall accurately and completely reflect the financial condition of Tenant. If Tenant does not regularly have audited financial statements prepared, the financial statements shall be certified by the president or chief financial officer of Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to deliver the same to any proposed purchaser of the Building or the Project, and to any encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Building or the Project, so long as such purchaser or encumbrancer agrees (in writing) not to disclose the contents of any such statements to any third party other than its employees, agents and consultants.
4.0 Tenant acknowledges the Landlord is relying on the Statements in its determination to enter into this Lease, and Tenant represents to Landlord, which representation shall be deemed made on the date of this Lease and again on the Commencement Date, that no material change in the financial condition of Tenant, as reflected in the Statements, has occurred since the date Tenant delivered the Statements to Landlord. The Statements are represented and warranted by Tenant to be correct and to accurately and fully reflect Tenants true financial condition as of the date of submission of any Statements to Landlord.
5.0 As a condition to Tenants subordination and attornment obligations as set forth in Section 30.1, above, Landlord agrees to deliver to Tenant from any future mortgagee or beneficiary a written subordination and non-disturbance agreement in recordable form acceptable to such mortgagee or beneficiary in its sole discretion providing that so long as Tenant performs all of the terms of this Lease, Tenants possession under this Lease shall not be disturbed and Tenant shall not be joined by the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust in any action or proceeding to foreclose thereunder, except where such is necessary for jurisdictional or procedural reasons.
ARTICLE 31.
HOLDING OVER
1.0 In the event Tenant, or any party claiming under Tenant, retains possession of the Premises after the Expiration Date or Termination Date, such possession shall be that of a holdover tenant and an unlawful detainer. No tenancy or interest shall result from such possession, and such parties shall be subject to immediate eviction and removal. Tenant or any such party shall pay Landlord, as Base Rent for the period of such holdover, an amount
-43-
equal to the Holdover Percentage (as defined below) of the Base Rent otherwise provided for herein, during the time of holdover together with all other Additional Rent and other amounts payable pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall also be liable for any and all damages sustained by Landlord as a result of such holdover. As used herein, the term Holdover Percentage means 125% with respect to the first three months of the holdover and 150% with respect to any holding over in excess of three months. Tenant shall vacate the Premises and deliver same to Landlord immediately upon Tenants receipt of notice from Landlord to so vacate. The Rent during such holdover period shall be payable to Landlord on demand. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend the term of this Lease.
ARTICLE 32.
SIGNS
1.0 No sign, symbol, or identifying marks shall be put upon the Project, Building, in the halls, elevators, staircases, entrances, parking areas, or upon the doors or walls, without the prior written approval of Landlord. Should such approval ever be granted, all signs or lettering shall conform in all respects to the sign and/or lettering criteria established by Landlord. Landlord, at Landlords sole cost and expense, reserves the right to change the door plaques as Landlord deems reasonably desirable.
2.0 Landlord shall, at Landlords sole cost and expense, install one line of signage (the Monument Signage) on the Building monument sign identifying Tenants name. The graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, size and specifications of Tenants Monument Signage shall be subject to the approval of Landlord and all applicable governmental authorities and shall conform to Landlords approved sign plan for the Building. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or termination of Tenants sign rights as provided below, Landlord shall, at Tenants sole cost and expense, cause the Monument Signage to be removed and the area of the monument sign affected by the Monument Signage to be restored to the condition existing prior to the installation of Tenants Monument Signage. The right to Monument Signage is personal to the initially named Tenant in this Lease. All of Tenants rights to install and maintain Monument Signage on the monument sign in accordance with this Section 32.4 shall permanently terminate upon notice from Landlord following (a) a Monetary Default under this Lease and/or (b) the date upon which Tenant ceases to occupy at least 35,000 rentable square feet within Building.
3.0 Landlord at Landlords sole cost shall install one (1) Building suite sign. Tenant, at Tenants sole cost, shall have the right to place a second building suite sign on the second floor of the Premises so long as it complies with the Building Standard sign program for the Project. Landlord, at Landlords cost, shall place new building address numbers on the Building prior to the Commencement Date.
ARTICLE 33.
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
1.0 Except for Hazardous Material (as defined below) contained in products used by Tenant for ordinary cleaning and office purposes in quantities not violative of applicable
-44-
Environmental Requirements, Tenant shall not permit or cause any party to bring any Hazardous Material upon the Premises and/or the Project or transport, store, use, generate, manufacture, dispose, or release any Hazardous Material on or from the Premises and/or the Project without Landlords prior written consent. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall operate its business in the Premises in strict compliance with all Environmental Requirements (as defined below) and all requirements of this Lease. Tenant shall complete and certify to disclosure statements as requested by Landlord from time to time relating to Tenants transportation, storage, use, generation, manufacture, or release of Hazardous Materials on the Premises, and Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord a copy of any notice of violation relating to the Premises or the Project of any Environmental Requirement.
2.0 The term Environmental Requirements means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, permits, authorizations, orders, policies or other similar requirements of any governmental authority, agency or court regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; the Clean Air Act; the Clean Water Act; the Toxic Substances Control Act and all state and local counterparts thereto; all applicable California requirements, including, but not limited to, Sections 25115, 25117, 25122.7, 25140, 25249.8, 25281, 25316 and 25501 of the California Health and Safety Code and Title 22 of the California Code of Regulations, Division 4.5, Chapter 11, and any policies or rules promulgated thereunder as well as any County or City ordinances that may operate independent of, or in conjunction with, the State programs, and any common or civil law obligations including, without limitation, nuisance or trespass, and any other requirements of Article 3 of this Lease. The term Hazardous Materials means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant that is or could be regulated under any Environmental Requirement or that may adversely affect human health or the environment, including, without limitation, any solid or hazardous waste, hazardous substance, asbestos, petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas, synthetic gas, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and radioactive material). For purposes of Environmental Requirements, to the extent authorized by law, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the responsible party, including without limitation, the owner and operator of Tenants facility and the owner of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.
3.0 Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove all Hazardous Materials stored, disposed of or otherwise released by Tenant, its assignees, subtenants, agents, employees, contractors or invitees onto or from the Premises, in a manner and to a level satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion, but in no event to a level and in a manner less than that which complies with all Environmental Requirements and does not limit any future uses of the Premises or require the recording of any deed restriction or notice regarding the Premises. Tenant shall perform such work at any time during the period of the Lease upon written request by Landlord or, in the absence of a specific request by Landlord, before Tenants right to possession of the Premises terminates or expires. If Tenant fails to perform such work within the time period specified by Landlord, or before Tenants right to possession terminates or expires (whichever is earlier), Landlord may at its discretion, and without waiving any other remedy
-45-
available under this Lease or at law or equity (including without limitation an action to compel Tenant to perform such work), perform such work at Tenants cost. Tenant shall pay all costs incurred by Landlord in performing such work within ten (10) days after Landlords request therefor. Such work performed by Landlord is on behalf of Tenant and Tenant remains the owner, generator, operator, transporter, and/or arranger of the Hazardous Materials for purposes of Environmental Requirements. Tenant agrees not to enter into any agreement with any person, including without limitation any governmental authority, regarding the removal of Hazardous Materials that have been disposed of or otherwise released onto or from the Premises without the written approval of the Landlord.
0.0 Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Premises or the Project and loss of rental income from the Project), claims, demands, actions, suits, damages, expenses (including, without limitation, remediation, removal, repair, corrective action, or cleanup expenses), and costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees, consultant fees or expert fees and including, without limitation, removal or management of any asbestos brought into the Premises or disturbed in breach of the requirements of this Article 33, regardless of whether such removal or management is required by law) which are brought or recoverable against, or suffered or incurred by Landlord as a result of any release of Hazardous Materials or any breach of the requirements under this Article 33 by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, subtenants, assignees or invitees, regardless of whether Tenant had knowledge of such noncompliance. The obligations of Tenant under this Article 33 shall survive any termination of this Lease. So long as Tenant does not drill into or excavate any soil or alter the foundation of the Building, Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord under this Lease with respect to any Hazardous Materials existing on the Premises prior to the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises or any Hazardous Materials placed on the Premises or the Project by Landlord or any other person other than Tenant, Tenants employees, agents, contractors, invitees, assignees, or sublessees.
0.0 Landlord shall have access to, and a right to perform inspections and tests of, the Premises to determine Tenants compliance with Environmental Requirements, its obligations under this Article 33, or the environmental condition of the Premises. Access shall be granted to Landlord upon Landlords prior notice to Tenant and at such times so as to minimize, so far as may be reasonable under the circumstances, any disturbance to Tenants operations. Such inspections and tests shall be conducted at Landlords expense, unless such inspections or tests reveal that Tenant has not complied with any Environmental Requirement, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost of such inspection and tests. Landlords receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights that Landlord holds against Tenant. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any communication or report that Tenant makes to any governmental authority regarding any possible violation of Environmental Requirements or release or threat of release of any Hazardous Materials onto or from the Premises. Tenant shall, within five (5) days of receipt thereof, provide Landlord with a copy of any documents or correspondence received from any governmental agency or other party relating to a possible violation of Environmental Requirements or claim or liability associated with the release or threat of release of any Hazardous Materials onto or from the Premises.
-46-
6.0 In addition to all other rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or otherwise, Landlord may, in the event of a breach of the requirements of this Article 33 that is not cured within thirty (30) days following notice of such breach by Landlord, require Tenant to provide financial assurance (such as insurance, escrow of funds or third party guarantee) in an amount and form satisfactory to Landlord. The requirements of this Article 33 are in addition to and not in lieu of any other provision in the Lease.
7.0 Landlord hereby informs Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Premises and adjacent properties overlie a former solid waste landfill site commonly known as the Westport Landfill (Former Landfill). Landlord further informs Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that (i) prior testing has detected the presence of low levels of certain volatile and semi-volatile organic compounds and other contaminants in the groundwater, in the leachate from the landfilled solid waste, and/or in certain surface waters of the Property, as more fully described in the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Regions (Regional Board) Order No. R2-2003-0074 (Updated Waste Discharge Requirements and Rescission of Order No. 94-181) (Order), (ii) methane gas is or may be generated by the landfilled solid waste (item i immediately preceding and this item ii are hereafter collectively referred to as the Landfill Contamination), and (iii) the Premises and the Former Landfill are subject to the Order. The Order is attached hereto as Exhibit H . As evidenced by their initials on said Exhibit H , Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has provided Tenant with copies of the Order, and Tenant acknowledges that Tenant and Tenants experts (if any) have had ample opportunity to review the Order and that Tenant has satisfied itself as to the environmental conditions of the Property and the suitability of such conditions for Tenants intended use of the Property. Additional environmental reports are available for Tenants review at Landlords offices. To Landlords actual knowledge (without duty of inquiry), there is no other on-site originated Hazardous Materials contamination within the Project. In the event the Regional Board determines that the majority of the Premises cannot be occupied for a period in excess of thirty (30) days due to the any Hazardous Materials conditions related to the Landfill Contamination, then, provided Tenant has not caused and/or contributed to the incident responsible for said occupancy restriction, Tenant may terminate this Lease provided Tenant gives Landlord written notice within thirty (30) days of Tenants receipt of notice that the Premises cannot be occupied for the purpose referenced in this Lease of its election to so terminate the Lease in the event Tenant cannot occupy the majority of the Premises at the conclusion of the thirty (30) day period. In the event said notice is received by Landlord as required herein and the majority of the Premises cannot be occupied as referenced above, this Lease shall terminate on the date of Tenant vacates the Premises after receiving notice that the Premises cannot be occupied for the purposes referenced in this Lease.
ARTICLE 34.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND OTHER REGULATIONS
1.0 Tenant, as its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, and governmental rules, regulations, or requirements now in force or which may hereafter become in force, of federal, state, county, and municipal authorities, including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act, with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted, and with any occupancy certificate issued pursuant to any law by any public officer or officers, which impose, any duty
-47-
upon Landlord or Tenant, insofar as any thereof relate to the specific use (as opposed to general office use) of the Premises by Tenant or are due to any Trigger Event (as defined below). Landlords approval of Tenants plans for any improvements shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules, and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities, including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act.
0.0 Without limiting Landlords obligations under Section 2.4 or the exclusions from Operating Expenses contained in Section 5.1, Landlord shall, as part of Operating Expenses, subject to the terms and exclusions set forth in Article 5, comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, and governmental rules, regulations, or requirements that impose any obligation with respect to the Common Area, the structural elements of the Building or to the Building systems other than systems installed by Tenant (which shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant), but only to the extent the same are applicable to Landlord and the Building, Landlord is required by the applicable governmental authority to take such action, and such action is not the result of a Trigger Event (as defined below). As used herein, the term Trigger Event means one or more of the following events or circumstances:
( ) Tenants particular use of the Premises (other than normal office uses);
( ) The manner of conduct of Tenants business or operation of its installations, equipment or other property outside those of normal office use;
( ) The performance of any alterations or the installation of any Tenant systems; or
( ) The breach of any of Tenants obligations under this Lease.
ARTICLE 0.
SEVERABILITY
0.0 This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the Term, then it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby.
ARTICLE 0.
NOTICES
0.0 Whenever in this Lease it shall be required or permitted that notice or demand be given or served by either party to this Lease to or on the other, such notice or demand shall be given or served in writing and delivered personally, or forwarded by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or recognized overnight courier, addressed as follows:
-48-
0.0 Notice hereunder shall become effective upon (a) delivery in case of personal delivery and (b) receipt or refusal in case of certified or registered mail or delivery by overnight courier.
0.0 Such address may be changed from time to time by either party serving notice as provided above.
ARTICLE 0.
OBLIGATIONS OF, SUCCESSORS, PLURALITY, GENDER
0.0 Landlord and Tenant agree that all the provisions hereof are to be construed as covenants and agreements as though the words imparting such covenants were used in each paragraph hereof, and that, except as restricted by the provisions hereof, shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns. If the rights of Tenant hereunder are owned by two or more parties, or two or more parties are designated herein as Tenant, then all such parties shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Whenever the singular or plural number, masculine or feminine or neuter gender is used herein, it shall equally include the other.
-49-
ARTICLE 38.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
1.0 This Lease and any attached addenda or exhibits constitute the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant. No prior or contemporaneous written or oral leases or representations shall be binding. This Lease shall not be amended, changed, or extended except by written instrument signed by Landlord and Tenant.
2.0 THE SUBMISSION OF THIS LEASE BY LANDLORD, ITS AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE FOR EXAMINATION OR EXECUTION BY TENANT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OPTION OR OFFER TO LEASE THE PREMISES UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN OR A RESERVATION OF THE PREMISES IN FAVOR OF TENANT, IT BEING INTENDED HEREBY THAT THIS LEASE SHALL ONLY BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXECUTION HEREOF BY LANDLORD AND DELIVERY OF A FULLY EXECUTED LEASE TO TENANT.
ARTICLE 39.
CAPTIONS
1.0 Paragraph captions are for Landlords and Tenants convenience only, and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of this Lease.
ARTICLE 40.
CHANGES
1.0 Should any mortgagee require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not bring about any increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified.
ARTICLE 41.
AUTHORITY
1.0 All rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease, or those which may be provided by law, may be exercised by Landlord in its own name individually, or in its name by its agent, and all legal proceedings for the enforcement of any such rights or remedies, including distress for Rent, unlawful detainer, and any other legal or equitable proceedings may be commenced and prosecuted to final judgment and be executed by Landlord in its own name individually or in its name by its agent. Landlord and Tenant each represent to the other that each has full power and authority to execute this Lease and to make and perform the agreements herein contained, and Tenant expressly stipulates that any rights or remedies available to Landlord, either by the provisions of this Lease or otherwise, may be enforced by Landlord in its own name individually or in its name by its agent or principal.
-50-
ARTICLE 42.
BROKERAGE
1.0 Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has dealt only with CB Richard Ellis, Inc. (collectively Tenants Broker) and NAI BT Commercial Real Estate (the Landlords Broker), in negotiation of this Lease. Landlord shall make payment of the brokerage fee due the Landlords Broker pursuant to and in accordance with a separate agreement between Landlord and Landlords Broker. Landlords Broker shall pay a portion of its commission to Tenants Broker pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlords Broker and Tenants Broker. Except for amounts owing to Landlords Broker and Tenants Broker, each party hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other party harmless of and from any and all damages, losses, costs, or expenses (including, without limitation, all attorneys fees and disbursements) by reason of any claim of or liability to any other broker or other person claiming through the indemnifying party and arising out of or in connection with the negotiation, execution, and delivery of this Lease. Additionally, except as may be otherwise expressly agreed upon by Landlord in writing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord and/or Landlords agent shall have no obligation for payment of any brokerage fee or similar compensation to any person with whom Tenant has dealt or may in the future deal with respect to leasing of any additional or expansion space in the Building or renewals or extensions of this Lease, except that so long as Tenant confirms that Tenants Broker is representing Tenant at the time Tenant exercises the Expansion Option (as defined in Article 55) or the Right of First Refusal (as defined in Article 56), Landlords Broker shall pay a portion of its commission to Tenants Broker pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlords Broker and Tenants Broker.
ARTICLE 0.
EXHIBITS
0.0 Exhibits A through J are attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes and are hereby acknowledged by both parties to this Lease.
ARTICLE 0.
APPURTENANCES
0.0 The Premises include the right of ingress and egress thereto and therefrom; however, Landlord reserves the right to make changes and alterations to the Building, fixtures and equipment thereof, in the street entrances, doors, halls, corridors, lobbies, passages, elevators, escalators, stairways, toilets and other parts thereof which Landlord may deem necessary or desirable; provided that Tenant at all times has a means of access to the Premises (subject to a temporary interruption due to Force Majeure Events or necessary maintenance that cannot reasonably be performed without such interruption of access). Neither this Lease nor any use by Tenant of the Building or any passage, door, tunnel, concourse, plaza or any other area connecting the garages or other buildings with the Building, shall give Tenant any right or easement of such use and the use thereof may, without notice to Tenant, be regulated or discontinued at any time and from time to time by Landlord without liability of any kind to Tenant and without affecting the obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Landlord shall exercise all reasonable efforts to cause any work under this Article 44 that will materially interfere with Tenants use of or access to the Building to be performed outside of normal business hours.
-51-
ARTICLE 0.
PREJUDGMENT REMEDY, REDEMPTION, COUNTERCLAIM, AND JURY
0.0 Tenant, for itself and for all persons claiming through or under it, hereby expressly waives any and all rights which are, or in the future may be, conferred upon Tenant by any present or future law to redeem the Premises, or to any new trial in any action for ejection under any provisions of law, after reentry thereupon, or upon any part thereof, by Landlord, or after any warrant to dispossess or judgment in ejection. If Landlord shall acquire possession of the Premises by summary proceedings, or in any other lawful manner without judicial proceedings, it shall be deemed a reentry within the meaning of that word as used in this Lease. Tenant and Landlord both waive a trial by jury of any or all issues arising in any action or proceeding between the parties hereto or their successors, under or connected with this Lease, or any of its provisions.
ARTICLE 0.
RECORDING
0.0 Tenant shall not record this Lease but will, at the request of Landlord, execute a memorandum or notice thereof in recordable form satisfactory to both Landlord and Tenant specifying the date of commencement and expiration of the Term of this Lease and other information required by statute. Either Landlord or Tenant may then record said memorandum or notice of lease at the cost of the recording party.
ARTICLE 0.
MORTGAGEE PROTECTION
0.0 Tenant agrees to give any mortgagees and/or trust deed holders, by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified, in writing of the address of such mortgagees and/or trust deed holders. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the mortgagees and/or trust deed holders shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default (including but not limited to commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure) in which event this Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being so diligently pursued.
ARTICLE 0.
SHORING
0.0 If any excavation or construction is made adjacent to, upon or within the Building, or any part thereof, Tenant shall afford to any and all persons causing or authorized to cause such excavation or construction license to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of doing such work as such persons shall deem necessary to preserve the Building or any portion thereof from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations, braces and supports, without any claim for damages or indemnity or abatement of rent (subject to the express provisions of this Lease), or of a constructive or actual eviction of Tenant.
-52-
ARTICLE 0.
PARKING
0.0 The use by Tenant, its employees and invitees, of the parking facilities of the Project shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein and shall be subject to such other agreement between Landlord and Tenant as may hereinafter be established and to such other rules and regulations as Landlord may establish. Tenant, its employees and invitees shall use no more than a parking ratio of 3.3 non-exclusive parking spaces per one thousand (1,000) square feet of rentable area in the Premises. Tenants use of the parking spaces shall be confined to the Project. If, in Landlords reasonable business judgment, it becomes necessary, Landlord shall exercise due diligence to cause the creation of cross-parking easements and such other agreements as are necessary to permit Tenant, its employees and invitees to use parking spaces on properties and buildings which are separate legal parcels from the Project. Tenant acknowledges that other tenants of the Project and the tenants of the other buildings, their employees and invitees, may be given the right to park at the Project.
ARTICLE 0.
ELECTRICAL CAPACITY
0.0 The Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times, its use of electric energy shall never exceed the capacity of the existing feeders to the Building or the risers of wiring installation. Any riser or risers to supply the Tenants electrical requirements upon written request of the Tenant shall be installed by the Landlord at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant, if, in the Landlords sole judgment, the same are necessary and will not cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excess or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or interfere with or disrupt other tenants or occupants. In addition to the installation of such riser or risers, the Landlord will also, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, install all other equipment proper and necessary in connection therewith subject to the aforesaid terms and conditions.
ARTICLE 0.
OPTIONS TO EXTEND LEASE
0.0 Extension Option . Tenant shall have the option to extend this Lease (the Extension Option) for one additional term of five (5) years (the Extension Period), upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth:
( ) If the Extension Option is exercised, then the Base Rent per annum for such Extension Period (the Option Rent) shall be an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Fair Market Rental Value (as defined hereinafter) for the Premises as of the commencement of the Extension Option for such Extension Period; provided, however, that the Option Rent shall in no event be less than the Base Rent scheduled to be paid during the year immediately prior to the commencement of the Extension Period.
( ) The Extension Option must be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only at the time and in the manner provided in this subsection 51.1(b).
-53-
( ) If Tenant wishes to exercise the Extension Option, Tenant must, on or before the date occurring nine (9) months before the expiration of the initial Lease Term (but not before the date that is twelve (12) months before the expiration of the Initial Lease Term), exercise the Extension Option by delivering written notice (the Exercise Notice) to Landlord. If Tenant timely and properly exercises its Extension Option, the Lease Term shall be extended for the Extension Period upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, as amended, except that the Base Rent for the Extension Period shall be as provided in Subparagraph 51.1 (a) and Tenant shall have no further options to extend the Lease Term.
( ) If Tenant fails to deliver a timely Exercise Notice, Tenant shall be considered to have elected not to exercise the Extension Option.
( ) It is understood and agreed that the Extension Option hereby granted is personal to Tenant and is not transferable, except that it may be assigned together with this Lease to a Permitted Tenant Affiliate or to an entity resulting from an Approved Reorganization (collectively with Permitted Tenant Affiliates, a Permitted Transferee).
( ) Tenants exercise of the Extension Option shall, if Landlord so elects in its absolute discretion, be ineffective in the event that an Event of Default by Tenant remains uncured at the time of delivery of the Exercise Notice or at the commencement of the Extension Period.
2.0 Fair Market Rental Value . The provisions of this Section shall apply in any instance in which this Lease provides that the Fair Market Rental Value is to apply.
( ) Fair Market Rental Value means the annual amount per square foot that a willing tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept in arms length negotiations, without any additional inducements, for a lease of the applicable space on the applicable terms and conditions for the applicable period of time. Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by Landlord considering the most recent new direct leases (and market renewals and extensions, if applicable) in the Building and in Comparable Buildings owned or managed by Landlord in the Market Area. If there are no such direct leases that are recent, consideration shall be given to the most recent new direct leases (and market renewals and extensions, if applicable) in other Comparable Buildings in the Market Area.
( ) In determining the rental rate of comparable space, (i) the parties shall take into consideration all free rent and all out-of-pocket concessions generally being granted at such time in comparable space for the Extension Period (including without limitation any tenant improvement allowance provided for such comparable space), with the amount of such tenant improvement allowance to be provided for the Premises during the Extension Period to be determined after taking into account the age, quality and layout of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises as of the commencement of the Extension Period with consideration given to the fact that the improvements existing in the Premises are specifically suitable to Tenant; and (ii) if Landlord is required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with Tenants lease of the space subject to such determination, comparable transactions shall include only those
-54-
transactions for which Landlord or such other landlords are required to pay similar real estate brokerage commissions, and if Landlord is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with Tenants lease of the space subject to such determination, comparable transactions shall include only those transactions for which Landlord or such other landlords are not required to pay similar real estate brokerage commissions (or appropriate adjustments to the comparable transactions shall be made in order to obtain an apples to apples comparison of transactions with respect to brokerage commissions).
( ) If in determining the Fair Market Rental Value the parties determine that the economic terms of leases of comparable space include a tenant improvement allowance, Landlord may, at Landlords sole option, elect to do the following:
( ) Grant some or all of the value of the tenant improvement allowance as an allowance for the refurbishment of the Premises; and
( ) Reduce the Base Rent component of the Fair Market Rental Value to be an effective rental rate that takes into consideration the total dollar value of that portion of the tenant improvement allowance that Landlord has elected not to grant to Tenant (in which case that portion of the tenant improvement allowance evidenced in the effective rental rate shall not be granted to Tenant).
3.0 Determination of Fair Market Rental Value . The determination of Fair Market Rental Value shall be as provided in this Section 51.3.
( ) Negotiated Agreement . Landlord and Tenant shall diligently attempt in good faith to agree on the Fair Market Rental Value on or before the tenth (10th) day after Tenants exercise of the Extension Option (the Outside Agreement Date).
( ) Parties Separate Determinations . If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement on or before the Outside Agreement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall each make a separate determination of the Fair Market Rental Value and notify the other party of this determination within five (5) days after the Outside Agreement Date.
( ) Two Determinations . If each party makes a timely determination of the Fair Market Rental Value, those determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with subsection (c).
( ) One Determination . If Landlord or Tenant fails to make a determination of the Fair Market Rental Value within the five-day period, that failure shall be conclusively considered to be that partys approval of the Fair Market Rental Value submitted within the five-day period by the other party.
-55-
( ) Arbitration . If both parties make timely individual determinations of the Fair Market Rental Value under subsection (b), the Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by arbitration under this subsection (c).
( ) Scope of Arbitration . The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited to the sole issue of whether Landlords or Tenants submitted Fair Market Rental Value is the closest to the actual Fair Market Rental Value as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 51.2.
( ) Qualifications of Arbitrator(s) . The arbitrators must be licensed real estate brokers who have been active in the leasing of commercial multi-story properties in the Market Area over the five-year period ending on the date of their appointment as arbitrator(s).
( ) Parties Appointment of Arbitrators . Within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator and notify the other party of the arbitrators name and business address.
( ) Appointment of Third Arbitrator . If each party timely appoints an arbitrator, the two (2) arbitrators shall, within ten (10) days after the appointment of the second arbitrator, agree on and appoint a third arbitrator (who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth above for qualification of the initial two (2) arbitrators) and provide notice to Landlord and Tenant of the arbitrators name and business address.
( ) Arbitrators Decision . Within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the third arbitrator, the three (3) arbitrators shall decide whether the parties will use Landlords or Tenants submitted Fair Market Rental Value and shall notify Landlord and Tenant of their decision. The decision of the majority the three (3) arbitrators shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.
( ) If Only One Arbitrator is Appointed . If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision and notify Landlord and Tenant of that decision within thirty (30) days after the arbitrators appointment. The arbitrators decision shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.
( ) If Only Two Arbitrators Are Appointed . If each party appoints an arbitrator in a timely manner, but the two (2) arbitrators fail to agree on and appoint a third arbitrator within the required period, the arbitrators shall be dismissed without delay and the issue of Fair Market Rental Value shall be submitted to binding arbitration under the real estate arbitration rules of JAMS, subject to the provisions of this section.
-56-
( ) If No Arbitrator Is Appointed . If Landlord and Tenant each fail to appoint an arbitrator in a timely manner, the matter to be decided shall be submitted without delay to binding arbitration under the real estate arbitration rules of JAMS subject the provisions of this Section 51.3(c).
4.0 Cost of Arbitration . The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by the losing party.
ARTICLE 52.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINES AND EQUIPMENT
1.0 Location of Tenants Equipment and Landlord Consent:
1.0.0 Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove and use communications or computer wires, cables and related devices (collectively, the Lines) at the Building in or serving the Premises only with Landlords prior written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall locate all electronic telecommunications equipment within the Premises and shall coordinate the location of all Lines with Landlord. Any request for consent shall contain such information as Landlord may request.
2.0.0 Landlords approval of, or requirements concerning, the Lines or any equipment related thereto, the plans, specifications or designs related thereto, the contractor or subcontractor, or the work performed hereunder, shall not be deemed a warranty as to the adequacy or appropriateness thereof, and Landlord hereby disclaims any responsibility or liability for the same. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of any contractor proposed by Tenant to perform work on the Lines.
3.0.0 If Landlord consents to Tenants proposal, Tenant shall pay all of Tenants and Landlords third party costs in connection therewith (including without limitation all costs related to new Lines) and shall use, maintain and operate the Lines and related equipment in accordance with and subject to all laws governing the Lines and equipment and at Tenants sole risk and expense. Tenant shall comply with all of the requirements of this Lease concerning alterations in connection with installing the Lines. As soon as the work is completed, Tenant shall submit as-built drawings to Landlord.
4.0.0 Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time in violation of any laws or present a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition (whether such Lines were installed by Tenant or any other party), within three days after written notice.
2.0 Reallocation of Line Space . Landlord may (but shall not have the obligation to) (a) install and relocate Lines at the Building; and (b) monitor and control the installation, maintenance, replacement and removal of, the allocation and periodic re-allocation of available space (if any) for, and the allocation of excess capacity (if any) on, any Lines now or hereafter installed at the Building by Landlord, Tenant or any other party.
-57-
3.0 Line Problems : Except to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlords contractors, agents or employees, Landlord shall have no liability for damages arising from, and Landlord does not warrant that the Tenants use of any Lines will be free from the following (collectively called Line Problems): (a) any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections, loss or damage caused by the installation, maintenance, or replacement, use or removal of Lines by or for other tenants or occupants in the Building, by any failure of the environmental conditions or the power supply for the Building to conform to any requirement of the Lines or any associated equipment, or any other problems associated with any Lines by any other cause; (b) any failure of any Lines to satisfy Tenants requirements; or (c) any eavesdropping or wiretapping by unauthorized parties. Landlord in no event shall be liable for damages by reason of loss of profits, business interruption or other consequential damage arising from any Line Problems.
4.0 Electromagnetic Fields : If Tenant at any time uses any equipment that may create an electromagnetic field and/or radio frequency exceeding the normal insulation ratings of ordinary twisted pair riser cable or cause radiation higher than normal background radiation, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to appropriately insulate that equipment and the Lines therefor (including without limitation riser cables), and take such other remedial action at Tenants sole cost and expense as Lender may require in its sole discretion to prevent such excessive electromagnetic fields, radio frequency or radiation.
5.0 Removal of Electrical and Telecommunications Wires.
1.0.0 Within 30 days after the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease, Landlord may elect by written notice to Tenant to:
( ) Retain any or all Lines installed by Tenant in the risers of the Building;
( ) Remove any or all such Lines and restore the Premises and risers to their condition existing prior to the installation of the Lines (Wire Restoration Work). Landlord shall perform such Wire Restoration Work at Tenants sole cost and expense; or
( ) Require Tenant to perform the Wire Restoration Work at Tenants sole cost and expense.
2.0.0 In the event Landlord elects to retain the Lines, Tenant covenants that Tenant shall have good right to surrender such Lines, free of all liens and encumbrances, and that all Lines shall be left in their then existing condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, properly labeled at each end and in each telecommunications/electrical closet and junction box, and in safe condition.
3.0.0 In the event Tenant fails or refuses to pay all costs of the Wiring Restoration Work within ten (10) days of Tenants receipt of Landlords notice requesting Tenants reimbursement for or payment of such costs, Landlord may apply all or any portion of Tenants Security Deposit toward the payment of such unpaid costs relative to the Wiring Restoration Work. The retention or application of such Security Deposit by Landlord pursuant
-58-
to this clause does not constitute a limitation on or waiver of Landlords right to seek further remedy under law or equity. The provisions of this clause shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.
ARTICLE 53.
TENANTS 2200 BRIDGE EXPANSION OPTION
1.0 2200 Bridge Expansion Option . Landlord grants to Tenant the option (the 2200 Bridge Expansion Option) to lease additional space in the building commonly known as 2200 Bridge Parkway (the 2200 Building) during the initial term of this Lease in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Section 53.1. The 2200 Bridge Expansion Option shall apply to the applicable 2200 Bridge Expansion Space as that term is defined below. The 2200 Bridge Expansion Space shall at Tenants option consist of any one or more of (i) Suite 101 in the 2200 Bridge Building consisting of approximately 10,847 square feet of rentable area, (ii) Suite 102 in the 2200 Bridge Building consisting of approximately 11,847 square feet of rentable area, (iii) Suite 201 in the 2200 Bridge Building consisting of approximately 11,000 square feet of rentable area, or (iv) Suite 202 in the 2200 Bridge Building consisting of approximately 14,000 square feet of rentable area. Each of the foregoing alternative 2200 Bridge Expansion Spaces is shown on Exhibit I attached hereto.
2.0 If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenants rights set forth in this Article 53 with respect to the 2200 Bridge Expansion Space, then Tenant shall deliver irrevocable notice to Landlord (the 2200 Bridge Expansion Exercise Notice) of Tenants exercise of its right with respect to the 2200 Bridge Expansion Space. The 2200 Bridge Expansion Exercise Notice shall irrevocably specify the 2200 Bridge Expansion Space as to which Tenant is exercising its rights under this Article 53. The specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space specified in the 2200 Bridge Expansion Exercise Notice is referred to herein as the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space.
3.0 If Tenant timely and validly gives the 2200 Bridge Expansion Exercise Notice, then Tenant shall lease the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space from Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Expansion Space Lease (as defined below) (or, if Tenant has previously leased other 2200 Bridge Expansion Space, an amendment to that lease with the same terms that would have otherwise applied to the Expansion Space Lease). As used herein, the term Expansion Space Lease means a lease in the same form as this Lease, subject to the following modifications (or, if Tenant has previously leased other 2200 Bridge Expansion Space, the amendment to that lease shall contain the following terms):
1.0.0 Tenant shall have no further rights to expand the Premises.
2.0.0 The term Premises shall mean (or, in the case of an amendment, the Premises shall be expanded to include) the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space.
3.0.0 The term Building shall mean 2200 Bridge Building.
4.0.0 The following provisions shall not be included in the Expansion Space Lease: Articles 53, 54, 55 and 56.
-59-
5.0.0 The Base Rent for the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space shall be the Fair Market Rental Value determined in accordance with procedures set forth in Section 51.3. The rentable area of the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space shall be determined using the same procedure as set forth in Section 1.2 of this Lease.
6.0.0 The commencement date for the leasing of the Specific 2200. Bridge Expansion Space shall be the date that is the earlier of (a) the date upon which Tenant commences its business operations in the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space, or (b) the substantial completion of tenant improvements in the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space or the date substantial completion of tenant improvements in the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space would have occurred but for Tenant Delays.
7.0.0 The term of the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space Lease shall be coterminous with the Term of this Lease, including any extensions thereof.
8.0.0 If the 2200 Bridge Expansion Exercise Notice is given within twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date, then Landlords obligation with respect to the compliance with applicable law of the then existing improvements in the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space shall be as set forth in Section 2.4 of the Lease (except that the phrase as of the date of execution of this Lease shall instead mean the date upon which Tenant gives the 2200 Bridge Expansion Exercise Notice). Otherwise, the Tenant shall accept the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space in its as-is condition without any obligation on the part of Landlord to improve or alter that space or to provide any allowance for construction of tenant improvements by Tenant in the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space, except that Landlord shall provide Tenant a tenant improvement allowance in the amount established as part of the determination of Fair Market Rental Value. Design and construction of Tenant Improvements in the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space by Landlord and the disbursement of any tenant improvement allowance shall be governed by a Work Letter Agreement containing the same terms as that attached as Exhibit C hereto. Tenants failure to deliver the initial space plan for the improvement of the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space within ten (10) business days after delivery of the 2200 Bridge Expansion Exercise Notice shall constitute a Tenant Delay under Exhibit C.
9.0.0 The Lease and the 2200 Bridge Expansion Space Lease shall be cross-defaulted.
10.0.0 The Security Deposit for the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space shall equal three months Rent for that space.
11.0.0 Any exercise of an option to extend either the 2200 Bridge Expansion Space Lease or this Lease shall constitute an exercise of an option to extend the other lease.
4.0 It is understood and agreed that the 2200 Bridge Expansion Option contained in this Article 53 is personal to the originally named Tenant in this Lease and is not transferable, except that Landlord may assign this option right together with the Lease to any Permitted Transferee. In the event of any other assignment or any subletting of the Premises
-60-
or any part thereof, the 2200 Bridge Expansion Option shall automatically terminate and shall thereafter be null and void.
5.0 Tenants exercise of the 2200 Bridge Expansion Option as to any Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space shall, if Landlord so elects in its absolute discretion, be ineffective in the event that an Event of Default by Tenant remains uncured at the time of delivery of the 2200 Bridge Expansion Exercise Notice as to such Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space or at the commencement of the term of the 2200 Bridge Expansion Space Lease as to such Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space.
6.0 The 2200 Bridge Expansion Option shall be null and void and of no further force or effect as to any 2200 Bridge Offer Space (as defined below) in the event Tenant fails to exercise the 2200 Bridge Right of First Refusal (as defined below) with respect to that 2200 Bridge Offer Space or if that 2200 Bridge Offer Space is leased by Tenant pursuant to the 2200 Bridge Right of First Refusal.
ARTICLE 54.
TENANTS RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL WITH RESPECT TO 2200 BRIDGE
1.0 During the initial term of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right (the 2200 Bridge Right of First Refusal) contained in this Article 54. In the event Tenant exercises the 2200 Bridge Expansion Option for any suite of the 2200 Bridge Expansion Space, Tenant shall have no rights under this Article 54 with respect to that particular suite of the 2200 Bridge Expansion Space. Prior to entering into a binding agreement for the lease of any 2200 Bridge Expansion Space (the 2200 Bridge Offer Space) to a third party tenant, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a copy of the term sheet or letter of intent which has been signed by Landlord or Landlords representative (Signed Proposal) setting forth the basic terms for the proposed lease transaction. The 2200 Bridge Offer Space shall be the portion of any 2200 Bridge Expansion Space to be leased pursuant to the Signed Proposal. If Tenant wishes to enter into a lease on the terms and conditions set forth in the Signed Proposal, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within five (5) business days after Landlords delivery of the Signed Proposal, written notice (the 2200 Bridge First Refusal Exercise Notice) to Landlord confirming that it agrees to lease the 2200 Bridge Offer Space on the terms specified in Section 54.2. If Tenant fails to respond within the five (5) business day period, Landlord may proceed to finalize its lease transaction with the third party tenant, and Tenant shall have no further right to lease the any 2200 Bridge Expansion Space.
2.0 It is understood and agreed that if Tenant wishes to lease any 2200 Bridge Offer Space identified in a Signed Proposal submitted by Landlord, it must lease the 2200 Bridge Offer Space pursuant to the terms of the 2200 Bridge Offer Space Lease (as defined below) (or, if Tenant has previously leased other 2200 Bridge Offer Space, an amendment to that lease with the same terms that would have otherwise applied to the 2200 Bridge Offer Space Lease). As used herein, the term 2200 Bridge Offer Space Lease means a lease in the same form as this Lease, subject to the following modifications (or, if Tenant has previously leased other 2200 Bridge Offer Space, the amendment to that lease shall contain the following terms):
-61-
1.0.0 Tenant shall have no further rights to expand the Premises or extend the Term.
2.0.0 The term Premises shall mean (or, in the case of an amendment, the Premises shall be expanded to include) the 2200 Bridge Offer Space.
3.0.0 The term Building shall mean the 2200 Bridge Building.
4.0.0 The following provisions shall not be included in the 2200 Bridge Offer Space Lease: Articles 53, 54, 55 and 56, except and to the extent (if any) comparable terms are included in the Signed Proposal.
5.0.0 All of the other terms and conditions in the Signed Proposal shall apply, including without limitation, parking rights, rights to make improvements, rental terms, security deposit, delivery of possession and commencement date, except that in no event shall the Base Rent be less than the Fair Market Rental Value taking into account the other terms of the Signed Proposal.
6.0.0 The Lease and the 2200 Bridge Offer Space Lease shall be cross-defaulted.
7.0.0 Any exercise of an option to extend either the 2200 Bridge Offer Space Lease or this Lease shall constitute an exercise of an option to extend the other lease.
3.0 Landlord may elect, in its sole discretion, to treat Tenants failure to execute and deliver the 2200 Bridge Offer Space Lease within five (5) business days after Landlords delivery thereof to Tenant as a waiver of Tenants 2200 Bridge Right of First Refusal with respect to the portion of the 2200 Bridge Offer Space described in that 2200 Bridge Offer Space Lease.
4.0 It is understood and agreed that the first refusal right contained in this Article 54 is personal to the originally-named Tenant in this Lease and is not transferable, except that Tenant may assign this first refusal right together with the Lease to any Permitted Transferee. In the event of any other assignment or any subletting of the Premises or any part thereof, the 2200 Bridge Right of First Refusal shall automatically terminate and shall thereafter be null and void.
5.0 Tenants exercise of the 2200 Bridge Right of First Refusal shall, if Landlord so elects in its absolute discretion, be ineffective in the event that an Event of Default by Tenant remains uncured at the time of delivery of the 2200 Bridge First Refusal Exercise Notice or at the commencement of the term of the 2200 Bridge Offer Space Lease.
ARTICLE 55.
TENANTS EXPANSION OPTION
1.0 Expansion Option . Landlord grants to Tenant the one-time option (the Expansion Option) to lease additional space during the Term of this Lease in accordance with and-subject to the provisions of this Section 55.1. The Expansion Option shall apply to the
-62-
portion of the first floor of the Building containing approximately 12,528 square feet of rentable area not initially included in the Premises under this Lease and more particularly shown on Exhibit J (the Expansion Space). Landlord agrees that it will not lease the Expansion Space to another tenant during the first twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date.
2.0 If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenants rights set forth in this Article 55 with respect to the Expansion Space, then Tenant shall deliver irrevocable notice to Landlord (the Expansion Exercise Notice) of Tenants exercise of its right with respect to the Expansion Space.
3.0 If Tenant timely and validly gives the Expansion Exercise Notice, then Tenant shall lease the Expansion Space from Landlord for the remaining Term of the Lease, including any extension thereof, on the Applicable Terms (as defined below). As used herein, Applicable Terms means (i) with respect to an Expansion Exercise Notice given prior to the expiration of the twenty-fourth (24 th ) month of the Term, the same terms and conditions as are applicable to the Premises, except that the Tenant Improvement Allowance, abated rent and any other concessions will be prorated to reflect the remaining balance of the Term, (ii) with respect to any Expansion Space Exercise Notice given on or after the first day of the twenty-fifth (25 th ) month of the Term, the Fair Market Rental Value determined in accordance with Section 51.3 of the Lease, and (iii) Tenant shall be required to provide a security deposit in an amount equal to three (3) months of Rent.
4.0 The commencement date for the leasing of the Expansion Space shall be the date that is the earlier of (a) the date upon which Tenant commences its business operations in the Expansion Space, or (b) the substantial completion of tenant improvements in the Expansion Space or the date substantial completion of tenant improvements in the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space would have occurred but for Tenant Delays.
5.0 If the Expansion Exercise Notice is given within twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date, then Landlords obligation with respect to the compliance with applicable law of the then existing improvements in the Expansion Space shall be as set forth in Section 2.4 of the Lease (except that the phrase as of the date of execution of this Lease shall instead mean the date upon which Tenant gives the Expansion Exercise Notice). Otherwise, the Tenant shall accept the Expansion Space in its as-is condition without any obligation on the part of Landlord to improve or alter that space or to provide any allowance for construction of tenant improvements by Tenant in the Expansion Space, except that Landlord shall provide Tenant a Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent a Tenant Improvement Allowance is granted as part of the Applicable Terms: Design and construction of Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Space by Landlord and the disbursement of the Expansion Space Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be governed by a Work Letter Agreement containing the same terms as that attached as Exhibit C hereto. Tenants failure to deliver the initial space plan for the improvement of the Expansion Space within ten (10) business days after delivery of the Expansion Exercise Notice shall constitute a Tenant Delay under Exhibit C
6.0 It is understood and agreed that the Expansion Option contained in this Article 55 is personal to the originally named Tenant in this Lease and is not transferable, except that Tenant may assign this Expansion Option together with the Lease to any Permitted Tenant
-63-
Affiliate. In the event of any other assignment or any subletting of the Premises or any part thereof, the Expansion Option shall automatically terminate and shall thereafter be null and void.
7.0 Tenants exercise of the Expansion Option shall, if Landlord so elects in its absolute discretion, be ineffective in the event that an Event of Default by Tenant remains uncured at the time of delivery of the Expansion Exercise Notice or at the commencement of the term of the Expansion Space Lease.
8.0 The Expansion Option shall be null and void and of no further force or effect in the event Tenant fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal (as defined below) or if the Expansion Space is leased by Tenant pursuant to the Right of First Refusal.
ARTICLE 56.
TENANTS RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
1.0 Tenant shall have the right (the Right of First Refusal) contained in this Article 56. In the event Tenant exercises the Expansion Option for the Expansion Space, Tenant shall have no rights under this Article 56. Prior to entering into a binding agreement for the lease of the Offer Space (the Offer Space) to a third party tenant, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice (the Refusal Notice) certifying that Landlord has received an acceptable offer from a third party to lease the Expansion Space. If Tenant wishes to enter into a lease for the Offer Space, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within five (5) business days after Landlords delivery of the Refusal Notice, written notice (the First Refusal Exercise Notice) to Landlord confirming that it agrees to lease the Offer Space on the First Offer Applicable Terms (as defined below) for the remaining Term of the Lease. If Tenant fails to respond within the five (5) business day period, Landlord may proceed to finalize its lease transaction with the third party tenant, and Tenant shall have no further right to lease the Expansion Space. As used herein, First Offer Applicable Terms means (i) with respect to a First Offer Exercise Notice given prior to the expiration of the twenty-fourth (24 th ) month of the Term, the same terms and conditions as are applicable to the Premises, except that the Tenant Improvement Allowance, abated rent and any other concessions will be prorated to reflect the remaining balance of the Term, (ii) with respect to any First Offer Exercise Notice given on or after the first day of the twenty-fifth (25 th ) month of the Term, the Fair Market Rental Value determined in accordance with Section 51.3 of the Lease, and (iii) Tenant shall be required to provide a security deposit in an amount equal to three (3) months of Rent.
2.0 The commencement date for the leasing of the Offer Space shall be the date that is the earlier of (a) the date upon which Tenant commences its business operations in the Offer Space, or (b) the substantial completion of tenant improvements in the Offer Space or the date substantial completion of tenant improvements in the Specific 2200 Bridge Expansion Space would have occurred but for Tenant Delays.
3.0 If the First Refusal Exercise Notice is given within twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date, then Landlords obligation with respect to the compliance with applicable law of the then existing improvements in the Offer Space shall be as set forth in Section 2.4 of the Lease (except that the phrase as of the date of execution of this Lease shall instead mean the date upon which Tenant gives the First Refusal Exercise Notice). Otherwise,
-64-
the Tenant shall accept the Offer Space in its as-is condition without any obligation on the part of Landlord to improve or alter that space or to provide any allowance for construction of tenant improvements by Tenant in the Offer Space, except that Landlord shall provide Tenant a Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent a Tenant Improvement Allowance is granted as part of the Applicable Terms. Design and construction of Tenant Improvements in the Offer Space by Landlord and the disbursement of the Offer Space Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be governed by a Work Letter Agreement containing the same terms as that attached as Exhibit C hereto. Tenants failure to deliver the initial space plan for the improvements of the Offer Space within ten (10) business days after delivery of the First Refusal Exercise Notice shall constitute a Tenant Delay under Exhibit C .
0.0 It is understood and agreed that the first refusal right contained in this Article 56 is personal to the originally-named Tenant in this Lease and is not transferable, except this right of first refusal may be assigned together with the Lease to any Permitted Tenant Affiliate. In the event of any other assignment or any subletting of the Premises or any part thereof, the Right of First Refusal shall automatically terminate and shall thereafter be null and void.
0.0 Tenants exercise of the Right of First Refusal shall, if Landlord so elects in its absolute discretion, be ineffective in the event that an Event of Default by Tenant remains uncured at the time of delivery of the First Refusal Exercise Notice.
ARTICLE 0.
CERTAIN LANDLORD IMPROVEMENTS
0.0 Landlord, at Landlords sole cost and expense, shall construct the following improvements at 1300 Bridge Parkway, Redwood City:
( ) An expanded cafeteria by December 31, 2007; and
( ) On-site management office, exercise facility, day locker rooms with showers, sixty-five (65) person training room with adjoining kitchenette, and twenty (20) person board of directors room by December 31, 2006.
0.0 The cost of maintaining the improvements described in Section 57.1 shall not be an Operating Expense, except that Landlord shall have the right to impute a fair market rental value to the space occupied by those improvements and include that imputed fair market rental value in Operating Expenses allocated to the entire Project.
ARTICLE 0.
ERISA
0.0 To satisfy compliance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord and The Prudential Insurance Company of America, a New Jersey corporation (Prudential), that:
( ) Tenant is not an employee benefit plan (as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA); and
-65-
( ) Tenant is not acquiring the Property as a plan asset subject to ERISA but for Tenants own investment account; and
( ) Tenant is not an affiliate of Prudential as defined in Section IV(b) or PTE 90-1;
( ) Tenant is not a party in interest (as that term is defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) to the Virginia Retirement System; and
( ) Tenant agrees to keep the identity of the Virginia Retirement System confidential, except to the extent that Tenant may be required to disclose such information as a result of (i) legal process, or (ii) compliance with ERISA or other Laws governing Tenants operations.
-66-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant, acting herein through duly authorized individuals, have caused these presents to be executed as of the date first above written.
TENANT: | ||||
MODEL N, INC., a Delaware corporation |
||||
By: |
/s/ Zack Rinat |
|||
Zack Rinat, CEO | ||||
[Printed Name and Title] | ||||
WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC, a California limited liability company |
||||
By: | THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a New Jersey corporation, its member | |||
By: |
/s/ Darin Bright |
|||
Darin Bright | ||||
[Printed Name and Title] | ||||
Vice President |
-67-
EXHIBIT A
THE PROJECT
Exhibit A
EXHIBIT B
PREMISES
(See Attached)
Exhibit B
EXHIBIT C
WORK LETTER
This Tenant Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the tenant improvements in the Premises. This Tenant Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Tenant Work Letter to Articles or Sections of this Lease shall mean the relevant portion of the Lease to which this Tenant Work Letter is attached and all references in this Tenant Work Letter to Sections of this Tenant Work Letter shall mean the relevant portions of this Tenant Work Letter.
SECTION 1
LANDLORDS INITIAL CONSTRUCTION IN THE PREMISES
1.1 Base Building as Constructed by Landlord . Landlords predecessor-in-interest previously constructed certain base building improvements (the Base Building) in the Building. The Base Building excludes Tenant Improvements previously constructed in the Premises or Building. Tenant agrees that Landlord has no obligation and has made no promise to alter, remodel, improve, or repair the Premises, or any part thereof, or to repair, bring into compliance with applicable laws, other than Landlords obligations under Section 2.4 of the Lease and except to construct the Tenant Improvements (as defined below) pursuant to this Tenant Work Letter or to render the Premises in good working order, condition and repair. Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any of Landlords employees or agents has made any representation or warranty as to the present or future suitability or fitness of the Premises or the Building for the conduct of Tenants particular business. Any improvements or personal property located in the Premises are delivered without any representation or warranty from Landlord, either express or implied, of any kind, including without limitation, title, merchantability or suitability for a particular purpose. Tenant acknowledges that the Premises have been previously built-out and improved for occupancy by a prior tenant and that the HVAC, life safety, plumbing, electrical and other Building systems serving and located in the Premises have been configured for the use of the prior tenant and, no re-engineering of any Building system is contemplated as a condition to the delivery of the Premises to Tenant.
SECTION 2
TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
2.1 Tenant Improvement Allowance . Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the Tenant Improvement Allowance) in the amount of $569,130.00 for the costs of Tenant Improvement Allowance Items (as defined below) relating to the initial design and construction of Tenants improvements which are permanently affixed to the Premises (the Tenant Improvements). In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Tenant Work Letter in a total amount which exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance upon
Exhibit C
-1-
completion of the Tenant Improvements shall not be disbursed to Tenant or available to Tenant as a credit against any obligations of Tenant under the Lease, subject to Landlords obligation to reimburse amounts in excess of the Over Allowance Amount as provided in Section 4.3.1 of this Exhibit C.
2.2 Disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance . Except as otherwise set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord (each of which disbursements shall be made pursuant to Landlords disbursement process) for costs related to the construction of the Tenant Improvements and for the following items and costs (collectively, the Tenant Improvement Allowance Items):
2.2.1 Payment of fees and cost of preparing the preliminary plans and specifications, and the Construction Drawings pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter;
2.2.2 The payment of plan review fees, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Tenant Improvements;
2.2.3 The cost of construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, freight elevator usage, utility usage, parking charges and trash removal costs, and contractors fees and general conditions;
2.2.4 The cost of any changes in the Base Building when such changes are required by the Construction Drawings (including if such changes are due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;
2.2.5 The cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Tenant Improvements required by applicable building code (Code);
2.2.6 One-half of the cost of the demising partitions between the Premises and other tenants premises;
2.2.7 Sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees;
2.2.8 The Landlord Supervision Fee (as defined below); and
2.2.9 All other costs to be expended by Landlord in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements.
2.3 Standard Tenant Improvement Package . Landlord has established specifications (the Specifications) for the Building standard components to be used in the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises (collectively, the Standard Improvement Package), which Specifications shall be supplied to Tenant by Landlord. The quality of Tenant Improvements shall be equal to or of greater quality than the quality of the Specifications, provided that Landlord may, at Landlords option, require the Tenant Improvements to comply with certain Specifications. Landlord may make changes to the Specifications for the Standard Improvement Package from time to time.
Exhibit C
-2-
SECTION 3
CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
3.1 Space Plans . Within three (3) days after any request by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish the information requested by Landlord for the preparation by Landlords architect, engineer or space planner of preliminary drawings and specifications (the Space Plans). Within three (3) working days after Space Plans which have been prepared by Landlords architect, engineer or space planner are submitted to Tenant, Tenant shall reasonably approve or disapprove the Space Plans. The Space Plans shall be deemed approved if Tenant fails to disapprove them within the three (3) working day period. If Tenant shall desire any changes, Tenant shall so advise Landlord in writing and Landlord shall determine whether such changes can be made in a reasonable and feasible manner. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that in order for Landlord to meet its schedule for substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall approve the Space Plans no later than the date (the Tenant Space Plans Approval Deadline) that is three (3) calendar days after delivery of such Space Plans to Tenant. If Tenant does not approve the Space Plans by the Tenant Space Plans Approval Deadline, such failure shall constitute a Tenant Delay (as defined herein).
3.2 Construction Drawings . Within five (5) days after any request by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish the additional information requested by Landlord for the preparation by Landlords architect, engineer or space planner of construction drawings and specifications (the Construction Drawings). Construction Drawings will be prepared within twenty (20) days after final approval of Tenants Space Plans. Within five (5) working days after Construction Drawings which have been prepared by Landlords architect, engineer or space planner are submitted to Tenant, Tenant shall reasonably approve or disapprove the Construction Drawings. The Construction Drawings shall be deemed approved if Tenant fails to disapprove them within the five (5) day period. If Tenant shall desire any changes, Tenant shall so advise Landlord in writing and Landlord shall determine whether such changes can be made in a reasonable manner without the material impact on substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that in order for Landlord to meet its schedule for substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall approve the Tenant Improvement Construction Drawings no later than the date (the Tenant Construction Drawings Approval Deadline) that is five (5) days after delivery of such Construction Drawings to Tenant. If Tenant does not approve the Construction Drawings by the Tenant Construction Drawings Approval Deadline, such failure shall constitute a Tenant Delay (as defined herein).
3.3 Tenant is Responsible for Design . Landlords review of the Space Plans and the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Section 3 shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlords review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Space Plans and Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlords space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Space Plans or the Construction Drawings. Nothing
Exhibit C
-3-
in this Section 3.3 shall limit the liability of Landlords space planner, architect, engineers or consultants.
SECTION 4
CONSTRUCTION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
4.1 Contractor . Landlord shall select the contractor (the Contractor) to construct the Tenant Improvements. Landlord hereby approves of the following subcontractors to handle telecommunications and cabling work related to Tenants phone and computer network: [RK Electric ////Tenant needs to provide information on this contractor////]
4.2 Cost Proposal . After the Construction Drawings are signed by Landlord and Tenant, Contractor shall solicit bids from at least three (3) subcontractors in each major trade for the construction of the Tenant Improvements and shall provide Tenant with a cost proposal (the Cost Proposal) in accordance with the Construction Drawings, which cost proposal shall include, as nearly as possible, the cost of all Tenant Improvement Allowance Items to be incurred by Tenant in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements. The date by which Tenant receives the Cost Proposal shall be known hereafter as the Cost Proposal Delivery Date.
4.3 Construction of Tenant Improvements by Contractor under the Supervision of Landlord .
4.3.1 Over-Allowance Amount . On the date that is five (5) business days after the Cost Proposal Delivery Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord cash in an amount (the Over-Allowance Amount) equal to the difference between (i) the amount of the Cost Proposal and (ii) the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The Over-Allowance Amount shall be disbursed by Landlord prior to the disbursement of any then-remaining portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, and such disbursement shall be pursuant to the same procedure as the Tenant Improvement Allowance. In the event that, after the Cost Proposal Delivery Date, any revisions, changes, or substitutions shall be made to the Construction Drawings or the Tenant Improvements, any additional costs which arise in connection with such revisions, changes or substitutions or any other additional costs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord immediately upon Landlords request as an addition to the Over-Allowance Amount. In the event that Tenant has paid any Over Allowance Amount and the final cost of the Tenant Improvements exceeds the sum of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and the Over Allowance Amount paid by Tenant, then that excess, not to exceed the Over Allowance Amount, shall be refunded to Tenant within five (5) business days after final determination by Landlord of the cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements.
4.3.2 Landlords Retention of Contractor . Landlord shall independently retain Contractor, on behalf of Tenant, to construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Drawings and the Cost Proposal and Landlord shall supervise the construction by Contractor, and Tenant shall pay a construction supervision and management fee (the Landlord Supervision Fee) to Landlord in an amount equal to the product of (i) five percent (5%), and (ii) an amount equal to the Tenant Improvement Allowance plus the Over
Exhibit C
-4-
Allowance Amount (as such Over Allowance Amount may increase pursuant to the terms of this Tenant Work Letter). The Landlord Supervision Fee shall be paid out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent funds are available in the Tenant Improvement Allowance. If there are not sufficient funds in the Tenant Improvement Allowance to pay the Landlord Supervision Fee, Tenant shall pay the amount not covered by the Tenant Improvement Allowance.
4.3.3 Contractors Warranties and Guaranties . Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant all warranties and guaranties by Contractor relating to the Tenant Improvements, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord (but not the Contractor) relating to, or arising out of the construction of, the Tenant Improvements. Landlords contracts with its architect and contractor shall expressly provide that Tenant is a third party beneficiary thereof or otherwise has the non-exclusive right to directly enforce those warranties and guaranties.
4.3.4 As-Built Plans . After the Substantial Completion of the Premises, Landlord shall have prepared at Tenants cost and delivered to Landlord one (1) copy of the record set of as-built drawings for the Tenant Improvements on CAD computer disk and one (1) set of mylar reproducibles.
4.4 Change Requests .
4.4.1 No changes to the Construction Drawings requested by Tenant shall be made without Landlords prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that no change request shall affect the structure, systems or exterior appearance of the Building. Any changes to the Construction Drawings shall be in writing and shall be signed by both Landlord and Tenant prior to the change being made. Tenant shall not instruct or direct Contractor, workmen, subcontractors, material suppliers, or others performing the Tenant Improvements construction. Tenant shall direct all inquiries and requests relating to the construction work to Landlord or Landlords designated agent. Tenant shall be responsible for any delays resulting from Tenants actions under this Paragraph 4 and for any additional costs resulting from Tenants actions under this Paragraph 4 that cause the cost of the Tenant Improvement Allowance Items to exceed the Tenant Improvement Allowance.
4.4.2 Tenant shall pay Landlord any additional costs for changes requested by Tenant, including, without limitation, architectural fees and increases in construction costs caused by the delay. A change request shall constitute an agreement by Tenant to any reasonable delay in substantial completion caused by reviewing, processing and implementing the change.
4.4.3 Within five (5) business days after receipt of a written change request from Tenant, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlords approval or disapproval of the request pursuant to Section 4.4.1; and, if the request is approved, of an estimated increase or decrease in costs and an estimate of the effect the change shall have on the projected date for substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements.
4.4.4 Landlord shall have the authority, without the consent of Tenant, to order minor changes in the Tenant Improvements not involving an increase in cost to Tenant or a
Exhibit C
-5-
delay in the Commencement Date and not inconsistent with the intent of the Construction Drawings.
4.5 Additional Allowance . At any time prior to the Cost Proposal Delivery Date, Tenant may elect to increase the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance in the amount of up to $5.00 for each of the rentable square feet of the Premises (the Additional Allowance Amount) by written notice to Landlord. In such event, commencing as of the Commencement Date, the Base Rent throughout the balance of the initial Term shall be increased by a monthly amount equal to the Monthly Amortization Amount (as defined below). The Monthly Amortization Amount shall be determined as if it were a component of an annuity, using:
(a) The amount of the Additional Allowance Amount as the present value of the annuity;
(b) Nine percent (9%) per annum as the future value interest factor;
(c) Sixty (60) as the number of monthly payments of the annuity, commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date; and
(d) The Monthly Amortization Amount (the missing component) as the monthly payment amount under the annuity.
SECTION 5
COMPLETION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
5.1 Delay of the Substantial Completion of the Premises . Except as provided in this Section 5.1 , the Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in Article 2 of the Lease. If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the substantial completion of the Premises or in the occurrence of any of the other conditions precedent to the Commencement Date, as set forth in Article 2 of the Lease, as a direct, indirect, partial, or total result of (each, a Tenant Delay):
5.1.1 Tenants failure to comply with the time deadlines set forth herein;
5.1.2 Tenants failure to timely approve any matter requiring Tenants approval;
5.1.3 A breach by Tenant of the terms of this Tenant Work Letter or the Lease;
5.1.4 Tenants request for changes in the Space Plans or the Construction Drawings;
5.1.5 Tenants requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the anticipated date of substantial completion of the Premises, as set forth in the Lease, or which are different from, or not included in, the Standard Improvement Package; or
5.1.6 Changes to the Base Building required by the Construction Drawings.
Exhibit C
-6-
then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, the Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the date the Commencement Date would have occurred if no Tenant delay or delays, as set forth above, had occurred.
SECTION 6
MISCELLANEOUS
6.1 Tenants Entry Into the Premises Prior to Substantial Completion . Provided that Tenant coordinates its intentions with Landlord prior to entry and that Tenant and Tenants agents do not interfere with Contractors work in the Building and the Premises, Contractor shall allow Tenant access to the Premises prior to the Substantial Completion of the Premises for the purpose of Tenant installing overstandard equipment or fixtures (including Tenants data and telephone equipment) in the Premises. Prior to Tenants entry into the Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 6.1 , Tenant shall provide Landlord with all insurance required by the Lease and shall submit a schedule to Landlord and Contractor, for their approval, which schedule shall detail the timing and purpose of Tenants entry. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Building or Premises and against injury to any persons caused by Tenants actions pursuant to this Section 6.1 .
6.2 Tenants Representative . Prior to commencement of construction, Tenant shall designate an individual as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter.
6.3 Landlords Representative . Landlord has designated Awais Mughal as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.
6.4 Tenants Agents . All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers retained directly by Tenant shall conduct their activities in and around the Premises, Building and the Real Property in a harmonious relationship with all other subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers at the Premises, Building and Real Property and, if necessary, Tenant shall employ union labor to achieve such harmonious relations.
6.5 Time of the Essence in This Tenant Work Letter . Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this Tenant Work Letter to a number of days shall mean and refer to calendar days. In all instances where Tenant is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval or disapproval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period, at Landlords sole option, at the end of such period the item shall automatically be deemed approved or delivered by Tenant and the next succeeding time period shall commence.
6.6 Tenants Lease Default . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, if an Event of Default as described in Section 22.1 of the Lease; or a
Exhibit C
-7-
default by Tenant under this Tenant Work Letter, has occurred at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of the Premises, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and/or Landlord may cause Contractor to cease the construction of the Premises (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Premises caused by such work stoppage as set forth in Section 5 of this Tenant Work Letter), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Tenant Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease.
Exhibit C
-8-
EXHIBIT D
RULES AND REGULATIONS
Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations:
1. Except in connection with Tenants work (if any) under Exhibit C, Tenant shall not alter any locks or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlords prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant and Tenant shall promptly deliver any new keys to Landlord.
2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises. Tenant shall assume any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.
3. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the entry doors to the Premises are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business of the Project. Tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Project at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Project, may be required to sign the Project register. Access to the Project may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously received authorization for access to the Project. Landlord and its agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Project of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.
4. Landlord reserves the right, in the event of an emergency in Landlords reasonable discretion, to close or limit access to the Project and/or the Premises, from time to time, due to damage to the Project and/or the Premises, to ensure the safety of persons or property or due to government order or directive, and Tenant agrees to immediately comply with any such reasonable decision by Landlord. If Landlord closes or limits access to the Project and/or the Premises for the reasons described above, Landlords actions shall not constitute a breach of the Lease.
5. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents to prevent the same. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, halls, stairways, elevators, or any Common Areas within 25 feet of any Building for the purposes of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises. Smoking shall not be permitted in the exterior Common Areas, except in permitted smoking areas designated by Landlord from time to time.
6. The toilet rooms, urinals and wash bowls shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation
Exhibit D
-1-
of this rule shall be borne by the tenants who, or whose employees or agents, shall have caused it.
7. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenants employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord. All vendors or other persons visiting the Premises shall be subject to the reasonable control of Landlord. Tenant shall not permit its vendors or other persons visiting the Premises to solicit other tenants of the Project.
8. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid or material, except as otherwise permitted in the Lease. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Premises or the Project any animals, birds or vehicles (other than passenger vehicles, motorcycles, forklifts or bicycles).
9. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or to otherwise unreasonably interfere with the use of the Project by other tenants.
10. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises except in the cafeteria area, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for loading or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters Laboratory approved equipment and microwave events may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors of Tenant, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations; and provided further that such cooking does not result in odors escaping from the Premises.
11. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.
12. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash in the vicinity of the Project without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.
13. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.
14. Tenant acknowledges that the local fire department has previously required Landlord to participate in a fire and emergency preparedness program or may require Landlord and/or Tenant to participate in such a program in the future. Tenant agrees to take all actions reasonably necessary to comply with the requirements of such a program including, but not
Exhibit D
-2-
limited to, designating certain employees as fire wardens and requiring them to attend any necessary classes and meetings and to perform any required functions.
15. Tenant and its employees shall comply with all federal, state and local recycling and/or resource conversation laws and shall take all actions reasonably requested by Landlord in order to comply with such laws.
Landlord reserves the right at any time to reasonably change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable and nondiscriminatory Rules and Regulations as in Landlords judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them.
Exhibit D
-3-
EXHIBIT E
PARKING RULES
1. Parking areas shall be used only for parking by vehicles no longer than full size, passenger automobiles, pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles. Tenant and its employees shall park automobiles within the lines of the parking spaces.
2. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenants employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities. Users of the parking area will obey all posted signs and park only in the areas designated for vehicle parking.
3. Parking stickers and parking cards, if any, shall be the property of Landlord and shall be returned to Landlord by the holder thereof upon termination of the holders parking privileges. Landlord may require Tenant and each of its employees to give Landlord a commercially reasonable deposit when a parking card or other parking device is issued. Landlord shall not be obligated to return the deposit unless and until the parking card or other device is returned to Landlord. Tenant will pay such replacement charges as is reasonably established by Landlord for the loss of such devices. Loss or theft of parking identification stickers or devices from automobiles must be reported to the parking operator immediately. Any parking identification stickers reported lost or stolen found on any unauthorized car will be confiscated and the illegal holder will be subject to prosecution.
4. Unless otherwise instructed, every person using the parking area is required to park and, lock his own vehicle. Landlord will not be responsible for any damage to vehicles, injury to persons or loss of property, all of which risks are assumed by the party using the parking area.
5. The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking structure or Common Areas is prohibited.
6. Tenant shall be responsible for seeing that all of its employees, agents and invitees comply with the applicable parking rules, regulations, laws, and agreements. Parking area managers or attendants, if any, are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Parking Rules and Regulations. Landlord reserves the right to terminate parking rights for any person or entity that willfully refuses to comply with these rules and regulations.
7. Every driver is required to park his or her own car. Tenant agrees that all responsibility for damage to cars or the theft of or from cars is assumed by the driver, and further agrees that Tenant will hold Landlord harmless for any such damages or theft.
8. No vehicles shall be parked in the parking areas overnight. The parking area shall only be used for daily parking and no vehicle or other property shall be stored in a parking space.
9. Any vehicle parked by Tenant, its employees, contractors or visitors in a reserved parking space or in any area of the parking area that is not designated for the parking of such a vehicle may, at Landlords option, and without notice or demand, be towed away by any towing
Exhibit E
-1-
company selected by Landlord, and the cost of such towing shall be paid for by Tenant and/or the driver of said vehicle.
Landlord reserves the right at any time to reasonably change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable and nondiscriminatory Rules and Regulations as in Landlords judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them.
Exhibit E
-2-
EXHIBIT F
COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM
With respect to that certain lease (Lease) dated , 200 between WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC, a California limited liability company (Landlord), and (Tenant), whereby Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately rentable square feet of that certain office building located at , California (Premises), Tenant hereby acknowledges and certifies to Landlord as follows:
(1) Landlord delivered possession of the Premises to Tenant substantially complete on ;
(2) The Lease commenced on (Commencement Date) and Tenants obligation to pay Rent commenced on (Rent Commencement Date);
(3) The Premises contain rentable square feet of space; and
(4) Tenant has accepted and is currently in possession of the Premises and the Premises are acceptable for Tenants use.
(5) Tenants Building Percentage is
(6) Base Rent Per Month is
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Commencement Date Memorandum is executed this day of
Tenant | ||||||
|
||||||
|
||||||
By: |
|
|||||
Its: |
|
|||||
By: |
|
|||||
Its: |
|
Exhibit F
-1-
EXHIBIT G
STANDARDS FOR UTILITIES AND SERVICES
The following Standards for Utilities and Services are in effect. Landlord reserves the right to adopt nondiscriminatory modifications and additions hereto:
As long as Tenant is not in default under any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions, or agreements of this Lease, Landlord shall:
(a) On Monday through Friday, except holidays, from 8 A.M. to 6 P.M. (and other times for a reasonable additional charge to be fixed by Landlord), ventilate the Premises and furnish air conditioning or heating on such days and hours, when in the judgment of Landlord it may be required for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises. The air conditioning system achieves maximum cooling when the window coverings are closed. Landlord shall not be responsible for room temperatures if Tenant does not keep all window coverings in the Premises closed whenever the system is in operation. Tenant agrees to cooperate fully at all times with Landlord, and to abide by all regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper function and protection of said air conditioning system. Tenant agrees not to connect any apparatus, device, conduit or pipe to the Building chilled and hot water air conditioning supply lines. Tenant further agrees that neither Tenant nor its servants, employees, agents, visitors, licensees or contractors shall at any time enter mechanical installations or facilities of the Building or adjust, tamper with, touch or otherwise in any manner affect said installations or facilities. The cost of maintenance and service calls to adjust and regulate the air conditioning system shall be charged to Tenant if the need for maintenance work results from either Tenants adjustment of room thermostats or Tenants failure to comply with its obligations under this section, including keeping window coverings closed as needed. Such work shall be charged at hourly rates equal to then current journeymens wages for air conditioning mechanics.
(b) Landlord reserves the right to charge Tenant for the cost to Landlord of providing such after-hours heating and air-conditioning.
(c) Landlord shall furnish to the Premises, during the usual business hours on business days, electric current sufficient for normal office use. Tenant agrees, should its electrical installation or electrical consumption be in excess of the aforesaid quantity or extend beyond normal business hours, to reimburse Landlord monthly for the measured consumption at the average cost per kilowatt hour charged to the Building during the period. If a separate meter is not installed at Tenants cost, such excess cost will be established by an estimate agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, and if the parties fail to agree, as established by an independent licensed engineer. Said estimates to be reviewed and adjusted quarterly. Tenant agrees not to use any apparatus or device in, or upon, or about the Premises which may in any way increase the amount of such services usually furnished or supplied to said Premises, and Tenant further agrees not to connect any apparatus or device with wires, conduits or pipes, or other means by which such services are supplied, for the purpose of using additional or unusual amounts of such services without written consent of Landlord. Should Tenant use the same to excess, the refusal on the part of Tenant to pay upon demand of Landlord the amount established by Landlord for
Exhibit G
-1-
such excess charge shall constitute a breach of the obligation to pay rent under this Lease and shall entitle Landlord to the rights therein granted for such breach. At all times Tenants use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installation and Tenants shall not install or use or permit the installation or use of any computer, larger than personal computer, or electronic data processing equipment in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.
(d) Water will be available in public areas for drinking and lavatory purposes only, but if Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purposes in addition to ordinary drinking and lavatory purposes of which fact Tenant constitutes Landlord to be the sole judge, Landlord may install a water meter and thereby measure Tenants water consumption for all purposes. Tenant shall pay Landlord for the cost of the meter and the cost of the installation thereof and throughout the duration of Tenants occupancy Tenant shall keep said meter and installation equipment in good working order and repair at Tenants own cost and expense, in default of which Landlord may cause such meter and equipment to be replaced or repaired and collect the cost thereof from Tenant. Tenant agrees to pay for water consumed, as shown on said meter, as and when bills are rendered, and on default in making such payment, Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant. Any such costs or expenses incurred, or payments made by Landlord for any of the reasons or purposes hereinabove stated shall be deemed to be additional rent payable by Tenant and collectible by Landlord as such.
(e) Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and electric systems, when necessary, by reason of accident or emergency or for repairs, alterations or improvements, in the judgment of Landlord desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed, and shall further have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply elevator facilities, plumbing, ventilating, air conditioning or electric service, when prevented from so doing by strike or accident or by any cause beyond Landlords reasonable control, or by laws, rules, orders, ordinances, directions, regulations or requirements of any federal, state, county or municipal authority or failure of gas, oil or other suitable fuel supply or inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain gas, oil or other suitable fuel. It is expressly understood and agreed that any covenants on Landlords part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to furnish or perform the same by virtue of a strike or labor trouble or any other cause whatsoever beyond Landlords control.
Exhibit G
-2-
EXHIBIT H
COPY OF ORDER
(See Attached.)
Exhibit H
-1-
EXHIBIT J
EXPANSION SPACE
(See Attached.)
Exhibit J
-1-
Exhibit 10.07
October 1, 2007
Mr. Peter Edwards
Model N, Inc.
1800 Bridge Parkway
Redwood City, CA 94065
Subject: | First Amendment to Lease |
Dear Mr. Edwards:
Enclosed is a fully executed First Amendment to Lease by and between Westport Office Park, LLC, and Model N, Inc., covering the premises commonly known as 1800 Bridge Parkway, Redwood City, CA.
Please feel free to contact our office at (650) 802-2850 if you have any questions.
Sincerely, |
/s/ Kristal Monroe |
Kristal Monroe |
Project Administrator |
Enclosures |
1300 Island Drive, Redwood City. California 94065 ¨ tel 650 802 2850 ¨ fax 650 802 2852
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
(EXPANSION)
This First Amendment to Lease (the Agreement) is entered into as of September 22, 2007, by and between WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC, a California limited liability company (Landlord), and MODEL N, INC., a Delaware corporation (Tenant), with respect to the following facts and circumstances:
A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated March 24, 2006 (the Original Lease) of certain premises (the Existing Premises) within the building commonly known as 1800 Bridge Parkway, Redwood City, California, and more particularly described in the Original Lease. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given those terms in the Original Lease.
B. Tenant gave Landlord timely written notice of its exercise of its expansion option pursuant to Article 55 of the Original Lease within twelve (12) months of the Commencement Date and Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Original Lease to add additional space on the terms and conditions provided herein.
IT IS THEREFORE, agreed as follows:
1. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
Applicable Abatement Period means a period of time equal to ten percent (10%) of the Length of the Expansion Term.
Expansion Space means a portion of the first floor of the Building, containing approximately 12,528 rentable square feet of area, and more particularly shown on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto.
Expansion Space Commencement Date shall mean November 1, 2007.
Expansion Improvements means the tenant improvements constructed in the Expansion Space.
Length of the Expansion Term means the period of time, in days, from the Expansion Space Commencement Date to July 13, 2011.
2. Landlord and Tenant agree that based on a Commencement Date of July 14, 2006, Base Rent for the Existing Premises is as follows:
-1-
Period |
Annual
Base Rent |
Monthly
Base Rent |
Monthly Base Rent
Per Square Foot of Rentable Area |
Deemed Rentable
Square Footage for the Purposes of Calculating Base Rent |
||||||||||||
07/14/06 01/13/07* |
$ | 360,000.00 | $ | 30,000.00 | $ | 1.32 | 25,000 | |||||||||
01/14/07 07/13/07 |
$ | 360,000.00 | $ | 30,000.00 | $ | 1.32 | 25,000 | |||||||||
07/14/07 01/13/08 |
$ | 453,600.00 | $ | 37,800.00 | $ | 1.32 | 30,000 | |||||||||
01/14/08 01/13/09 |
$ | 601,001.28 | $ | 50,083.44 | $ | 1.32 | 37,942 | |||||||||
01/14/09 01/13/10 |
$ | 637,425.60 | $ | 53,118.80 | $ | 1.40 | 37,942 | |||||||||
01/14/10 01/13/11 |
$ | 660,190.80 | $ | 55,015.90 | $ | 1.45 | 37,942 | |||||||||
01/14/11 07/13/11 |
$ | 682,956.00 | $ | 56,913.00 | $ | 1.50 | 37,942 |
* | Monthly Base Rent shall be abated during this period. |
3. Landlord and Tenant agree that based on a Commencement Date of July 14, 2006, Tenants Building Percentage with respect to the Existing Premises is as follows:
Period |
Tenants Building Percentage | Deemed Square Footage | ||||||
07/14/06 07/13/07 |
49.53 | % | 25,000 | |||||
07/14/07 01/13/08 |
59.44 | % | 30,000 | |||||
01/14/08 07/13/11 |
75.18 | % | 37,942 |
4. Effective on the Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Premises shall be expanded to include the Expansion Space. Accordingly, effective on the Expansion Space Commencement Date, the following terms of the Original Lease are amended as follows:
4.1 The Expansion Space is added to the Premises such that the Premises shall be comprised of the Existing Premises and the Expansion Space, and Exhibit A-1 attached hereto is hereby added to Exhibit A to the Original Lease.
4.2 Tenant agrees to pay Landlord as Base Rent for the Expansion Space as follows:
The Base Rent for the Expansion Space shall be the same amount per square foot of rentable area as the Base Rent for the Premises under the Original Lease subject to the full or partial abatement as hereinafter described.
(a) Commencing on the Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Base Rent for the Expansion Space will be fully abated for a period (Period 1) equal to the Applicable Abatement Period. (For an example of this calculation, based on the assumption that the Expansion Space Commencement Date will be November 1, 2007, see Exhibit K attached hereto, which example calculates Period 1 as four (4) months and eleven (11) days and shows the rents due during each of the periods from the Expansion Space Commencement Date through the end of the Term based on that assumption.)
-2-
(b) The Base Rent for the Expansion Space for the period immediately following Period 1 will be partially abated for a period (Period 2) of time that is equal to the Applicable Abatement Period, such that Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Space in an amount equal to the product of (i) the amount per square foot of rentable area of the monthly Base Rent required from time to time during Period 2 under the Original Lease for the Existing Premises multiplied by (ii) 65.89% of the total square footage in the Expansion Space, or 8,255 square feet.
(c) The Base Rent for the Expansion Space for the period immediately following Period 2 will be partially abated for a period (Period 3) of time that is equal to the Applicable Abatement Period, such that Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Space in an amount equal to the product of (i) the amount per square foot of rentable area of the monthly Base Rent required from time to time during Period 3 under the Original Lease for the Existing Premises multiplied by (ii) 79.068% of the total square footage in the Expansion Space, or 9,906 square feet.
(d) Thereafter, and for the remainder of the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Rent the same amount per square foot of rentable area for the Expansion Space, from time to time, as is required to be paid per square foot for the Existing Premises.
4.3 As an additional abatement of rent, for purposes of determining Tenants Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes for the Expansion Space shall be reduced during Period 1, Period 2, and Period 3 by deeming the Expansion Space to have artificial square footage amounts for the Expansion Space during certain periods and calculating Tenants Building Percentage with respect to the Expansion Space based on those deemed areas as follows:
Period |
Deemed Rentable Area
of Expansion Space |
Deemed Tenants
Building Percentage as to the Expansion Space |
||||||
Period 1 |
8,255 | 16.36 | % | |||||
Period 2 |
8,255 | 16.36 | % | |||||
Period 3 |
9,906 | 19.63 | % |
From and after the expiration of Period 3, Tenants Building Percentage for the Premises shall be 100%. (The deemed rentable area of the Expansion Space specified in this Section 4.3 is for purposes of this Section 4.3 only.)
4.4 The Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent for the Expansion Space shall be payable in the manner provided for in the Original Lease.
4.5 The Term with respect to the Expansion Space shall be coterminous with the Existing Premises. In the event that Tenant exercises its extension option or a
-3-
termination right under the Original Lease, such extension or termination shall apply to the entire Premises then subject to the Original Lease (including the Expansion Space).
5. Article 55 of the Original Lease is of no further force or effect.
6. Tenant is in occupancy of the Existing Premises and hereby takes the Existing Premises AS IS, without any obligation on the Landlords part to alter or improve such space or provide Tenant with any improvement allowance, except that Landlord shall provide an Expansion Improvement Allowance for construction of Expansion Improvements in an amount equal to $136,242.00. The construction of the Expansion Improvements shall be governed by the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall not be required to remove the Expansion Space Improvements upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease,.
7. Section 4.3 of the Original Lease is amended to increase the Security Deposit by $47,355.84, for a total of $183,945.84, which shall be held in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Original Lease regarding the Security Deposit. Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of that increase upon Tenants execution and delivery of this Agreement.
8. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that it has dealt with no broker, finder or similar person in connection with this Agreement, and Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that it has dealt with no broker, finder or similar person in connection with this Agreement, other than NAIBT (Landlords Broker) and CB Richard Ellis (Tenant Broker). Landlord and Tenant shall each defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless with respect to all claims, causes of action, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses (including without limitation attorneys fees) arising from a breach of the foregoing representation and warranty. The commission with respect to this Agreement shall be paid to Landlords Broker by Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement. Landlords Broker will pay Tenants Broker a commission pursuant to a separate agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall impose any obligation on Landlord to pay a commission or fee to any party other than Landlords Broker.
9. Time is of the essence of this Agreement and the provisions contained herein.
10. As additional consideration for this Agreement, Tenant hereby certifies that:
(a) The Original Lease (as amended hereby) is in full force and effect.
(b) Tenant is in possession of the Premises.
(c) Rent has been paid through September 30, 2007.
(d) To Tenants knowledge, there are no uncured defaults on the part of Landlord or Tenant under the Original Lease.
(e) There are no existing offsets or defenses which Tenant has against the enforcement of the Original Lease (as amended hereby) by Landlord.
-4-
(f) All of the representations and warranties of Tenant in the Original Lease are hereby remade.
11. Except as specifically provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Original Lease as amended hereby are confirmed and continue in full force and effect. This Agreement shall be binding on the heirs, administrators, successors and assigns (as the case may be) of the parties hereto. This Agreement and the attached exhibits, which are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement, set forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. Under no circumstances shall Tenant be entitled to any Rent abatement, improvement allowance, leasehold improvements, or other work to the Premises, or any similar economic incentives that may have been provided to Tenant in connection with entering into the Original Lease, unless specifically set forth in this Agreement. Tenant agrees that neither Tenant nor its agents or any other parties acting on behalf of Tenant shall disclose any matters set forth in this Agreement or disseminate or distribute any information concerning the terms, details or conditions hereof to any person, firm or entity without obtaining the express written consent of Landlord. In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Original Lease and this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern and control. Submission of this Agreement by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Agreement but rather is a solicitation for such an offer by Tenant. Landlord shall not be bound by this Agreement until Landlord has executed and delivered the same to Tenant.
12. Effective as of the date hereof, all references to the Lease shall refer to the Original Lease, as amended by this Agreement.
13. To satisfy compliance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord and The Prudential Insurance Company of America, a New Jersey corporation (Prudential), that:
(a) Tenant is not an employee benefit plan (as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA); and
(b) Tenant is not acquiring the Property as a plan asset subject to ERISA but for Tenants own investment account; and
(c) Tenant is not an affiliate of Prudential as defined in Section IV(b) or PTE 90-1;
(d) Tenant is not a party in interest (as that term is defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) to the Virginia Retirement System; and
(e) Tenant agrees to keep the identity of the Virginia Retirement System confidential, except to the extent that Tenant may be required to disclose such information as a result of (i) legal process, or (ii) compliance with ERISA or other Laws governing Tenants operations.
-5-
14. To correct paragraph numbering in the Original Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree that Exhibit L attached hereto shall be substituted for pages 1 through 66 of the Original Lease.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement was executed as of the date first above written.
Landlord: | ||||
WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC, a California limited liability company |
||||
By: | THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a New Jersey corporation, its member | |||
By: |
/s/ Jolynn Chow Miller |
|||
JOLYNN CHOW MILLER |
||||
[Printed Name and Title] | ||||
SECOND VICE PRESIDENT | ||||
Tenant: | ||||
MODEL N, INC., a Delaware corporation |
||||
By: |
/s/ Mark Tisdel |
|||
Mark Tisdel, VP Finance |
||||
[Printed Name and Title] | ||||
Sept 22, 2007 |
-6-
EXHIBIT A-1
EXPANSION SPACE
(See Attached.)
Exhibit A-1
EXHIBIT C-1
TENANT WORK LETTER
(TENANT BUILDS)
This Tenant Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the Expansion Space. This Tenant Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Expansion Space, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Expansion Space. All references in this Tenant Work Letter to this First Amendment to Lease shall mean the relevant portions of this First Amendment to Lease to which this Tenant Work Letter is attached, all references to Articles or Sections of the Original Lease shall mean the relevant portions of the Original Lease executed by and between Tenant and Landlord as described in Recital A of this First Amendment to Lease and all references in this Tenant Work Letter to Sections of this Tenant Work Letter shall mean the relevant portions of this Tenant Work Letter.
SECTION 1
DELIVERY OF THE EXPANSION SPACE AND EXPANSION SPACE BASE BUILDING
1.1 Expansion Space Base Building as Constructed by Landlord . Upon the later of (a) the first business day after the current tenant of the Expansion Space vacates the Expansion Space, or (b) the full execution and delivery of this First Amendment to Lease by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall deliver the Expansion Space and Expansion Space Base Building, as that term is defined below, to Tenant in broom clean condition, and Tenant shall accept the Expansion Space and Expansion Space Base Building from Landlord in their presently existing, as is condition. The Expansion Space Base Building shall consist of only the improvements existing in the Expansion Space on the date possession is delivered to Tenant. Tenant agrees that Landlord has no obligation and has made no promise to alter, remodel, improve, or repair the Expansion Space, or any part thereof, or to repair, bring into compliance with applicable laws, or improve any condition existing in the Expansion Space as of the Commencement Date; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to construct any improvements or do any work outside of the Expansion Space, which may be required to bring the Expansion Space Building into compliance with applicable laws, as a result of the Expansion Improvements done to the Expansion Space as provided for in this Tenant Work Letter. Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any of Landlords employees or agents has made any representation or warranty as to the present or future suitability or fitness of the Expansion Space or the Building for the conduct of Tenants particular business. Any improvements or personal property located in the Expansion Space are delivered without any representation or warranty from Landlord, either express or implied, of any kind, including without limitation, title, merchantability or suitability for a particular purpose. The taking of possession of the Expansion Space by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Expansion Space and the Building were at such time in good and satisfactory order, condition and repair. Tenant acknowledges that the Expansion Space has been previously built-out and improved for occupancy by a prior tenant and that the HVAC, life
Exhibit C-1
-1-
safety, plumbing, electrical and other Building systems serving and located in the Expansion Space has been configured for the use of the prior tenant and, no re-engineering of any Building system is contemplated as a condition to the delivery of the Expansion Space to Tenant.
SECTION 2
EXPANSION IMPROVEMENTS
2.1 Expansion Improvement Allowance . Tenant shall be entitled to a tenant improvement allowance (the Expansion Improvement Allowance) in the amount of $136,242.00 for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of Tenants improvements, which are permanently affixed to the Expansion Space (the Expansion Improvements). In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Tenant Work Letter in a total amount which exceeds the Expansion Improvement Allowance. Any unused portion of the Expansion Improvement Allowance upon completion of the Expansion Improvements shall not be disbursed to Tenant or available to Tenant as a credit against any obligations of Tenant under the Lease. Tenant shall have not more than 180 days after completion of the Expansion Improvements to submit invoices for their cost to Landlord.
2.2 Disbursement of the Expansion Improvement Allowance .
2.2.1 Expansion Improvement Allowance Items. Except as otherwise set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, the Expansion Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the following items and costs (collectively the Expansion Improvement Allowance Items):
2.2.1.1 The payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Expansion Improvements;
2.2.1.2 The cost of construction of the Expansion Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, freight elevator usage, utility usage, parking charges and trash removal costs, and contractors fees and general conditions;
2.2.1.3 The cost of any changes in the Expansion Space Base Building when such changes are required by the Construction Drawings (including if such changes are due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;
2.2.1.4 The cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Expansion Improvements required by applicable building code (the Code);
2.2.1.5 One-half of the cost of the demising partitions between the Expansion Space and other tenants premises;
2.2.1.6 Sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees; and
2.2.1.7 All other costs to be expended by Landlord in connection with the construction of the Expansion Improvements.
Exhibit C-1
-2-
2.2.2 Disbursement of Expansion Improvement Allowance . During the construction of the Expansion Improvements, Landlord shall make monthly disbursements of the Expansion Improvement Allowance for Expansion Improvement Allowance Items for the benefit of Tenant and shall authorize the release of monies for the benefit of Tenant as follows.
2.2.2.1 Monthly Disbursements . On or before the first day of each calendar month, as determined by Landlord, during the construction of the Expansion Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) a request for payment of the Contractor, as that term is defined in Section 4.1.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, approved by Tenant, in a form to be provided by Landlord, showing the schedule, by trade, of percentage of completion of the Expansion Improvements in the Expansion Space, detailing the portion of the work completed and the portion not completed; (ii) invoices from all of Tenants Agents, as that term is defined in Section 4.1.2 of this Tenant Work Letter, for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Expansion Space; (iii) executed mechanics lien releases from all of Tenants Agents which shall comply with the appropriate provisions of applicable law; and (iv) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenants request for payment shall be deemed Tenants acceptance and approval of the work furnished and/or the materials supplied as set forth in Tenants payment request. Thereafter, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant made jointly payable to Contractor and Tenant in payment of the lesser of: (A) the amounts so requested by Tenant, as set forth in this Section 2.2.2.1 , above, less a ten percent (10%) retention (the aggregate amount of such retentions to be known as the Final Retention), and (B) the balance of any remaining available portion of the Expansion Improvement Allowance (not including the Final Retention), provided that Landlord does not dispute any request for payment based on non compliance of any work with the Approved Working Drawings, as that term is defined in Section 3.4 below, or due to any substandard work, or for any other reason. Landlords payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlords approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenants payment request.
2.2.2.2 Final Retention . Subject to the provisions of this Tenant Work Letter, a check for the Final Retention payable jointly to Tenant and Contractor shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant following the completion of construction of the Expansion Space, provided that (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord properly executed unconditional mechanics lien releases upon final payment in compliance with applicable law from all of Tenants Agents, (ii) Landlord has determined that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building, or any other tenants use of such other tenants leased premises in the Building and (iii) Architect delivers to Landlord a certificate, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the construction of the Expansion Improvements in the Expansion Space has been substantially completed.
2.2.2.3 Other Terms . Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Expansion Improvement Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for Expansion Improvement Allowance Items.
2.3 Standard Tenant Improvement Package . Landlord has established specifications (the Specifications) for the Building standard components to be used in the construction of the
Exhibit C-1
-3-
Expansion Improvements in the Expansion Space (collectively, the Standard Improvement Package). The quality of Expansion Improvements shall be equal to or of greater quality than the quality of the Specifications, provided that the Expansion Improvements shall comply with certain Specifications as designated by Landlord. Landlord may make changes to the Specifications for the Standard Improvement Package from time to time.
SECTION 3
CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
3.1 Selection of Drawings . Tenant shall use an architect/space planner approved by Landlord (the Architect) to prepare the Construction Drawings. Tenant shall use the engineering consultants designated by Landlord (the Engineers) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety, and sprinkler work in the Expansion Space, which work is not part of the Expansion Space Base Building. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall be known collectively as the Construction Drawings. All Construction Drawings shall comply with the drawing format and specifications determined by Landlord, and shall be subject to Landlords approval, which Construction Drawings shall contain the information listed on Schedule 1, attached hereto. Tenant and Architect shall verify, in the field, the dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions of the base building plans, and Tenant and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. Landlords review of the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Section 3, shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlords review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlords space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings, and Tenants waiver and indemnity set forth in Article 21 of the Original Lease shall specifically apply to the Construction Drawings.
3.2 Final Space Plan . Tenant shall supply Landlord with four (4) copies signed by Tenant of its final space plan for the Expansion Space before any architectural working drawings or engineering drawings have been commenced. The final space plan (the Final Space Plan) shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein, Landlord may request clarification or more specific drawings for special use items not included in the Final Space Plan. Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) business days after Landlords receipt of the Final Space Plan for the Expansion Space if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall promptly cause the Final Space Plan to be revised to correct any deficiencies or other matters Landlord may reasonably require.
3.3 Final Working Drawings . After the Final Space Plan has been approved by Landlord, Tenant shall supply the Engineers with a complete listing of standard and non standard equipment and specifications, including, without limitation, B.T.U. calculations, electrical
Exhibit C-1
-4-
requirements and special electrical receptacle requirements for the Expansion Space, to enable the Engineers and the Architect to complete the Final Working Drawings (as that term is defined below) in the manner as set forth below. Upon the approval of the Final Space Plan by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall promptly cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Expansion Space, and Architect shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the Final Working Drawings) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlords approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with four (4) copies signed by Tenant of such Final Working Drawings. Landlord shall advise Tenant within ten (10) business days after Landlords receipt of the Final Working Drawings for the Expansion Space if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall immediately revise the Final Working Drawings in accordance with such review and any disapproval of Landlord in connection therewith.
3.4 Approved Working Drawings . The Final Working Drawings shall be approved by Landlord (the Approved Working Drawings) prior to the commencement of construction of the Expansion Space by Tenant. After approval by Landlord of the Final Working Drawings, Tenant may submit the same to Redwood City for all applicable building permits, if required. Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlords consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Expansion Space and that obtaining the same shall be Tenants responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such permit or certificate of occupancy. No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.
SECTION 4
CONSTRUCTION OF THE EXPANSION IMPROVEMENTS
4.1 Tenants Selection of Contractors .
4.1.1 The Contractor . A general contractor (Contractor) shall be retained by Tenant to construct the Expansion Improvements. The Contractor shall be subject to Landlords approval.
4.1.2 Tenants Agents . All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers used by Tenant (such subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers, and the Contractor to be known collectively as Tenants Agents) must be approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall retain subcontractors approved by Landlord in connection with any structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing or heating, air conditioning or ventilation work to be performed in the Expansion Space.
4.2 Construction of Expansion Improvements by Tenants Agents .
Exhibit C-1
-5-
4.2.1 Construction Contract . Prior to Tenants execution of the construction contract and general conditions with Contractor (the Contract), Tenant shall submit the Contract to Landlord for its approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
4.2.2 Tenants Agents .
4.2.2.1 Landlords General Conditions for Tenants Agents and Expansion Improvement Work . Tenants and Tenants Agents construction of the Expansion Improvements shall comply with the following: (i) the Expansion Improvements shall be constructed in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings; and (ii) Tenant shall abide by all rules made by Landlords Building manager with respect to the use of freight, loading dock and service elevators, storage of materials, coordination of work with the contractors of other tenants, and any other matter in connection with this Tenant Work Letter, including, without limitation, the construction of the Expansion Improvements.
4.2.2.2 Indemnity . Tenants indemnity of Landlord as set forth in Article 21 of the Original Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenants Agents, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenants non payment of any amount arising out of the Expansion Improvements and/or Tenants disapproval of all or any portion of any request for payment. Such indemnity by Tenant, as set forth in Article 21 of the Original Lease, shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to Landlords performance of any ministerial acts reasonably necessary (i) to permit Tenant to complete the Expansion Improvements, and (ii) to enable Tenant to obtain any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Expansion Space.
4.2.2.3 Insurance Requirements .
4.2.2.3.1 General Coverages . All of Tenants Agents shall carry workers compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry public liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in Article 13 of the Original Lease.
4.2.2.3.2 Special Coverages . Tenant shall carry Builders All Risk insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of the Expansion Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that the Expansion Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 13 of the Original Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Landlord including, but not limited to, the requirement that all of Tenants Agents shall carry excess liability and Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance, each in amounts not less than $500,000 per incident, $1,000,000 in aggregate, and in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in Article 13 of the Original Lease.
Exhibit C-1
-6-
4.2.2.3.3 General Terms . Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section 4.2.2.4 shall be delivered to Landlord before the commencement of construction of the Expansion Improvements and before the Contractors equipment is moved onto the site. All such policies of insurance must contain a provision that the company writing said policy will give Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation or lapse of the effective date or any reduction in the amounts of such insurance. In the event that the Expansion Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof, Tenant shall immediately repair the same at Tenants sole cost and expense. Tenants Agents shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force until the Expansion Improvements are fully completed and accepted by Landlord, except for any Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance required by Landlord, which is to be maintained for ten (10) years following completion of the work and acceptance by Landlord and Tenant. All policies carried under this Section 4.2.2.3 shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests my appear, as well as Contractor and Tenants Agents. All insurance, except Workers Compensation, maintained by Tenants Agents shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder. Such insurance shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects the Landlord and that any other insurance maintained by Landlord is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder. The requirements for the foregoing insurance shall not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of Landlord by Tenant under Section 4.2.2.3 of this Tenant Work Letter. Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien free completion of the Expansion Improvements and naming Landlord as a co obligee.
4.2.3 Governmental Compliance . The Expansion Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) the Code and other state, federal, city or quasi governmental laws, codes, ordinances and regulations, as each may apply according to the rulings of the controlling public official, agent or other person; (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; and (iii) building material manufacturers specifications.
4.2.4 Inspection by Landlord . Landlord shall have the right to inspect the Expansion Improvements at all times, provided however, that Landlords failure to inspect the Expansion Improvements shall in no event constitute a waiver of any of Landlords rights hereunder nor shall Landlords inspection of the Expansion Improvements constitute Landlords approval of the same. Should Landlord disapprove any portion of the Expansion Improvements, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such disapproval and shall specify the items disapproved. Any defects or deviations in, and/or disapproval by Landlord of, the Expansion Improvements shall be rectified by Tenant at no expense to Landlord, provided however, that in the event Landlord determines that a defect or deviation exists or disapproves of any matter in connection with any portion of the Expansion Improvements and such defect, deviation or matter might adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning or life safety systems of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building or any other tenants use of such other tenants leased premises, Landlord may take such action as Landlord deems necessary, at Tenants expense and without incurring any liability on Landlords part, to correct any such defect, deviation and/or matter, including, without limitation,
Exhibit C-1
-7-
causing the cessation of performance of the construction of the Expansion Improvements until such time as the defect, deviation and/or matter is corrected to Landlords satisfaction.
4.3 Notice of Completion . Within ten (10) days after completion of construction of the Expansion Improvements, Tenant shall cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in accordance with applicable law, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Landlord upon such recordation. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may execute and file the same on behalf of Tenant as Tenants agent for, such purpose, at Tenants sole cost and expense.
SECTION 5
MISCELLANEOUS
5.1 Tenants Representative . Tenant has designated Peter Edwards as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter.
5.2 Landlords Representative . Landlord has designated Christine Scheerer as its sole representatives with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.
5.3 Time of the Essence in This Tenant Work Letter . Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a number of days shall mean and refer to calendar days. If any item requiring approval is timely disapproved by Landlord, the procedure for preparation of the document and approval thereof shall be repeated until the document is approved by Landlord.
5.4 Tenants Lease Default . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this First Amendment to Lease and the Original Lease, if an Event of Default as described in Article 22 of the Original Lease, in this First Amendment to Lease or this Tenant Work Letter has occurred at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of the Expansion Space, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Original Lease and this First Amendment to Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Expansion Improvement Allowance and/or Landlord may cause Contractor to cease the construction of the Expansion Space (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the substantial completion of the Expansion Space caused by such work stoppage), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Tenant Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Original Lease and this First Amendment to Lease (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the substantial completion of the Expansion Space caused by such inaction by Landlord).
5.5 Tenants Agents . All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers retained directly by Tenant shall conduct their activities in and around the Expansion Space, Building and the Real Property in a harmonious relationship with all other subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers at the Expansion Space, Building and Real Property, and, if necessary, Tenant shall employ union labor to achieve such harmonious relations.
Exhibit C-1
-8-
SCHEDULE 1
Floor Plans Showing
1. Location and type of all partitions.
2. Location and type of all doors. Indicate hardware and provide keying schedule.
3. Location and type of glass partitions, windows, and doors. Indicate framing and reference full-height partitions.
4. Locations of telephone equipment room.
5. Critical dimensions necessary for construction, with indication of required clearances.
6. Location and types of all electrical items: outlets, switches, telephone outlets and lighting.
7. Location and type of equipment that will require special electrical requirements. Provide manufacturers specifications for use and operation, including heat output.
8. Location, weight per square foot, and description of any heavy equipment or filing system.
9. Requirements for special air-conditioning or ventilation.
10. Location and type of plumbing.
11. Location and type of kitchen equipment.
12. Location, type and color of floor covering, wall covering, paint and finishes.
Details Showing
1. All millwork (including finish) with verified dimensions of all equipment to be built in.
2. Corridor entrance.
3. Bracing or support of special walls, glass partitions, etc., if desired. If not included with the plans, Tenants engineer will design all support or bracing required at Tenants expense.
Schedule 1
EXHIBIT K
EXAMPLE OF BASE RENT CALCULATION
Expansion | ||||||||
Phase In |
Square Feet
(Percentage of Expansion Space) |
Initial Rental
Rate |
Total Monthly
Base Rent Rate |
Monthly Base Rent Due
on the First of the Month |
||||
PERIOD 1 |
||||||||
11/1/07 11/30/07 |
0 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 0.00 | ||||
12/1/07 12/31/07 |
0 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 0.00 | ||||
1/1/08 1/31/08 |
0 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 0.00 | ||||
2/1/08 2/29/08 |
0 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 0.00 | ||||
3/1/08 3/11/08(11 days) 1 |
0 | 0.00 | (7,030.06 is due for 3/2008 2 ) | |||||
PERIOD 2 |
||||||||
3/12/08 3/31/08 (20 days) |
8,255 (65,8900426%) | (1.32) | (10,896.60) | (7,030.06 per row above). | ||||
4/1/08 4/30/08 |
8,255 (65.8900426%) | (1.32) | (10,896.60) | (10,896.60) | ||||
5/1/08 5/31/08 |
8,255 (65.8900426%) | (1.32) | (10,896.60) | (10,896.60) | ||||
6/1/08 6/30/08 |
8,255 (65.8900426%) | (1.32) | (10,896.60) | (10,896.60) | ||||
7/1/08 7/21/08 (21 days) 3 |
8,255 (65.8900426%) | (1.32) | (10,896.60) | (11,599.61 is due for 7/2008 4 ) | ||||
PERIOD 3 |
||||||||
7/22/08 7/31/08 (10 days) |
9,906 (79.0680512%) | (1.32) | (13,075.92) | (11,599.61 per row above) | ||||
8/1/08 8/31/08 |
9,906 (79.0680512%) | (1.32) | (13,075.92) | (13,075.92) | ||||
9/1/08 9/30/08 |
9,906 (79.0680512%) | (1.32) | (13,075.92) | (13,075.92) | ||||
10/1/08 10/31/08 |
9,906 (79.0680512%) | (1.32) | (13,075.92) | (13,075.92) | ||||
11/1/08 11/31/08 5 |
9,906 (79.0680512%) | (1.32) | (13,075.92) | (13,075.92) |
1 |
Assumes that 10% of the Expansion Term is Abated. |
2 |
Assumes 31 days in March, 2008. $10,896.60 divided by 31 days is $351.03/day Base Rent x 20 days = $7,030.06 Base Rent. |
3 |
Assumes that 10% of the Expansion Terms Base Rent will be calculated on 65.8900426% of the Expansion Space Floor area. |
4 |
Assumes 31 days in July, 2008. $10,896.60 divided by 31 days is $351.50/day Base Rent x 21 days = $7,381.57 Base Rent for PERIOD 2. $13,075.92 divided by 31 days is $421.80/day Base Rent x 10 days = $4,218.04 Base Rent for PERIOD 3. |
Total Base Rent for July, 2008 = $11,599.61.
5 |
Assumes that 10% of the Expansion Terms Base Rent will be calculated on 79.0680512% of the Expansion Space Floor area. |
Exhibit K
-1-
EXHIBIT L
PAGES TO BE SUBSTITUTED INTO ORIGINAL LEASE
(See Attached.)
Exhibit L
Exhibit 10.08
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
(EXTENSION)
This Second Amendment to Lease (the Agreement) is entered into as of April 28th, 2011, by and between WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC, a California limited liability company (Landlord), and MODEL N, INC., a Delaware corporation (Tenant), with respect to the following facts and circumstances:
A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated March 24, 2006, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated September 22, 2007 (the Original Lease) of certain premises (the Premises) within the building commonly known as 1800 Bridge Parkway, Redwood City, California, and more particularly described in the Original Lease. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given those terms in the Original Lease.
B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Original Lease to extend its term and to make other modifications on the terms and conditions provided herein.
IT IS, THEREFORE, agreed as follows:
1. The Original Lease Expiration Date is hereby changed to July 13, 2014 (the New Expiration Date). The period from July 14, 2011 (the Extension Commencement Date), to the New Expiration Date is referred to herein as the Extension Term.
2. Commencing on the Extension Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly Base Rent in accordance with the following schedule on the first day of each month of the Extension Term:
Period |
Annual Base Rent | Monthly Base Rent | ||||||
07/14/2011 11/13/2011 |
N/A | Abated | * | |||||
11/14/2011 07/13/2012 |
N/A | $ | 73,181.50 | |||||
07/14/2012 07/13/2013 |
$ | 902,403.60 | $ | 75,200.30 | ||||
07/14/2013 07/13/2014 |
$ | 932,685.60 | $ | 77,723.80 |
* | As an inducement to Tenant entering into this Agreement, Base Rent in the amount of $73,181.50 per month shall be abated for the first four (4) months after the Extension Commencement Date. The amount of Base Rent set forth in the foregoing table for that period reflects that rent abatement. During such abatement period, Tenant shall still be responsible for the payment of all of its other monetary obligations under the Lease. |
3. Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises and hereby accepts the Premises AS IS, without any obligation on Landlords part to alter or improve such space or provide Tenant with any improvement allowance.
-1-
4. The Original Lease is amended to decrease the amount of the Security Deposit to $155,000.00 (the New Security Deposit Amount), which shall be held in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Original Lease regarding the Security Deposit. So long as no uncured Event of Default then exists, Landlord shall refund to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlords execution and delivery of this Agreement the amount by which the Security Deposit held by Landlord exceeds the New Security Deposit Amount.
5. Article 51 of the Original Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new Article 51:
ARTICLE 51.
OPTION TO EXTEND LEASE
51.1 Extension Option . Tenant shall have the option to extend this Lease (the Extension Option) for one additional term of three (3) years (the Extension Period), upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth:
(a) If the Extension Option is exercised, then the Base Rent per annum for such Extension Period (the Option Rent) shall be an amount equal to the Fair Market Rental Value (as defined hereinafter) for the Premises as of the commencement of the Extension Option for such Extension Period.
(b) The Extension Option must be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only at the time and in the manner provided in this Section 51.1(b) .
(i) If Tenant wishes to exercise the Extension Option, Tenant must, on or before the date occurring nine (9) months before the expiration of the initial Lease Term (but not before the date that is twelve (12) months before the expiration of the Initial Lease Term), exercise the Extension Option by delivering written notice (the Exercise Notice) to Landlord. If Tenant timely and properly exercises its Extension Option, the Lease Term shall be extended for the Extension Period upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, as amended, except that the Base Rent for the Extension Period shall be as provided in Section 51.1(a) and Tenant shall have no further options to extend the Lease Term.
(ii) If Tenant fails to deliver a timely Exercise Notice, Tenant shall be considered to have elected not to exercise the Extension Option.
(c) It is understood and agreed that the Extension Option hereby granted is personal to Tenant and is not transferable, except that it may be assigned together with this Lease to a Permitted Tenant Affiliate or to an entity resulting from an Approved Reorganization (collectively with Permitted Tenant Affiliates, a Permitted Transferee). In the event of any assignment or subletting of the Premises or any part thereof (other than to a Permitted Transferee), the Extension Option shall automatically terminate and shall thereafter be null and void.
-2-
(d) Tenants exercise of the Extension Option shall, if Landlord so elects in its absolute discretion, be ineffective in the event that (i) an Event of Default by Tenant remains uncured at the time of delivery of the Exercise Notice or at the commencement of the Extension Period, or (ii) Tenant shall have reduced the size of the Premises below the size of the initial Premises by agreement with Landlord or pursuant to an express right in this Lease.
51.2 Fair Market Rental Value . The provisions of this Section shall apply in any instance in which this Lease provides that the Fair Market Rental Value is to apply.
(a) Fair Market Rental Value means the annual amount per square foot that a willing tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept in arms length negotiations, without any additional inducements, for a lease of the applicable space on the applicable terms and conditions for the applicable period of time. Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by Landlord considering the most recent new direct leases (and market renewals and extensions, if applicable) in the Building and in Comparable Buildings owned or managed by Landlord in the Market Area. If there are no such direct leases that are recent, consideration shall be given to the most recent new direct leases (and market renewals and extensions, if applicable) in other Comparable Buildings in the Market Area.
(b) In determining the rental rate of comparable space, the parties shall take into consideration all free rent and all out-of-pocket concessions generally being granted at such time in comparable space for the Extension Period (including without limitation any tenant improvement allowance provided for such comparable space), with the amount of such tenant improvement allowance to be provided for the Premises during the Extension Period to be determined after taking into account the age, quality and layout of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises as of the commencement of the Extension Period with consideration given to the fact that the improvements existing in the Premises are specifically suitable to Tenant.
(c) If in determining the Fair Market Rental Value the parties determine that the economic terms of leases of comparable space include a tenant improvement allowance, Landlord may, at Landlords sole option, elect to do the following:
(i) Grant some or all of the value of the tenant improvement allowance as an allowance for the refurbishment of the Premises; and
(ii) Reduce the Base Rent component of the Fair Market Rental Value to be an effective rental rate that takes into consideration the total dollar value of that portion of the tenant improvement allowance that Landlord has elected not to grant to Tenant (in which case that portion of the tenant improvement allowance evidenced in the effective rental rate shall not be granted to Tenant).
-3-
51.3 Determination of Fair Market Rental Value . The determination of Fair Market Rental Value shall be as provided in this Section 51.3 .
(a) Negotiated Agreement . Landlord and Tenant shall diligently attempt in good faith to agree on the Fair Market Rental Value on or before the tenth (10th) day after Tenants exercise of the Extension Option (the Outside Agreement Date).
(b) Parties Separate Determinations . If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement on or before the Outside Agreement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall each make a separate determination of the Fair Market Rental Value and notify the other party of this determination within five (5) days after the Outside Agreement Date.
(i) Two Determinations . If each party makes a timely determination of the Fair Market Rental Value, those determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with subsection (c).
(ii) One Determination . If Landlord or Tenant fails to make a determination of the Fair Market Rental Value within the five (5) day period, that failure shall be conclusively considered to be that partys approval of the Fair Market Rental Value submitted within the five (5) day period by the other party.
(c) Arbitration . If both parties make timely individual determinations of the Fair Market Rental Value under subsection (b), the Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by arbitration under this subsection (c).
(i) Scope of Arbitration . The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited to the sole issue of whether Landlords or Tenants submitted Fair Market Rental Value is the closest to the actual Fair Market Rental Value as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 51.2 .
(ii) Qualifications of Arbitrator(s) . The arbitrators must be licensed real estate brokers who have been active in the leasing of commercial multi-story properties in the Market Area over the five-year period ending on the date of their appointment as arbitrator(s).
(iii) Parties Appointment of Arbitrators . Within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator and notify the other party of the arbitrators name and business address.
(iv) Appointment of Third Arbitrator . If each party timely appoints an arbitrator, the two (2) arbitrators shall, within ten (10) days after the appointment of the second arbitrator, agree on and appoint a third arbitrator (who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth above for qualification of the initial two (2) arbitrators) and provide notice to Landlord and Tenant of the arbitrators name and business address.
-4-
(v) Arbitrators Decision . Within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the third arbitrator, the three (3) arbitrators shall decide whether the parties will use Landlords or Tenants submitted Fair Market Rental Value and shall notify Landlord and Tenant of their decision. The decision of the majority the three (3) arbitrators shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.
(vi) If Only One Arbitrator is Appointed . If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision and notify Landlord and Tenant of that decision within thirty (30) days after the arbitrators appointment. The arbitrators decision shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.
(vii) If Only Two Arbitrators Are Appointed . If each party appoints an arbitrator in a timely manner, but the two (2) arbitrators fail to agree on and appoint a third arbitrator within the required period, the arbitrators shall be dismissed without delay and the issue of Fair Market Rental Value shall be submitted to binding arbitration under the real estate arbitration rules of JAMS, subject to the provisions of this section.
(viii) If No Arbitrator Is Appointed . If Landlord and Tenant each fail to appoint an arbitrator in a timely manner, the matter to be decided shall be submitted without delay to binding arbitration under the real estate arbitration rules of JAMS subject the provisions of this Section 51.3(c) .
51.4 Cost of Arbitration . The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted Fair Market Rental Value is not selected by the arbitrators.
6. The following provisions of the Original Lease are of no further force or effect: Articles 53, 54 and 56.
7. Provided that there is a reasonable probability of achieving savings, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to appeal the real property taxes with respect to the Building each year of the Term.
8. Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms and conditions of the Original Lease shall continue to apply during the Extension Term; provided, however, that there shall be no rent credit, and that there shall be no improvement allowance, Landlord construction obligations or other initial concessions with respect to the Extension Term, and Tenant shall have no further option to extend the term except as provided in Section 4 of this Agreement.
9. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that it has dealt with no broker, finder or similar person in connection with this Agreement, and Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that it has dealt with no broker, finder or similar person in connection with this Agreement, other than Harvest Properties, Inc (Landlords Broker) and CB Richard Ellis, Inc. (Tenants Broker). Landlord and Tenant shall each defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless with respect to all claims, causes of action, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses (including without limitation attorneys fees) arising from a breach of the foregoing
-5-
representation and warranty. The commission with respect to this Agreement shall be paid to Landlords Broker by Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement. Landlords Broker will pay Tenants Broker a commission pursuant to a separate agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall impose any obligation on Landlord to pay a commission or fee to any party other than Landlords Broker.
10. As additional consideration for this Agreement, Tenant hereby certifies that:
(a) The Original Lease (as amended hereby) is in full force and effect.
(b) Tenant is in possession of the Premises.
(c) Rent has been paid through April 30, 2011.
(d) To Tenants knowledge, there are no uncured defaults on the part of Landlord or Tenant under the Original Lease.
(e) All of Landlords obligations with respect to construction of tenant improvements in the Premises and payment of Tenant improvement allowances have been satisfied.
(f) There are no existing offsets or defenses which Tenant has against the enforcement of the Original Lease (as amended hereby) by Landlord.
(g) All of the representations and warranties of Tenant in the Original Lease are remade.
11. Except as specifically provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Original Lease as amended hereby are confirmed and continue in full force and effect. This Agreement shall be binding on the heirs, administrators, successors and assigns (as the case may be) of the parties hereto. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. Under no circumstances shall Tenant be entitled to any Rent abatement, improvement allowance, leasehold improvements, or other work to the Premises, or any similar economic incentives that may have been provided to Tenant in connection with entering into the Original Lease, unless specifically set forth in this Agreement. Tenant agrees that neither Tenant nor its agents or any other parties acting on behalf of Tenant shall disclose any matters set forth in this Agreement or disseminate or distribute any information concerning the terms, details or conditions hereof to any person, firm or entity without obtaining the express written consent of Landlord. In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Original Lease and this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern and control. Submission of this Agreement by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Agreement but rather is a solicitation for such an offer by Tenant. Landlord shall not be bound by this Agreement until Landlord has executed and delivered the same to Tenant. Time is of the essence of this Agreement and the provisions contained herein.
12. Effective as of the date hereof, all references to the Lease shall refer to the Original Lease, as amended by this Agreement.
-6-
13. As an inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease Agreement, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that: (i) Tenant is not, nor is it owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, any person, group, entity or nation named on any list issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (OFAC) pursuant to Executive Order 13224 or any similar list or any law, order, rule or regulation or any Executive Order of the President of the United States as a terrorist, Specially Designated National and Blocked Person or other banned or blocked person (any such person, group, entity or nation being hereinafter referred to as a Prohibited Person); (ii) Tenant is not (nor is it owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person, group, entity or nation which is) acting directly or indirectly for or on behalf of any Prohibited Person; and (iii) neither Tenant (nor any person, group, entity or nation which owns or controls Tenant, directly or indirectly) has conducted or will conduct business or has engaged or will engage in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person, including without limitation any assignment of this Lease or any subletting of all or any portion of the Premises or the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person. Tenant covenants and agrees (a) to comply with all requirements of law relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (b) to immediately notify Landlord in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Section 12 are no longer true or have been breached or if Tenant has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (c) not to use funds from any Prohibited Person to make any payment due to Landlord under the Lease and (d) at the request of Landlord, to provide such information as may be requested by Landlord to determine Tenants compliance with the terms hereof. Any breach by Tenant of the foregoing representations and warranties shall be deemed a default by Tenant under this Lease and shall be covered by the indemnity provisions of Section 21.1 of the Original Lease. The representations and warranties contained in this subsection shall be continuing in nature and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
14. To satisfy compliance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), and Section 4975(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, Tenant hereby certifies that the representations and warranties in Article 58 of the Original Lease are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement.
-7-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement was executed as of the date first above written.
Landlord: | ||||
WESTPORT OFFICE PARK, LLC,
a California limited liability company |
||||
By: | THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a New Jersey corporation, its member | |||
By: |
/s/ Jeffrey D. Mills |
|||
Jeffrey D. Mills |
||||
[Printed Name and Title] | ||||
Vice President | ||||
Tenant: | ||||
MODEL N, INC., a Delaware corporation | ||||
By: |
/s/ Michael A. Morgan |
|||
Michael A. Morgan |
||||
[Printed Name and Title] | ||||
Chief Financial Officer |
-8-
Exhibit 10.09
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this Agreement ) dated as of October 19, 2010 (the Effective Date ) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation ( Bank ), and MODEL N, INC ., a Delaware corporation ( Borrower ), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:
Recitals.
A. Borrower and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated November 6, 2008 (as amended from time to time, the Prior Loan Agreement ). Pursuant to the Prior Loan Agreement, Bank made revolving advances in an original maximum principal amount of up Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).
B. Borrower has requested, and Bank has agreed, that Bank (i) make a growth capital term loan facility available to Borrower, and (ii) replace, amend and restate the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety, Bank and Borrower hereby agree that the Prior Loan Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS
Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.
2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT
2.1 Promise to Pay .
Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.
2.1.1 Growth Capital Loan .
(a) Availability . Bank shall make one (1) growth capital advance available to Borrower in an amount equal to the Growth Capital Amount on the Effective Date subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
(b) Repayment . For the Growth Capital Loan, Borrower shall make consecutive monthly payments of accrued interest only commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the Funding Date and on the first (1st) calendar day of each month thereafter through October 1, 2011, followed by thirty-six (36) consecutive equal monthly installments of principal, plus accrued interest, commencing November 1, 2011, which
would fully amortize the Growth Capital Loan. All unpaid principal and accrued interest is due and payable in full on the Growth Capital Maturity Date. The Growth Capital Loan may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.1.1(c) and 2.1.1(d).
(c) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Growth Capital Loan is accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default or otherwise, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, plus (ii) the Make-Whole Premium, plus (iii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.
(d) Voluntary Prepayment . At Borrowers option, so long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, hut not less than all, of the Growth Capital Loan, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Bank of its election to exercise its option to prepay the Growth Capital Loan at least thirty (30) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of the prepayment (A) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Growth Capital Loan; (B) all unpaid principal with respect to the Growth Capital Loan; (C) a premium equal to the Make-Whole Premium; and (D) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to this Agreement, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank agrees to waive the Make-Whole Premium if the prepayment of all of the Growth Capital Loan is a result of (aa) the consummation of an initial public offering of Borrowers common stock, (bb) sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of Borrowers assets or equity securities, (cc) any merger or consolidation with any company with stock trading on a public stock exchange, or (dd) any reorganization, merger or consolidation with any other Person, or any transaction (including a merger or other reorganization) in which Borrowers shareholders immediately after such event hold less than a majority of the fully diluted voting share capital of the surviving Person.
2.2 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .
(a) Interest Rate . Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Growth Capital Loan shall accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to eight percent (8.0%), which interest shall be payable monthly.
(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is two percentage points (2.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the Default Rate ) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.2(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.
-2-
(c) Computation: 360-Day Year . In computing interest, the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.
(d) Debit of Accounts . Bank may debit any of Borrowers deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.
(e) Interest Payment Date . Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the first (1 st ) calendar day of each month.
2.3 Fees .
Borrower shall pay to Bank:
(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Thirty Seven Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($37,500), on the Effective Date;
(b) Make-Whole Premium . The Make-Whole Premium when due pursuant to the terms of Sections 2.1.1(c) and 2.1.1(d); and
(c) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (but not including Banks attorneys fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.
2.4 Payments; Application of Payments .
(a) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.
(b) Bank shall apply the whole or any part of collected funds against the Growth Capital Loan or credit such collected funds to a depository account of Borrower with Bank (or an account maintained by an Affiliate of Bank), the order and method of such application to be in the sole discretion of Bank. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.
-3-
3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS
3.1 Conditions Precedent to Growth Capital Loan . Banks obligation to make the Growth Capital Loan is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:
(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;
(b) duly executed original signatures to the Warrant;
(c) duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreement;
(d) Borrowers Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;
(e) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;
(f) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the Growth Capital Loan, will be terminated or released;
(g) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;
(h) a copy of its Second Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto;
(i) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank (the Insurance Certificates );
(j) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.3 hereof; and
(k) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Effective Date; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Growth Capital Loan. The Growth Capital Loan is Borrowers representation and warranty on the Effective Date that the representations
-4-
and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.
3.2 Covenant to Deliver .
Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrowers obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Banks sole discretion.
4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST
4.1 Grant of Security Interest .
Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.
4.2 Priority of Security Interest .
Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Banks Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim with respect to the Collateral, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.
If this Agreement is terminated, Banks Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations and at such time as Banks obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall promptly, at Borrowers sole cost and reasonable expense, take all actions and execute all documents reasonably requested by Borrower to evidence or to more fully effect such termination or to release its Liens in the Collateral granted hereunder and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.
4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements .
Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Banks interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.
-5-
5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Borrower represents and warrants as follows:
5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority .
Borrower is a corporation, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing in the State of Delaware and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrowers business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled Perfection Certificate. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrowers exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrowers organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrowers place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrowers mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) unless otherwise disclosed to Bank in writing in connection with the execution and delivery of the Prior Loan Agreement, Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrowers organizational identification number.
The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrowers organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate in any material respect any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their material properties or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority necessary for the conduct of Borrowers business as currently conducted (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrowers business.
-6-
5.2 Collateral .
Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.
The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. All Inventory owned by borrower is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects, other than such obsolete items of Inventory intended to be sold or disposed of by Borrower.
To the best of Borrowers knowledge, Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrowers business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrowers business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrowers knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrowers business. Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.
5.3 Litigation .
There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000).
5.4 Financial Statements; Financial Condition .
All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrowers consolidated financial condition and Borrowers consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrowers consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.
5.5 Solvency .
The fair salable value of Borrowers assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after
-7-
the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.
5.6 Regulatory Compliance .
Borrower is not an investment company or a company controlled by an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a holding company or an affiliate of a holding company or a subsidiary company of a holding company as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrowers knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted, the absence of which consents, approvals or authorizations or the failure of which declarations, filings or notices could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
5.7 Subsidiaries; Investments .
Except for (i) equity interests in the UK Subsidiary, Swiss Subsidiary and the Indian Subsidiary and (ii) Permitted Investments, Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities.
5.8 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions .
Except to the extent permitted by the following sentence, Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a Permitted Lien. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrowers prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.
-8-
5.9 Use of Proceeds .
Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit. Extensions solely as working capital and for general corporate purposes, and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.
5.10 Full Disclosure .
No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).
5.12 Definition of Knowledge .
For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrowers knowledge or awareness, to the best of Borrowers knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.
6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Until this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 12.8 of this Agreement, Borrower shall do all of the following:
6.1 Government Compliance .
(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrowers business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrowers business.
(b) Use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.
6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Deliver to Bank:
(a) Monthly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet
-9-
and income statement covering Borrowers consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the Monthly Financial Statements );
(b) Monthly Compliance Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month. Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request;
(c) Annual Audited Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrowers fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion;
(d) Quarterly Bookings and Backlog Report . Within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower, deliver to Bank a bookings report and backlog report in form and detail satisfactory to Bank;
(e) Other Statements . Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrowers security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;
(f) SEC Filings . In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrowers website on the Internet at Borrowers website address;
(g) Legal Action Notice . A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) or more; and
(h) Board Projections . As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after approval by Borrowers board of directors, annual board approved financial projections of Borrower commensurate with those provided to Borrowers board of directors; and
(i) Other Financial Information . Other financial information reasonably requested by Bank in good faith.
-10-
6.3 Reserved .
6.4 Taxes; Pensions .
Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.
6.5 Insurance .
Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts as set forth herein: commercial general liability policy and business and personal property policy from Federal Insurance Co., or a comparable insurance company with limitations of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate (with respect to general liability) and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate (with respect to property coverage). All property policies with respect to the Collateral shall have a lenders loss payable endorsement showing Bank as the sole lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall endeavor to give Bank at least thirty (30) days (and ten (10) days for non-payment of premium) prior written notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Banks request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments, Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Banks option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Bank acknowledges that as of the Effective Date, Borrowers Insurance Certificates comply with the requests of this Section 6.5. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.
6.6 Operating Accounts .
(a) Maintain all of its primary operating accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Banks Affiliates, which accounts shall represent at least fifty percent (50%) of the dollar value of Borrowers accounts at all financial institutions.
(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Banks Affiliates.
-11-
6.7 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights .
(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrowers business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Banks written consent.
(b) Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed Collateral and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Banks rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
6.8 Litigation Cooperation .
From the date hereof and continuing through the repayment of all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement), make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrowers books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.
6.9 Access to Collateral; Books and Records .
Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times during normal business hours, on one (1) Business Days notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrowers Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrowers expense, but if an Event of Default does not then exist, the amount of such expense shall not exceed One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500) per audit or inspection.
6.10 Further Assurances .
Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Banks Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.
7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Until this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 12.8 of this Agreement, Borrower shall not do any of the following without Banks prior written consent:
-12-
7.1 Dispositions .
Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, Transfer ), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; and (e) other than as permitted by the provisions of Section 2.1.1(d) of this Agreement.
7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations .
(a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty percent (40%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrowers equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).
Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in Borrowers assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization, If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.
7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions .
Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person except for Permitted Acquisitions. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.
-13-
7.4 Indebtedness .
Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.
7.5 Encumbrance .
Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrowers or any Subsidiarys Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of Permitted Liens herein.
7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts .
Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.
7.7 Distributions; Investments .
(a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.
7.8 Transactions with Affiliates .
Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrowers business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arms length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.
7.9 Subordinated Debt .
(a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.
-14-
7.10 Compliance .
Become an investment company or a company controlled by an investment company, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrowers business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any material liability of Borrower, including any material liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.
8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an Event of Default ) under this Agreement;
8.1 Payment Default .
Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Growth Capital Maturity Date). During the three (3) Business Day cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);
8.2 Covenant Default .
(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7(b), 6.9 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or
(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;
-15-
8.3 Reserved .
8.4 Priority of Banks Security Interest .
There is a material impairment in the perfection or priority of the Banks security interest in the Collateral;
8.5 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .
(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrowers assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or
(b) (i) any material portion of Borrowers assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;
8.6 Insolvency
(a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);
8.7 Other Agreements .
There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000); or (b) any default by Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrowers business;
8.8 Judgments .
One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);
-16-
8.9 Misrepresentations .
Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made; or
8.10 Subordinated Debt .
Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement.
9 BANKS RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
9.1 Rights and Remedies .
While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:
(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.6 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);
(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrowers benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;
(c) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Banks security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;
(d) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Banks rights or remedies;
(e) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;
(f) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrowers labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works,
-17-
rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Banks exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrowers rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Banks benefit;
(g) place a hold on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;
(h) demand and receive possession of Borrowers Books; and
(i) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).
9.2 Power of Attorney .
Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrowers name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrowers name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrowers insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrowers name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Banks security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Banks foregoing appointment as Borrowers attorney in fact, and all of Banks rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Banks obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.
9.3 Protective Payments .
If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the Default Rate, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Banks waiver of any Event of Default.
-18-
9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default .
If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.
9.5 Banks Liability for Collateral .
So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.
9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative .
Banks failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Banks rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Banks exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Banks waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Banks delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.
9.7 Demand Waiver .
Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.
10 NOTICES
All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3)
-19-
Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.
If to Borrower: |
Model N, Inc. 1800 Bridge Parkway Redwood Shores, California 94065 |
Attn: |
|
Fax: |
|
Email: |
|
With a copy not constituting notice to: | ||||||
Fenwick & West LLP | ||||||
801 California Street | ||||||
Mountain View, California 94041 | ||||||
Attn: Ted Wang, Esq. | ||||||
If to Bank: | Silicon Valley Bank | |||||
555 Mission Street, Suite 900 | ||||||
San Francisco, California 94105 | ||||||
Attn: Mike Meier, Relationship Manager |
11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE
California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed
-20-
completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrowers actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.
WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.
-21-
12 GENERAL PROVISIONS
12.1 Successors and Assigns .
This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Banks prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Banks discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Banks obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms of the Warrant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall not assign any interest in the Loan Documents to an operating company which is a direct competitor of Borrower.
12.2 Indemnification .
Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an Indemnified Person ) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, Claims ) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Persons gross negligence or willful misconduct.
12.3 Time of Essence .
Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.
12.4 Severability of Provisions .
Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.
12.5 Correction of Loan Documents .
Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.
12.6 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration .
No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral
-22-
promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.
12.7 Counterparts .
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.
12.8 Termination; Survival .
This Agreement and Banks Lien in the Collateral shall terminate when the payment Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full in cash and Bank has no commitment to make any Credit Extensions under this Agreement. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.
12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Banks Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, Bank Entities ); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any prospective transferees or purchasers agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Banks regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Banks examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third- party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Banks possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.
Bank Entities may use the confidential information for reporting purposes and the development and distribution of databases and market analyses so long as such confidential
-23-
information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly prohibited by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
12.10 Attorneys Fees, Costs and Expenses .
In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.
12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents .
The words execution, signed, signature and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
12.12 Captions .
The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
12.13 Construction of Agreement .
The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.
12.14 Relationship .
The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arms-length contract.
12.15 Third Parties .
Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.
-24-
12.16 Amended and Restated .
This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Prior Loan Agreement without constituting a novation thereof.
13 DEFINITIONS
13.1 Definitions .
As used in the Loan Documents, the word shall is mandatory, the word may is permissive, the word or is not exclusive, the words includes and including are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:
Account is any account as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.
Account Debtor is any account debtor as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
Affiliate is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Persons senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Persons managers and members.
Agreement is defined in the preamble hereof.
Bank is defined in the preamble hereof.
Bank Entities is defined in Section 12.9.
Bank Expenses are all reasonable audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.
Borrower is defined in the preamble hereof.
Borrowers Books are all Borrowers books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrowers assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.
Borrowing Resolutions are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .
-25-
Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.
Cash Equivalents means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poors Ratings Group or Moodys Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Banks certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.
Claims is defined in Section 12.2.
Code is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Banks Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term Code shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
Collateral is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .
Collateral Account is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.
Commodity Account is any commodity account as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
Compliance Certificate is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
Contingent Obligation is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but Contingent Obligation does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the
-26-
Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.
Control Agreement is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.
Copyrights are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.
Credit Extension is any Growth Capital Loan or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrowers benefit.
Default Rate is defined in Section 2.2(b).
Deposit Account is any deposit account as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
Designated Deposit Account is Borrowers deposit account, account number 3300672663, maintained with Bank.
Dollars , dollars or use of the sign $ means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.
Effective Date is defined in the preamble hereof.
Equipment is all equipment as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.
ERISA is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.
Event of Default is defined in Section 8.
Exchange Act is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Funding Date is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.
GAAP is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of
-27-
the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.
Governmental Approval is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.
Governmental Authority is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.
Growth Capital Amount is an amount equal to Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000).
Growth Capital Loan is a loan made by Bank pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.1 hereof.
Growth Capital Maturity Date is October 1, 2014.
Indebtedness is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.
Indemnified Person is defined in Section 12.2.
Indian Subsidiary means, collectively, Model N Technologies India Private Limited Incorporated, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower, which is formed under the laws of India and Model N India Software Private Limited, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower, which is formed under the laws of India.
Insolvency Proceeding is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.
Insurance Certificates is defined in Section 3.1.
Intellectual Property means all of Borrowers right, title, and interest in and to the following:
(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;
(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;
-28-
(c) any and all source code;
(d) any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;
(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and
(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.
Inventory is all inventory as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrowers custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.
Investment is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.
Lien is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.
Loan Documents are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.
Make-Whole Premium is an amount equal to: (i) one percent (1.00%) of the outstanding principal balance due and owing to Bank under this Agreement as of the prepayment date if the prepayment is made on or before the original Growth Capital Loan Maturity, and (ii) $0 if any prepayment is made pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.1.1(d) of this Agreement.
Material Adverse Change is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Banks Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.
Monthly Financial Statements is defined in Section 6.2(a).
Obligations are Borrowers obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters
-29-
of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrowers duties under the Loan Documents.
Operating Documents are, for any Person, such Persons formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Persons state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.
Patents means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.
Perfection Certificate is defined in Section 5.1.
Permitted Acquisitions means any acquisition(s) by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the capital stock of or other equity interests in, or of substantially all or a substantial portion of the assets of, any Person in one or more transactions, provided that: (a) the total consideration (cash and non-cash) for such acquisition(s) shall not exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in the aggregate during any Permitted Acquisition Calculation Year; (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the transactions); and (c) Borrower is the surviving legal entity.
Permitted Acquisition Calculation Year means each consecutive twelve (12) month period beginning on October 1 st of each year; provided , however , that the first (1 st ) Permitted Acquisition Calculation Year shall begin on the Effective Date and continue through September 30, 2011.
Permitted Indebtedness is:
(a) Borrowers Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;
(c) Subordinated Debt;
(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;
-30-
(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens hereunder;
(g) other Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time; and
(h) guarantees of real property lease obligations of Subsidiaries;
(i) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (b) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.
Permitted Investments are:
(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Dale and shown on the Perfection Certificate and;
(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrowers investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;
(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;
(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;
(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;
(f) Investments (i) by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) by Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year or in Borrower;
(g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrowers Board of Directors;
(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;
-31-
(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;
(j) Investments made solely with shares of Borrowers common stock; and
(k) other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 7.7 not exceeding Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.
Permitted Liens are:
(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;
(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;
(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;
(e) Liens to secure payment of workers compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);
(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;
(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrowers business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Persons business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrowers business (or, if referring
-32-
to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Persons business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;
(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;
(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.8; and
(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrowers deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts.
Person is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.
Prime Rate is Banks most recently announced prime rate, even if it is not Banks lowest rate
Prior Loan Agreement has the meaning set forth in Recital A of this Agreement.
Registered Organization is any registered organization as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
Requirement of Law is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
Responsible Officer is any of the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary of Borrower.
Restricted License is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrowers interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Banks right to sell any Collateral.
SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.
Securities Account is any securities account as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
Subordinated Debt is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrowers now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or
-33-
other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.
Subsidiary is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.
Swiss Subsidiary means Model N (Switzerland) GmbH, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower, which is formed under the laws of the Switzerland.
Trademarks means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.
Transfer is defined in Section 7.1.
UK Subsidiary means Model N UK Ltd., a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower, which is formed under the laws of the United Kingdom.
Warrant is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.
[Signature page follows.]
-34-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.
BORROWER: | ||
MODEL N, INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ Marianne Zhen |
|
Name: |
Marianne Zhen |
|
Title: |
Corporate Controller |
|
BANK: | ||
SILICON VALLEY BANK | ||
By: |
/s/ Mike Meier |
|
Name: |
Mike Meier |
|
Title: |
Relationship Manager |
[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]
EXHIBIT A COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION
The Collateral consists of all of Borrowers right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:
All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights ( whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located: and
all Borrowers Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Banks security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.
Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property, except to the extent that such encumbrance is a Permitted Lien in accordance with the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Bank and Borrower, as amended, without Banks prior written consent.
Exhibit A Page 1
EXHIBIT B
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
TO: |
SILICON VALLEY BANK | Date: | ||
FROM: | MODEL N, INC. |
The undersigned authorized officer of Model N, Inc. (Borrower) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the Agreement):
(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed, all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.
Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance wish GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying Setter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.
Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under Complies column.
Reporting Covenant |
Required |
Complies | ||
Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate (CC) |
Monthly within 30 days | Yes No | ||
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC |
FYE within 180 days | Yes No | ||
10-Q,10-K and 8-K |
Within 5 days after filing with SEC | Yes No | ||
Board Approved Projections |
Within 30 days after Board Approval | Yes No | ||
Quarterly bookings and backlog report |
Quarterly within 45 days | Yes No |
The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state No exceptions to note.)
[Signature Appears on the Following Page]
Exhibit B Page 1
MODEL N, INC. | BANK USE ONLY | |||||||
By: |
|
Received by: |
|
|||||
Name: |
|
AUTHORIZED SIGNER | ||||||
Title: |
|
Date: |
|
|||||
Verified: |
|
|||||||
AUTHORIZED SIGNER | ||||||||
Date: |
|
|||||||
Compliance Status: Yes No |
Exhibit B Page 2
Exhibit 10.10
June 14 th , 2012
Sujan Jain
Dear Sujan,
I am very pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, reporting to me, Zack Rinat, Founder and Chief Executive Officer.
Your starting annual base salary will be $225,000 payable on a semi-monthly basis. You are also eligible for employee benefits as specified in the employee benefits information packet, which you will receive after you accept this offer. In addition, on a yearly basis, you will be eligible to participate in Model Ns Bonus Plan at an annualized target bonus of $125,000 based on specific company and personal objectives.
Model N management will recommend to the Board of Directors that you be granted an option to purchase 590,000 (five hundred and ninety thousand) shares of Common Stock of Model N, Inc. through our stock option plan. The price per share for each grant will be the fair market value of the Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors at the date of the grant. The shares are subject to vesting over a four-year period at a rate of 1/48 per month. However, no shares shall be vested for a period of 12 months from your start date.
As a Model N employee, you will be expected to sign and comply with a proprietary information and non-disclosure agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at Model N and non-disclosure of proprietary information.
While you render services to Model N, you also will not assist any person or organization in competing with Model N, in preparing to compete with Model N, or in hiring any employees of Model N.
This offer is subject to your submission of an I-9 form and satisfactory documentation respecting your identification and right to work in the United States no later than (3) days after your employment begins. The offer is also contingent on satisfactory completion of reference checks and a background check, which we will initiate with your permission after receiving your acceptance.
As an employee, you may terminate employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever with notice to Model N. We request that in the event of resignation, you give the company two weeks notice. Similarly, Model N may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice. Furthermore, this mutual termination of employment supersedes all our prior written and verbal communication with you and can only be modified by written agreement signed by you and Model N.
To indicate your acceptance of this offer, please sign and date this letter and return it to Model N. For your convenience, you may scan and email your signed letter (both pages) to Zack Rinat zack@modeln.com . This offer will expire at the end of day on June 16 th , 2012.
I look forward to your favorable reply and to an exciting and productive working relationship.
1800 Bridge Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 tel: 650-610-4600; fax: 650-640-7603
Sincerely, | ||||
/s/ Zack Rinat |
July 3 rd , 2012 |
|||
Zack Rinat | Proposed Start Date | |||
Founder & CEO | ||||
Model N, Inc. | ||||
/s/ Sujan Jain |
6-15-2012 |
|||
Accepted | Date |
Exhibit 10.11
August 21, 2012
Michael LaRoche
Dear Michael,
I am very pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President, Global Customer Services and Support (GCS &S) based out of Model Ns Waltham office, reporting to Zack Rinat Founder & CEO.
Your starting annual base salary will be $250,000 payable on a semi-monthly basis. You are also eligible for employee benefits as specified in the employee benefits information packet, which you will receive after you accept this offer. In addition, on a yearly basis, you will be eligible to participate in Model Ns Bonus Plan at an annualized target bonus of $125,000 based on specific company and personal objectives prorated based on your start date.
Model N management will recommend to the Board of Directors that you be granted an option to purchase 280,000 shares of Common Stock of Model N, Inc. through our stock option plan. The exercise price per share will be the fair market value per share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors on the date of the grant. The options are subject to vesting over a four-year period as follows; 25% of your option grant shall be vested on the one-year anniversary of your start date, and the remaining 75% of your option grant shall vest at a rate of 1/36 per month thereafter. In addition, Model N management will recommend to the Board of Directors that you be granted 60,000 restricted stock units (RSUs) of Model N. The RSUs are subject to vesting over a four-year period at a rate of 25% on each annual anniversary of your start date.
As a Model N employee, you will be expected to sign and comply with a proprietary information and non-disclosure agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at Model N and non-disclosure of proprietary information.
While you render services to Model N, you also will not assist any person or organization in competing with Model N, in preparing to compete with Model N, or in hiring any employees of Model N.
This offer is subject to your submission of an I-9 form and satisfactory documentation respecting your identification and right to work in the United States no later than three (3) days after your employment begins. The offer is also contingent on satisfactory completion of reference checks and a background check, which we will initiate with your permission after receiving your acceptance.
As an employee, you may terminate employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever with notice to Model N. We request that in the event of resignation, you give the company two weeks notice. Similarly, Model N may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice. Furthermore, this mutual termination of employment supersedes all our prior written and verbal communication with you and can only be modified by written agreement signed by you and Model N.
To indicate your acceptance of this offer, please sign and date this letter and return it to Model N. For your convenience, you may scan and email your signed letter to Zack Rinat at zack@modeln.com. This offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. (EDT) on August 24, 2012.
I look forward to your favorable reply and to an exciting and productive working relationship.
Sincerely, | ||||||
/s/ Zack Rinat |
August 27, 2012 |
|||||
Zack Rinat | Proposed Start Date | |||||
Founder & CEO | ||||||
Model N, Inc. | ||||||
/s/ Michael LaRoche |
8/21/12 |
|||||
Accepted | Date |
Exhibit 21.01
SUBSIDIARIES OF MODEL N, INC.
Name |
Jurisdiction of Incorporation |
|
Model N India Software Private Limited | India | |
Model N (Switzerland) GmbH / Model N (Switzerland) LLC | Switzerland | |
Model N UK Limited | United Kingdom |
Exhibit 23.01
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-l of Model N, Inc. of our report dated December 10, 2012 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Model N, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
February 12, 2013